BIODIVERSITY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY OF CARIDEAN SHRIMPS OF PAKISTAN QUDDUSI B.KAZMI AND M. AFZAL KAZMI 2010 Marine Reference Collection and Resource Center, University of Karachi Higher Education Commission Islamabad, Pakistan ii Inside cover page: taken from hand painted greeting card sent to the first author by Lilly Manning of USA and saved by the first author for this publication. iii BIODIVERSITY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY OF CARIDEAN SHRIMPS OF PAKISTAN QUDDUSI B.KAZMI AND M. AFZAL KAZMI 2010 Marine Reference Collection and Commission Resource Center, University of Karachi Pakistan Higher Education Islamabad, iv Table of Contents 1.General Introduction to Caridean shrimps ........................................ 1 1.1 Diagnosis ............................................................................... 2 1.2 Classification ......................................................................... 2 1.3 History of Nomenclature of Infraorder Caridea .................... 3 1.4 Taxonomic Characters and biological success ...................... 6 1.5 Body Plan .............................................................................. 8 1.6 Biology ................................................................................ 15 2.Materials and Methods .................................................................... 22 3.Results ............................................................................................. 25 3.1Biodiversity ............................................................................... 25 3.1.1 Family Pasiphaeidae Dana, 1852 ...................................... 39 3.1.2 Family Oplophoridae Dana, 1852 ..................................... 60 3.1.3 Family Atyidae de Haan, 1849 ......................................... 66 3.1.4 Family Palaemonidae Rafinesque, 1815 ......................... 106 3.1.5 Family Processidae Ortmann, 1896 ................................. 215 3.1.6 Family Ogyrididae Holthuis, 1955 ................................. 223 3.1.7 Family Alpheidae Rafinesque, 1815 ............................... 232 3.1.8 Family Hippolytidae Bate, 1888 ..................................... 328 3.1.9 Family Pandalidae Haworth, 1825 .................................. 375 3.1.10 Family Crangonidae Haworth, 1825 ............................. 378 3.2. Biogeography ........................................................................ 389 3.2.1. Previous records ............................................................. 389 3.2.2. Discussion: ..................................................................... 392 3.2.2.1. Fresh and brackish water species: ............................... 393 3.2.2.2. Marine water forms: .................................................... 401 3.2.2.3. Discussion& Conclusion:............................................ 410 4.Species of interest to fisheries and aquaculture ............................ 414 v 4.1 Water Resources-Position, threats and Potentials .................. 414 4.1.1: Fresh water:.................................................................... 414 4.1.2. Marine and Brackish. ..................................................... 419 4.2. Shrimp Resources-position and potentials:........................... 420 4.2.1. Important Species: ......................................................... 422 4.2.1. Other uses: ..................................................................... 428 Addendum ........................................................................................ 430 Literature Cited ................................................................................ 439 Glossary ........................................................................................... 500 Taxonomic Index ............................................................................. 512 vi This study is dedicated to the memory of the renowned carcinologist (Late) Professor Dr. L. B. Holthuis vii Acknowledgments We bestow all due praise to Almighty God whose unlimited blessings enabled us to pursue this study. A special note of appreciation and a sense of reverence are extended to our long suffering mother for her patience and constant prayers. We are deeply indebted to Late Profs. Drs. M.N.Tirmizi ,University of Karachi and L.B.Holthuis, National Museum of Natural History Naturalis,Leiden, from whom we gained much of our knowledge on the subject. The publishers and authors whose illustrations/ views are adapted are gratefully acknowledged, especially the M/S Science Publishers Inc. USA & UK and E.J.Brill Leiden. Thanks are due to the scientists who have helped with the identification (some of them are no more in this world) (Drs. A. Banner, A.J. Bruce, F.A. Chace Jr., A. Anker,I.Marin & M. Apel) and to Drs.P.K.Ng and Y.Cai during our visit to Singapore. We are grateful to different organizations that have provided us number of specimens of fresh water prawns. The first author wishes to acknowledge the directors of Marine Reference Collection and Resource Center (MRC), University of Karachi for providing lab facility. Ms Razia Naushaba (MRC), our students, Mr. G. Asghar and Mr.Imdadullah (PCSIR) and Mr. Abrar Ali (MRC) are thanked for their help while preparing the MS. The Higher Education Commission, Islamabad provided the funds for publication. The two anonymous referees are thanked for their helpful comments. viii List of abbreviations ANT ANTENNA ANT.LE ANTENNULE ANT.FL ANTENNAL FLAGELLUM ANT.SP ANTENNAL SPINE APP.INT APPENDIX INTERNA APP.MAS APPENDIX MASCULINA BS.PO BASIPODITE/CARPUS CARP CARAPACE CAR.PO CARPOPODITE/CARPUS COX.BS COXO-BASIS COX.PO/COX COXOPODITE/COXA CF CONFER CL CARAPACE LENGTH DAC.PO/DAC DACTYLOPODITE/DACTYLUS DOR.SP DORSAL SPINE EN.PO ENDOPODITE EX.PO EXOPODITE FI.CH FIRST CHELA FIG FIGURE FL FLAGELLUM HOZ HORIZONTAL ix IN.FL INNER FLAGELLUM IS.PO ISCHIO PODITE/ISCHIUM MM MILLIMETER MX.PED MAXILLIPED ME.PO MEROPODITE/MERUS MO.PRO MOLAR PROCESS OBL OBLIQUE OT.FL OUTER FLAGELLUM PEL.PO PLEOPOD PER.PO PREOPOD PR.COX PRECOXA PRO.PO PROPODITE/ PROPODUS RST ROSTRUM RST.SP ROSTRAL SPINE SE.CH SECOND CHELA ST STATION SP SPECIES SQ SQUAMA SU SUTURE TE TELSON TE.SP TELSON SPINE TER TERGUM TL TOTAL LENGTH x URO.PD UROPOD List of Figures 1 A. Caridean abdomen; B. Penaeidean abdomen, lateral view. 2-5 External anatomy of different Caridean families 6-7 Morphology and appendages 8 Caridean Life cycle 9 Bopyrid parasites of carideans 10 Map showing sampling stations 11-14 Eupasiphae gilesii 15-16 Leptochela irrobusta 17-18 Leptochela nasimae 19-20 Leptochela pugnax 21-22 Leptochela cf sydniensis 23 Pasiphaea sivado 24-26 Acanthephyra eximia 27 Caridina babaulti babaulti 28 Caridina nilotica 29 Caridina sumatrensis 30 Kalriana anissi 31-43 larval stages of Kalriana anissi xi 44 Telsons of K. jhimphirensis, K. sunahrensis, K. karachi 45-46 Exopalaemon styliferus 47 Leandrites celebensis 48 Leptocarpus potamiscus 49 Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai 50 Macrobrachium dacqueti 51 Macrobrachium dayanum 52 Macrobrachium equidens 53 Macrobrachium idella idella 54 Macrobrachium lamarreii korangii 55 Macrobrachium lamarreii lamarreii 56-66 larval stages of Macrobrachium lamarreii lamarreii 67-68 Macrobrachium malcolmsoni kotreeanum 69-72 larval stage of Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum 73 Macrobrachium malcolmsonii malcolmsonii 74 Macrobrachium naso 75 Macrobrachium rude 76 Macrobrachium scabriculum 77 Macrobrachium shahpuri 78-79 Macrobrachium taunsii 80-81 Nematopalaemon tenuipes 82-83 Palaemon pacificus xii 84-85 Palaemon semmelinki 86 Palaemon sewelli 87-88 Anchistus custos 89-93 Cuapetes elegans 94 Cuapetes longirostris 95-98 Cuapetes seychellensis 99-104 Processa compacta 105-106 Ogyrides orientalis 107 Ogyrides saldanhae 108-109 Alberta banneri 110 Alpheus albertai 111 Alpheus barbatus 112-113 Alpheus bisincsus 114A-B Alpheus chiragricus 115-116 Alpheus edwardsii 117 Alpheus isodactylus 118-121 Alpheus lobidens 122 Larval stage of Alpheus lobidens 123 Alpheus manorensis 124 Alpheus pacificus 125 Alpheus pseudoedwardsii 126-129 Alpheus splendidus 130-131 Alpheus strenuus strenuus xiii 132-133 Alpheus zulfaquiri 134A Athanas arabicus 134B-137 Athanas dimorphus 138 Automate dolichognatha 139 Salmoneus brevirostris 140 Salmoneus cristatus 141 Synalpheus thai 142-146 Synalpheus tumidomanus 147-153 Post larvae of Synalpheus tumidomanus 154-157 Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris 158 Heptacarpus pandaloides 159-160 161-163 164 Hippolyte ventricosa Latreutes anoplonyx Latreutes mucronatus 165-169 Lysmata vittata 170-174 Saron marmoratus 175 Philocheras parvirostris 176-180 Pontocaris pennata 181 Map showing Pakistan‟s water bodies 182 Macrobrachium sp 183 Alpheus sp 184 Undetermined alpheid xiv List of Plates (Colour Photographs): 1 A-Alpheus,B- Saron, C-Jelly fish showing Hippolytid 2 A- Acanthephyra eximia ,B-Caridina sumatrensis,CMacrobrachium macolmsoni kotreeanum,D- M. taunsai 3 A-M. lamarrei,B- M. lehiai,C- M. semmelinki,D- M. equidens 4 A- A. splendidus,B- Alpheus lobidens,C- Synalpheus tumidomanus, 5 A- Latreutes anoplonyx,B- Alpheus.rapax,C- Synalpheus tumidomannus with bopyrus,D-S. neptunus,E- Alpheus. barbatus 6 A-Alpheus sp.,B- A. zulfaquiri,C- Saron marmoratus, DLatreutes anoplonyx (lot) 7 A- Lysmata vittata,B- Hippolyte ventricosa,in weed,CPontocaris pennata, D-Heterocarpus laevigatus List of Tables: 1 Details of appendages of a shrimp 2 Composition of Pakistan known caridean fauna 3 Zoogeographical component of Pakistan marine caridean shrimps 4 Landing analysis 5 Categories of size xv Preface The caridean shrimps include a vast assemblage of species inhabiting all types of aquatic habitats from high altitude streams to coastal marine waters. They are wide distributed around the world and have considerable aesthetic and food value to mankind. They are very good source of high proteins and other by-products, also have shown good qualities for bioassay studies. As such they may occupy a significant position in the socio-economic fabric of our country by providing nutritious food, income, leisure and employment opportunities, if given their due status. Although Pakistani research on noncaridean shrimps community has been from the beginning organized to take in parallel environmental and biological observations there is no comprehensive account for the much neglected caridean shrimp resources of Pakistan. There are few scattered reports on the group published by the Pakistani scientists focusing on specific problems. This document seeks to provide a sketch of the existing knowledge in Pakistan. An urgent need was felt in the interest of our scientists to consolidate the scattered informations in the form of a monograph. One of the major aims of the monograph is to communicate among scientists and students the important up to date advancement on the taxonomy of the group in world in a single volume for easy accessibility and to solve some of the unsettled taxonomical problems. The monograph contains 4 chapters. The first is the introduction to the group. The second will be dealing with methodology and the third is the result of with the taxonomy of these prawns, recent classification, keys to identification of families, subfamilies, genera and species under Caridea, detail descriptions find place in this chapter. The same chapter includes analysis of the biogeography of the species under the Caridea where distribution pattern of the Pakistani Caridea is given and zoogeographic affinities are discussed for the Pakistani species based on published xvi distribution. The last chapter describes our water resources and the caridean resources they embody. This monograph is unique in providing information on the species spread on a vast array of region spanning from Himalayas to Exclusive Economic Zone of Pakistan in the Arabian Sea in a single volume. There was room for something like a comprehensive treatment of the Pakistani carideans. After 3-4 years of intermittent work the study could be finished. In such a big endeavor in a fixed time frame work (there is never enough time) shortcomings are unavoidable, and critical opinions not are surprising. Still we hope that this monograph will be quite a value to all those interested in carcinology throughout the world particularly for those in search of information on biodiversity of our unique zoogeographical zones and will stimulate interest in further research on these remarkable animals. This information needs to be passed along to prevent its loss and before some of the species at the verge of extinction disappear they need to be documented, particularly in the present scenario when the Indus River could see dramatically reduced flow, and we are among the countries hardest hit by the climatic change, along with this the world oceans are becoming acidic at a faster rate threatening disaster for marine life and food supplies across the globe. Actually, the present document was designed as a review of the state of the knowledge, problem and challenges posed in quantifying the caridean resources in Pakistan and we consider it as work in progress, it will be a key reference on documentation of Pakistani caridean shrimps, particularly the fresh water shrimps. When we are facing challenges to conserve our fresh water resources with a large number of dams, and riverine development planned in our species diverse country. It is also expected that a study of this kind be bound to reveal provocative gaps in the knowledge of the animal. Some of those appeared as this monograph project unfolded, can be solved only by additional collecting; others by comparative population analysis and still others by laboratory observations. It is inevitable that there are errors and omissions in this monograph. Apologies are herewith rendered for the editing mistakes. Blames therefore be charged to both of us having weak eye sight that caused correcting more time consuming and to our selfishly strong desire for timely rather than our post humous publication. xvii Quddusi Bashir Kazmi Ex -Director Marine Reference Collection &Resource Center, University of Karachi (qbkazmi@yahoo.com) M. Afzal Kazmi Ex- Chairman Department of Zoology, University of Karachi (makazmi@yahoo.com) CHAPTER-1 General Introduction to Caridean shrimps The term shrimp is applied to a number of long tailed crustaceans not very closely related to caridean shrimps, for example, fairy shrimps, tadpole shrimps, opossum shrimps, mantis shrimps. However, the word shrimp is characteristically used to refer to those crustaceans having complete set of morphological features known as cardioid facies like long antennae, slender legs, and a laterally compressed muscular abdomen that is highly adapted for both forward swimming and backward escape movement. Prawn is often used as synonym of shrimp for penaeoidean and caridean shrimps, especially those of large size. Usage of shrimp and prawn varies regionally throughout the English-speaking world. Shrimps groups differ in morphology and biology; the following key may distinguish the Caridean from the Penaeidea as illustrated (Fig.1) Figure1: A- Caridean abdomen, lateral view; BPenaeidean abdomen, lateral view(Adapted from New &Singholka,1982) 2 KEY 1. Pleura of second abdominal somite overlapping those of first and third somites. No chelae on third pereopods, Gills phyllobranchiate------------------------------------Caridea. - Pleura of second abdominal somite not overlapping that of first somite. Third legs chelate never stronger than preceding legs, generally all chelipeds of equal strength. Males with petasma. Gills dendrobranchiate---------------------------------------Penaeidea. 1.1 Diagnosis Decapod Crustaceans with 5 to 8 inches body plan; head consisting of a preantennal region bearing the eyes, followed by five somites with two pairs of antennae, three pairs of mouth parts, a thorax of eight somites and an abdomen with six somites, most of which bear appendages. Female genital apertures or gonopores positioned on the sixth thoracic somite and male apertures located on eight thoracic somite.Abdomen terminating in telson, a non segmented structure having anus. A cuticular fold –carapace extending backward from head; extends over and fuses with all thoracic somites; the first three pairs of thoracic legs or maxillipeds associated with mouth, leaving remaining five pairs of legs, hence the name Decapoda, for a variety of functions, including locomotion, food gathering, defense and offence and grooming. Gills enclosed in a branchial chamber, its lateral wall formed by a gill cover or branchiostegite, an extension of carapace. (From various sources). 1.2 Classification Below is given the position of the Caridea within the classification of the Arthropoda, subphylum Crustacea. Martin & Davis (2001) use the classification adapted here. Subphylum Crustacea Class Cephalocarida (cephalocarids) Class Branchiopoda (fairy or brine, tadpole, clam shrimps; water fleas) Class Remipedia (remipedes) Class Maxillipoda (barnacles, copepods) 3 Class Ostracoda (mussel or seed shrimps) Class Malacostraca Subclass Phylocarida (leptostracans) Subclass Hoplocarida (stomatopods or mantis shrimps) Super order Eumalacostraca Super order Syncarida Super order Peracarida (mysidaceans shrimps, isopods, cumaceans, amphipods) Super order Eucarida Order Euphausiacea (krill) Order Amphionidacea (amphionidacean shrimps) Order Decapoda Suborder Dendrobranchiata (penaeoidean and sergestoidean shrimps) Suborder Pleocyemata Infraorder Caridea (caridean shrimps) Infraorder Stenopodidea (stenopodidean shrimps) Infraorder Thalassinidea (mud or ghost shrimps) Infraorder Astacidea (crayfishes, clawed lobsters) Infraorder Palinura (spiny or nonclawed lobsters) Infraorder Anomura (false crabs, hermit crabs, squat lobsters) Infraorder Brachyura (true crabs) 1.3 History of Nomenclature of Infraorder Caridea It was Dana (1852) who was the first to recognize the group as distinct and named it Caridea. Although rejected by Boas (1880) another term coined Eukyphotes by him, the name Caridea is accepted by Holthuis (1955,1993) who considered the reason for rejection not to valid and gave a treatment of the history of nomenclature and classifications of caridean families, superfamilies and other higher categories. According to Holthuis (1993), Dana (1852) divided his sub tribe Caridea into four families. Bate (1888) divided his Phyllobranchiata Normalia which coincided exactly with Dana‟s Caridea into four tribes. Ortmann (1890) divided the Caridea, which he named Eucypihdea into 13 families. 4 Ortmann until 1898 kept on giving new versions. Balss (1927) gave a classification, which was largely based on Borradaile's (1907) system. In 1955, Holthuis himself divided Caridea into superfamilies: Pasiphaeoida, Oplophoroida, Stylodactyloida, Pandaloida, Psalidopodoida, Palaemonoida, and Crangonoida. Schram (1986) recognized two Infraorders, the Procarididea and Caridea, placing them in the Suborder Eukyphida, of Boas for Carideans and latter resurrected by Burkenroad (1981) and Schram (1984). Thompson (1967) revised the arrangement proposed by Holthius (1955) by removing the Nematocarcinidae from the Oplophororidea and by placing them in the Bresilioidea together with the Bresiliidae and the Disciadidae. The Eugonatonotidae, were placed by him in the Oplophoroidea. He established a new super family Heterocarpodoidea. Bruce‟s excellent work during 1967 to 2004 on palaemonids spans over three decades. Banner & Banner in the eighties established and described new genera and new species ,subspecies and did vast amount of revisionary work (Titgen, 1991). In 1971 a most aberrant caridean was discovered in an anchialine habitat in the mid- Ascension Island (Atlantic Ocean)by Chace & Manning (1972) as a new genus (Procaris) and species described it, which represents a new family Procarididae and a new super family Procaridoidea. Forest (1977) abandoned the status of the super family Bresilioidea. He placed the Disciadidae, the Bresiliidae, and the Nematocarcinidae in the super family Oplophoroidea, while the Eugonatonotidae and Rhynchocinetidae were assigned to the Palaemonoidea. Bowman & Abele (1982) divided the Infraorder Caridea into 11 super families (Procaridoidea, Atyoidea, Stylodactyloidea, Pasiphaeoidea, Rhynchocinetoidea, Palaemonoidea, Psalidopodoidea, Alpheoidea, Pandaloidea, Physetocaridoidea, and Crangonoidea); this was followed in most instances. Hart & Manning (1986) established the family Agostocarididae for their new genus Agostocaris, which was later placed by Chace (1992) in the Bresiliidae. In various papers published between 1987 and 1990, Christoffersen studied with cladistic methods various groupings within the Caridea with most unexpected results. In 1987, Christoffersen examined the super families Crangonoidea and Alpheoidea. In the former the families Barbouridae 5 (Barbouriidae), Lysmatidae, Processidae, and Crangonidae were recognized, while to the Alpheoidea were assigned the families Nauticarididae, Alopidae, Bythocarididae, Thoridae, Hippolytidae, and Alpheidae.In 1988 Christoffersen divided the family Crangonidae into subfamilies. Christoffersen revised the super family Pandaloidea in 1989a. In the same year, Christoffersen (1989b) revised the super family Atyoidea and divided it into the following families: Oplophoridae, Atyidae (with subfamilies Atyinae and Xiphocaridinae), Pasiphaeidae, Alvinocarididae, Bresiliidae, Psalidopodidae, and Disciadidae. Finally, in 1990, Christoffersen added the family Agostocarididae to the Atyoidea completing the review of super families and families, the super family Stylodactyloidea was contained by him as two families Stylodactylidae and Campylonotidae. The Palaemonoidea consisted of the families Palaemonidae and Rhynchocinetidae only. The Eugonatonotidae and Nematocarcinidae were ranked super families and the Pandaloidea was similarly treated as in 1989, but to the Crangonoidea the families Merguiidae and Glyphocrangonidae were added. The arrangement of the Alpheoidea differed from that suggested by Christoffersen (1987) by the addition of the families Merihippolytidae, Pterocarididae, and Ogyrididae. Recent works has forced caridean workers to look more closely at some of the Christoffersens”suggestions (De Grave et al,2009).Now the knowledge of DNA sequences has become indispensable for basic taxonomical research, or systematics. The advent of DNA sequencing has significantly accelerated caridean research and discovery,for example Baeze et al(2009) and Bracken et al(2009). . It was felt as a relief by the carcinologists when Chace (1992) published a well-reasoned classification of the Caridean families. Chace reduced the family number to 28. Vereshchaka (1997) provided a key for caridean super families modifying slightly that of Chace (1992); Martin & Davis (2001) subsequent to Bowman & Abele (1992) have changed some super families. In this monograph, Martin & Davis (2001) are followed. Bauer (2004) converted Chace‟s classification and expressed a traditional view of caridean relationship. He is of the opinion that hypotheses proposed by Chace (1992) and Christoffersen (1990) must be tested independently using DNA and RNA sequence data and it is very likely that these classifications will be sooner or later modified and phylogenetic relationships which remain contested will be clear as researches are yielding new insight into the evolutionary history of the Caridea. 6 1.4 Taxonomic Characters and biological success The caridoid facies has made caridean shrimps to successfully adopt aquatic environment by making them highly stream lined. The carideans come out for on top with number of species as compared to euphausiaceans and penaeoideans. The high biological diversity of carideans reflects their much wider range of habitat occupation in comparison with other caridoid groups. The cardioids body plan, modified in a variety of ways, has been the basis from which extensive invasion into and diversification in the benthic environment have occurred. Schematic diagrams of important families are produced here to show the various modifications (Figs. 2-5). Figure 2: External anatomy of a typical Crangonid (Adapted from Holthuis,1993) Complete set of morphological characteristics that adapt a true shrimp so as well to forward and backward swimming is known as the caridoid facies as 7 already mentioned. The term “carid” comes from the Latin word for shrimps, the suffix “oid” means like and facies refers to general appearance or aspect. Crustaceans that mostly exhibit the caridoid facies or shrimp like body plan are species found in the decapod malacostracan suborder Eucarida. Taxa within the Eucarida exhibiting a classic caridoid body form are the euphausiaceans (krill), mysidaceans, (opossum shrimps) and sergestoideans, penaeoideans, stenopodideans and carideans. Two other non-natatory features of caridoid character complex are stalked eyes and the biramous antennules. The compound eye is placed on a movable stalk; the eyes can detect movement and form images over a wide field of vision. The outer branch of the antennules carries the aesthetics, or olfactory hairs, which are sensitive to a variety of chemicals dissolved in water. Both the inner and outer rami in pelagic shrimps are quite long flagelliform, carrying a variety of tactile or touch receptors as well as chemoreceptors sensitive to higher concentrations of chemical stimuli. The long flagella of the two antennae, can sweep all around the animal in order to detect and recognize nearby objects. Figure 3: External anatomy of a typical Alpheid (adapted from Kim & Abele,1988) 8 Figure 4: External anatomy of a typical Palaemonid Figure 5: External anatomy of a typical Pandalid 1.5 Body Plan The body of typical caridean shrimp (Fig. 6) can be divided into a head, thorax and abdomen or pleon. 9 The head and first three thoracic somites are fused into a cephalothorax, and a dorsal shield known as carapace covers the head and all the thoracic somites dorsally, which extend downwards laterally to cover the gills and often the bases of the thoracic limbs called pereopods. Anteriorly, the carapace may project as a narrow, often armed rostrum, laterally flattened, as in some hippolytids, or dorso-ventrally flattened, as in some crangonids. It may possess teeth on its dorsal and ventral borders (as in Palaemon), may be unarmed and acutely pointed (as in Athanas), or may be unarmed except for small, rounded apical teeth (as in Processa).Occasionally some of the dor s sal teeth may be movable. The orbits are situated at each side of the base of the rostrum and these depressions partly surround the eyes. In some species of Alpheus, the carapace is produced anteriorly to cover the eyes in dorsal view, forming orbital hoods. The carapace may be furnished with a number of spines. Above the orbit may be one or more supra-orbital spines; below the orbit the antennal spine arises in the line with the antennular peduncle. The branchiostegal spine projects over the proximal part of the antennal peduncle; at the antero-ventral corner of the carapace, there may be a pterygostomian spine. On the lateral surface of the carapace, at a considerable distance behind the anterior margin, there may be a hepatic spine, which is sometimes joined to the anterior margin by a hepatic groove in the carapace. The branchiostegal and hepatic spines are never found together. A groove running parallel but just behind the edge of the orbit is known as the post- orbital groove. The carapace, pleon, and limbs may bear longitudinal ridges or carinae; in the Crangonidae, for example, certain species posses carinae on the carapace, armed with spines or protrusions. The compound eyes normally consist of a stalk of two segments plus a cornea of varying shape on the end of the stalk. In some families (Hippolytidae and Palaemonidae), an accessory eye is present, the function of which is still not clear. 10 Figure 6: Body and appendages . A- Carapace and abdomen, left lateral view; B- Left mandible, dorsal view; C- Left first maxillula, dorsal view; DLeft second maxilla, dorsal view; E- Left first maxilliped, dorsal view; FLeft second maxilliped, dorsal view; G- Left third maxilliped, ventral view . 11 Figure 7: Appendages. A- Left antennule, dorsal view; B- Left antenna, ventral view; C- Left first walking leg, medial view; D- Left second walking leg, lateral view; E- Left third walking leg, lateral view. F- Left fourth walking leg, lateral view. G- Left fifth walking leg, lateral view; H- Left first pleopod of a female in breeding dress, anterior view; I- Left first pleopod, anterior view of non-breeding female; J-N from male; J- Left first pleopod, anterior view; K- Left first pleopod, anterior view; L- Left fourth pleopod, anterior view; M- Left fifth pleopod, anterior view; N- Left uropod, dorsal view; O- Telson, dorsal view; P- Endopod of left male second pleopod, anterior view. Appendages: The nineteen pairs of appendages are grouped as sensory, cephalic, mouthparts and abdominal. (Table 1, Figs.6-7) Table 1: Details of appendages of a shrimp BODY BODY REGION SESEGMENT # REGIONAL SEGMENT # APPENDAGE 1 Cephalon 1 Antennules (first antennae) 2 " 2 Antennae (second antennae) 12 3 " 3 Mandibles 4 " 4 Maxillules (first maxillae) 5 " 5 Maxillae (second maxillae) 6 Thorax 1 First maxillipeds 7 " 2 Second maxillipeds 8 " 3 Third maxillipeds 9 " 4 First pereopods (usually chelipeds) 10 " 5 Second pereopods (usually chelipeds) 11 " 6 Third pereopods (1st walking legs) 12 " 7 Fourth pereopods (2nd walking legs) 13 " 8 Fifth pereopods (3rd walking legs) 14-18 Abdomen 1-5 First-fifth pleopods (swimmerets) 19 " 6 Uropods Projecting from the anterior region of the carapace are two sensory appendages, the antennules and the antennae. Antennules have a stem, or peduncle of three segments, with two multi-articulate flagella arising from the third, most distal segment. In the Palaemonidae and Hippolytidae, certain genera have the outer flagellum bifid, the antennules thus becoming triramous.The aesthetascs or chemo and mechano- receptors exhibit diversity in number and shape depending on habitat and environment. In marine shrimp both adult and larvae they are more numerous, longer, slender, and uniformly thin walled. In adult freshwater shrimps, they are fewer, shorter, divided in thick walled stalk and thin distal cob like portion structurally different and positioned differently in freshwater families Atyidae (Caridina) and palaemonid genus Macrobrachium(Shenoy et al,1993). The first segment of the antennular peduncle may be laterally expanded to form a lobe or a spiniform process 13 known as stylocerite. This is of considerable importance in the taxonomy of certain families (e.g. Crangonidae). The antennae comprise a long flagellum arising from a peduncle and sometimes longer than the body of animal, plus an exopod, which is laterally expanded and flattened into a scale-like process, the scaphocerite. The latter varies in shape, is normally setose on its inner margin, and in the most carideans has a spine on the external anterior corner. The mouthparts, which deal with the handling and initial mechanical breakdown of food, comprise a pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxillae from the cephalic region and three pairs of maxillipeds. The maxillipeds are modified from the three anterior pairs of thoracic limbs of the ancestral caridoid form and are thus not appendages derived from somites of the head. The mandibles have a grinding molar process, which is widely separated from a toothed incisor process, used for cutting food fragments. Certain species also posses a mandibular palp, which is often of taxonomic importance. In the Crangonidae, both incisor process and palp are absent. The genus Hippolyte lacks the palp only, whereas in some pasiphaeids the incisor process only is present. The first maxilla is a flattened structure with a palp, and the second maxilla bears a pointed lamellar expansion on its outer border forming the scaphognathite, which by its rhythmic beating, creates water current over the gills. Following the maxillae are the first three pairs of thoracic appendages-the maxillipeds as mentioned earlier. The first maxilliped has lost any vestige of its original pediform shape and has become expanded and leaf-like. At the base of exopod is a process known as the caridean lobe, this is the characteristics of the carideans as mentioned earlier. The second maxilliped appears more limb-like, but the least modification has occurred within the third maxilliped, which has retained its pediform character, being frequently quite long and projecting beyond the scaphocerite in some instances. The apical joint or dactylus may be absent or fused to the next joint, and the third and fourth joints may also be fused. The appendage may be quite heavily armed with spines or tubercles. The first two pairs of maxillipeds are very much associated with food handlings. The exopods have more specialized functions like blowing away the debris and preventing the fouling. The pereopods comprise the five pairs of thoracic appendages, usually elongate limbs, used for feeding and locomotion. Each limb comprises seven joints from the body outwards; these are termed the coxa, basis, ischium, merus, carpus, propodus, and dactylus. In certain families (e.g. Hippolytidae), the third joint or carpus of second pereopod may be subdivided, and this is important in taxonomy of the group. In the Processidae, both the carpus and merus of second pereopod are often subdivided into many joints. First and 14 second pereopods are usually furnished with terminal pincers, or chelae. In Palaemonidae, the second pair is sexually dimorphic and in Alpheidae, they are asymmetrical. In the Pandalidae, however, the chelae of the first pereopods are microscopically small, and in the Processidae, a minute chela is present on one of the first pereopods, whilst other ends in a simple pointed dactylus. In the Crangonidae, the first pereopods are robust and sub-chelate, the dactylus and propodus articulating at the right angles to the long axis of the limb. The long and slender “fingers” of the chelae of first and second pereopods, the cutting edges of these fingers being pectinate characterize the Pasiphaeidae, or comblike arising from the basis of some or all of the pereopods may be limb-like processes, which are the exopods of the pereopods, relicts of the original biramous nature of the limbs. Exopods are usually much reduced, although, in the Pasiphaeidae, they may be quite long. Another spectacular variation of the chela is found in the family Atyidae, where the fingers of the chelae terminate in brushes of long complex setae. Certain genera (e.g. Pandalus )posses epipods, which are small strap-like projections issuing posteriorly from the coxae of the pereopods and often from the maxillipeds. The abdomen or pleon is made up of six somites, the pleonites, the sixth of which is modified to form, with the tail or telson, the “tail-fan” of the animal. All pleonites are more or less extended laterally and downwards into pleura. As already pointed out the pleonite second in carideans has a pleura which overlaps those of pleonite first and third dorsally, pleonite third may be extended posteriorly over part of the fourth pleonite (as in some hippolytids). First to fifth pleonites each bears a pair of ventral pleopods, which are leaf-like, biramous limbs used for swimming in some species. Each pleopod is made up of a broad, flat endopod and an equally broad exopod. On the internal borders of the endopods of pleopods 2-5 are found small, tubular appendages with hooked ends, these hooks are termed cincinnuli. Each one of these appendages is an appendix interna, and they serve to hook together laterally adjacent endopods, thus improving the swimming beat of the pleopods and their synchronization. It is significant that, in some wholly benthic species (e.g. Crangonidae), the appendices internae are absent. The first pleopods differ between the sexes in these decapods. In the male, the endopod is important in copulation, usually having a modified terminal process, which is used when pairing takes place. The second pleopod of the male also bears appendage, which is used in copulation, and sperm transfer. This is the appendix masculina. The endopod of the females‟ second pleopod is normally broader and more leaflike than that of the male and the pleopod does not bear the appendix masculina. The appendages of the sixth pleonite are known as uropods and are broad and foliaceous, projecting on each side of telson. The telson and uropods make up the earlier mentioned “tail-fan” of the animal, which is used for rapid 15 escape movements by sudden flexor of pleonites, propelling the animal backwards. There may be a varying numbers of spines on the dorsal surface, on each lateral border of the telson, plus spines on the apex. This apex may be flat, concave, deeply cleft, or convex. The exopod has a row of spines, generally known as diaresis. Gills: There are three types of gills found in these decapods; their arrangement is often of taxonomic importance. Pleurobranchs are gills attached to the sides of the body and occur dorsal to the pereopods. They are long gills and are covered by the downward and lateral expansion of the carapace, which thus forms a branchial chamber around them. Arthrobranchs are small gills, which arise from the membrane joining the coxa of a pereopod to the animal. Podobranchs are small gills, which differentiate from the epipods, and are thus found on the coxae of limbs. Arthrobranchs and podobranchs are often associated with the maxillipeds and pereopods, whereas pleurobranchs are normally associated with pereopods only. Genital openings: The genital openings differ between the sexes; female ducts open into small apertures on the coxae of the third pereopods. The male ducts open on the coxae or on medial surface of arthrodial membrane between the coxae of fifth pereopod and the sternum, with a gonopore flap. Sexual dimorphism is found in certain genera, sometimes only in the breeding females (several species of Leptochela) Protandry is scattered among caridean families particularly in Pandalidae, Hippolytidae, Processidae, Crangonidae and Campylonotidae, that for confirm sex change (Bauer, 2004) The species evolve specialized phenotype to adapt local environmental conditions. 1.6 Biology Caridean Atyidae further study is necessary to shrimps occur in all the world‟s oceans where they may be found intertidally, in the shallow sub littoral zone and down to the abyssal depths. Some are pelagic, others are benthic, and few have specific association with other invertebrates. The shallow sub littoral species use the profuse algal growth as cover from predators. Some may make shallow burrows covering themselves with sand to avoid predators .Several species occur on offshore ground, which has good hydroid cover. Offshore gravel may be rich in species, very fine sand, silt deposits, deep water 16 mud, hydrothermal vent and oozes are habitats for certain groups. Some are found in the lower reaches and on the rocky ledges. Farther up estuary some may be found being able to withstand wide range in salinity. On salt marshes and in brackish pools with indirect contact with the sea, some paleamonids do occur. In deep waters off shore, several species undergo extensive diurnal vertical migrations. Rhythmic patterns of activity have been demonstrated in palaemonids, becoming more active as the tide begins to ebb. Some carideans are subterranean or troglobic. Taxonomy of the most of the troglobic species points to a very long isolation. Some species also occurring in our area like Caridina nilotica , Macrobrachium lamarrei have been found incidentally in subterranean waters (Holthuis, 1964: 64). One family Alvinocarididae are distinct component of chemosynthetic communities occurring at hydrothermal vents or waters influenced by brine or hydrocarbon seeps (Komai & Segonzac, 2003).All oplophorid genera, few pandalids, one pasiphaeid and one thalassocaridid produce luminous secretion. The secretion may be quite viscous and quite retain its luminosity for many minutes .It is suggested that this secretion is a hepatic product regurgitated from the mouth (Herring, 1985). The secretion is probably a defensive response and can be sometime seen elicited with a flashlight (Herring in Barnard, 1985). In addition to these cuticular photophores are also present in few oplophorid genera. The luminescence of these crustaceans has some commercial application to detect shoal size. The aesthetascs or olfactory hair, setae and sensory (chemo and mechano) receptors on antennule are frequently groomed with cleaning brushes on the third maxillipeds. The long flagella of the antenna have vital taste and touch receptors, frequently scrubbed and preened by the carpalpropodal cleaning brushes of the first legs. Chemoreceptors on the terminal segment present in high concentration are scrubbed again by the third maxillipeds. The aesthetascs of these shrimps play an important role as salinity indicators (Shenoy etal, 1993). The other receptors comprise statocysts, the stalked eye, and the dorsal organ. Many pelagic carideans are active predators. Often these species take part in extensive upward vertical migration at night, swimming down to the bottom at dawn again feed at night on planktonic small crustaceans. Among benthic species, types of food vary from group and season. Shrimps posses rigid exoskeleton and can only grow by moulting, or casting the outgrown skeleton and increase in size while the new skeleton is still soft. The moult cycle is a complex one and dominates the life of the animal, since the behavior, habits and physiology differs at different times of cycle. The actual process is quite rapid, normally lasting from 9-25 seconds. Complete hardening of the skeleton takes about two days. Due to fear of predators the 17 newly moulted animal becomes even more secretive than usual. Moulting is normally of seasonal occurrence.Females prawns frequently grow at faster rate than males and as such, the females of most species are larger than the males at any given age. Moulting stops when a female carries eggs on its pleopods. Certain features like small white spots are noticeable before moulting in appearance.Their presence gives a useful indication of moult‟s cycle event, especially in the field. No annual growth indicators are found in shrimps so age of shrimp is difficult to estimate. Many carideans are colour changers, colour modification mainly functions for concealment from visually hunting predator such as fishes or birds. Some shrimps loose their colour at night. The colour pattern is often a good species character; however, there may be striking variation in colour pattern among individuals of the same species. Some species produce sound.The rapid closure of chela results in a loud sound or snap.The snap is a behavior observed most commonly during agonistic interactions. Aggregations of animals sometime occur offshore, usually connected with the onset of the breeding season. The shrimps are dioceous (gonochorus) and exhibit sexually dimorphic characters. Intersexuality is common in certain groups because of protandrous sex reversal. In some groups, for example hippolytid and pandalid populations contain a varying percentage of primarily females, which remain females throughout their life. This percentage may vary with latitude. Copulation and fertilization is dependent upon the female moulting. It occurs in such a position that the spermatophores are deposited on the sternum of the female between fifth pair of legs. The appendix masculinae of the males are involved in the placing of spermatophores. The latter are extruded from the openings on the coxae of the fifth legs. Carideans have „unistellate‟ or thumbtack shaped, completely immobile spermatozoa (Felgenhauer & Abele, 1983) with a main body and a spike. There are striking exceptions. The sperms are packed in twin but simple spermatophores, one from each male gonopore. Spawning of the eggs occurs soon after copulation, depending on the group at the minimum 2-3 to 48h. Before spawning females usually engage in cleaning activity, first two legs are being used to clean the pleopods, the pleon being flexed to allow the action. For spawning females for different species take different position - crangonids lie on inner side and bend the pleonites beneath the thorax, palaemonids remain standing on spread out legs and process the telson against the substratum. The pleon assumes a week S-shaped curve and in this position, the eggs are extruded. The eggs released from the openings pass over the spermatophores attached to the female sternum are fertilized during this passage. They are passed backwards by the endopods of the first pleopods and become attached to the endopods of pleopods 1-4, special ovigerous setae which appear at the precopulatory moult of the female, disappear with the next moult. The three anterior pleonites widen slightly and 18 the pleon deepens. Females fan the pleopods and groom the embryos with cleaning chelipeds that is why the embryos stripped from female suffer heavy mortality from microbial fouling in the absence of the female grooming. The shrimps may locate odour of sex pheromones carried by water current and move upstream by sing a positive rheotaxis. The mating system of Macrobrachium rosenbergii, the giant freshwater shrimp is a bit more complicated. There are three male morph types all capable of mating, all without distinct genotypes: the large males having hypertrophied second cheliped, small males with proportionately smaller chelipeds, and intermediate size males with relative chelipeds size. All three types show different mating system, when large males are finished due to one or other reason the other size move the male social ladder, intermediate under go changes and assume large males and small males to intermediate size. The physiological changes responsible for this transformation are still unknown (Bauer, 2004). Monogamy as extended guarding of female by the male has been observed in Hymenocera picta(Seibt & Wickler, 1979).Protandry is scattered among caidean families particularly in Pandalidae,Hippolytidae,Processidae,Crangonidae and Campylonotidae(Bauer,2004)The genera Exhipplysmata and Lysmata are described as simultaneous protandric hermaphrodite (Kagwade,1982) or euthermaphrodite(Fielder et al,2010) . A B C D Figure 8: Life cycle of caridean. A- Egg; B- Larva; C- Post larva; DAdult(Adapted from New &Singholka,1982) 19 A typical caridean embryo hatches out of its surrounding membrane, moults the embryonic cuticle, and enters the water as planktonic larva. The larva is termed a zoea; it undergoes a metamorphosis in which larval characteristics are lost. The young juvenile is recruited into the adult population (Fig. 8). There is variation in life histories characteristics with latitude in near shore, sub littoral marine carideans (Bauer, 2004 ,Table 6). The number of larval instars varies from 5-9. Carideans with multiple generations usually have one long term and overwintering generation and one short term summer generation or mix (Omori et al, 1994). In many caridean species the number of instars has been reduced, and is abbreviated. In the Palaemoninae, there is direct relationship between abbreviated development and strictly freshwater habitat. In some genera, for example Synalpheus all forms of development from extended to abbreviate to direct occur. The most obvious parasites of these shrimps are the bopyrid isopods which often occur in branchial cavity of the shrimp, causing distortion in the form of an obvious sewelling”Cheek” on one side of the carapace (Pl.1). Bourdon (1968) has noted the affect that parasites have on their hosts, usually the gonads are affected, and the morphological changes were noticed in the secondary sexual characters (Kazmi, 1996) (Pl.1). The bopyrids, which infest carideans all, belong to subfamily Bopyrinae (Fig. 9). The Pakistani carideans: Saron, Alpheus, Synalpheus , Macrobrachium , and Latreutes have been found bopyrized (see Parabopyriscus sp, Probopyrus pica , Parabopyrella indica , P.niertsrazi and P.saronae in Kazmi et al., 2002;Yaqoob,2006). Other less obvious parasites are hemiarthid isopods (only once found during the present studies),ellobiopsid protozoans, turbellarians, rhizocephalan cirripedes and nematodes (Smaldon et al, 1993). 20 Figure 9: Bopyrid parasites in pairs, females in dorsal and ventral views, males in dorsal view A-C- From host Macrobrachium (After Chopra, 1923), D-F- From host Alpheus (After Chopra, 1923), G- I- From host Synalpheus (After Kazmi et al, 2002); J-L-From host Saron (After Bourdon & Bruce, 1979). There are some amazing relationships between carideans and other invertebrates and fishes. The invertebrate symbionts with the carideans are corals, anemones, sponges, sea urchins, feather stars, clams, jellyfish, other decapods, stomatopods, and echiuroid worms. Association of hippolytid (Latreutes ) and medusa of Catostylus mosaicus was reported by Kazmi (1996) (Pl.1). Shrimp symbioses are rarely reported in deepwater, polar, colder, and freshwater environment. This may be explained by the absence or low abundance and diversity in freshwater of the large sessile invertebrates that serve as host in marine habitat. 21 22 CHAPTER -2 Materials and Methods Materials: The results in the monograph are based on the new samples collected by the authors, with the help of the Karachi university staff and local fishermen by using one of these gears: Dragnets, Jali, Castnets, Dip nets and Bottom nets or purchased from the fish markets, or samples sent for study to the university from cruises ( Fridjtof Nansen Cruise, 1977) (Fig.10 Map)and Discovery cruise( 1993).The old unidentified collection housed in the repositories of the Marine Reference Collection and Resource Centre, the Zoology Departments of University of the Punjab , Lahore, Bahauddin Zakria University, Multan , University of Karachi and the Zoological Survey Department, Government of Pakistan were also studied. The Discovery cruise, 1993, samples although were from Oman, however helped in the biogeographic studies. 23 Figure 10: Geographical distribution of the stations sampled by R/V Dr. Fridtjof Nansen Cruise No. 1 January (1977- Joint NOARD/ Pakistan project) showing Leptochela presence. Methodology: The diagnoses of all higher taxa included in the text are taken and adapted from already recognized characters used in literature and thus a standard terminology is used. The information given in the monograph are based on the material collected by the authors from coastal and inland waters of Pakistan and based on a thorough review of the relevant literature, which included scattered records of the presence of the various species shrimps collected from various localities in Pakistan. The species are described with synony ms and detailed descriptions supplemented by information, when available on colour, size, habitat, and geographical distribution. Each species is fully illustrated. Some were photographed alive prior to preservation. The genera and species itemized following the keys are those known for Pakistan, whether or not seen and encountered by the authors. Almost all the other authors‟ species from Pakistan are included without verification that was not possible due to non-availability of their material. The status of many species 24 is still unclear which is why symbol “cf” if often is associated. It cannot be said about these indeterminate records weather they refer to either to the new species described herein, or other described or undescribed carideans of indeterminate genus or to combination of both. They are included here for the sake of completeness and to bring attention to their occurrence in the event that more specimens eventually are found. The families are arranged in sequence by order of appearance in the key to the super families and families. The family account includes diagnosis and key to the Pakistani genera. Generic entries comprise diagnosis, identification of the type species, the gender of the name and key to the species. There has been an attempt to list important references under the species. Literature cited is a full list of sources used. Extra information is given under “Remarks” where necessary or appropriate. The biogeography is traced for all species. A chapter on commercial species in our water bodies is added to highlight the utilization of these shrimps. The type specimens of the new species are housed in the Marine Reference Collection and Resource Center, University of Karachi. 25 CHAPTER -3 Results 3.1Biodiversity There are now at least 34 families, 351 genera and 3,268 described species in the Caridea ( Zoo.Rec.,2001; ITIS;De Grave, 2008).However truly exact counts are impossible because of occasional omission in the Zoological Records and subsequent rejection or change of names by taxonomists. Out of them 14 families, 35 genera, 84 species, and 8 subspecies are found in Pakistani water bodies, both fresh and marine as reported here. List of Pakistani species: Super family Pasiphaeoidea Dana, 1852 Family Pasiphaeidae Dana,1852 Genus Eupasiphae Wood Mason & Alcock, 1893 Eupasiphae gilesi(Wood Mason,1892) Genus Leptochela Stimpson, 1860 Leptochela irrobusta, Chace, 1976 Leptochela nasimae sp.nov Leptochela pugnax de Man, 1916 Leptochela cf sydniensis, Dakin& Colefax, 1940 Genus Pasiphaea Savigny, 1816 Pasiphaea alcocki (Wood Mason & Alcock, 1891) Pasiphaea sivado (Risso, 1816) 26 Super family Oplophoroidea Dana, 1852 Family Oplophoridae Dana, 1852 Genus Acanthephyra A. Milne Edwards, 1881 Acanthephyra eximia Smith, 1884 Super family Atyoidea de Haan, 1849 Family Atyidae de Haan, 1849 Genus Caridina H.Milne Edwards, 1837 Caridina babaulti babaulti Bouvier, 1918 Caridina nilotica (Roux, 1833) Caridina sumatrensis de Man, 1892 Genus Caridella Calman, 1906 Caridella sp Genus Kalriana Zuberi, 1990 Kalriana anissi Zuberi, 1990 Kalriana jhimpirensis , Zuberi, 1990 Kalriana karachi Zuberi, 1990 Kalriana sunahrensis Zuberi, 1990 Super family Nematocarcinoidea S.I. Smith, 1884 Family Rhynchocinetidae Ortmann, 1890 Genus Rhynchocinetes H. Milne Edwards, 1837 *Rhynchocinetes uritai (Kubo, 1940) Super family Palaemonoidea Rafinesque, 1815 Family Palaemonidae Rafinesque, 1815 Subfamily Palaemoninae Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Exopalaemon Holthuis, 1950 Exopalaemon styliferus (H.Milne Edwards, 1840) Genus Leandrites Holthuis, 1950 27 Leandrites celebensis (de Man, 1881) Genus Leptocarpus Holthuis, 1950 Leptocarpus potamiscus (Kemp, 1917) Genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868 Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai Tiwari, 1963 Macrobrachium dayanum (Henderson, 1893) Macrobrachium dacqueti (Sunier, 1925) Macrobrachium equidens (Dana, 1852) Macrobrachium idella idella (Hilgendorf, 1898) Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei (H.Milne Edwards, 1837) Macrobrachium lamarrei korangii sub. sp nov. Macrobrachium lehiai sp nov. Macrobrachium mal colmsonii malcolmsonii (H.MilnEdwards, 1844) Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum Johnson, 1973 Macrobrachium naso (Kemp, 1918) Macrobrachium naraensis Siddiqui, 1980 (Name only) Macrobrachium rude (Heller, 1862) Macrobrachium scabriculum (Heller, 1862) Macrobrachium shahpuri n.sp Macrobrachium sp Macrobrachium taunsii n.sp Macrobrachium tirmiziae Yaqoob & Kazmi (MS), 2000 Genus Nematopalaemon Holthuis, 1950 Nematopalaemon tenuipes (Henderson, 1893) Genus Palaemon , Weber, 1795 Palaemon pacificus (Stimpson, 1860) 28 Palaemon semmelinkii (de Man, 1881) Palaemon sewelli (Kemp, 1925) Subfamily Pontoniinae Kingsley, 1878 Genus Anchistus Borradaile, 1898 Anchistus custos (Forskal, 1775) Genus Cuapetes Clark,1919 Cuapetes elegans (Paulson, 1875) Cuapetes longirostris (Borradaile, 1915) Cuapetes seychellensis (Borradaile, 1915) Family Hymenoceridae Ortmann, 1890 Genus Hymenocera Latreille, 1819 *Hymenocera picta Dana, 1852 Family Gnathophyllidae Dana, 1852 Genus Gnathophyllum Latreille, 1819 *Gnathophyllum americanum Guerin-Meneville, 1855 Super family Processoidea Ortmann, 1896 Family Processidae Ortmann, 1896 Genus Processa Leach, 1815 Processa compacta Kensley, 1971 Super family Alphoidea Rafinesque, 1815 Family Ogyrididae Stebbing, 1914 Genus Ogyrides Stebbing, 1914 Ogyrides orientalis Stimpson, 1860 Ogyrides saldanhae Barnard,1947 Family Alpheidae Rafinesque, 1815 Alpheid sp Genus Alberta n.gen 29 Alberta banneri n.sp. Genus Alpheus Fabricius, 1798 Alpheus alberti Kazmi, 1974 Alpheus cf barbatus Coutiere, 1897 Alpheus bisincisus de Haan, 1850 Alpheus chiragricus H.Milne Edwards, 1837 Alpheus edwardsii (Audouin, 1826) Alpheus isodactylus Afzal ,Javed&Barkati, 1986 Alpheus lobidens de Haan, 1849 Alpheus manorensis Afzal ,Javed&Barkati, 1986 Alpheus pacificus Dana, 1852 Alpheus pseudoedwardsii Afzal, Javed&Barkati , 1986 Alpheus strenuus strenuus Dana, 1 852 Alpheus splendidus Coutiere, 1897 Alpheus zulfaquiri Kazmi, 1980 Genus Athanas Leach, 1814 Athanas arabicus Afzal Javed&Barkati , 1986 Athanas dimorphus Ortmann, 1894 Genus Automate de Man, 1888 Automate dolichognatha de Man, 1888 Genus Salmoneus Holthuis, 1955 Salmoneus brevirostris (Edmondson, 1930) Salmoneus cristatus (Coutiere, 1896) Genus Synalpheus Bate, 1888 Synalpheus neptunus Coutier, 1899 Synalpheus thai Banner & Banner, 1966 Synalpheus tumidomanus (Paulson, 1875) 30 Family Hippolytidae Bate, 1888 Genus Exhippolysmata Stebbing, 1915 Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris (Kemp, 1914) Genus Heptacarpus Holmes, 1900 Heptacarpus pandaloides (Stimpson, 1860) Genus Hippolyte Leach, 1814 Hippolyte ventricosa H.Milne Edwards, 1837 Genus Latreutes Stimpson, 1860 Latreutes anoplonyx Kemp, 1914 Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson, 1860) Genus Lysmata Risso, 1816 Lysmata vittata(Stimpson,1860) *Lysmata amboinensis (de Man,1888) Genus Saron Thallwitz, 1891 Saron marmoratus (Olivier, 1811) Super family Pandaloidea Haworth, 1825 Family Pandalidae Haworth, 1825 Genus Heterocarpus A.Milne Edwards, 1881 Heterocarpus laevigatus Bate, 1888 Super family Crangonoidea Haworth, 1825 Family Crangonidae Haworth, 1825 Genus Philocheras Stebbing, 1900 Philocheras parvirostris Kemp, 1916 Genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888 Pontocaris pennata Bate, 1888 *Records of all species marked by an asterisk are based upon a close-up under water photographs taken by Pakistani scuba diver (Ali, 2006 unpublished list) therefore the information cannot be relied upon for identification; hence, the species are not 31 discussed elsewhere in the species account. However, they are included in the list for the sake of comprehensiveness, for their verification further collection is desirable The following key to the subfamilies, families, and super families is largely based on published by Holthuis (1993), nearly quoted verbatim. When one family is present in a super family, it is given immediately . KEY TO THE SUPERFAMILIES, FAMILIES, AND SUBFAMILIES OF CARIDEA (An asterisk marks Pakistani taxa) 1. None of the pereopods chelate or subchelate. Third maxilliped composed of seven free segments--------------Super family----------PROCARIDOIDEA-----------Family Procarididae. -Chelae present on first or second pereopods or on both. Third maxilliped with fewer than seven free segments---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2. 2. First pair of pereopods chelate or simple------------------------------------------------------------ 3. -First pair of pereopods subchelate or prehensile -----------Super family CRANGONOIDEA--32. 3.First and second pereopods similar, with long, slender fingers that are pectinate by the presence of long, narrow teeth on the cutting edge. Second maxilliped without exopod -----------Super family PASIPHAEOIDEA--------------------------------------------------*Family Pasiphaeidae. 32 -Fingers of first and second pereopods not all pectinate with long slender teeth; those legs often very dissimilar-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4. 4.Carpus of second pair of pereopods entire, not subdivided. First pair of pereopods always with well developed chelae----------------------------------------------------------------------------------5. -Carpus of second pair of pereopods usually subdivided into two or more segments; if not, first pair of pereopods not chelate --------------------------------------------------------------------------------26. 5. Last two segments of second maxilliped implanted side by side at end of antepenultimate segment. Pereopods 1 and 2 similar; fingers extremely long and slender, more than 10 times as long as high, and more than 5 times as long as the short palm, without teeth but with long hairs--------- Super family STYLODACTOIDEA---------------------------------Family Stylodactylidae. Last segment of second maxilliped attached to penultimate, not touching the antepenultimate. Fingers of first and second pereopods not extremely long ---------------------- 6. 6. First pair of pereopods with both fingers of chelae movable---Super family---------- PSALIDOPODOIDEA-------------------------------------------------------------- Family Psalidopodidae. -Chela of first pereopod with only one movable finger, the other finger is immovably fused with the palm--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7. 7. Epipods present on the pereopod, terminating in a naked appendix which extends vertically far into the branchial chamber posterior to the corresponding pleurobranch.First and second pereopods similar ----------Super family OPLOPHOROIDEA----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*Family Oplophoridae. Epipods of the pereopods, if present, not terminating in a long naked appendix-----------8. 33 8. First and second pereopods with the chelae similar, the fingers usually with dense tuft of setae at the apex---------------- Super family ATYOIDEA---------------------*Family Atyidae----9. First and second pereopods without dense tufts of setae at the end of the fingers--12. 9. Supraorbital spines present on the carapace. Exopods on at least the first two pereopods. Diaeresis with only one or two lateral spinules----------------Subfamily Paratyinae. Supraorbital spines absent-------------------------------------------------------------------------10. 10. Diaeresis with only one or two lateral spinules. Exopods usually present on at least first and second pereopods ------------------------------------------------------Subfamily Typhlatyinae. Diaeresis usually with numerous spinules along its entire length or the distal part of it. No exopods on any of the pereopods----------------------------------------------------------------------11. 11. Branchial formula incomplete, at most eight pairs of branchiae present. No arthrobranch on the first pereopod-----------------------------------------------Subfamily Caridellinae. -Branchial formula complete, 9 pairs of branchiae. An arthrobranch at the base of the first pereopod----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Subfamily Atyinae. 12. First pair of pereopods stronger and heavier, though often shorter than second ----13. First pair of pereopods usually more slender than, rarely subequal to second pair--17. 13. Pereopods without strap-like epipods. Mandible with molar process conical, laminar or vestigial----------------------- Super family BRESILIOIDEA---------------------- Family Bresiliidae. 34 -Strap-like epipods on at least the three anterior pairs of pereopods. Mandible with molar process blunt, sub truncate with ridged grinding surface-----Super family NEMATOCARCINOIDEA------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14. 14. Rostrum finely dentate. Anterior two pairs of pereopods slender, fingers not bearing conspicuous long spines---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15. Rostrum grossly dentate. Fingers of the chelipeds with lateral and terminal spines distally, forming a basket-like cage when the fingers are closed -----------------------------------16. 15. Marine, often deep-sea species. Third pereopod with dactylus simple, unarmed. Last segment of second maxilliped applied as a narrow strip against the distal margin of the much broader penultimate segment--------------------------------------------------Family Nematocarcinidae. Fresh water species. Third pereopod with prominent curved spines on the posterior margin of the dactylus. Last segment of second maxilliped longer than broad and longer than the penultimate segment to which it is attached with its narrow side---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Family Xiphocarididae. 16. Rostrum movable or at least incompletely fused with the rest of the carapace. Carapace without lateral ridges. Pereopods without exopod--------------------------------*Family Rhynchocinetidae. Rostrum completely fused with the rest of the carapace, immovable. Carapace with three strong longitudinal ridges on the lateral surface. All pereopods with exopods----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Family Eugonatonotidae. 17. Anterior four pairs of pereopods with an arthrobranch each. Dorsal antennular flagellum simple, unbranched. Mandible not bifurcate----- Super family CAMPYLONOTOIDEA-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------18. 35 No arthrobranchs on any of the pereopods. Dorsal antennular flagellum provided with an accessory branch. Incisor and molar processes of mandible distinctly separated (incisor process sometimes reduced) ---------------------- Super family PALAEMONOIDEA--------------19. 18. Epipods present on the pereopods. Pereopods of the second pair sub equal. Second maxilliped with the terminal segment applied as a narrow strip to the mesial margin of the penultimate segment ------------------------------------------------------------- Family Campylonotidae. Pereopods without epipods. Pereopods of the second pair very unequal. Second maxilliped with the terminal segment forming an oblique juncture with the penultimate segment-----------------------------------------------------------------------Family Bathypalaemonellidae. 19. Third maxilliped slender, pereopod-like. First maxilliped with caridean lobe of exopod distinctly overreaching the endite. Mandible usually with prominent incisor process-----------20. Third maxilliped with antepenultimate segment broadened, at least proximally, sometimes operculate. First maxilliped with caridean lobe of exopod not distinctly overreaching endite. Mandible with incisor process vestigial or absent--------------------------- 25. 20. First maxilliped with exopodal lash vestigial. Mandible with molar process flared distally------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Family Anchistioidae. First maxilliped with exopodal lash fully developed. Mandible with molar process conventional, not flared----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------21. 21. Second maxilliped with terminal segment broadly ovate, penultimate segment convexly produced mesiad, causing endopod to appear bilobate distally. First maxilliped with palp broadly ovate.Supraorbital spines present----------------------------Family Desmocarididae. 36 Second maxilliped not markedly bilobate distally. First maxilliped with palp not unusually broad------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22. 22. First maxilliped with caridean lobe of exopod acutely produced distally------- Family Typhlocarididae-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------23. First maxilliped with caridean lobe of exopod not acutely produced distally------------------Family Palaemonidae---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24. 23. Carapace with a longitudinal complete post-antennal suture on either lateral surface. Third antennal flagellum partially fused with dorsal antennal flagellum -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Subfamily Typhlocaridinae. Carapace without complete longitudinal suture. The three antennular flagella entirely free, the third not fused with any of the others-------------------------------------------Subfamily Euryrhynchinae. 24. Telson with two pairs of posterior spines and with one or more pairs of hairs. A pleurobranch at the base of the third maxilliped-------------------------* Subfamily Palaemoninae. Telson usually with three pairs of posterior spines. Third maxilliped without pleurobranch -------------------------------------------------------------------------*Subfamily Pontoninae. 25. Third maxilliped with antepenultimate segment clearly articulated with and much wider than next proximal segment--------------------------------------------*Family Hymenoceridae. Third maxilliped with antepenultimate segment fused with and not much wider than next proximal segment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ *Family Gnathophyllidae. 37 26. Carapace merging anteriorly into an inflated, indiscrete rostrum. Second pereopod with fixed finger curving subrectangularly around the short movable finger-------------Super family PHYSETOCARIDOIDEA------------------------------------------------Family Physetocarididae. Rostrum, if present, discrete, not an inflated extension of the carapace proper. Second pereopod, if present, with conventional chelae----------------------------------------------- 27. 27. Right first pereopod chelate, left usually simple, terminating in a plain claw-like dactylus; if both first legs chelate, the rostrum shows a distal setose notch formed by a sub distal dorsal tooth; no other teeth on the rostrum. First maxilliped with exopod abutting endite, displacing palp----------------Super family PROCESSOIDEA------------------*Family Processidae. Both first pereopods either simple or chelate. First maxilliped with exopod far removed from endite--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------28. 28. First pair of pereopods ALPHEOIDEA----------9. distinctly chelate-----------Super family First pair of pereopods with chela microscopically small or absent--Super family PANDALOIDEA--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------31. 29. Eyes unusually elongate, reaching nearly to distal end of antennular peduncle. First pair of pereopods about as robust as second pair ------------------------------*Family Ogyrididae. Eyes normal in shape, short not reaching beyond the end of the first segment of the antennular peduncle, sometimes covered by the carapace. First pair of pereopods more robust than second pair--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30. 30. Carapace with cardiac notch in posterior margin. Eyes often partly or entirely covered by the carapace. First pair of pereopods often unequal and swollen----------------------------- *Family Alpheidae. 38 Carapace without cardiac notch (except in Saron and Yagerocaris). Eyes free. First pair of pereopods usually equal, not swollen------------------------------------*Family Hippolytidae. 31. Second pereopod with carpus undivided or with a single articulation. First pereopod simple, without chela. First pleopod of male with endopod enlarged, convoluted, and spinulose, petasma-like -------------------------------------------------------- Family Thalassocarididae. Second pereopod with carpus usually composed of more than two articles. First pereopod simple or microscopically chelate.First pleopod of male with endopod laminar, not unusually large or convoluted----------------------------------------------------------*Family Pandalidae. 32. Carpus of second pair of pereopods multi-articulate. First pereopod prehensile, dactylus closing against the inner surface of propodus---------------Family Glyphocrangonidae. Carpus of second pair of pereopods not subdivided. First pereopod subchelate, dactylus closing against the sub truncate distal margin of the propodus which often ends in a spine----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*Family Crangonidae. Species account In the following account, the families are arranged as they appear in the above key, while the genera and their species are in alphabetic order. All the species are dealt with the current names and supplemented by ecological informations including the larval descriptions of species those were reared in either the author’s laboratories or other Pakistani workers. 39 3.1.1 Family Pasiphaeidae Dana, 1852 Diagnosis: Rostrum either short or totally wanting, in some cases represented by a spine arising behind frontal margin. Mandibular palp may be present or absent, but molar process always present. Ultimate segment of second maxilliped normally attached to penultimate segment (not as strip); exopod rudimentary or absent, except in a few forms the chief part of appendage. Exopods on third maxilliped and pereopods. First two pairs of pereopods long and much stouter than others; their chelae elongate, fingers slender; cutting edges of all the four movable fingers pectinate. Carpus of first two pairs of pereopods short and unsegmented (From various sources). Remarks: This is a family of pelagic shrimps, not all Pasiphaeidae range so greatly throughout water column, and some heavier body genera remain near the bottom at deep ocean depth. Pasiphaeids because of their unusual mandibles and first and second maxillipeds disguise their affinities about as well as any of the families (Chace, 1992). The family Pasiphaeidae contains seven genera and 105 species (Bauer, 2004) represented by the genera Eupasiphae Wood Mason, Pasiphaea Savigny, and Leptochela Stimpson from the area under investigation. The three Pakistani genera can be separated with the help of following key. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF PASIPHAEIDAE 1. Mandible without a palp. Rostrum formed by an erect postfrontal spine--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Pasiphaea. - Mandible palp present. Rostrum a normal forward directed prolongation of the carapace------------------------------------------------------------ 40 ------------------------------------2. 2. Fourth pereopod distinctly shorter than either third or fifth leg------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Eupasiphae. - Fourth pereopod longer than fifth leg, though sometimes shorter than third ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Leptochela. Genus Eupasiphae Wood Mason & Alcock, 1893 Diagnosis: Rostrum normal but short; post-orbital and post antennal spines may be present. Mandible slender and provided with a 2-jointed palp. Fourth pereopod shorter than the others.Telson apically narrow and truncated. Two arthrobranchs on the third maxilliped. (After Holthuis, 1955). Type species: Parapasiphae Gilesii Wood - Mason, 1892 Gender: Feminine Remarks: Hanamura (1983) contradicts the possession of two arthrobranchs on the third maxillipeds as the diagnostic character. He found only one arthrobranch in his material of Eupasiphae. There are four species included in the genus from the Indian Ocean of which only E. gilesii has been recorded from Pakistan. Eupasiphae gilesiim Wood-Mason, 1892) (Figs.11-14) Eupasiphae Gilesii Wood-Mason, 1892, Pl, 3, Fig, 8; Wood- Mason & Alcock, 1893:166 Parapasiphaea (Eupasiphaea) gilesii Alcock & Anderson, 1894:158; de Man, 1920; 3; Calman, 1939:187. Parapasiphaea sp. B Chace, 1940: 140 41 Eupasiphae gilesi Fischer & Goldie, 1961:78;Tirmizi,1969:214; Foxton, 1970: 958; Crosnier & Forest, 1973: 150; Kensley et al, 1987:293; Kensley, 1981:23(distribution); Hanamura, 1983:78; Burukovsky,1987:39; Crosnier, 1988: 786; Hanamura & Evans, 1994:52. Eupasiphae gilesii Crosnier & Forest, 1973:150; Kensley, 1977:32 Description: The carapace is armed with two sharp spines; one suborbital and one antennal spine. The antennal spine is slightly longer than the suborbital one; both the spines are supported by well-developed carinae. The carina of the antennal spine extends backward only for a short distance while that of the sub-orbital spines runs backward, extending on the anterior one fourth portion of the carapace. The position of the hepatic spine is marked by a depression. The upper margin of the rostrum and the dorsum of the carapace are armed with small teeth; each tooth is pointed and curved interiorly. The rostrum is short, pointed, and slightly directed upwards. The first and second abdominal somites are feebly carinated, while the third is carinated only on its posterior two third portions; the fourth is sharply carinated and it extends backward as a sharp spine which covers anterior one fourth portion of the fifth somite; the fifth and sixth somites are also sharply carinated, that of the sixth is produced into a small tooth. The telson tapers towards the distal end; it is slightly longer than the sixth abdominal somite; on the middle of its dorsal surface, a well-developed longitudinal groove is present. The eye reaches the distal half of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. The cornea is globular. The main border of the ocular peduncle is produced distally into a small protuberance. 42 Figure 11: Eupasiphae gilesii (Male). A- Lateral view of carapace; B-Lateral view of third to fifth segments; C- Telson and left uropod; D- Right eye ( After Tirmizi,1969); E--Left scaphocerite in dorsal view;F Left, antennular peduncle in dorsal view; Figure 12: .Eupasiphae gilesii. A-Mandible of left side; B-Maxillule of right side: C- Maxilla of left side. (After Tirmizi, 1969) 43 The antennular peduncle is slender. Its basal segment is about twice the length of the second segment. The distal one is slightly longer than the middle one; a well-developed, sharply pointed stylocerite is present which extends nearly up to the distal margin of the basal segment. In the middle of the stylocerite, a sharp longitudinal carina is present; a small spine is present on the median side of the basal segment. The scaphocerite is well developed, extending well beyond the antennular peduncle; the lateral spine of the scaphocerite is very prominent and extends beyond the distal margin of the squamose portion; the lateral margin of the scaphocerite is almost straight except at the distal end where it curves inwards and forms the outer margin of the spine. The mandible has a two-jointed palp; the basal segment is slightly longer than the second segment; the incisor process bears nine prominent teeth. The lower lobe of the inner lacinia of maxillule is subtriangular in shape; the upper one slightly widens near the distal margin; the palp is unjointed; it however, becomes rather narrow in its distal half. The maxilla has a rudimentary inner lacinia; the palp is elongated and finger like. The first maxilliped‟s palp is short. The second maxilliped is pediform. The third maxilliped is also pediform, being long and narrow; its ultimate segment is shorter than the parapenultimate segment; the exopod is well developed. 44 Figure 13: Eupasiphae gilesii. A- First right maxilliped; B-Second left maxilliped; C-Third left maxilliped (After Tirmizi, 1969). The first two pairs of pereopods are strong. The movable finger of the first pereopod is much stronger than the immovable finger; the fingers are shorter than palm; the movable finger is finely pectinate. The tips of the fingers cross each other when closed; the carpus is short and more or less triangular; its distolateral angle is produced into a spine; the median border of the merus is armed with anteriorly curved spines, nineteen in all; it is three times as long as the ischium which is unarmed. The exopod is well developed. The second pair of pereopods is longer than the first; the fingers are finely pectinate; the carpus is triangular and has a strong spine distally; a row of spines is present on the merus and ischium. The exopod reaches almost to the middle of the merus. The third pair of pereopods is very slender and flagelliform it reaches to the end of the scaphocerite; the dactylus is long and narrow; the carpus is very short, while the merus and dactylus are nearly of equal size. The fourth pereopod is shorter than the third or fifth pereopod, its dactylus is flattened; the propodus is twice the length of the dactylus; the segments bear setae on their posterior margins; the carpus is rather small; the merus is the longest segment; the ischium has a small spine. The fifth pereopod is slightly longer than the fourth; the ischium is without any spine. 45 Figure14: Eupasiphae gilesii. A- Distal left part of first left pereopod; BDistal part of second right pereopod; C- Fourth left pereopod; D-Fifth left pereopod. The endopod of the first pleopod is short and broad, that of the second pleopod bears both appendix interna and appendix masculina; the tip of the appendix interna has few rows of coupling hooks, while the appendix masculina bears long setae .On the third and fourth pleopods appendix internae are about half of the length of the endopod. Remarks: Considerable size related morphological variations both in rostral shape and rostral dentition of the carapace has been observed in the literature. Size (male): 79mm in TL; 29mm in CL (including rostrum) Locality: Northern Arabian Sea, 240 02N, 640 25E Habitat: I0-1500m depth Distribution: Indian, Atlantic and eastern Pacific Oceans; Andaman Sea, off Cinque Island, Laxshadweep Sea off Goa coast, Central Arabian Sea, Gulf of Oman, east coast of southern Africa, Bermuda, west of Cape Verde Isle, near Madeira Canary Island. Genus Leptochela Stimpson, 1860 Diagnosis: With conventional pasiphaeid rostrum. Carapace and rostrum unarmed dorsally. Branchiostegal tooth and branchiostegal sinus absent. Sixth abdominal somite with transverse carinate ridge near anterior end of dorsal surface and long fixed posteriorly directed spine near posterior end of ventrolateral margin. Telson with mesial pair of movable spines anteriorly, 1 or 2 pairs of dorsolateral movable spines, and 5 pairs of prominent posterior movable spines, all but lateral pair (perhaps actually belonging to dorsolateral series) of latter minutely on one or both lateral and mesial margins ( minute additional pair of spines sometimes present between bases of median pair). Mandibular palp broad, flattened and undivided. Third maxillipeds with two arthrobranchs. Fourth pereopod shorter than third, longer than fifth. Exopods of pleopods not unusually long. Both branches of uropod with series of movable lateral spines. (Mainly from Chace, 1976) Type species: Selected by Kemp, 1915:310. - Leptochela gracilis Stimpson, 1860: 42 46 Gender: Feminine Remarks: Chace (1976) considered to accord two subgenera Leptochela and Probolaura in the genus, but not adapted by later workers and hence not followed here. These little shrimps reaching in adult size up to 45 mm total length are often abundant in certain parts of the world The chelate legs do not appear in specimens measuring less than 2mm in CL. They are important forage species of pelagic and benthic fishes. So far, 14 species of the genus are recorded world wide grouped in two species group(Hayashi,1995). The material at hand was collected from ten cruises of Dr.Fridtjof Nansen cruise in 1997. From the leg of cruise closer to Pakistan four species are recognized, which can be separated with the help of following key. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LEPTOCHELA IN THE PAKISTANI WATERS OF THE ARABIAN SEA 1. Telson armed with one pair of dorsomesial and two pairs of dorsolateral spines in addition to posterior series; orbit armed with mesially directed tooth on ventral margin or with tooth at suborbital angle-------------------------------------2. Telson armed with one pair of dorsomesial and one pair of dorsolateral spines in addition to posterior series. Ventral margin orbit and suborbital angle unarmed (except in L.pugnax)-------------------------------------------------------------3. 2. Pterygostomian irrobusta. spine absent-----------------------------------------------L. Pterygostomian nasimae. spine present----------------------------------------------L. 3. Suborbital pugnax. Suborbital sydniensis. angle angle dentate ----------------------------------------------------L. unarmed--------------------------------------------L. cf. Leptochela irrobusta Chace, 1976 (Figs. 15-16) Leptochela robusta Balss, 1915:17; Kemp, 1925: 252; Holthius, 1953: 52; Chace, 1955: 5 47 ? Leptochela robusta Calman, 1939:188 Leptochela( Leptochela) irrobusta Chace, 1976: 19; Bruce, 1994:744; Hayashi, 1995:93 Description: The rostrum has a straight dorsal margin and reaches usually beyond the eyes, rarely extending slightly beyond level of distal margin of basal segment of antennular peduncle. The carapace is simple, unarmed with or without median or dorsolateral carinae or ridges in males and in non-breeding females, but tricarinated in breeding females. The orbital margin is minutely serrated; the suborbital angle has a mesially directed tooth or a tooth and two spinules. The abdomen is rounded dorsally on the four anterior somites, bluntly carinated on posterior part of fourth and all of fifth; the sixth somite is provided with two short slender spines on ventrolateral surface, and an acute tooth on postero-dorsal lobe. The telson is armed with two pairs of dorsolateral spines, posterior pair near mid length, in addition to an anterior dorsomesial pair; the posterior margin bears pair of minute fused spines or knobs between bases of mesial pair of 5 pairs of prominent spines. Figure15: Leptochela irrobusta. A- Carapace; A’- Rostrum and orbit, lateral view, magnified; A”- Rostrum and orbital margin, dorsal view; B-Posterior end of sixth abdominal somite; C- Telson and uropods; C’- Posterior margin of telson. 48 The stylocerite of antennular peduncle reaches about as far as the distolateral margin of basal segment. The stylocerite has 2-4 simple setae on its inner margin. The antennal scale is half as long as carapace, its lateral margin is slightly concave; the distal tooth is continuous with the mesial margin of scale; the distal segment of antennal peduncle is nearly two third as wide as scale and does not reach mid length of scale. Figure 16: Leptochela irrobusta. A- First pereopod, magnified; A’- Same, chela; B- Antennule, dorsal aspect; C- Antenna, ventral aspect. The first pereopod overreaches the antennal scale by the length of fingers; the latter are longer than the palm; the dactylus is armed with 23 spines on opposable margin. The second pereopod overreaches the antennal scale by less than length of its fingers; the fingers are longer than the palm. The third pereopod overreaches anterior margin of carapace by combined length of the dactylus and propodus; its exopod does not reach distal end of the ischium, bearing row of three long spines near outer margin and a sub distal spine on 49 inner margin; its merus is armed with five or more similar spines near outer margin; the dactylus is distinctly shorter than the propodus. The fifth pereopod is similar to and little shorter than the fourth reaching to about the mid length of ischium of third pereopod when both are extended anteriorly, the dactylus is longer than the propodus. The endopod of first pleopod is rather narrow, round distally; the appendix masculina bears two long spines. Size: 35 mm in CL Habitat: Near shore station,Fridtjof Nansen Cruise Distribution: Persian Gulf, Laxshadweep, Maldives, Andaman, Timor, Nicobar, Myanmar, Vietnam, Philippine Islands, and Australia. This is first record of the species from the northern Arabian Sea. Leptochela nasimae sp. nov. (Figs. 17-18) Material Examined: Fridjof Nansen Cruise, St, 12 (Hoz), 2 specimens, 1 male CL 3.5mm (holotype) St.5 (Hoz), 2 specimens (1 immature male), St 26 (Hoz),7 specimens; St.27 (Hoz), 22 specimens; St 38 (Obl),3 specimens; St.39(Hoz), 1 specimen; St 67 (Hoz), 1 specimen (carapace only)CL 2 to 4mm (paratypes) (fig.10). Description of Holotype: The dorsal margin of rostrum is straight reaching up to eye. The median carina of carapace extends on anterior half of its length. The orbital margin is serrate, with suborbital angle and pterygostomian angle produced into a triangular small process. The abdomen is regularly rounded dorsally but the ventral margins of first two somites are serrated and those of last three are spined. The fifth somite is carinated, without dorsal prominences but with sharp median tooth projecting from the posterior margin. The sixth somite is slightly produced posteriorly;two small spines on vetral surface; posterior lobe with pronounced acute tooth on posteroventral margin. The telson is a long as the sixth somite, armed with two pairs of dorsolateral spines in addition to anterior mesial pair; the posterior margin has a fused pair of minute spines between bases of mesial pair of usual five pairs of prominent spines. The stylocerite nearly reaches a far as distolateral margin of the basal segment; the second segment is shorter than the distal segment. 50 Figure 17: Leptochela nasimae Male Holotype. A- Carapace; A’- Orbital region, lateral aspect; A’’-Rostrum and orbital margin, dorsal aspect; BPosterior margin of fifth abdominal somite and sixth abdominal somite; CTelson and uropods; C’ Posterior margin of telson. The antennal scale has a convex lateral margin, which ends in an apical concavity on the inner margin. The distal segment of antennal peduncle is slightly more than half as wide, not reaching to middle of scale; the basal segment has a distinct ventral spine. The first pereopod overreaches the antennal scale; the fingers are longer than the palm; the dactylus is armed with 24 spines on the opposable margin. The second pereopod overreaches the antennal scale by no more than length of fingers; the fingers are as long as palm; the dactylus is armed with 21 spines on opposable margin. 51 Figure18:Leptochela nasimae. Male Holotype. A- Abdomen, dorsolateral aspect; B-Antennule, dorsal aspect; C-Antenna, ventral aspect; D-First pereopod; D’- Same, fingers; E-Second pereopod; E’-Same, fingers; FEndopod of first pleopod; G- Endopod of second pleopod showing appendix masculina and appendix interna. The endopod of first pleopod of male is rounded distally, the lateral margin is slightly concave, and the appendix masculina bears only one spine. The exopod of uropod is armed with nine movable spines. Remarks: The specimens at hand have very peculiar combination of characters. The spine on the posterodorsal end of the fifth abdominal somite is not a common character in Leptochela, present only in L. gracilis Stimpson. The other characteristic feature is the presence of a spine at pterygostomian region, which is found in none of the species described by Chace (1976); the serrated ventral margins of abdominal somites also do not match with any of the described species. The serrated abdominal somites might have some relation with the state of maturity of specimens. The characters numerated above may justify the separation of the Fridtjof Nansen material under a new name. 52 Etymology: The species is named in the honour of late Dr. Nasima M. Tirmizi, Ph.D. Supervisor of both the authors. Leptochela pugnax De Man, 1916 (Figs. 19-20) Leptochela pugnax de Man, 1916: 148; 1920:26 pl. 4: Fig. 8;Kemp, 1925: 255;Armstrong.1941:3; Kubo, 1955:101, fig. 4, 5; Holthuis & Gottlieb, 1958:22; Bruce, 1990: 612; Kazmi et al, 1990:235; Hayashi, 1995:95 Leptochela sp. de Man, 1920:30. Leptochela robusta , Miyadi, 1940:141 [Not L. robusta Stimpson, 1960]. Leptochela (Leptochela) pugnax Chace, 1976:31; Fig. 25. Description: The rostrum is distinctly upturned at the tip; the dorsal margin is concave, provided with a dorsomedial carina. The orbital margin is entire, not serrate, the ventral portion is without the mesially directed tooth; the suborbital angle is armed with a prominent denticle. The abdomen is regularly rounded dorsally on three anterior somites and conspicuously carinated on fifth. The fifth somite is without the dorsal prominences and without poster dorsal tooth; the spine on ventrolateral surface of the sixth somite is distinct and long; the posterolateral lobe bears a distinct acute tooth on the posterodorsal margin. The telson not including posterior spines is about 1.3 times as long as sixth somite and is armed with 1 pair of dorsolateral spines slightly anterior to midlenght, in addition to anterior mesial pair; the posterior margin may or may not posses a pair of minute spines between the bases of mesial pair of usual 5 pairs of prominent spines. 53 Figure 19: Leptochela pugnax. Entire animal, lateral view The antennular peduncle is with stylocerite reaching nearly as far as distolateral margin of basal segment, the second segment is distinctly shorter in dorsal aspect. The antennal scale has a concave lateral margin; the distal tooth is continuous with mesial margin of blade. The distal segment of antennal peduncle is narrower than the scale, reaching less than mid length of scale; the basal segment is without the ventral tooth. The first pereopod does not overreach the antennal scale; the fingers are 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as palm; the dactylus is armed with seven spines on opposable margin. The second pereopod is overreaching antennal scale by less than the length of fingers; fingers are 1.9 to 2.6 times as long as the palm; the dactylus is armed with 11 spines on opposable margin. The lateral margin of exopod of uropods is armed with seven spines, in addition to setae. Remarks:The Arabian Sea specimens posses fewer spines on dactylii of pereopods as compared to their Indo-Pacific counterparts(Chace,1976). Dimorphic forms of females occur in this species (Kemp, 1925). 54 Figure 20: Leptochela pugnax A- Carapace; A’- Orbital region, lateral aspect; B- Posterior end of sixth abdominal somite;C- Telson and uropods; C’-Posterior margin of telson; D- Antennule, dorsal aspect; EAntenna, ventral aspect; F- First pereopod ; F’- Same, fingers; G- Second pereopod ; G’- Same, fingers. Size: 2.0 mm to 2.7 mm in CL Habitat: In inshore water ranging in depth from seven to 140 meters on both sandy and muddy sediment (Chace, 1976, Bruce, 1990). Locality:Near shore stations of Fridtjof Nansen Criuse ,Port Qasim Distribution:Red Sea, The Maldives Islands, eastward to eastern Indonesia, Java to Moluccas, Hong Kong and northward to the south of Honshu, Japan, penetrates in to the Mediterranean. Leptochela cf sydniensis Dakin & Colefax, 1940 (Figs. 21-22) 55 Leptochela oculeocaudata Kemp, 1915:311(part); 1925:254; Menon, 1937:6; Kubo,1955:103; Pillai,1955:48;Fujino & Miyake 1970:239(not L. oculeocaudata Paulson,1875) Leptochela hainanensis Yu, 1936:87 Leptochela sydniensis Dakin & Colefax, 1940:153: Chace, 1976:40; Bruce, 1986:612; 1988:277, 1994: Kazmi etal, 1990:235; Hayashi, 1995:98. Description: The rostrum has a sinuous dorsal margin and reaches up to the eye. The carapace has a median dorsal carina on anterior 1/3 or less of length in males. The anterior lobe of carapace conceals the basal segment of antennal peduncle from lateral view. The orbital margin is spinulose, without distinct mesially directed tooth on ventral portion; the suborbital angle is rounded and unarmed. The abdomen is rounded dorsally on first 3 somites, carinated from fourth to fifth, partially carinated on the fourth, distinctly carinated on the fifth; the fifth somite is entire without any dorsal prominences or posterodorsal tooth, the sixth somite is nearly one and a half as long as high, with a transverse carinated swelling at the anterior end; the usual two smaller and along and curved spine on the ventrolateral surface and distinct acute tooth is present on the posterodorsal margin of posterolateral lobe. Figure 21: Leptochela cf sydniensis. A- Carapace; B- Posterior margin of sixth abdominal somite; C- Telson with uropods; D- Antennule; EAntenna; F- Second pereopod 56 The telson is nearly one ½ times, as long as sixth somite armed with a pair of dorsolateral spines beyond mid length in addition to anterior mesial pair; the posterior margin is without a pair of minute spines between the bases of mesial pair of usual 5 pairs of prominent spines. The stylocerite of antennular peduncle reaches beyond distolateral margin of basal segment; the second segment is smaller than the distal segment in both mesial and dorsal aspects. The antennal scale is narrow; the lateral margin is distinctly concave near mid length; the junction of mesial margin of blade with distal tooth is marked with a distinct shoulder. The distal segment of antennal peduncle extends to about 1/3 the basal length of scale; the basal segment is produced distoventrally as an acute tooth. Figure 22: Leptochela cf sydniensis. A- First pereopod ; A’- Same, chela; B- Second pereopod; B’- Same, chela The first pereopod overreaches the antennal scale by as much as length of the fingers; the dactylus is armed with 20-44 spines on opposable margin. The second pereopod overreaches the antennal scale by more than length of the fingers; the dactylus is armed with 17 spines on opposable margin. The third pereopod overreaches extreme anterior margin of the carapace by about the length of dactylus; the exopod is half of the ischium; the ischium is 57 armed with three spines; the merus has four spines; the carpus is provided with three spines; the dactylus is distinctly shorter than the propodus. The fourth pereopod reaches to half of the merus of third pereopod when both extend anteriorly; the dactylus is distinctly longer than the propodus. The fifth pereopod is similar but shorter in length of fourth; the dactytlus is about as long as propodus. Remarks: While using the key given by Chace, (1976) our specimens are identified L. sydniensis Dakin & Colefax on the basis of (a) having an unarmed ventral margin of orbit and suborbital angle (b) having telson armed with one pair of dorsomesial and one pair of dorsolateral spines, (c) telson lacking pair of minute spines between bases of median posterior pair and (d) unarmed, fifth abdominal somite, But on detailed examination a relatively shorter rostrum, an extended anterior lobe of carapace, longer tooth on poster dorsal margin of posterodorsal lobe of telson, longer stylocerite, narrow scaphocerite and smaller number of spines on second pereopod are the characters enough to distinguish the specimens form those of L.sydniensis given by Chace (1976:40) and L. chacei by Hayashi (1995). It seems appropriate to keep it tentatively near to L.sydniensis Dakin & Colefax. This and its allied species L. robusta, L .aculeocaudata, and L.pugnax make a complex and are discussed at length by (Chace, 1976:44). He merged L. aculeocaudata of the Indian authors like Kemp, 1925, Menon,1937 and Pillai,1955 with L.sydniensis but was not sure about his decision, he opined that it was not “the final taxonomic word on rather complex problem”, but „to extent towards such a solution” The present material may prove to be part of this complex . Size: 4 to 5mm in CL (females). Habitat: Planktonic Distribution: Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal, the South China, and Yellow Seas, Japanese waters and Australia. Genus Pasiphaea Savigny, 1816. Diagnosis: Rostrum represented by a post-frontal gastric spine. Orbits poorly defined. Fourth pereopod shorter than fifth. Mandible without a palp. (After Chace, 1940) Type species: Parapasipheae alcocki Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 by 58 monotypy. Gender: Feminine Remarks:This is a large genus which contains more than 60 species arranged in 4 species groups(Hayashi,2004) At least 17 species of the genus Pasiphaea are recorded from the Indian Ocean (Burukovsky, 1993). The species are pelagic and vertical migrants.Hayashi (2006) has revised recently the P.alcocki species group. One species P. alcockii Wood Mason, 1891, has been recorded off Indus fan area and P. sivado from the section near coast. . Pasiphaea alcocki( Wood Mason &Alcock, 1891) Pasiphaea alcocki Wood Mason&Alcock,1891:190;deMan,1920:6;Chace,1940:123;George&Rao,1966:23 8;Hayashi,2006:------Description:The carapace is not carinate dorsally.The abdomen is without dorsal carination or armature on any somite. The telson is sub-acute on the dorsal surface and not conspicuously forked.The first pereopod is armed with 4-6 spines on the merus and 1 spine on the carpus.The second pereopod with 13-16 spines on the merus and 1 spine on the carpus. The fingers of the first chelae are slightly more than half the length of the palm, while the fingers of the second chelae are almost of the same length as the palm. Size:63mm Habitat:Demersal Locality:Section near coast of Pakistan Distribution: Bay of Bengal, Gulf of Manaar, and the Arabian Sea. Pasiphaea sivado (Risso, 1816) (Fig.23) Alpheus sivado Risso,1816:93;Williams et al,1989: ;Hayashi,1999:523 Description:Five pleurobranchia are present,the last is small and rudimentary. 59 Figure 23: Pasiphaea sivado. Animal in lateral view (After Holthuis, 1993). Remarks:P.sivado species group contains 9 species(Hayashi,1999) Locality:Off the Sindh coast(947 fathoms) Distribution: P. sivado is distributed in the Mediterranean, Atlantic, and Indian Oceans 60 3.1.2 Family Oplophoridae Dana, 1852 Diagnosis: Rostrum present, immovable, highly variable in form; mandible imperfectly cleft, palp segmented; third maxilliped and all pereopods with exopods; first two pairs of pereopods chelate; carpii entire; pleopods with appendices interna (Taken from Chace, 1986). Remarks: The major characteristics of oplophorids are more a combination of generalized, primitive characters than specialized features. The unique thoracic epipods isolate the family from the other families. Adaptations to pelagic life dominate the morphology and biology of the shrimps (Chace, 1940; Omori, 1974).Species are capable of some form of bioluminescence (Herring, 1976). So little is known about the basic biology of these shrimps, which occupy a world habitat of enormous extent. As such, this group is badly in need of detailed study ,until now, 70 species have been recognized in the ten genera (Bauer, 2004). From offshore waters of Pakistan, a single genus Acanthephyra is recorded. Genus Acanthephyra A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 Diagnosis: Rostrum with at least as many dorsal as ventral teeth; carapace not denticulate dorsally usually without uninterrupted lateral carina extending from near orbit to near posterior margin, without hepatic spine, posterior slope of hepatic furrow usually not abruptly delimited by oblique carina; abdomen dorsally carinate on at least third through sixth somite; telson superficially blunt or sub truncate posteriorly not tapering regularly to sharply acute posterior end, without spinose end piece; antennal scale without lateral teeth proximal to distolateral spine; mandibles dissimilar; molar process with transverse distal surface triangular on right member, compressed, sub-bilinear on left, incisor process toothed along entire opposable margin; second maxilla with proximal endite bearing papilla and sub marginal lamina; first maxilliped with slender central lobe subdivided by 2 transverse sutures; second maxilliped with distal segment sub triangular attached diagonally to preceding joint, third maxilliped and first pereopod with exopod not unusually broad or rigid, legs with 61 ischium and merus not broadly compressed, fourth pair with epipod vestigial or absent; appendix masculina present on second pleopods of male( from Chace, 1986). Type Species: Acanthephyra armata , A. Milne Edwards, 1881. Gender: Feminine Remarks: Chace (1986) considered genus Acanthephyra “a polyphyletic one” encompassing 27 species, one species from southern Arabian Sea (A. sanguinea) by George & Rao (1966) and one species Acanthephyra eximia has been collected from the northern Arabian Sea(Pakistani waters). Acanthephyra eximia Smith, 1884 (Figs. 24-26, Pl. 2B) Acanthephyra Brachytelsonis Bate, 1888: 753 Acanthephyra eximia Smith, 1884: 377 (eximea: 376); Alcock, 1901:-;Calman, 1939:191 Siversten& Holthius, 1956:3; Holthuis & Gottlieb, 1958:112; Kazmi, 1971a:169; ; Crosnier & Forest, 1973:34 (detailed synonymy); Hanamura, 1983:73 Chace, 1986:186; Crosnier, 1987:699; Burukovsky, 1990:194;Pohla, 1992:1; Hanamura & Evans, 1994:47; Poupin, 1996:4;Cardoso&Young,2005:14 Description: The carapace is laterally compressed, leathery and dorsally carinated and sinuous throughout its entire length, with a marked depression in the region of the cervical groove. The antennal and branchiostegal spines are well developed and sharply pointed. A suprabranchial ridge is present. The rostrum is rather long and compressed not extending beyond the scaphocerite; it is armed with eight teeth on the upper margin, confined to the proximal region and four teeth on the lower margin, immediately below to the unarmed dorsal portion. 62 Figure 24: Acanthephyra eximia. A-Female, in lateral view; B- Male, lateral view (After Wood Mason, 1892). The first abdominal somite is without a dorso-median carina, second is feebly carinated, whereas, the rest of the somites are strongly carinated. The carina of the third somite is strong and extends backwards as a sharp spine, which reaches almost to the middle of the fourth somite. The dorso-median carinae of fourth and fifth somites end in small spines that of the sixth are produced in a large spine. Telson tapers gradually and ends in a strong spine, there is a faint dorsal ridge, further, dorsal surface is armed with four pairs of spines on its distal half, these spines gradually become larger towards the distal end, and the tip of the telson is flanked by three spines: two on the right and one on the left side. The cornea is almost as wide as the stalk. The antennular peduncle is short. Its basal segment is longer than the combined length of the distal two segments; second and third segments are nearly of equal size; the anterior margin of the basal segment is deeply notched on its upper surface, a well developed stylocerite tapers gradually into a sharp and extend as far as the distal end of the basal segment. The scaphocerite is an elongated leaf-like structure; it is broad at the base, becoming narrower towards the distal end. The outer margin is straight and ends in a small but distinct spine. The inner margin is furnished with long plumose setae. 63 Figure 25: Acanthephyra eximia. A- Lateral view of carapace; BAbdomen; C-Dorsal view of telson and left uropod; C’- Tip of telson; DRight eye; E- Antennule; F-Scaphocerite. The mandible has a three-segmented palp; the basal segment is very small, whereas, the median segment is very long; its inner margin becomes convex near the distal end, giving its characteristic appearance; the incisor process of the mandible bears nine sharp, unequal teeth. A distinct process is also present. The maxillae are missing from the specimen. The first maxilliped possesses a long slender three-segmented palp. The second maxilliped is subpediform. The third maxilliped is elongated and pediform. 64 Figure 26: Acanthephyra eximia. A-Mandible of left side; B-First maxilliped of left side; C-Second maxilliped of left side; D-Third maxilliped of left side; E-Chela of first pereopod of right side; F- Appendix interna of second pleopod of right side The first pair of pereopods is small, the chelae are robust, the inner margin of the dactylus is serrated, and the palm bears tufts of setae. The palm is twice the length of the fingers. The chela is about twice as long as carpus. The second pair of pereopods is longer than the first; its chelae are slender and are about the same length as the carpus. The last two pairs of pereopods are long and very slender. The fourth pereopod differs from the fifth in being slightly stouter, shorter in length and bearing a row of spines on ischium and merus, spines are absent on ischium of last pair of pereopods. The endopod of each of the last four pairs of pleopods bears an appendix interna, which is about one-third the length of the endopod. The tip of the appendix interna is armed with a few rows of coupling hooks or cincinnuli. Appendix interna and masculina of male are illustrated by Chace (1986, Fig. 9a.). In the female, the thoracic sternites are armed. The first thoracic sternum has a pair of small tooth-like projection; each is pointed upwards and slightly curved forwards, so that in the posterior view it is somewhat convex. The second, third and fourth sternites are more or less similar in structure, whereas the fifth thoracic sternum has a single median plate which is notched anteriorly. 65 In between the two tooth-like projections, a strong longitudinal ridge runs from the notch to the anterior border of the segment. The abdominal sternites are unarmed except the last one where a small posteriorly directed spine is present. Colour: Crimson (When fresh) (Alcock, 1901). Size: 95mm, in TL (Chace, 1986). Habitat: It is a deep sea species can be found up to 1050m depth (Poupin, 1996). The Arabian Sea material (one female) was collected at 1500m depth (24002 N 64025E) by the PNS Ship “Zulfaquar.” So far, few males and females are collected from the Northern Arabian Sea, it seems that the species is not common in our seas. Distribution: Western Atlantic off the coasts of North and South America, Canadian Atlantic, Mediterranean, Red Sea and in the Indian and Pacific Oceans from off Cape Natal, Africa, to the Peninsular Malaysia, French Polynesia, Western Australia, Japan and the Hawaiian and Society Islands. 66 3.1.3 Family Atyidae de Haan, 1849 Diagnosis: Rostrum, if present, inflexibly attached to rest of carapace. Carapace without longitudinal lateral ridges or suture and without cardiac notch in posterior margin. Eyes neither usually long nor concealed beneath carapace. Antennules with two flagella, neither with accessory branch. Mandible with palp, with sub truncate molar process not distinctly separated from incisor process. Second maxilla with endite well developed, scaphognathite with proximal lobe tapering, bearing series of long setae, and extending far into branchial chamber. First maxilliped with exopod terminating in lash, not in broad, partially detached lobe. Caridean lobe not actually produced, not overreaching distally produced endite. Second maxilliped with exopod, endopod composed of four segments, not terminating in two segments attached side by side to preceding segment, terminal segment attached to slender, sickle-shaped extension of preceding segment. Third maxilliped composed of five segments, slender, pereopod-like. Pereopods usually with strap-like epipods (mastigobranchs) on at least 3 anterior pairs, epipods without naked appendix extending vertically into branchial chamber; 2 anterior pairs of pereopods similar, with fingers of chelae usually terminating in tuft of setae; second pereopod with carpus undivided ( from Chace,1997). Remarks: The Atyidae as whole is regarded a very primitive family of the Caridea in spite of the fact that peculiarly modified chelae indicate a considerable degree of specialization. Most of them live in fresh water lakes and streams, some times in the backwaters (Thomas et al, 1973). Rather surprisingly, only three of the 35 genera currently recognized throughout the world are apparently known from the area. They are Caridina , Caridella, and Kalriana. The status of Caridella from Pakistan is uncertain since it has not been encountered after its first preliminary record by Baqai et al(1974). Since (late) Prof. L. B. Holthuis (Q.B.K, pers. comm.) found no indication of a type species for the new genus Kalriana Zuberi, he opined that the name Kalriana Zuberi,1990 is unavailable nomenclaturally. His first impression is that all species of Kalriana are Caridina , but that should be 67 verified. As we were unable to produce an effective response to his arguments and did not want to delay this publication long enough to await a verdict from the ICZN, it seems best for the purpose of this publication to include it as it is. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF ATYIDAE 1. Carpus of second pereopod not deeply excavate----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Caridina _ Carpus and ischium of both first and second pereopod excavate----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Kalriana. Carpus of first pereopod anteriorly excavate, that of second leg not excavate--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Caridella. 68 Genus Caridina H.Milne Edwards, 1837 Diagnosis: Carapace without supraorbital spine, pterygostomian margin usually rounded. Telson with posterolateral angles sometimes produced posteriorly but never overreaching setiferous posterior margin. Eyes usually well pigmented, not degenerate. Pereopods without exopods, second pair with carpus not deeply excavate, distinctly longer than wide ( from Chace, 1997) Type species: By monotype: Caridina typus H.Milne Edwards, 1837 Gender: Feminine Remarks: The genus occurs in great number in every suitable locality inhabiting both fresh and brackish water and ascending to at least 6000ft. Few caridean, groups offer taxonomic problems of greater difficulty than do the approximately 160 species and subspecies that are currently recognized in this genus. Few populations can yet be named with satisfactory confidence that range widely through the Indo-Pacific region and even Africa (Chace, 1997). As already stated that the taxonomy of this genus is very difficult, and with the large number of described species, elucidating the identities of the present Pakistani specimens are not possible, as such the identity C. babaulti must be regarded as tentative, to keep certain reservation on its denomination. The status of C. babaulti is still a controversy in the world. The Pakistani material of Caridina belongs to three species, separable from the following key. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF CARIDINA 1. Rostrum unarmed anteriorly. First pereopod deeply excavated for reception of proximal portion of chela----------C.weberi. Rostrum with 1-3 sub apical teeth separated from rest of dorsal series. First pereopod not deeply excavated--------C. nilotica Rostrum unarmed anteriorly. First pereopod with a shallow excavation for reception of chela-------------------C.cf babaulti babaulti. Caridina cf babaulti babaulti (Bouvier, 1918) (Fig. 27) Caridina babaulti Bouvier, 1918:388 69 Caridina babaulti, Johnson, 1961: 136;, Jalihal et al, 1984:19 ; Gorgin, 1996:666 Caridina babaulti babaulti Al-Adhub & Hamzah, 1987: 228 Description: The rostrum is short and slender, rather straight, with a slight upward tilt at the distal end, it extends to the end of the second segment of the antennular peduncle or slightly less far, rarely a little beyond the segment. The tip of the rostrum terminates in a sharp point. Its dorsal armature consists of 16-27 closely packed teeth interspersed with prominent hairs (bristles). Six to eight of the teeth are placed on the carapace behind the posterior limit of the orbit. There are 4-11 (usually 6 or 7) ventral rostral teeth, situated in the distal half of the rostrum. The terminal portion of the rostrum is unarmed, both dorsally and ventrally. The carapace shows a strongly developed antennal spine, situated on the lower angle of the orbit. Figure 27: Caridina babaulti babaulti. A- Cephalic region in lateral view; BFirst leg; C- Second leg The telson has a convex posterior edge with short, acutely pointed median spine. The posterior margin bears three pairs of spines; the outer most are the longest. There are also four pairs of thin intermediate hairs. The telson has also 4-6(usually 5) pairs of dorsal spines. The exopod of the uropod bears a series of 18 – 20 spinules along the diaeresis. The antennule has a triangular, sharply pointed stylocerite extending to about ¾ the length of the first peduncular segment. There is no distinct antennular carina. The spine of the antennal scale extends well beyond the tip of the antennular peduncle. 70 The chela of the first cheliped is more than twice as long as broad. The carpus is deeply excavated anteriorly and attached to the chela ventrally; the chela projects backward beyond the point of attachment. The carpus is shorter than the chela and about one ½ times as long as broad. The chela of the second cheliped is about twice as long as broad. The carpus is about 5-6 times as long as broad. The dactylus of the third pereopod is about ¼ the length of the propodus and bears a ventral fringe of seven spines; the propodus is 8 times as long as broad; the merus has four articulated spines whereas the ischium has a single articulated spine or none. The dactylus of the fourth pereopod is about 1/5 the propodus length and bears a ventral fringe of 8-9 spines; the propodus is about 10 times as long as broad; the merus has 2 articulated spines while the ischium is lacking spines. The datylus of the fifth pereopod is about ¼ the propodus length and bears a ventral fringe of about 37 spinules; the propodus is about 10 times as long as broad; the merus has two articulated spines while the ischium is without spines. The endopod of the first pleopod of the male is less than half as long as the exopod and narrows distally; proximally, it is leaf –like in shape with a prominent inner sub terminal process which is about half as long as the endopod. Remarks: As already stated that the taxonomy of this genus is very difficult, and with the large number of described species, elucidating the identities of the present Pakistani specimens are not possible, as such the identity C. babaulti must be regarded as tentative, to keep certain reservation on its denomination. The status of C. babaulti is still a controversy in the world. Size: Females are larger than males. Habitat:Fresh water Distribution: Central India, Iran and Iraq and for the first time from Pakistan. Caridina nilotica (P.Roux, 1833) (Fig. 28) 71 Pelias nilotica P.Roux, 1833:73 Caridina nilotica - Barnard, 1950: 657; Holthuis, 1965:15; Mehr etal, 1988: 1291; Chace, 1997:17; Hussein & Obuid-Allah, 1992:121; Richard & Clark, 2005:706 Caridina nilotica var brevidactyla J. Roux, 1919: 320 Description: The rostrum is very long, slender, and curved upward at the tip. It usually reaches distinctly beyond the antennal scale and has the tip bi or trifid. There is a distal unarmed portion on the dorsal margin behind the single or double sub apical tooth. The proximal part of the upper border of the rostrum bears 13-27 teeth 2 or 3 of which are placed behind the orbit. All teeth are placed quite close together. The lower margin bears 6-22 teeth. The upper teeth articulate with the rostrum, the lower do not. The lower orbital angle is very distinct and separated from the antennal spine by a good distance. The pterygostomian angle is rounded. 72 Figure 28: Caridina nilotica With individual variation. A,B- Anterior part in lateral view; C- Tip of telson; D-E- First leg; F-G- Second leg; H-I- Third leg; J-K- Fifth leg; L- Endopod of first pleopod of male; M- Outer part of diaeresis (Modified from Holthius, 1965). The dorsal surface of the telson bears 2-5, usually three or four pairs of spinules. The posterior margin of the telson is rounded and shows no median tooth; the outer pair of posterior spines is very short, being less than ¼ of the length of the well-developed lateral pair. There are 4-8 intermediate spines, which are undivided and distinctly shorter than the laterals. The stylocerite is slender and pointed; it reaches beyond the middle of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle but distinctly fails to reach the end of the segment. The anterolateral tooth of this segment is sharply pointed; it fails to reach the middle of the second segment. The spine near the base of the scaphocerite is well developed and sharp. The carpus of the first leg is longer than the merus; it is usually more sometimes somewhat less, than twice as long as high. It is shorter than the chela. The carpus of the second leg is longer than the chela; it is 3-6 times as long as high. In the third leg, the dactylus bears 5-6 posterior teeth additional to the distal claw; the propodus is 4-4.5 times as long as the dactylus. The propodus of the fifth legs is 3.5 – 4.5 times as long as the dactylus. The endopod of the first pleopod of the male is provided with a welldeveloped appendix interna. The exopod of the uropod bears 7-13 spinules on the diaeresis. The preanal carina is blunt without a spine. Remarks: C. nilotica in a protean species; Chace (1997), has merged all varieties of C. nilotica with the main species. It is supposed to be restricted to River Nile catchment area, material reported outside this area probably belongs to other species(Richard & Clark,2005). This statement makes identity of Pakistani material by Mehr et al.,1988 doubtful. Colour: Semi-transparent with faint pinkish or orange brown speckling (Barnard, 1950) Size: 5mm in CL Localities: Wah Distribution: Over an extensive range from Eastern Africa to Polynesia. 73 Caridina sumatrensis de Man, 1892 (Fig. 29, Pl. 2 B) Caridina weberi var. sumatrensis de Man ,1892:375, pl.xxii, fig.23; Bouvier, 1925:247, fig.571; Chopra & Tiwari ,1949:215; Holthuis & Rosa, 1965:9; Johnson, 1966:420; Jalihal et al, 1984:20; Hung et al, 1993:481:; Richard & Chandran, 1994:257; Cai & Ng, 2000:942; Kazmi et al, 2002:43. Caridina weberi Chace, 1997:22; Cai & Ng, 2001:666 Caridina weberi sumatrensis Cai & Shokita, 2006:246 Description: The rostrum does not reach as far as distant end of the antennular peduncle, the dorsal margin is horizontal and is turned upward at the tip armed with up to 20 teeth does not reach extreme apex but extends on dorsal margin of carapace, armed ventrally with 4-5 teeth. The suborbital angle is indistinguishably fused with the antennal spines. The pterygostomian margin is armed with a spinule; that of the right side is missing in one female. The eyes are well developed. The dorsal surface of telson is armed with three pairs of spines; the tip of telson is convex, armed with 10 spines but without a median denticle. The antennular peduncle is not slender, the stylocerite reaches up to two third of the basal segment of antennular peduncle. The basal segment is more than half-length of peduncle, anterolateral angle is distinct. The scaphocerite is narrow, without distinct transverse suture. The mandible is without palp, eleven small and large teeth are present at extremity of incisor process. 74 Figure 29: Caridina sumatrensis. A. Front lateral view; B. Telson; B'. Posterior margin of telson, magnified; C. Antennule; D. Antenna; E. Mandible; E'. Same, cutting edge, enlarged; F. First pereiopod; F'-F"". Same, setae on anterior margins of fingers; G. Second pereiopod; H. Distal end of third pereiopod; H'. Same, enlarged; I. Distal end of fifth pereiopod; I'. Same, enlarged; J. First normal pleopod, J'. First abnormal pleopod; K. Second pleopod; K'. Same, appendix interna enlarged. 75 The first pereopod is shorter and stouter than the second is; the fingers are longer than the palm. Different kinds of setae are present apically on first pereopod: the carpus variably excavates for the reception of chela, the dactylii of third pereopods terminate in double spines, and there are about five accessory spines on inner margin increasing in length distally. The dactylus of last pereopod is as figured. The first pleopod is as figured; in one female endopod equals to exopod, the second pleopod is as illustrated. Remarks: The specimens from Karachi were reported by Kazmi et al (2002) as Caridina weberi var. sumatrensis, which is one of the most misunderstood forms (Jalihal et al, 1984). Now we have changed our opinion, have refrained here from giving a variety, and tentatively retained the nominal name for our specimens. Cai & Ng (2000) suggested that overall morphology of Kemp‟s (1918) form Caridina weberi prox. var sumatrensis cannot be referred to any known taxa, they are confident that it is new to science. However, they have not included Chopra & Tiwari‟s (1949) report on the same form from Orissa in their discussion. These authors suggested that the form represents distinct variety but refrained from giving it a name. All the 6 subspecies are expected to be elevated in future to the species while some to fall in to synonym of others (Cai & Ng, 2001), for example C. weberi prox sumatrensis has fallen to C. babaulti(Cai &Shokita,2006) Colour: Transparent with red chromatophores arranged uniformly. Size: 2.8 to 12mm in TL Localities: Overhead water tank, Karachi University Campus ,Hub Dam and Haleji Lake. Distribution: India, Japan, Taiwan. Genus Kalriana Zuberi, 1990 76 Diagnosis: Rostrum almost straight, longer than antennular peduncle, 17-20 dorsal teeth on posterior and middle portion, 5 on preorbital region, setae present in between teeth, anterior part of rostrum lacking teeth; ventral teeth 4-7.Carapace smooth with strong antennal and branchiostegal spines; former better developed and stronger; branchiostegal groove faint. Antennal squama divided into two portions by a suture. Mandible without palp. Arthrobranch on second maxilliped (Modified from Zuberi, 1990). Remarks: Zuberi (1990) established four new species in the genus; they are K. anissi, K. karachii, K. jhimphirensis, and K. sunahrensis and provided a key for their separation. KEY TO PAKISTANI SPECIES OF KALRIANA (From Zuberi, 1990) 1. Second maxilliped without suture between dactylus--------------------------------------------------------------------2. ----------------3 2. and Second maxilliped with distinct suture on propodus----- Telson with 6 pairs of dorsal spines ------------K. anissi . -. Telson with five pairs of dorsal spines---------------------- K. karachii . 3. Ischia of fifth thoracic appendages with a strong spine. Telson with five (or 6) pairs of dorsal spines-----------------------------------------------K. jhimphirensis . Ischia of fifth thoracic appendages without a spine. Telson with four pairs of dorsal spines------------------------------------------------------------- K. sunahrensis . Kalriana anissi Zuberi, 1990. (Fig. 30) Kalriana anissi Zuberi 1990:75 Description: The ventral rostral teeth are always between five and seven; their usual number is seven. 77 H F J A I E G B C D Figure 30: Kalriana anissi. A- Carapace, lateral view; B- Uropod ; CAntennule; D-Antenna; E-Second maxilliped; F- Third maxilliped; G- First leg; H- Second leg; I- Third leg; J- Pleopod; -(Modified from Zuberi, 1990) The telson possesses six pairs of dorsal spines arranged in two rows. 78 There is no suture between the dactylus and propodus of second maxilliped. The proportion between the length and breadth of dactylus of fifth pereopod is four. There is no spine on the anterior portion of the ischium of the fifth walking leg. Size: 15-20mm Locality: Keenjar Lake, Thatta, Sindh Distribution: Not reported out side Pakistan Development: (Figs. 31-43) The just hatched larvae take 50 to 55 days to become adult. There are usually 10 to 11 developmental stages in breeding history of K. anisii, which were described by Zuberi, 1973 (unpublished) and reproduced below: Figure 31: Kalriana anissi Newly hatched larva (Modified from Zuberi, 1990) Stage I larva: Almost colourless, and possesses dark brown and orange coloured patches on the uropod, cephalothorax and on the other parts of body. Rostrum absent, carapace without spine, and eyes without stalks. Three pairs of undeveloped biramous thoracic appendages and five abdominal segments. Abdominal appendages absent, uropod with a deep groove and 16 setae. Antennae possess 10 setae, but lack antennal feeler. Stage II-5 Days Larva: 79 Almost colourless with dark brown colour patches on telson. Rostrum developed, but seen with difficulty. Eyes stalked, mandible show no cleft between incisor process and molar process. Antennular spine absent. Antennae with 10 setae, the seta nearest to the developing flagellum the longest and the remotest being the shortest. Maxillipeds still poorly developed. Thoracic appendages developed and biramous. Abdominal appendages and their buds absent. Telson as in stage 1, with rudiments of exopod and endopod. Figure 32: Kalriana anissi Appendages of five days old larva. A- First maxilla; B- Second maxilla; C- First maxilliped; D- Antenna; E- Thoracic appendage; F- Fifth leg; G- Antennule; H- Mandible; I- Uropod (Modified from Zuberi, 1973) Stage III-10 Days Larva: Almost colourless but patches of colour pigment may be seen on carapace, appendages and uropod. Main pigment spot on the uropod disappear. Rostrum as in stage-II, eyes stalked incisor teeth present in the 80 mandible. Exopod of third maxillipeds still not segmented. Outer and inner flagella of the antennules present. Suture between coxa, basis, and precoxa visible. Antennular teeth present. Suture on the squama of antenna absent but the spine mildly developed. Thoracic appendages five pairs in number but not developed. Abdominal appendages or their buds absent. Uropod divided into the exopod and endopod at the posterior end of exopod, on endopod ten spines present, suture of the exopod absent but possesses one movable spine, four pairs of setae present at the tip of telson, outer most of them the longest while the inner most the shortest. On the dorsal side of the telson, three pairs of spines present. 81 Figure 33: Kalriana anissi Appendages of ten days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- First maxilla; D- Second maxilla; E- Mandible; F- Thoracic appendage; G- Third leg; H – Third maxilliped; I- Telson; JUropod. (Modified from Zuberi, 1973) 82 Stage IV-15 Days Larva: Larvae colourless but patches of colour pigment may be seen throughout the body. Rostrum still not much developed. Mandible more developed, molar process bears some teeth, between the two processes. A tuft of hairs present, exopod of the second and third maxilliped still unsegmented. Exopod of second maxilliped with two developing sutures, these sutures not present on the endopod of third maxilliped but constrictions quite clear. Outer and inner flagella of the antennules more visible. Suture between the precoxa/coxa and coxa/basis visible but three teeth or spines on the suture not present. Suture on the squama of the antenna not visible, the flagellum of the antenna now three segmented but segmentation not very clear. The flagellum a bit longer than the squama. 83 Figure 34: Kalriana anissi Appendages of fifteen days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- First chela; D- Second maxilliped; E- Third maxilliped; F- Second maxilla; G- Mandible; H- Second chela; I – Telson; JUropod; K- Pereopod. (Modified from Zuberi, 1973) 84 Thoracic appendages now uniramous gradually taking their usual shape. In first thoracic appendage a bud like out growth visible, that also undergoes some changes towards the formation of chelae but not very much clear. Fourth thoracic leg has no suture, no teeth like structure on the dactylus. Fifth leg with two visible spines present on the anterior end, two sutures also present. 85 Figure 35: Kalriana anissi Appendages of twenty days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- Mandible; D- Uropod; E- Telson (Modified from Zuberi, 1973) 86 The buds of abdominal appendages visible but the distance between them increased as compared to the previous stage. Exopod and endopod of the uropod more clearly visible; spine on the outer margin of the exopod clearer but suture still not present. Telson with three pairs of terminal and three pairs of dorsal spines, but the distance between them increased as compared to the previous stage. 87 Figure 36: Kalriana anissi Appendages of twenty five days old larva. A- Antennule; B- Antenna; C- Third maxilliped; D- First chela; E- Second chela; F- Fifth leg. (Modified from Zuberi, 1973 88 Stage V-20 Days Larva: Larvae not colourless at this stage, the patches of pigment quite visible from outside with naked eye. Rostrum a bit more developed, mandible stouter and developed, both processes quite clear and between them a row of small teeth present. Exopod of first and second maxilliped still unsegmented, two sutures visible in the endopod of second maxilliped as in the pervious stage, these sutures separate merus ischium from the carpus and the carpus from dactylopropodus. 89 Figure 37: Kalriana anissi Appendages of twenty five days old larva. AFirst pleopod; B- Second pleopod; C- Third pleopod; D- Fourth pleopod; E- Fifth pleopod; F- Telson; G- Uropod (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 90 Outer and inner flagella of the antennules now become segmented. Sutures between the segments clearly visible. Antennular spine at precoxa more developed and stout. Suture on the squama of antenna not visible yet, the flagellum four segmented and larger than the squama. Thoracic appendages now much more clear. First thoracic appendage with its chela a bit more developed. Second thoracic appendages also developed the usual shape of second chela, the beginning of dactylopod visible. Sutures between the segments quite visible in all the thoracic appendages. Buds of abdominal appendages become biramous and more developed. 91 Figure 38: Kalriana anissi Appendages of thirty days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- First chela; D- Second chela; E- Mandible; FThird leg; G- Fifth leg; H- First maxilliped; I- Uropod; J- Third maxilliped; K- Second maxilliped (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 92 Spine on the outer margin of the exopod of uropod remains unchanged, its suture also clearly visible. Terminal spines of the telson become larger, outer most of them the largest, while the inner most the smallest. Stage VI-25 Days Larva: Rostrum developed, pointed, and straight, not bent upwards or downwards shorter than the scaphocerite of the antenna. Teeth present on the ventral side. 93 Figure 39: Kalriana anissi Appendages of thirty five days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- First maxilla; D- First maxilliped; E- Third maxilliped (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 94 Mandible and second maxilliped remain as in previous stage. Exopod of the third maxilliped not segmented but in exopod, four sutures visible, one between dactylo-propodus and carpus, other between the carpus and ischium, third between the ischium and merus and the fourth between merus and coxa. At the anterior end of the dactylus, three spines present in a row and one terminal similar to adult conditions. A row of setae in the middle of the dactylopropodus and one spine present at the inner margin of it. A row of setae also present at the suture between basis and carpus. 95 Figure 40 : Kalriana anissi Appendages of thirty five days old larva. AThird leg; B- Fifth leg; C- First pleopod; D- Second pleopod; E- Third pleopod; F- Fourth pleopod; G- Fifth pleopod (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 96 Thoracic appendages more developed. First and second thoracic appendages acquired their normal structure. Suture between the dactylus and propodus quite visible now. Tufts of hairs also appeared on the finger and the palm of first and second chelae. The excavation at the joint of the carpus and propodus quite clear now in the first chelae but not in the second chelae. Fourth walking leg also acquired a bit more developed structure. Suture between the dactylus propodus/ carpus and carpus ischio-merus quite visible, but suture between ischium and merus yet undeveloped. Suture between the basis and ischio-merus and one on dactylus present. Abdominal appendages quite developed now. All of them acquired the normal structure, now possessing coxa, exopod, endopod, and appendix interna. 97 Figure 41 : Kalriana anissi Appendages of forty days old larva. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- Uropod (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). Exopod of the uropod as in previous stage, the suture more visible with two teeth. Terminal spines of the telson remain unchanged but the spines on the dorsal side of telson now in four pairs. 98 Figure 42 : Kalriana anissi Appendages of forty five days old larva. AAntenna; B- Second maxilliped; C- Third maxilliped; D- Third leg; EFourth leg; F- Fifth leg (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 99 Stage VII-30 Days Larva: Rostrum well developed with twelve dorsal and two ventral teeth. Antennal and hepatic spines absent. The structure and the sizes of rostrum and scaphocerite remains unchanged. Rostrum straight and still shorter than squama. 100 Figure 43: Kalriana anissi : Fifty days old larva: A- Antennule; B- First maxilliped; C- First maxilla; D- First maxilliped; E- Mandible; F- Uropod (Modified from Zuberi, 1973). 101 Mandible developed as typical of the adult. Teeth on the incisor process and plates on the molar process may be observed. First maxilliped bearing two palp like processes, a bulging portion almost in the middle, and four bristles developed on the anterior terminal end. Exopodite of second and third maxilliped unsegmented. Sutures between coxa-ischium-merus and meruscarpus quite clear in endopodite of second maxilliped. Sutures between carpuspropodus, and propodus-dactylus also visible but not very clear. Sutures clear on the endopodite of third maxilliped. Ten teeth present at dactylo-propodus, terminal hook is stronger. Scutes quite clear in both flagella of antennules. Two small teeth visible at the suture of coxa/basis, rest of the structure remains unchanged. Spines of the squama and flagellum of antenna remain unchanged. Thoracic appendages more developed. Sutures between propodite and dactylopodite quite distinct now in the first thoracic appendage. Excavation present at the suture of carpus and propodus and a bit deeper now. Second thoracic appendage remains unchanged in the structure but sutures between all the segments quite clear. Third and fifth walking legs more developed. Teeth present, three at the dactylus, four on propodus, two on merus and one on ischium of third walking leg. Similarly on the fifth thoracic appendage six teeth at dactylus, five on propodus, one on carpus, two on merus and on ischium. Abdominal appendages remained unchanged. Exopod of the uropod more developed, its suture is complete, and six teeth appeared. Larger spines developed on its endopod. Terminal and dorsal spines of the telson remain unchanged. Stage VIII-35 Days Larva: Rostrum well developed, straight and pointed. Number of dorsal and ventral teeth remains unchanged. Both spines, antennal and scaphocerite remains the same. Rostrum still shorter than the squama. The number of teeth increased on the inner margin of first maxilla. First maxilliped acquired almost adult character. Second maxilliped remained unchanged. On the endopod of third maxilliped all the sutures quite clear now. Rows of teeth easily visible on dactylo-propodus. Two teeth present at the suture of dactylo-propodus and propodus-carpus, five teeth may be seen at the inner margin of carpus and four on the dorsal side almost in the middle and at the anterior half. Three teeth at the suture of carpus and ischio-merus and one tooth at the middle of the inner margin of ischio-merus. A spine also present on the coxa. Scutes of outer and inner flagella of the antennule quite clear and more in number. Number of scutes greater in the inner flagellum than on the outer 102 flagellum. Two spines present at the inner margin of basis, three on coxa, and three on precoxa. Antennular spines more developed and almost half of the length of precoxa. Suture on the squama of the antenna almost half developed and may be seen at high magnification, other structures of antenna remained the same as in previous stage. Thoracic appendages more developed. First and second thoracic appendages remain unchanged. The number of teeth at dactylus remains unchanged but at propodus only one spine on third walking leg, four teeth on ischio-merus, one on anterior end of ischium and three teeth on the margin. The number of teeth increases in fifth leg, there are ten teeth present at dactylus, four on propodus, one on dorsal side of merus, two on ischium. Spicules also visible on the outer margin of dactylus and propodus. Abdominal appendages acquired the characters of the adult and bear exopod, endopod and appendix interna. The structures of uropod and telson remain unchanged. Stage IX-40 Days Larva: Rostrum same as in previous stage. Numbers of dorsal teeth remain unchanged but the number of ventral teeth increases from two to three and located near the anterior end, but not very close to the tip. The structure of mandible, first and second maxilla and first and second maxillipeds remain unchanged. Number of teeth at the inner margin of dactylus increases from three to four including hook at third maxilliped. The number of scutes at outer and inner flagella of the antennule also increases; other structures remained as in previous stage. Suture on the squama of antenna became clearer. Third, fourth and fifth walking legs also remain unchanged. Abdominal appendages too remained as in previous stage. The number of spines increases from six to eight at the suture of exopod of the uropod, two of them on out side. Structure of telson remains unchanged. Stage X-45 Days Larva: Rostrum almost developed fully. Number of dorsal and ventral teeth remains the same. Among the dorsal teeth, setae developed. The suture at the squama of antenna about to complete. Other structures same as in previous stage. In antennules, the number of scutes increases in outer and inner flagella. At the suture of coxa-basis, three spines visible and at the suture of precoxacoxa a short but strong spine also present. 103 In the exopod of the third maxilliped no suture between the dactylopropodus and carpus, but present between carpus and ischio-merus. No suture between the ischium and merus. In third maxilliped, the number of rows of teeth on dactylus and propodus increases to eight. At the carpus five rows of spines present almost acquiring the adult character. Third, fourth and fifth walking legs now fully developed and acquired all the adult characters. At the margin of dactylus of fifth walking leg, fifteen teeth present, six on propodus, one on carpus, two on merus and one on ischium. Remaining structures showed no change and at this stage and remained as in previous stage. Stage XI-50 Days Larva: Rostrum, thoracic appendage, and abdominal appendages have acquired all the adult‟s characters. First maxilla developed stout teeth on inner margin and a strong palp. First maxilliped with poorly developed endopod and highly developed exopod, acquiring all adult characters. In second maxilliped, a suture developed to divide the ischio-merus into ischium and merus, no suture between the dactylus and propodus. Suture on the squama of antenna complete and very distinct now, divides this suture squama into two parts, one from tip to suture and other from suture to base. Scutes of inner and outer flagellum very distinct. Three spines present at the suture of coxa/basis as in the previous stage. Five spines present at the suture of coxa, precoxa, one marginal strong and stout spine present. Eleven spines present at the suture of exopod of uropod. Out of them three on the remote margin of the uropod, structure of uropod just as in adult. Telson now developed six pairs of spines. Terminal spines remain unchanged i.e. six in number. Fifty days old, larvae have acquired all the characters of the adult. Spines on the suture of the exopod of uropod vary in number from eleven to sixteen. The number of movable spines may become four. Kalriana jhimphirensis Zuberi, 1990 (Fig.44B) Kalriana Jhimphirensis Zuberi, 1990: 76 Description: The ventral teeth of the rostrum between five and seven; their usual number five. 104 The teslon possesses six dorsal spines on one side and five on the other, in rows. A very distinct suture present between dactylus and propodus of the second maxilliped. Figure 44: Telsons . A- Kalriana karachii; B- Kalriana jhimpirensis; CKalriana sunahrensis.(adapted from Zuberi,1973) The proportion between the length and breadth of dactylus of fifth pereopod is three. A very distinct spine on the anterior portion of the ischium of fifth pereopod.(from Zuberi,1990) Localities: Keenjar Lake, Thatta, Sindh Distribution: Not reported out side Pakistan Kalriana karachii Zuberi, 1990 105 (Fig. 44A) Kalriana Karachii Zuberi, 1990:75 Description: There are five to seven ventral teeth on the rostrum The telson possesses five pairs of dorsal spines arranged in rows. No suture between dactylus and propodus of the second maxilliped. The proportion between the length and breadth of dactylus of fifth pereopod is three. No spine on the anterior portion of the ischium of the fifth walking leg.(from Zuberi, 1990) Locality: Keenjar Lake, Thatta, Sindh Distribution: Not reported out side Pakistan Kalriana sunahrensis Zuberi, 1990 (Fig. 44C) Kalriana sunahrensis Zuberi, 1990: 76 Description: The ventral rostral teeth are never more than five, their usual number is three. The telson possesses four pairs of dorsal spines arranged in rows. A very distinct suture is present between the dactylus and propodus of second maxilliped. The proportion between the length and breadth of dactylus of fifth pereopod s three. There is no spine on the anterior portion of the ischium of fifth pereopod (from Zuberi, 1990) Locality. Keenjar Lake, Thatta, Sindh Distribution: Not reported out side Pakistan 106 3.1.4 Family Palaemonidae Rafinesque, 1815 Diagnosis: Rostrum compressed and usually dentate. Antennal spines always present whereas the hepatic and branchiostegal spines may be present or absent. Eyes well developd. Mandible with or without a palp, incisor, and molar processes separated by a deep cleft. Ultimate segment of the second maxilliped laterally attached with the penultimate segment, an exopod, an arthrobranch and a pleurobranch may be present or absent. Chelae of the first pair of pereopods small, while those of second pair large and robust. Carpus of the second pereopod unsegmented. Epipods absent from all pereopods. Telson narrow distally. Second pleopod with appendix masculina in male (Modified from various sources) Remarks: Serious attempts have been made to settle the classification of this group of carideans (Bruce, 1986, Chace & Bruce, 1993). These authors define their own work “far from definition”. Later authors refrained from a more detailed classification of this group to avoid further confusion. Morphologically abnormal specimens were encountered in several species in otherwise normal natural stock as already mentioned by Dutt & Ravindranath (1974). The family Palaemonidae is further divided into two sub-families i.e. Pontoninae and Palaemoninae and can be separated with the help of key given in start. Subfamily Palaemoninae Rafinesque, 1815 Diagnosis: Both rami of upper antennal flagellum fused in the basal part. An appendix interna generally present on the second pleopod of the female. Both, the appendix interna and appendix masculina present on the second pleopod of male. Pleurobranch present on the third maxilliped. Posterior margin of the telson provided with two pairs of spines and one or more pairs of setae (From various sources). Remarks: The subfamily includes 21 genera and 2 subgenera (Jayachandran, 2001). The subfamily Palaemoninae in Pakistan pertains to species belonging to genera Macrobrachium , Exopalaemon, Nematopalaemon 107 , Palaemon , Leandrites, Leptocarpus, and Palaemonetes. They can be separated with the help of the following key. The record of Palaemonetes by Qadri (1960) is not yet confirmed therefore not treated further by us. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF PALAEMONINAE 1. -----2. Branchiostegal spine present-------------------------------------------------------- -----6. Branchiostegal spine absent -------------------------------------------------------- 2. ----3. Mandible without palp------------------------------------------------------------------ -----4. Mandible with a palp------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. First pleopod of male with well developed appendix interna on the endopod. Branchiostegal groove absent. Propodus of fifth leg without transverse rows of setae on the distal part of the posterior margin------------------------------------------------------ Genus Leandrites. First pleopod of the male without appendix interna on the endopod. Branchiostegal groove visible as sharp line. Propodus of fifth pereopod with transverse rows of setae on the distal part of the posterior margin -------------------------------------------------Genus Palaemonetes. 4. Rostrum with an elevated basal crest of teeth. Pleura of fifth abdominal segment with apex broadly rounded. Mandibular palp three-segmented----------------5. Rostrum without an elevated basal crest. Pleura of fifth abdominal segment generally ending in a small sharp point. Branchiostegal groove present------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Palaemon 5. Dactylii of last three legs enormously lengthened, longer than carpi and propodii together. No branchiostegal groove on the carapace. Stylocerite with a large tooth on the upper surface------------------------------Genus Nematopalaemon Dactylii of last three legs always shorter than propodii, never excessively long. Branchiostegal grooves present on the carapace. Stylocerite 108 without a large dorsal tooth-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Exopalaemon. 6. Hepatic spine absent--------------------------------------------------------Genus Leptocarpus . - Hepatic spine present------------Genus Macrobrachium Genus Exopalaemon Holthuis, 1950 Diagnosis: Rostrum with highly raised dentate basal crest; carapace with branchiostegal spine and branchiostegal suture. Hepatic spine lacking. Fourth thoracic sternite without slender median process. Mandible with prominent palp. Last three pereopods with simple and not biungiculate dactylii, shorter than propodii. Endopod of male of first pleopod without appendix interna (Modified from various sources) Type Species: Palaemon styliferus H. Milne Edwards, 1841 Gender: Masculine. Remarks: Six valid species are included within the genus, a thorough examination of the genus is suggested by Jayachandran (2001), only the type species has been recorded from here . In an old sample without any clue of supporting data there are at least 30 specimens measuring 5mm in CL, close to E. styliferus to differing from it in having almost no crest on rostrum and showing increased number of teeth, since they are not in good preserved condition it is difficult to name them until new fresh collection is available. Exopalaemon styliferus (H. Milne Edwards, 1840) (Figs. 45-46) Palaemon longirostris H. Milne Edwards, 1837:394 Palaemon styliferus H. Milne Edwards, 1840:638; Rathbun, 1902:51; Suvatti, 1937:50 Leander longirostris Henderson, 1893:439 109 Leander styliferus Kemp, 1915:273; 1917:214; 1925: 289; Balss, 1930:316; Panikkar, 1937:345; Chopra, 1939:223; 1943:5; Qadri, 1960:259; Ahmed, 1967:17 Palaemon (Exopalaemon) styliferus Holthuis, 1950:47 Exopalaemon styliferus Chace & Bruce, 1993:5; Dore & Frimbodlt 1987:72; Salman & Bishop, 1990:21; Jayachandran, 2001:25 Description: The rostrum is very long, extending far beyond antennal scale by about 1/3 its length, basal crest is greatly raised; the upper margin of the rostrum is provided with 6-8 teeth, of which one is post-orbital, 5-6 are proximal and crowded at raised crest above the orbit, the tooth size increases from proximal to distal teeth of this group. The rostrum beyond the basal crest is very slender and prominently up curved. The distal half of the rostrum is edentate. The distal end of the rostrum is armed with one or two teeth. The ventral margin of the rostrum has 6-9 teeth. The carapace is smooth, the usual antennal and branchiostegal spines are present, the branchiostegal groove lies just above the branchiostegal spine. The abdomen is glabrous; the pleurae of first to third somites are broadly rounded at posteroventral angle, those of fourth and fifth are directed backwards; that of sixth ends in a spine. Figure 45: Exopalaemon styliferus, Animal in lateral view. The telson is slender, elongate. The dorsal margin bears two pairs of spines, both located in its distal half; the posterior end of telson is pointed. 110 The first pair of chelate legs is slender, almost reaching to the end of the antennal scale; the ischium is shorter than the merus; the merus is shorter than the carpus or may be equal, in some specimens, the fingers are only slightly longer than the palm. Figure 46: Exopalaemon styliferus. A- Anterior part of body in lateral view; B-F- First to fifth legs (Modified from Jayachandran, 2001). The second chelate pereopods are slender and longer than the first; the ischium is longer than the merus; the merus is almost equal to or slightly shorter than the length of the carpus, the carpus is shorter than the chela, the palm is inflated; the fingers are slender; the tips of fingers are curved, and distinctly longer than the palm. The three pairs of non-chelate pereopods are slender, their dactylii are simple. The pleopod and uropods are typical in structure. Colour: Body with fine dots fairly well developed on the rostrum, telson, and uropods. Size: 90mm in TL (male), 86mm in TL (female) Localities: Shah Bunder and Keti Bunder, Thatta, in rice fields Distribution: India, Bangladesh; Arabian Gulf and Iraq, Gulf of Martaban; mouth of Ye River, Myanmar, Hingis Island, Green Island, 111 Tennasserim; Mergui Archipelago, Malay States; Pulu Burong, Sarawak; Thailand. Remarks: For larval development see Al-Abbad etal( 2008). Genus Leandrites Holthuis, 1950 Diagnosis: Rostrum without elevated basal crest; carapace with sub marginal branchiostegal spine, without hepatic spine or branchiostegal suture; fourth thoracic sternite with slender median process; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactylii simple, shorter than propodus; endopod of male first pleopod with appendix interna. ( from Chace & Bruce, 1993) Type species: Leander celebensis de Man, 1881 Gender: Masculine Remarks: Only four species have been included in the genus Leandrites today. Out of these L. celebensis has been recorded from here. Leandrites celebensis (de Man, 1881) (Fig. 47) Leander celebensis deMan, 1881:141 Palaemonetes hornelli Kemp, 1925: 318; Nataraj; 1942: 468 Leandrites celebensis , Holthuis, 1950: 36; Bruce, 1987:59; Chace &Bruce, 1993: 7; Jayachandran, 2001:37; Kazmi et al, 2009:155 Description: The rostrum reaches to or a little beyond the end of the antennal scale. It is straight rarely a trifle upturned at the tip and in lateral view is deep. The upper border, very feebly convex, bears from 13 to 17 forwardly directed teeth with setae in the interspaces; the first and second teeth are placed on the carapace behind the orbit and the first is twice as far distant from the second as the second is from the third. The remaining teeth on the upper border are equidistant, the series extending to the apex; the middle teeth are the largest, the foremost is very small and, though near the apex does not give it a 112 bifid appearance. The lower border of the rostrum is convex, but not deeply excavated at the base. It is rather thickly fringed with setae throughout its length and bears from three to five teeth, which are rather smaller than those of the upper border are. The lower angle of the orbit is broadly rounded and the antennal spine is strong. The branchiostegal spine is almost equally strong and is set well back on the carapace, the tip reaching the margin. Figure 47: Leandrites celebensis A-Rostrum and anterior margin of carapace; B- Telson, ventral view of tip; C-D-First and second legs; EFifth leg The telson is shorter than the uropods and bears, as usual two pairs of dorsal spines; the firs pair is situated at, or a little behind the middle of the telson-length and the second is nearer to the first than to the apex. The apex is pointed in the middle with a single very stout seta and two spines on either side. The outer spines are very short, only about one-fifth the length of the inner, the latter much exceeding the setae in length and reaching beyond the ends of the uropods. The external border of the outer uropod is setose. The eye is large with a well-marked ocular spot in contact with the cornea. The antennular peduncle is not much shorter than the antennal scale. The lateral process does not reach to the middle of the basal segment and the outer margin of this segment ends in a spine, which does not usually reach as far forwards as the strongly convex border, which intervenes between the 113 spines and between the spine and the articulation of the second segment. The second and third segments are short, stout and sub equal in length. The two rami composing the outer antennular flagellum are fused basally for a very short distance. The antennal scale is more than 3 times as long as wide; its outer margin is straight or very slightly convex and ends in a spine, which does not reach as far forwards as the broadly rounded apex of the lamella. The mandible is without a palp and the incisor- molar processes terminate in three sharp teeth. The maxilla and first maxilliped are normal in structure. The first legs are slender and reach beyond the antennal scale; the ischium is smaller than the chela; the merus is sub equal to carpus and the fingers are longer than the palm. The second legs are very long, extending beyond the antennal scale by the chelae and from one half to three- quarters of the carpus. In females, the carpus is slightly longer than the merus and a little shorter than the chela, the proportionate lengths of merus, carpus, and chela being about as 12: 13: 15. The carpus is widened distally ; the palm is swollen wider than the adjacent parts of the carpus . The finger meet throughout their length when the claw is closed, each being provided at the base with a single very small tooth. The fingers have in turned tips and are usually a little longer than the palm. Except for a few very short setae on the fingers, the leg is naked. In general, the legs of male closely resemble those of the female except in second chelae where proportionate lengths of the segments are different. The lengths of the merus, carpus, and chela are as 12: 17: 13.The carpus thus being almost 1 times as long as the merus and nearly one third longer than the chela. The fingers are a trifle longer than the palm. The last three pairs of legs are very slender and increase in length from before backwards; the third reaches beyond the antennal scale by about onethird of the propodus, the fifth by about half the propodus. In each pair, the propodus is from 2 - 3 times the length of the dactylus. The latter segment is slightly curved and extremely slender, from 12 to 14 times as long as its basal breadth. The legs are almost naked except a few long setae on the anterior margin of the dactylus and for a few spinules near the distal end of the propodus of the fifth pair. The sixth abdominal segment, measured dorsally, is rather more than one and a half times the length of the fifth. In the first pleopod of the male, the endopod is oval and bears on the inner side an appendix interna, which projects far beyond its distal end. In the second pleopod of the male, the two appendices are of equal length. 114 Remarks: Pillai (1974) has described the laboratory maintained larvae. The adult specimens at hand show no difference from those described by earlier workers except that the rotsral dentition has a lesser number of teeth than found in the Australian specimens (Bruce, 1987). Size: 4.5mm In CL (male) ,2.2 -3.5mm in CL (female) Habitat: Often in brackish water Locality: Ambro creek, Ghora Bari Distribution: India, Indonesia, Celebes, Singapore, Northern territory of Australia. 115 Genus Leptocarpus Holthuis, 1950 Diagnosis: Medium- size slender bodied forms. Body subcylindrical. Rostrum well developed, long, with teeth on both margins. Basal crest of rostrum generally slightly raised. Setae present between teeth of both dorsal and ventral margins. Upper margin with one row of setae, lower with two rows. Carapace smooth, with only antennal spines located some distance below rounded orbital angle. Distinct and sharp branchiostegal groove present. Abdomen smooth. Pleurae of segments I-II broadly rounded along posteroventral margin, those of IV and V directed backwards, that of VI spinous. Segment VI distinctly longer than V. Telson slender, elongate, triangular. Dorsal surface with two pairs of spines. Posterior end sharp, flanked by two pairs of spines. Outer pair of these spines much shorter than inner, inner pair overreaching tip of telson. Few plumose setae present between longer spines. Eyes well developed, with hemispherical cornea containing black pigment. Ocellus present. Basal segment of antennular peduncle broad. Stylocerite sharp. Anterolateral spine slender, reaching midlength of intermediate segment. Intermediate segment of peduncle much shorter than distal one. Upper antennular flagellum distally bifid. Free part of shorter ramus much longer than fused part. Antennal scale well developed. Outer margin ends in sharp spine overreached by lamella. Mandible highly chitinised. Molar process with flat chewing edges. Incisor process tridentate. Palp 3- segmented. Maxillula usual in shape. Endite of maxilla deeply cleft. Third maxillipeds slender and with exopod, endopod and epipod. First pereopods very slender, fingers unarmed but with tufts of setae. Carpus elongated. Second legs also slender. Carpus elongate. Last three pairs of pereopods slender, non-chelate. Dacylii simple. Appendix interna present in all pleopods, in second pleopod of male with appendix masculina also. Uropods distinctly longer than telson. ( from Jayachandran, 2001) Type species: Leander fluminicola Kemp, 1917 Gender: Masculine Remarks:. Only three species have been reported under this genus to date, all from fresh and brackish water, one species is present in our collection. Rajyalakhsmy (1961) and Pillai (1973) have described the larval stages 116 Leptocarpus potamiscus (Kemp, 1917) (Fig.48) Leander potamiscus Kemp, 1917: 225, 1918: 270, 1925:288; Rai, 1933:886; Gordon, 1935: 629 Palaemon potamiscus Suvatii, 1937: 50 Leptocarpus potamiscus Holthuis, 1950:97; Liu et al, 1990: 252; Chace & Bruce,1993:8; Jayachandran, 2001:43; Cai & Ng,2002: Li et al, 2004:520; Kazmi & Kazmi, 2009:131. Description: The rostrum is very long, extending beyond the antennal scale by half of its length, its tip is strongly up curved; the basal crest is slightly raised; the upper margin has 7 teeth, of which 1 tooth is post-orbital. The rostrum beyond raised part is edentate, the lower margin is armed with nine equidistant teeth. Figure 48: Leptocarpus potamiscus. A- Rostrum and anterior part of carapace; B- Telson; C- Antennule; D- Antennal scale; E- First leg; F- 117 Second leg; G- Distal part of third leg.( Modified from Jayachandran, 2001). The carapace is provided with only antennal spine, the branchiostegal groove is distinct. The abdomen is smooth; pleurae of first to third segment are broadly rounded at posteroventral margin, those of fourth and fifth are directed backwards, that of sixth is spinous. The telson is slender. The dorsal surface is provided with two pairs of spines; of which first pair is slightly proximal to middle of the telson, second pair is much in advance of midway point between first pair and apex. Distal end has also two pairs of spines; a pair of feathered setae is present between inner pair of spines. Basal segment of the antennular peduncle is broad. The stylocerite is sharp extending proximal 1/3 distance of it. The anterolateral spine is sharp, extending slightly beyond convex anterolateral margin, long setae are present on ventral part of anterolateral and anterior margin of the basal segment, the middle segment is the smallest, the distal segment is elongate. The upper outer antennular flagellum is bifid distally, fused basally for about nine joints. The antennal scale is elongated and broadly ovate. Outer lateral spine is situated at 2/3 distance from the base. The mandibular palp is 3-segmented, basal two segments are equal, distal segment is the longest. . Both the chelate legs are very slender. First pair reaches the apex of antennal scale when extended. The ischium is equal to or sub equal to the merus; the carpus is longer than the chela. The fingers are slightly shorter than the palm and provided with short setae. The second chelate leg reaches beyond the antennal scale by its chela and portion of carpus, the ischium is longer than the chela but shorter than the merus, the carpus is longer than the chela; the palm is longer than the fingers. Fingers are not notably spoon-shaped. The nonchelate pereopods are slender. The first pair extends beyond the antennal scale by more than length of dactylus, the third pair by dactylus and 1/2-2/3 length of propodus. The dactylii of all the 3 pairs are very short and simple. 118 Remarks: The single specimen at hand is an ovigerous female, not intact, and parts are missing therefore its identification, as L. potamiscus is only tentative, the description of the missing parts is taken from the literature. Colour: Brown coloration on dorsal part of the edentate rostrum. Size: 48 mm (female) Habitat: Inhabits slightly brackish waters. Distribution: India, Andaman Archipelago, China, Penang, Thailand, Malaya States, Sumatra, Java. The present record from Pakistan forms an important enlargement of the range of distribution of the species. Genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868 Diagnosis: Body compressed and robust in general appearance. Rostrum well developed, serrated and laterally compressed. Carapace armed with antennal and hepatic spines. Branchiostegal groove present and visible as a sharp line. Eyes generally well developed. Antennular peduncle consisting of three segments, the basal one is the largest. Scaphocerite well developed. Mandibles complete with an incisor, a molar process, and a three-segmented palp. Exopods present on all the maxillipeds.First and second pairs of pereopods generally symmetrical. First pair of pereopods slender. Fingers and the palm nearly of equal size. Cutting edges of the fingers smooth. Second pereopods robust, longer than the others. Endopod of the first pleopod in female bearing only an appendix interna; in males both the appendix interna and appendix masculina present (Modified from various sources). Type species: Palaemon americanum Bate, 1868 Gender: Neuter Remarks: The genus is commonly seen in fresh, sometimes brackish water; very few species are marine as juveniles. Some species are troglobite and epigean (Li etal, 2006). Amongst the decapod crustaceans, the genus Macrobrachium is one of the most successful groups invading the freshwater (Jalihal et al, 1988). The genus Macrobrachium is known to be taxonomically a very complex group owing to its extreme range of variations and overlapping of characters particularly in the juveniles. Males and females of many Macrobrachium species reach sexual maturity long before attaining their final size and shape (Holthuis, 1950). Based on characters of size and second chelipeds, Tiwari (1952) divided the Indo-Burmese species of Macrobrachium into two groups. Later 119 Jalihal et al (1988) divided further one of the Tiwari‟s groups into four subgroups. The two groups also differ in size with reference of sex, while males are much bigger in large species; some times left and right legs are conspicuously different in shape. It is the females, which are predominant and large in smaller species. The females also should be given due importance as the taxonomic studies of both sexes is becoming imperative with their growing importance in aquaculture The distinct patterns of larval development perhaps reflect that Macrobrachium is not a homogenous genus and appears to be a polyphyletic group. Jalihal et al (1993) divided the genus in three basic types, based on the number of larval stages. Type 1: prolonged or normal type. Further divided into groups. Group 1a: includes coastal, of medium sized to large species(50320mm), species which generally exhibit sexual dimorphism wherein the males are larger and provided with larger and / or stouter second chelipeds e.g.: M. dacqueti, M. malcolmsonii, M. idella, M. equidens. Group 1b: includes medium sized (25-55mm) prawns that are generally found in slow moving or impounded water bodies, require salt for metamorphosis, no representative is found in Pakistan. Type 2: partial abbreviated type, inhabitants of upstream, hill stream and impounded water bodies, medium size prawns (25-70mm), males do not exhibit sexually dimorphic features but are generally smaller than the females with some exceptions e.g.: M. lamarrei lamarrei, M. shahpuri. Type 3: completely abbreviated type: hill stream species so far represented by in Pakistan by M. dayanum, medium sized (30-65mm), males do not show sexual dimorphism. Jayachandran (2001) suggested a new subgenus namely Allobrachium to accommodate the species with unequal second chelipeds. According to Tiwari (1952) 10 new species and 4 new subspecies: “emanate” from India, Pakistan, Myanmar, Andamans, and Sri Lanka, as types are deposited in the zoological survey of India, Calcutta they were not seen. Later workers (Cai & Ng, 2000) did not mention Pakistan in distribution of these. Wowor et al(2009) did a molecular phylogenetic analysis of the diverse Southeast and east Asian species of Macrobachiumand tracked the evolution of key lifehitory traits. Attempt to construct a key to the species so far recorded from Pakistan had to be curtailed because the key has to be based on adult males only and a key based on females is ineffectual.More than 180 valid species and subspecies are 120 now generally recognized from different parts of the world , 17 species have been collected from Pakistan. 121 . Material of an indeterminate species probably of M. superbum was sent to Dr. X.Li for determination.His response is awaited. Synopsis to the Pakistani species of Macrobrachium numericals indicate rostral formula) Telson extending beyond outer Telson of same level as outer lateral spine of uropodal exopod. Chelipeds strongly unequal. Generally scabrous carapace 12-15/13 M. scabriculum 5-14/2-8, chelipeds densely spinulose M. altifrons ranjhai lateral spine of uropodal exopod. Chelipeds equal or subequal. Generally smooth carapace, rarely with sparse prickles Carpus of second leg longer than chela Carapace completely smooth 10-12/4-6.long appendix masculina M. lamarrei korangii 6-10/6-9 Chelipeds slender not hairy M. lamarrei lamarrei ,6-9/5-8, rostrum, slender, Upper rostral teeth with a subdistal gap M. shahpuri 11/6, basal crest upward, movable finger with pubensence M. Carpus of second leg shorter than chela Carapace almost smooth 5-11/4-7, carapace smooth, fingers densely pubescent on grooves M. dayanum 9-11/5-6 Fingers covered with velvety hairs M. equidens 8-11/5-8,Carapace smooth M. naso 2-15/4-5, movable finger completely pubescent M. idella idella 11-14/11-13,Carpus shorter than chela in smaller specimens, equal in longer specimens, carapace smooth M. dacqueti , rostrum sigmoid, tip trifid, 9/6 M. Sp 10-11/5, carapace scabrous with minute spines, all segments of second leg entirely velvety pubescent M. rude rostrum lanceolate, 9/2, carapace glabrous, M. taunsi m. malmalcolmsoni , rostrum straight, 8/4, carapace smooth M. tirmizi 9-11,5-6, rostrum,long with crest, M.m. kotreeanum , 10-12/6, dorsal teeth arranged in three groups, carapace a smooth M. lehiai 122 Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai Tiwari, 1963 (Fig.49) Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai Tiwari, 1963:237; Chace & Bruce, 1993:9; Jayachandran, 2001: 74 Description: The rostrum is short, reaching as far as the third segment of antennular peduncle but fails to reach the end of the squamose portion of antennal scale. Proximal half of the rostrum is straight; the distal part is slightly downwards. The upper margin is armed with 7-11 teeth of which 2-3 are post orbital, small setae are present between teeth of both dorsal and ventral margins. The ventral margin has 1-3 teeth. The carapace is scabrous; the antennal spine is stronger than the hepatic spine; the hepatic spine is situated below and behind the level of antennal spine. Abdominal somites are glabrous except the last somite. 123 FG F GH I Figure 49: Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai. A- Rostrum, dorsal view; BAbdominal somites fourth to sixth; C- Telson; D- Antennule; E- Mandible; F-F— Second leg; G-G- - First leg; H- Fourth leg; I – Pleopod. The telson is stout and scabrous posteriorly; the dorsal surface is armed with two pair of spines, situated in the distal half, the distal end has two pairs, the outer pair is smaller and immovable, the inner pair is movable and surpasses the tip of the telson, long stiff setae are present between the inner pair of spines. The basal segment of antennular peduncle is the largest; the stylocerite is one third of basal segment, the anterolateral spine fails to reach the end of second segment. Spine of scaphocerite is shorter than squamose portion. The oral appendages are normal. The first pair of chelate legs is slender; it reaches beyond the apex of antennal scale by entire chela when extended; the ischium is small, finger and palm are more or less equal in size; the carpus is the longest segment, about twice the length of chela. 124 The second pair of legs is slender, the ischium is the smallest segment; the merus is longer than the carpus, the palm is compressed, the fingers are almost equal in size and more than half of the palm; cutting edges of both the fingers bear denticles, movable finger has 5 denticles in proximal half, the ultimate and penultimale denticles are stronger. The last three legs are slender, the dactylus of third leg are half the length of the propodus, posterior margin is almost straight gradually narrowing and curved towards tip. Remarks: The second legs are more slender than those of other subspecies M. altifrons altifrons. Size: 52- 70mm in CL Habitat: Small streams, ponds, canals Localities : Kabul River at Nowshera, Peshawar, Kala Pani, Rissalpur, Salt Range in Jhelum, Ravi near Neaz Beg, and now from Mograh near Taunsa Barrage, Muzaffargarh canal. Distribution: This subspecies is confined to upper Indus basin. Macrobrachium dacqueti (Sunier, 1925) (Fig. 50) Cancer (Astacus )carcinus-Herbst, 1792:58(not Cancer carcinus Linnaeus, 1758). Astacus carcinus-Fabricius,1798:479 (part) (not Cancer carcinus Linnaeus, 1758). Palaemon carcinus – Fabricius, 1798:402(part);Olivier, 1811: 659; de Man, 1888:280; Henderson, 1893:340,441; Henderson &Matthai, 1910:281; Kemp, 1918:255; Menon, 1938:292; Tiwari, 1955:232;Ahmed, 1958:23; Qadri, 1960: 256; Shakoor, 1968:5 (not Cancer carcinus Linnaeus, 1758) Palemon carcinus –H. Milne Edwards, 1837:395(not Cancer carcinus Linnaeus, 1758) 125 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) carcinus de Man, 1902:475, 763 (part); Nobili, 1900:480; Figure 50: Macrobrachium dacqueti. A- Anterior carapace, male; B- Same, female; C- Telson and uropods; C’- Apex of telson; D- Right cheliped, male; E- Same, female; F- Right cheliped of juvenile male Plaemon d’ Acquiti Sunnier, 1925:117. Macrobrachium Linnaeus, 1758). carcinus-Suvatti, 1937:49 (not Cancer carcinus Macrobrachium rosenbergii -Holthuis, 1950: 111, (part);Johnson,1961:56; Hedgecock et al., 1979:873 (part); Liu et al., 1990:104; 126 Ng, 1990: 197; 1994: 75; 1997:269; Naiyanetr, 1998:33; Jayachandran, 2001: 158; Mather & de Bruyn,2003:4 (part);de Bruyn et al.,2004:251 (part) Macrobrachium rosenbergii schenkeli Johnson, 1973:277. Macrobrachium rosenbergii dacqueti –Holthuis, 1995:148; 2000; 16 ; Cai & Dai, 1999:233; Wowor & Choy, 2001:286;Cai & Ng, 2002:78 ; Cai et al, 2004:582. Macrobrachium dacqueti Wowor & Ng, 2007:326. Description: The rostrum is long, its tip distinctly extends beyond the distal end of scaphocerite in male young specimens (24-29mm in CL), becomes relatively shorter with age, in fully adult males (65 mm CL and larger ) the tip slightly extends beyond or reaches the distal end of scaphocerite, the basal crest is high to moderately high and sinuous not effected by sex and age armed dorsally with 8-15 teeth including one apical tooth , the teeth above orbit are closely spaced, and on to distal two third of rostrum are closely spaced, two or three teeth are completely postorbital, ventral margin is armed with 6-16 teeth, first tooth is located on about proximal one fifth or one fourth. The carapace is spinulate. The telson is moderate, stout, and glabrous. The cornea is well developed. The distal half of merus of second pereopods extends beyond end of the scaphocerite. Elevated, widely spaced large spines are abundantly present on all segments of the chelate legs of adult males except the dactylus, the latter is thickly covered by pubescence, the chela is more than twice the carapace length; the fingers are straight, the palm is sub-cylindrical, outer and upper margins are more densely covered with smaller spines than inner and lower margins; the fingers are less than half of the palm length, not gaping; the dactylus is provided with two large teeth on proximal one third, the movable finger has one large tooth at the distal end and two smaller teeth proximally on the cutting edge; the carpus is slightly smaller than the palm, sub-cylindrical; the merus is straight, longer than the ischium. The third pereopod extends beyond the scaphocerite by distal half of propodus. All the segments are armed with medium sized spines; the dactylus is stout, curved. 127 Remarks: The species lies in M. rosenbergii species group and weberi- rosenbergi complex in this group (Johnson, 1962) . It can be easily separated from M. rosenbergii by having second pereopod covered with large spines (except for dactylus) while third to fifth pereopods are covered with medium sized spines only. The species has 15 associated synonyms. The case was open wether it is just one species. It started with Johnson (1960), then through morph metric and allozyme work and studies on mitochondrial DNA and micro satellite by Chan et al( 2005), and Wowor&Ng, (2007) through multiple discriminate analysis of the morph metric data set confirmed two distinct and valid species within M. rosenbergi i.e. M. Rosenberg and M. dacqueti ;the biology of their larvae and colouration is also found different.The last authors commenting that the majority of research on giant freshwater prawn is in fact on M. dacqueti and not on M. rosenbergi. Colour: Carapace with several black bands; several dark blue areas visible near margins of abdomen segments, telson and uropods, and reddish brown (=dark orange) markings present on each pleural condoyle. Size: Fully adult male 65mm in CL. Habitat: In freshwater occurring in rivers and lakes, it is also commonly collected in brackish/estuarine waters. ovigerous females are seldom collected from fully freshwater habitats since breeding takes place in the estuarine stretches of rivers and perhaps sometimes in the sea. After breading, the females return to freshwaters and the whole process is repeated several times (Johnson, 1973 as M. rosenbergi). The larvae also migrate upstream so that the juveniles inhabit the freshwaters until reaching the adult stage after which the breeding migration takes place (Wowor & Choy, 2001). Localities: Sukkur to Keti bunder, Rahim Yar Khan Distribution: Asian mainland to the western border of Huxley‟s Line excluding Palawan, i.e. from eastern part of Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka and Southern China up to Borneo and Java (Wowor & Ng, 2007). 128 Macrobrachium dayanum (Henderson, 1893) (Fig. 51) Palaemon Dayanus Henderson, 1893:443; Palaemon dayanus; Nataraj, 1942:468; Chopra & Tiwari, 1949:215; Ahmed, 1957:20; Shakoor, 1968:2; Macrobrachium sintangense Kamita, 1974:7 Macrobrachium dayanum Holthuis, 1950:197; Siddiqui, 1976:70; Jayachandran, 2001:89; Cai & Ng, 2002:61 Description: The rostrum is usually almost straight, and extends to the end of the antennal scale, with the dorsal margin having 7-9 teeth and the lower with 5-6 teeth on the upper margin; the six proximal teeth are equidistant, and separated by a wider interval from two, or more rarely three, smaller sub apical teeth, with are placed close together, while the second and occasionally the third, proximal tooth is placed above the orbital margin; on the lower margin the teeth are equidistant, and slightly decrease in size towards the apex. The carapace is smooth, with the hepatic spine rather small, and a faint sulcus, which commences below the level of the latter, extends back almost to the middle of the side wall of the carapace. 129 Figure 51: Macrobrachium dayanum. A- Anterior carapace; B- Telson; CFirst leg; D- Second leg; E- Same, chela enlarged, hairs removed ( Modified from Jayachandran, 2001) The abdomen is glabrous. The telson is shorter than the uropods, its apex is rather broad, but with a short median spine; the inner spinules are considerably longer than the median point, and more than twice the length of the outer spinules. The distal end of the antennal scale is rounded, and scarcely angulated internally. The first legs exceed the antennal scale by the length of their fingers. The second legs are of equal size, and rather short, being shorter than the body, but moderately stout; they are pubescent, and very slightly scabrous; the merus and carpus are sub equal in length, the latter being very slightly the longer; the carpus widens slightly towards its distal end, and is equal in length to the palm or occasionally a little longer; the palm is cylindrical, and slightly wider than the carpus; the fingers are two thirds or more the length of the palm, and pubescent, on the proximal half of cutting edges; there are grooves on the fingers of the chelae with sharp cutting edges in both sexes, and one or two minute basal teeth; the three pairs of non-chelate legs are slender, their dactylii are simple. The pleopods are typical in structure. 130 Remarks: M. dayanum belongs to the hendersoni group first used by Tiwari (1952). Twelve other species are also in this group, presence of longitudinal grooves in the fingers of second cheliped and presence of soft velvety pubescence along the grooves easily separate these species from all other congeners. Koshy (1973) has studied the sexual dimorphism in the species and Khanum et al (1985) its embryonic development. Colour: Chelipeds are prominently banded with dark brown stripes and carapace is flesh or ash coloured, densely mottled brown, the antennae are also banded . Size: 44mm in TL (female) Localities: Lahore, Sheikhupura, Rawalpindi,Sanghar, Gharo Dhand, Rohri and Hyderabad Distribution: India, Bangladesh, Myanmar, Nepal Macrobrachium equidens (Dana, 1852) (Fig.52,Pl.3D) Palaemon sundaicus auct. Kemp, 1918:261 Palaemon equidens Dana, 1852a:26. Palaemon sulcatus Henderson & Matthai, 1910:289,pl.16, fig.4. Macrobrachium equidens Holthuis, 1950:162, (part) fig.36; Holthuis & Rosa, 1965:10; Johnson, ,1962: 56; 1973:283; Kensley, 1977: 42; Kazmi & Kazmi ,1979:152; Hwang & Yu, 1982:161; Holthuis & Miquel, 1983:7; Kazmi et al , 1991( larvae):63; Chace & Bruce, 1993:25; Ng, 1995:74; Yeo etal, 1999: 226; Wowor & Choy, 2001:282; Jayachandran, 2001:96; Cai & Shokita, 2006:265;Li&Bruce,2006: Description: The rostrum is long and reaches beyond the scaphocerite. The upper margin of the rostrum bears 11 to 12 teeth; the lower has 5 to 6 teeth. The carapace is armed with antennal and hepatic spines; the hepatic spine lies close behind and below the antennal. The antennal spine 131 generally continues posteriorly in a strong carina, which almost reaches the hepatic spine. The telson is longer than the sixth abdominal somite; it tapers towards the posterior end. The dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of posteriorly directed spines. A shallow longitudinal groove runs dorsally on the proximal half of the telson. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub equal segments; the basal segment is the largest. The stylocerite fails to reach the middle of the basal segment. The second segment is longer than the third or ultimate segment. The scaphocerite reaches well beyond the antennular peduncle. It is 3.5 to 4 times as long as broad. The lateral side is more or less straight and ends in a well-defined spine, which is shorter than the squamose portion. G D F C 132 Figure 52: Macrobrachium equidens. A- Anterior carapace; B- Telson; CAntenna; D- Third maxilliped; E- First leg; F- Second leg; G- Same, chela enlarged; H- Third leg ( Modified from Jayachandran, 2001). The mandibular palp is three segmented. The incisor process bears three teeth, of which the central one is the largest. The palp of the maxillula is apically divided into two distinct unequal lobes. The maxillary palp is slender and finger like. The palp of the first maxilliped is slightly longer than the caridean lobe. The lateral side of the caridean lobe is somewhat convex. The second maxilliped is of typical caridean type. The third maxilliped fails to reach the end of the antennular peduncle. The first pair of pereopods is shorter than the second pair. The fingers are nearly half of the chela. The carpus is longer than the merus. The members of second pair are sub equal in length, similar in form, the palm is sub cylindrical, covered with dense pubescence, dentition is present on opposable margins in younger specimens, the fingers do not gape in full grown males; they measure three fourth of the palm which is pubescent in younger specimens; the chela is longer than the carpus, the palm is shorter than the carpus. Last three pairs of pereopods extend beyond the scaphocerite by entire length of the dactylii; the propodus of third leg is partially pubescent Pleopods and uropods are normal in structure Remarks: This species lies in a less closely-knit and less easily defined group, the species have constantly being confused with each other in the group . There seem to be two types of specimens in same population basing to abundance of setae, already pointed out by Pillai(1990) that the two forms may differ in colour and morphology and can be considered as two different species. 133 Size: 65-75mm (male), 62-74mm (female) Colour: Brown blotches on yellow background Habitat: Widely distributed in estuarine water including mangroves penetrating brackish water, rarely found far inland in complete freshwater. Locality: Sandspit Distribution: Indo-West Pacific: From East to South Africa to South China, Fiji, Taiwan, Peninsular Malaysia, Bay of Bengal, Sri Lanka, S. India, Madagascar Brunei and North east Atlantic. Development: see Ngoc-Ho,1976 Macrobrachium idella idella (Hilgendorf, 1898) (Fig.53 ) Palaemon (Eupalaemon) idae var. idella Hilgendorf, 1898: 29 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) cf. idae var. idella Barnard, 1950:77 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) multidens Coutiere, 1900:1266 Palaemon multidens Coutiere, 1901: 327 Palaemon idae Henderson & Matthai, 1910:285; Panikkar, 1937: 346; Nataraj, 1942: 468; Chopra, 1943:5; Yaqoob, 1986:375. Macrobrachium idella idella, Holthuis, 1950 (with complete synonymy); Jayachandran & Joseph, 1985:130 ;Jalihal et al, 1988:51; Jayachandran, 2001: 112. Description: The rostrum is long extending up to distal end of antennal scale, the basal crest is not much raised, the proximal dorsal margin is gently sloped over eyes and the distal margin is slightly up curved; the dorsal margin is armed with 12-15 teeth, of which 2 are post-orbital, the first dorsal tooth is situated slightly in front of anterior ¼ length of the carapace; second is separate from first by a distinct space; third is closed-set to second, second to tenth teeth are equidistant; eleventh is slightly separated from tenth and twelfth from eleventh by distinct gaps; the twelfth and thirteenth are smaller and sub distal. The ventral margin is provided with 4-5 teeth situated beneath level of 7-11 134 dorsal teeth, small setae are present between teeth of both dorsal and ventral margins. The carapace is almost smooth except for a few minute spinules in dorsal part. Both the antennal and hepatic spines are present; the latter is situated below and behind level of former. Figure 53: Macrobrachium idella idella. A- Carapace; B- Telson; C-Second leg, male; C’- Same, female (Modified from Yaqoob, 1986 as M. idae). The abdomen is glabrous. The pleurae of somites first to third are typical that of fourth and fifth is directed backwards and sixth ends in a spine. The telson is basally broad narrowing distally, the tip of telson extends almost to the level of distal end of the uropod; dorsal part of telson is armed with tubercles. Two pairs of dorsal spines are present, the first pair is at about midlength of the telson, and the second pair is slightly above midway between first pair and tip of telson. The posterior end of the telson is pointed with two pairs of spines; outer pair is smaller and immovable, the inner pair is longer and movable reaching beyond tip of telson. A few plumose setae are present between the inner pair of spines. The antennae are typical. The mandible has a tridentate incisor process. The palp is 3-segmented of which the first and second segments are equal, the third is longer. The maxillae and maxillipeds are also typical. The distal end of second segment of endopod of the third maxillipeds reaches to the distal end of antennal peduncle. The first chelate legs are slender, the ischium is inflated, about 1.5 times longer than the chela but shorter than the merus and carpus; the merus is 135 shorter than the carpus but longer than the ischium and chela; the carpus is longer than all the other segments; the palm is equal to fingers. The second chelate legs are equal. The ischium is flat and stout, shortest of all the segments; merus is longer than the ischium and dactylus but shorter than the carpus, propodus and the palm; the carpus is longer, than the chela; the palm is about 2 times longer than the fingers, the fingers are equal, slender; movable finger has denticles and immovable finger bears 1 prominent denticle in the proximal part of the cutting edge. In this finger there may be 2-5 very minute denticles forming a longitudinal ridge between the prominent denticle and the proximal part of that finger. This finger is covered with small hairs only along the cutting edge whereas the movable finger is completely pubescent. All segments are covered with prominent tubercles, last three pairs of legs are simple, and non-chelate, the ischii are almost equal to carpi, or slightly smaller than the propodii; dactylii are simple. The pleopods and uropods are typical in structure Remarks: An elaborate description of the species was given by Henderson & Matthai (1910) under the name Palaemon idae. Holthuis (1950) synonymies the various names and gave the valid scientific name for the species as Macrobrachium idella. Jayachandran & Joseph (1985) described a new subspecies, M. idella georgi; with the result this species is now known as M. idella idella, which shows affinities with widely distributed M. idae (Cai & Ng, 2001). A third subspecies is suspected to occur here as one specimen (CL 31) recently collected from Thatta (Sindh) has characters differing from the previous two subspecies. It needs more material to verify. Size: 60-118mm Locality: Sajawal Bridge, Thatta Distribution: East Africa, Madagascar, and India Macrobrachium lamarrei korangii sub-sp. nov. (Fig.54) Material Examined: Holotype, male; Paratypes, 8 females 11-16 mm in CL, 6 males 10-16mm in CL. Description of holotype: The rostrum is long, extending slightly beyond the antennal scale; upper rostral teeth are present at equal interval; tip of the rostrum is slightly concave and upturned; it is shorter than the carapace; 13-15 teeth are present on the upper rostral margin and 10-12 on lower margin 136 .The carapace is smooth with antennal and hepatic spine; antennal spine is with a short carina. The telson is slender, posterior end is sharply pointed and reaches as far as the margin of endopod, dorsal surface has two pairs of spines situated in posterior half of telson, distally ending in two pairs of spines having 1:3 ratio; few plumose setae are present on either side of tip of telson. Figure 54: Macrobrachium lamarrei korangii. A- Rostrum and anterior part of carapace; B- First leg; C- Second leg. The mandibular palp is three segmented, the distal most is the longest, other oral appendages are typical. The first pair of legs is symmetrical and reaching beyond the apex of antennal scale by the length of middle of palm, ischium and merus are more or less equal in size, inner margin is provided with short plumose setae, the carpus is longer than the merus and its distal margin is thickened bearing few long plumose setae; palm is slightly longer than the movable finger, the proximal part of the palm bears a triangular short bunch of plumose setae. The second pair of pereopods is strong and reaches beyond the apex of antennal scale by half of carpus and entire chela. Small tubercles are present all over the leg, the ischium, carpus and merus are more and less equal in size, and the chela is longer than the carpus and merus. The fingers and palm are equal in size; the cutting edges of fingers bear 1-2 denticles. Last three pairs of pereopods are slender reaching beyond the antennal scale with dactylus, inner margin of propodus has plumose setae, which become denser in fifth pereopod and fewer in third; dactyli of last legs are simple. 137 Pleopods are normal, endopod of fifth pleopod is smaller, and the endopod of second pleopod have appendix masculina extending beyond the tip of endopod and,it is hairy. The uropod is without accessory spine on exopod. Remarks: There are two subspecies in the nominal species as M. lamarrei lamarrei and M. lamarrei lamarroides. This third sub-species exhibits certain characteristic features such as 1) upper margin of rostrum with 10-12 teeth of which three are post orbital, ventral margin with 5-6 teeth, all the teeth ,are placed at distal half 2) the carpus of first leg is slightly longer than the merus, 3) ishium and merus of second leg are equal, carpus is slightly shorter than the chela (ratio 1:3) 4) long appendix masculina of second pleopod in male. Etymology: The subspecies is named after the type locality- Korangi Creek, 15 km off Karachi Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei (H. Milne -Edwards, 1837) (Fig. 55,Pl.3A) Palaemon Lamarrei H. Milne Edwards, 1837:397 Palaemon lamarrei Kemp, 1915:265; Nath, 1937:149; Chopra & Tiwari, 1949:214; Ahmad, 1957:19; Qadri, 1960:59; Jone, 1967:337; Shakoor, 1968:2 Macrobrachium lamarrei Holthuis, 1950:119 (see for complete references); Siddiqui, 1976: 70; Kurian & Sebastian, 1976: 93; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:151; Yaqoob, 1984:4 Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei Jalihal et al, 1988:2; Jayachandran, 2001:128; Cai & Ng, 2002:76; Sharma &Subba,2005:31(biology) Description: The rostrum is very long and slender, reaching to or beyond the antennal scale by 1/3 of its length; the basal crest is elevated and the distal end upcurved. Upper margin is armed with 6-10 teeth of which two teeth are situated on proximal elevated part, followed by wide edentate gap and 1-2 sub-distal teeth. The wide edentate gap is generally interrupted by one tooth; the lower margin has 6-9 teeth generally arranged below the edentate part, small setae are present between the teeth of both upper and lower margins. The carapace is smooth and the antennal and hepatic spines are present. 138 Figure 55: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei. A- Rostrum and anterior part of carapace; B- Telson; C- Second leg (from Jayachandran, 2001). The abdomen is smooth. The pleurae of first to third segments are broadly rounded posteroventrally, the first and fifth directed backwards and that of sixth ends in a spine. The telson is slender posteriorly, sharply pointed and reaching as far as the tip of uropodal endopod; the dorsal surface is armed with 2 pairs of spines situated in its posterior half of which distal pair is closer to proximal pair; the terminal end has 2 pairs of spines, the outer pair is smaller and immovable, the inner pair is longer and movable overreaching tip of the telson; a pair of plumose setae is present between inner pair of movable spines. 139 Figure 56: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei. First larval stage; ALateral view of entire larva; B- Dorsal view of head; C- Rostrum The outer lateral spine of the antennal scale does not reach as far as the distal end. The mandible is highly developed, the palp is three segmented, and the distal segment is 1.5 times longer than the penultimate. The first pair of chelate legs reaches up to outer lateral spine of antennal scale; the ischium and merus are slender, latter slightly longer than the former. The carpus is also slender, distal end somewhat thickened and longer than the merus; the chela is half the length of carpus; the palm is slightly shorter than the fingers. The second chelate leg is larger than the first. The merus is longer than the chela but 2/3 the length of carpus. The carpus is slender, thickens distally and about twice longer than the chelae; the palm is only slightly longer than the fingers; the latter are equal and slender. 140 A C B E D Figure 57: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei; First larval stage. AAntennule; B- Antenna; C- Mandible; D- Maxillula; E- Maxilla The non-chelate legs are slender; their dactylii are simple. The appendix masculina is distinctly longer than the endopod; it is almost non-hairy, long, and slender. Exopods of the uropods are without accessory sub apical spine. Remarks: The rostrum in younger specimens is short barely reaching the tip of antennal scale. The inner spine of telson tip distinctly overreach the telson tip in adults but in juveniles the spinous telson ends relatively shorter than the inner pair of spines as compared to the adults. Colour: Body fleshy coloured with brown pigments sparsely distributed on the rostrum, carapace, and body; inner flagellae of antennules reddish brown in colour. The eggs are yellowish green. Size: 44-58mm Habitat: Normally found in fresh or brackish water Localities: Hyderabad, Khairpur, Rawalpindi, Lahore, Multan, Rahim Yar Khan, Chenab. Distribution: Nepal and Myanmar. Confined to Indo Burmese coast, India,Pakistan, 141 Development: (Figs. 56-66) Development is partially abbreviated. The three larval stages are described in the following account, a fourth larval stage has been given by Sharma & Subba (2005). B A C D F G H E Figure 58: Macrobrachium lamarreii lamarreii. First larval stage A- First maxilliped; B-Second maxilliped; C- Third maxilliped ; D-H, walking leg. First larval stage: Age: 24 to 48 hours. Length 0.8 to 1.4mm., (from the tip of the rostrum to the tip of the telson) body slightly bent between abdominal segments 2 and 3 more or less transparent except for a few localized chromatophores and pigments in cephalic appendages; dorsal side of the cephalothorax and telson, but it is never a permanent phenomenon, rostrum straight with slight curvature at the tip reaching nearly ¾ of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. Carapace smooth, ventro-lateral margin produced into a sharp spine, large and sessile compound eyes. Antennules: Antennular peduncle long, narrow with two flagella at the tip, inner flagellum long in the form of long plumose seta, outer flagellum in the form of a rectangular with two aesthetascs and one long plumose seta at the apex. 142 Antenna: Peduncle short, unsegmented with one long no plumose seta, exopod with 11 plumose setae at the distal half; of which 9 long and 2 short, the last seta shortest . Mandible: Mandible with three or four large sharp teeth on the incisor part, one tooth like structure on the molar part, no palp present. Maxillula: Small endopod with one spine on the inner upper part, upper lacinia larger than lower lacinia one small tooth at the apex, no setae. Maxilla: Exopod with two small plumose setae, no seta on the endopod or palp. Outer margin of the scaphognathite wavy and upper half bears small plumose setae. Maxilliped I: Base almost rectangular with one small seta on the apex, endopod small and nearly half of the exopod and with 4 plumose setae at the apex, exopod long with 4 plumose at the apex, the outer margin of the caridean lobe straight C B D E A F Figure 59: Macrobrachium lamarrei Telson;B-F- Five pleopods lamarrei. First larval stage A- 143 Maxilliped II: Endopod elongated, five segmented, the last segment with four short and one long plumose seta and one spine, exopod long with four plumose setae at the apex. Maxilliped III:Slightly longer than maxilliped II, endopod 5 segmented, one pair of spines, each at the distal part of segment 3 and 4, 5 and 6 segment with 2 short and one long seta, exopod long but shorter than endopod, 4 plumose setae at the apex. Pereopods: All the five pereopods in advance stage of development, formation of the chela initiated, pereopods 1, 2, and 3 with large exopods. Telson: Triangular, posterior margin more than 3 times broader than the anterior margin, seven pairs of plumose setae present. Pleopods: Pleopods also in the advance stage of development with endo and exopods, setation and appendices absent. Second Larval Stage: Age: 2 to 3 days, length 0.8 to 1.4mm. (From tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson), body slightly bent between abdominal segments 2 to 4. Transparent, few localized chromatophores on the cephalic appendages; dorsal side of the cephalothorax and telson, rostrum slightly curved downwards at the tip, nearly ¾ of the basal segment of antennular peduncle, with one dorsal spine, carapace smooth, anteroventral margin of the carapace developed, further forward to form pterygostomial spine. Eye: Stalked and compound. A 144 B C Figure 60: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei Second larval stage. ALateral view ; B- Dorsal side of head; C- Rostrum. Antennule: Three segmented peduncle bearing two flagella at the tip, outer flagellum provided with 3 plumose setae, inner with 2 aesthetascs on the outer side of first segment, 3 aesthetascs and one plumose seta on second, 2 plumose setae on third segment, 3 plumose setae on the outer lateral side and on the tip also 3 plumose setae present, similarly on the inner lateral side of the third segment, 3 plumose setae on the second segment and 4 plumose setae on first segment. Antenna: Segmented antennal flagellum, antennal scale with one sharp tooth like spine present at the distal end on the outer margin, squamose portion with 18 to 22 plumose setae. Mandible: Mandible with one long, and two short very sharp teeth on the incisor part, molar part with only two short and blunt protuberances (not shown in figure), no palp. Maxillula: Proximal or inner lacinia with two long and one short strong setae, distal or upper lacinia with only one seta and palp with two lobes. Maxilla : Many plumose setae on the outer margin of the scaphognathite, distal and proximal setae large, distal part of the protopod with one long and one short plumose seta and proximal part of the protopod with two long plumose setae, at the proximal part of the exopod before the long proximal setae, one short and one long seta are present. 145 Maxilliped I: Base oblong rectangular with one seta on the apex, endopod with two long non-plumose setae and one short seta in the middle of the course of the length on the inner side, exopod long with 4 long plumose setae at the tip. Caridean lobe somewhat concave. Maxilliped II: Endopod 5 segmented, last segment with only one long plumose seta and three short and three long non-plumose setae, exopod long with 4 long plumose apical setae and one non-plumose short seta. B E C F A D Figure 61: Macrobrachium lamarreii lamarrei. Second larval stage. ATelson; B- Antennule; C- Antenna; D- Mandible; E- Maxillula; F-Maxilla Maxilliped III: Five segmented, first segment with one short seta on the inner side, third segment with two long setae, and fifth or the last segment with three long and two short setae, exopod with four long plumose apical setae and one long simple seta. First and Second Pereopods: Endopods chelate, longer than exopods, both have two setae at second, and third segments, exopods have three long apical plumose setae and one long plumose seta. 146 Third Pereopods: Endopod long five-segmented last segment with apical claw and with 2 short setae, fourth segment with one long and one short seta and one seta present on the upper part of the base in between the endo and exopod. Exopod shorter with four apical long plumose setae. Fourth and Fifth Pereopods: Exopod not present, only endopods present, six segmented with apical claws. Fifth segment of fourth pereopod with three setae on the third segment only one seta, on the first segment again 1 seta. On the fourth leg last segment with 1 long and 1 short seta, fifth segment with 3 setae, first and second segments with 1 seta on each segment. Pleopods 1 – 5: Developed with endo and exopod, setation and appendices showing their appearance. Telson : Triangular, slightly concave on the posterior side, 7 pairs of stout, long plumose setae, one additional pair of short plumose setae present at the centre of the posterior edge (setae omitted). Third Larval Stage: Age: 3 to 6 days, length 1.0 to 1.8 mm. One epigastric spine behind the base of the rostrum, articulation between last abdominal segment and telson present, chromatophores faded. Figure 62: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei Second larval stage. A-C- 1st3rd maxillipeds; D- H- 1st- 5th pereopods 147 Antennule: Peduncle 3 segmented bearing two flagella, outer one is two segmented and provided with two long aesthetascs, the inner with the appearance of segmentation and with one long and one short apical spine. First segment with 3 aesthetascs on the outer side and 7 long plumose setae, second with 4 short and 2 long plumose setae, the third and the last segment provided with 4 long and 2 short plumose setae. Stylocerite starts developing Antenna: Provided with long segmented flagellum, the proximal two segments of the flagella have two plumose setae, one on each, a sharp spine on the outer margin of the antennal scale at the distal part. Figure 63: Macrobrachium lamarreii lamarrei Second larval stage. A-E- 1st5th pleopods Mandible: Two stout and one short tooth on the incisor surface and three large stout teeth present on the molar part, no palp. Maxillula: Palp with two lobes, the upper lacinia bears few stiff-setae, lower lacinia smaller than the upper lacinia and bears few setae. 148 E D F C A B Figure 64: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei Third larval stage. AMandible; B-Maxillula; C- Maxilla; D-H- 1st- 3rd maxillipeds Maxilla: Palp well developed upper lacinia two lobed. The scaphognathite well developed, margin of scaphognathite bears setae, setae on the proximal half much longer. Maxilliped I: Palp longer than caridean lobe, the tip bears one long seta. Outer margin of caridean lobe convex. Tip of the exopod with four setae. Maxilliped II: Seven segmented endopod, 1 long and one short apical seta and one more short plumose seta on the fifth segment, exopod long with four long plumose setae at the tip and one short plumose seta before the apical setae. Maxilliped III: Exopod shorter than endopod. The ultimate segment nearly equal to parapenultimate segment, penultimate segment nearly half of the parapenultimate segment, endopod 4 segmented with apical claw like stiff setae and two long and 3 short plumose setae, 2 plumose short setae at the third segment and 1 plumose seta on the second segment, exopod with 4 long terminal plumose setae and one short plumose seta before the terminals. First and Second Pereopods: Second pereopod the longest among pereopods. Exopod reaches middle of the merus. Finger and palm of the first 149 pereopod equal, merus and carpus equal in size. Ischium smallest, movable finger slightly longer than palm. Carpus and merus equal, ischium slightly smaller. Exopod reaches the end of the merus. D C F E F H G A B Figure 65: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei. Third larval stage. A- Telson; B- Antennule; C- Antenna; D-H- 1st - 5th pleopods. Third Pereopod: Endopod larger than exopod. Exopod reaches to the end of merus. Propodus largest segment. Few setae present on each segment. 150 Figure 66: Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei. Third larval stage. A-E- 1st 5th pereopods Fourth and Fifth walking legs: No exopod, bearing long apical claws and numerous setae on each segment. Merus the longest segment. Pleopods: First pleopod with long exopod and short endopod, setose, second to fifth pleopods with long exopods and short endopods, setation and appendices make their clear appearance. Telson: More elongated than uropod, articulation between telson and abdomen distinctly visible, concave at the posterior side, the uropod provided with six pairs of long stout plumose setae, the additional central one not plumose, and one pair of short lateral plumose setae. Exopod and endopod formed exoped with 17 plumose setae but endopod without any setae. uropods developed, outer twice as long as wide as inner; 17 plumose setae, central once more longer than outers. Inner lobe setose. Macrobrachium malcomsonii kotreeanum Johnson, 1973 151 (Figs. 67-68; Pl. 2C) Macrobrachium malcomsonii kotreeanum Johnson, 1973:274,279; Chace & Bruce, 1993:15 Macrobrachium malcomsonii Qureshi, 1956:362; Siddiquij, 1976:72 ;Yaqoob,1987:90(larvae) Description: The subspecies differs from the nominal species in having longer rostrum exceeding the antennal scale, a low rostral crest, rostral teeth being 9-11/5 or 6, palm of second legs being longer than the merus in both adult male and female. Colour: Dark grey on the dorsal side as well as on the chelipeds; ventral side light grey; antennae and inner flagellae of antennule grey, the outer flagellae brownish, the specimens caught from dhands are darker in colour than those caught from river. Figure 67: Macrobrachium macolmsonii kotreeanum. Animal in lateral view. Size: 151mm Remark: It can be considered here that workers like Qureshi (1956), Siddiqui (1976) and Yaqoob, (1987) were dealing with Johnson‟s (1973) 152 subspecies instead of the nominal species.The duration of larval stages may differ in different experiments as was noticed in the fourth stage achieved by Yaqoob(1987) in 12-15 days that we obtained in 5 days. Localities: Kotri, Thatta, Keti Bunder Distribution: Confined to Indus River after Kotri Barrage Figure 68: Macrobrachium macolmsonii kotreeanum.A-D, Rostral variant; E- Carapace, anterior margin; F- Telson; G- Small cheliped, chela; HSame, merus; I- Large chela, tip of fingers; J- Cutting edges of fingers. Description of Larvae: (Figs 69-73) .Larvae of first through eight stages are described in the following lines taken from Yaqoob (1987). First Larval Stage: 153 It extends from one to three days after hatching. Larvae ranging from 2.0 to 2.2 mm were examined. The rostrum was slender, slightly curved downward at the tip, reaching to about two third length of the basal segment of antennular peduncle. The anteroventral margins of carapace were produced into small spines. The eyes were large and sessile. The antennular peduncle was long, unsegmented with two flagella at the tip; the inner flagellum was in the form of a long plumose seta; the outer flagellum was somewhat rectangular with three aesthetasc, one long seta, and one short stout plumose seta at the apex. The antennal peduncle was short and unsegmented; the flagellum was also unsegmented with 1 long plumose and 1 short non-plumose seta at the apex; the exopod showed 5 annulations on the distal half, one small denticle and 7 long plumose setae on its inner edge, 2 long plumose setae and one short non-plumose seta at the tip, 1 short non-plumose and 1 long plumose seta on its outer margin. 154 Figure 69: Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum First larval stage. ALateral view ; B- Antennule; C- Antenna; D- Mandibles; F- Maxilla; G- First maxillliped; H- Third maxilliped; I- Telson ( After Yaqoob, 1987 as M. malcolmsonii). The mandibles were very difficult to trace and only the right mandible was studied with certainty. The incisor had three, one of which was blunt; while the molar had two large sharp teeth and one bristle like tooth. The maxillule was very small, the endopod was with 1 terminal and 1 sub terminal spine; the proximal lacinia was a little bigger than the endopod with 4 terminal setae, 1 outer seta and 1 seta on its inner edge; the distal lacinia was about twice as large as proximal with 2 large and 3 small teeth at distal end. 155 The exopod of maxilla was with two terminal, 2 lateral and 1 large proximal plumose seta; the endopod was with one long terminal setae, 2 setae on inner edge of basal part; the protopod was divided into three lobes, the proximal lobe was with four setae, others were with two setae each. The base of first maxilliped was almost round with four setae on its margin; the endopod was finger shaped with one long terminal and two sub terminal setae; the exopod was long with four long plumose setae at the apex, 2 small non-plumose lateral setae. The endopods of second and third maxillipeds were four segmented, one finely serrated claw and two setae at the apex of each; the exopods were long with four long plumose setae at the apex and two small non-plumose lateral setae. Figure 70: Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum Second larval stage. A- Dorsal view; B- Antennule; C- Antenna, tip of flagellum; D- Mandibles; 156 E- Maxillula; F- First maxilliped, base; G- Second thoracic leg, tip; HTelson (After Yaqoob, 1987 as M. malcolmsonii). The first and second thoracic legs were biramous buds. The telson was triangular; its posterior margin was broad, slightly concave and notched in the middle with seven pairs of plumose setae and many small stout spines, the first and second pairs were plumose on inner edges only. Second Larval Stage: It extends from three to nine days from hatching. The larvae were measuring from 2.3 to 2.4 mm. The antero-ventral margins of carapace were directed forwards to from the pterygostomian spines. Two prominent supra-orbital spines were present and the eyes were large and stalked. The antennular peduncle was two-segmented. The antennal flagellum carried one long plumose, two medium and one short seta at the apex. H A B G C E D F 157 Figure 71: Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum. Third larval stage. A- Antenna; B- Telson and uropod; C- Fourth larval stage, telson and uropod; D- Fifth larval stage, telson; Sixth larval stage; E- Antennule; F- Telson.(After Yaqoob, 1987 as M. malcolmsonii); G-H – Five days larva,entire larva and eye. The mandibles were asymmetrical, the right mandible was with four stout teeth on the incisor, one of which was serrated on its inner margin, the molar region was with five short teeth; the left mandible was with four teeth on the incisor, the outer of which was very long and bifurcated at its tip, the molar had six short teeth. The endopod of maxillule was with one long and one short spine at the apex; the proximal lacinia was with three setae at the apex, 1 seta each on outer and inner margin; the distal lacinia was with four large and three small teeth. The exopod of maxilla was with two terminal, 4 lateral and 1 proximal plumose seta. The base of first maxilliped was swollen with eight setae; the endopod was short with three terminal setae and one lateral seta on each side. The first and second thoracic legs were biramous, each with fivesegmented endopod ending in a long curved smooth spine; the exopod was with four long plumose setae at apex. Small biramous buds of third thoracic legs were present. The fifth abdominal segment had lateral pair of spines. The telson had an additional (8th) pair of short non-plumose setae at centre of posterior margin. The second pair of setae was plumose on both edges. Small spines on posterior margin remain as in the first stage. Third Larval Stage: It lasts from 6 to 12 days post hatching reaching a size of 2.5 – 2.6 mm. One (rarely two) epigastric spine was present behind the base of the rostrum. The peduncle of antennule had three segments. The antennal flagellum was also three segmented, the exopod was with 12 long plumose setae, and the annulations were confined to the apex. 158 Figure 72: Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum Seventh larval stage. A- Antennule; B- First maxilliped; C- Second thoracic leg, chela; DTelson; Eighth larval stage; E- Rostrum; F- Antennule; G- Antenna; HTelson (After Yaqoob, 1987 as M. malcolmsonii) The exopod of maxilla had eight plumose setae. The third thoracic leg was similar to the first and the second legs. The fourth and fifth thoracic legs 159 were present as buds and the fifth and sixth abdominal segments had lateral spines. The articulation between sixth abdominal segment and telson had formed. The telson had eight pairs of setae. First and eighth pairs of setae were not plumose. Small spines on posterior margin remained as in the first stage. Uropod was present; the exopod was more than twice as long as the endopod with six long plumose setae on distal portion; the endopod was without any seta. Fourth Larval Stage: It takes 12-15 days post-hatching, ranging in length from 2.8 to 2.9 mm. The carapace had two epigastric spines behind the base of the rostrum; each spine was with few teeth on its front edge. The antennal exopod was with seven plumose setae and one apical spine; no annulations seen. The exopod of maxilla was with 9-10 plumose setae, the endopod and lobes were with 1+2+3+3+2+3 setae, respectively. The fourth thoracic leg was still a bud. The fifth thoracic leg was large and segmented with very long curved terminal spine; the exopod was not present. The telson was much narrow; it bears three pairs of lateral spines and five pairs of setae on posterior margin, three pairs of setae next to central pair were plumose. Small spines on posterior margin were present. The exopod and endopod of uropod were articulated with the protopod. The exopod was with 1011 plumose setae and one spine on its margin, 3-5 plumose setae were present on its dorsal surface; the endopod was with 3+6 marginal plumose setae, while two plumose setae were present on its dorsal surface. Fifth Larval Stage: It lasts from 15 to 33 days from hatching and ranges from 3.4 to 3.5 mm in length. The carapace bears 2 (or rarely 3) epigastric spines, each spine is with few teeth on its front edge. The proximal end of exopod of maxilla bears 1 long and 2 small backwardly directed plumose setae, the anterior portion has eight plumose setae. All thoracic legs are segmented; the fifth leg is the largest. 160 The telson is rectangular with 3 pairs of lateral spines and 5 pairs of setae on posterior margin, 3 pairs of setae next to central pair are plumose, small spines on posterior margin are present. The exopod of uropod bears one plumose seta on its outer margin, 1 spine and 11-12 marginal plumose setae and 4-5 plumose setae are present on its dorsal surface. The endopod is with four plumose setae on its outer margin, 10-11 plumose marginal setae, and 2-3 plumose setae on its dorsal surface. Sixth Larval Stage: It extends from 19 to 38 days from hatching measuring 3.6 to 6.0 mm. Three to four hairs are present on dorsal surface of carapace between first and second epigastric spines. In one specimen, a small spine arises from the base of the first epigastric spine; it is serrated on front edge. One to 3 plumose setae are present in front of second epigastric spine; each epigastric spine is with six teeth on front edge. An antennal spine is present. The inner flagellum of antennules is elongated, as long as the outer flagellum and with three long setae at the apex; the outer flagellum is faintly segmented and bears seven aesthetascs in two groups of three and four proximal to distal. The antennal flagellum is as long as the scale, the latter bears 18 (in early larvae) to 28 (in late larvae) plumose setae on its edge. The exopod of maxilla bears 13 to 18 plumose setae on its anterior portion and 8 plumose setae on its proximal part. The endopod of first maxilliped is indistinctly 2-segmented with two long terminal and one sub-terminal seta on each side. The first to fifth abdominal segments have pleopod buds. They are prominent on second to fourth segments but become biramous as development progresses. The telson is much elongated with 3 pairs of lateral spines and 5 pairs of setae on posterior margin; only 2 pairs of setae next to central pair are plumose (in late larvae, 4 pairs of setae on posterior margin are present, the inner two pairs are plumose). The exopod of uropod has two plumose setae on its outer margin proximally, 4 to 5 setae on its outer margin distally, 1 spine and 22 to 24 plumose marginal setae and few setae are present dorsally; the 161 endopod has six plumose setae on its outer margin proximally, 19 to 20 plumose marginal setae and few setae are present dorsally. Seventh Larval Stage: It takes from 28 to 49 days from hatching ranging from 6.8 to 8.0mm in length. Three to 4 plumose setae are present in front of second epigastric spine. The inner flagellum of antennule is 3 to 4 segmented; the outer flagellum is split longitudinally, the inner part is faintly segmented with 12 to 13 aesthetasc in four groups as 3-4+two+3+4; the outer part is longer, 2-segmented and form flagellum proper. The exopod of maxilla bears about 49 plumose setae around its edge. The endopod of first maxilliped is indistinctly 2-segmented with one short and two long terminal setae. The first and second thoracic legs are chelate. All five pairs of pleopods are biramous, the exopods and endopods of both with plumose setae. The telson is narrow and longer, three pairs of short lateral spines and four posterior pairs of setae, the inner two pairs of setae are plumose. Some times a central non-plumose setae is present. Eighth (Last) Larval Stage: It lasts 43-63 days from hatching and is 7.0 – 8.5 mm long. The rostrum is with 4 to 9 teeth on upper margin, 4 to 5 plumose setae are present in front of second epigastric spine. The inner and outer flagella of antennule are about equal in length; both are 5 to 6 segmented, shorter outer flagellum is with about 17 aesthetes in seven groups as 2+2+2+2+2+3 and 4 terminal aesthtetasc. The antennal flagellum is about 1.5 times as long as the scale and consists of nine segments, the first of which is very long. The endopod of maxillule is with two setae; the proximal lacinia is with 9 to 10 setae at apex and one seta on its inner edge; the distal lacinia is with 7 to 8 long, 3 to 4 short teeth, and its distal end. The exopod of maxilla is with about 50 plumose setae around its edge; the distal and median lobes of the protopod are well developed and with plumose setae and spine; the proximal lobe is reduced. The basal endite of first maxilliped is with 20 slender spines, the endopod is indistinctly 2-segmented; 162 the exopod is with 11 plumose setae on the outer edge of the enlarged basal half. The fifth thoracic leg is the largest. The telson is very much elongated; its posterior portion is narrow and bears five pairs of setae, the inner two of which are plumose. The position of first to lateral pairs of spines is not clear, while the third lateral pairs of spines is merged with the posterior setae. The exopod of uropod is with three plumose setae on its outer margin proximally. Macrobrachium malcolmsonii malcolmsonii (H. Milne Edwards, 1844) (Fig .73) Palaemon Malcolmsonii H.M.Edwards, 1844:8, pl.21 Palaemon choprai Tiwari, 1949:333 Marcobrachium malcolmsonii, Holthuis, 1950:121 (part); Patwardhan, 1937: 5,fig 1-65; Qureshi,1956:362;Ahmed,1957:25; Holthuis & Rosa, 1965; Jones 1967:337; Rajyalakshmi & Randhir, 1969:903; Siddiqui, 1976: 72; Kurian & Sebastian, 1976:223:11, fig. 21,pl.vii; Holthuis, 1980:99; Holthuis & Miquel, 1983 unpaginated; Jayachandran, 2001:141 Description: The rostrum is long, extending to or short of antennal scale, it is only slightly broad, the basal crest is elevated, the distal width is narrow and upcruved. The upper margin is provided with 11 teeth of which three are postorbital. The proximal group of irregularly placed ten teeth is characteristic , the eleventh is slightly separated from the tenth, the twelfth is widely separated leaving a distinct gap between eleventh and twelfth teeth, the latter is at a level just in front of the antennal scale; the ventral margin is provided with six teeth all equidistant; the first ventral tooth is located at a level just in front of the ninth dorsal tooth, the third ventral tooth is located at level of middle antennular peduncle segment; fourth to fifth ventral teeth are below the distinct dorsal gap; sixth ventral tooth at the level of last dorsal tooth; small setae are present between the teeth at both of dorsal and ventral margins. The carapace is smooth, antennal and hepatic spines are present; the latter is situated below and behind level of the former. 163 The abdomen is glabrous; the pleurae of first to third segment are broadly rounded that of fourth and fifth are directed backwards that of the sixth is ending in a spine. The telson is basally broad, narrowing distally, ending in a spine; the dorsal margin has two pairs of spines; the first pair is located at about middle of the telson, the second pair is more close to the first pair than the distal end; the posterior margin is also provided with two pairs of spines; the outer pair is smaller and immovable while the inner pair is longer and movable, overreaching the tip of telson extend beyond the inner spine; a few plumose setae are present between the inner pair of movable spines. Figure 73: Macrobrachium malcolmsonii malcolmsonii. A- Anterior carapace; B- Telson ;C- First leg; D- Second leg; E- Part of second chela enlarged (from Jayachandran, 2001) The antennae are typical. The mandibular palp is three segmented; the middle segment is the smallest. The maxillae and maxillipeds are also typical; the second segment of endopod of third maxilliped reaches the level of antennal peduncle; The first pair of chelate legs is slender; the ischium is inflated, two third lengths of the merus; the merus is shorter than the carpus; the carpus is long, slender, and equal to the combined length of chela and ischium; the palm is almost equal to the fingers. The second pair of pereopods is stronger sub equal; 164 the ischium is stouter, flattened, shorter than the merus, carpus and palm but almost equal to the dactylus; the merus is shorter than the carpus and palm; the carpus is shorter than the chela but longer than the palm; the palm is cylindrical and slightly inflated; the fingers are slender, the movable finger is armed with two prominent denticles and is covered with pubescent hairs, not so in females, the immovable finger has one prominent and two smaller denticles; all segments are tuberculate. The pair of nonchelate legs is simple; ischium is equal to the carpus; the dactylii are simple. The pleopods and uropods are typical in structure. Remarks: Dutt & Ravindranath (1976) and then Rao etal (1992) observed differential growth rate in the species. The former author found a distinct change in the rate of growth of the inner spine in relation to the spinous end of the telson from juvenile through adult, in juveniles spines may be well beyond the telson tip. Localities: D.I. Khan, Nowshera Distribution: Indo-West Pacific; India, Myanmar, Bangladesh. Macrobrachium naso (Kemp, 1918) (Fig. 74) Palaemon naso Kemp, 1918:19 Macrobrachium naso Holthuis, Jayachandran, 2001:148; Cai & Ng, 2002:63 1950:136; Siddiqui, 1976:70; Description: The rostrum is very long, slender, extends beyond the apex of the antennal scale by about 1/3 of its length, in smaller specimens, the rostrum is proportionately smaller, reaches beyond the scale by about ¼ its length. The upper margin has 8-11 teeth of which generally three teeth are situated on the carapace behind the orbit, in some specimens, the third tooth is immediately above the orbital angle. The rostrum begins as a dorsal crest a little in front of the midpoint of the carapace, the proximal half is straight and the distal half is up curved, teeth on the proximal half are more close-set, those in the distal half widely separated. One or two teeth are located sub distally in the distal part and hence the distal end has a bifid or even trifid appearance; the lower margin has 5-8 teeth, all of them equidistant. There is no well-marked lateral keel. Small setae are present between teeth of both the upper and lower margins. 165 Figure 74: Macrobrachium naso. A- Anterior carapace; B- Telson; C- First leg; D- Second leg (Modified from Jayachandran, 2001) The carapace is smooth and with usual antennal and hepatic spines, the latter is situated below and behind the level of the former. The abdomen is also smooth, pleurae of first to third somites are broadly rounded along the posteroventral margin, that of fourth and fifth is directed backwards and of sixth ends in a sharp point. The telson is slender; the dorsal surface has two pairs of spines. The anterior pair is situated slightly anterior to middle of the telson, posterior pair is closer to anterior pair than to the distal end of the telson, and distal end terminates in very sharp point flanked by two pairs of spines on either side. Outer pair is smaller and immovable; the inner pair is very long and movable, reaches much beyond apex of the telson, a few plumose setae are present between the inner pair of the movable spines. The eyes are short and broad. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is broad; its anterolateral margin ends in a sharp spine, which extends to about middle of the second segment of peduncle. The second and third segments are equal. The upper antennular flagellum is distally bifid, its basal part is fused for about 8-9 joints. The outer lateral margin of antennal scale is almost straight. 166 The mandibular palp is three segmented. The end pod of the third maxilliped reaches almost to the end of second segment of the antennular peduncle. The first pair of chelate legs are slender extend up to the end of antennal scale; the ischium is smaller and inflated; The merus is slightly more than ¾ length of carpus; The carpus is about 2.5 times longer than the chela; the palm is equal to the fingers, latter are beset with tufts of setae. The second pair of chelate legs are equal, smooth and slender and do not differ in the two sexes. They are never more than half the total body length. In full-grown animals, pereopods extend beyond the antennal scale by chela and sometimes a small part of the carpus also; the ischium is the shortest segment sub equal to the merus; the merus is shorter than the carpus; the carpus is distinctly shorter than the chela; the palm is generally a little longer than the fingers. Chela is slightly curved and fingers show no trace of denticles on cutting edges. The non-chelate pereopods are slender, their dactylii are simple. The pleopods are normal in structure. Appendix masculina is fully developed in small and large specimens. Remarks: Cai & Ng (2002) commented on M. naso as endemic to its types locality i.e. Myanmar. Most probably, they must have missed the record from Pakistan by Siddiqui (1976). and ignored Indias|” record by Jayachandran. The present record is being made following Siddiqui (1976). Here also is another probability, Siddiqui, (1976) could have mistakenly taken M. dayanum for M. naso, the two being very close. We are unable to make any further comments due to the lack of specimens. The above description is based on Jayachandran (2001). Size: 72mm (male), 57mm (female) Colour: General colour grey. Rostrum dark grey. Antennae and antennules reddish. Fingers of chelae tinged red: a small grey spot at each side near the upper limits of the lateral surface on a level with base of the rostrum. An irregular grey bar sloping backwards and downwards from the lower orbital margin; another still more irregular and broader, parallel to it a short distance posteriorly; a backwardly directed lunate mark of the same shade about the same distance behind the second bar, and finally a third irregular bar directed straight downwards partly within the lunate mark, a short distance in front of the posterior margin of the thorax. A grey spot on each side of the posterior margin of each abdominal segment and above it a bar of same colour extending across 167 the dorsal surface. Telson irregularly cross-barred; uropods mottled or clouded (Kemp, 1918). Habitat: Occurs in riffle areas of streams and in flowing sections with cobbles/ boulders substrate. Distribution: India, Myanmar. Macrobrachium rude (Heller, 1862) (Fig.75) Palaemon rudis Heller, 1862: 527; 1865:114; Henderson & Mathai, 1910:291;Kemp, 1915:268; Menon, 1938:288; Chopra, 1939:223; 1943: 4. Palaemon mossambicus Hilgendorf, 1898:29; Palaemon ( Eupalaemon) sundaicus Hilgendorf, 1898:30; Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Alcocki Nobil, 1903:9 Urocaridella borradaillei Stebbing, 1923:8 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) cf. sundaicus Barnard, 1950:775 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) cf. idea var. idella Barnard, 1950:777 Macrobrachium Jayachandran, 2001:161 rude Holthius, 1950:150; Johnson, 1973:285; Macrobrachium equidens partim Holthius, 1950:162. Description: The rostrum is short extending almost to the tip of antennular peduncle; the dorsal margin is convex; the basal crest is not elevated and apex is pointed forward; the dorsal margin has 10-11 of which 2 are post orbital; first tooth is at about anterior one fourth of carapace; first to ninth teeth are almost equal and equidistant; two distal teeth are smaller; the ventral margin has five teeth: the first ventral tooth is at level of fifth dorsal tooth; the second is in front of sixth, third is in front of seventh, the fourth is at level of eighth and the fifth is at level of ninth. The carapace is scabrous due to presence of minute inconspicuous prickles; its length is about twice that of rostrum. Both antennal and hepatic spines are present; the latter is situated below and behind level of former. 168 The abdomen is glabrous; the pleurae of first to third segments are broadly rounded at posterolateral margin, those of fourth and fifth are directed backwards and that of sixth is spinous. The telson is sharply pointed, the distal end reaches beyond the level of outer spine of uropodal exopod, the dorsal margin has two pairs of spines: the anterior pair is at midlenght, the posterior pair is midway between anterior pair and tip of telson; distal end is provided with two pairs of spines: outer pair is smaller and immovable, inner pair is longer and movable overreaching the tip of telson. A few plumose setae are present between the inner pair of movable spines. The mandibular palp is three segmented; the basal two segments are equal. Other appendages are typical in structure. Figure 75: Macrobrachium rude. A- Anterior carapace; B- Second leg; CThird leg (from Jayachandran, 2001) The first chelate legs are slender; the ischium is slightly inflated, longer than the propodus; the merus is slender, shorter than the carpus reaching almost to the level of antennal flagellar peduncle; the carpus is the longest segment; the palm is equal to the fingers. The second chelate legs are longer and stronger than the first, more than 1.5 times longer than the total body length; the ischium is the shortest segment; the merus is robust, longer than the 169 dactylus but shorter than the carpus and palm; the carpus is shorter than the propodus but longer than the palm; the propodus is the longest segment, the palm is cylindrical; the fingers are slender, equal, shorter than the palm; the fixed finger is provided with one proximal denticle, the movable finger with two. All the segments are entirely velvety pubescent. Nonchelate legs are simple, almost equal; the ischii are equal to carpii, the merii are almost equal to or slightly longer than the propodii, the dactylii are simple. The pleopods and uropods are typical in structure Colour: Upper side of body greyish or of flesh colour; second legs grey on the dorsal and lateral sides and bluish on the ventral sides; antennae grey; under sides of the body flesh coloured. Size: Males are larger than females measuring 130mm in TL Locality: Sindh waters Distribution: East Africa, Madagascar, India, Sri-Lanka Macrobrachium scabriculum (Heller, 1862) (Fig.76) Palaemon scabriculus Heller, 1862:527; Henderson, 1893:442;Kemp,1915:272; Panikkar, 1937:346; Shakoor, 1968:3 Palaemon (s.s) Dolichodactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:840; Barnard, 1950:772 Palaemon (Paralaemon) Scabriculus Nobili, 1900; 1903 Palaemon dubius Henderson & Matthai, 1910:300 Macrobrachium scabriculum (part) Holthuis, 1950:224; Chace &Bruce, 1993:37; Yeo et al., 1999:235; Jayachandran, 2001:165; Wower & Choy, 2001:286; Cai & Ng, 2002: 75 (discussion);Cai & Shokita, 2006:266. Description: The rostrum is very short extends only to the tip of antennular peduncle. The upper margin in convex, distal end points downwards, provided with 12-15 teeth, of which five are postorbital. The teeth are 170 equidistant, the ventral margin has one- three teeth, and small setae are present between teeth of both dorsal and ventral margins. Figure 76: Macrobrachium scabriculum. A- Anterior carapace; B- Large second; C- Small second leg; D- Same, chela enlarged (from Jayachandran, 2001) The carapace is scabrous, minute spinules are present on the surface. The telson is robust, extending almost to same level as outer lateral spine of the uropodal exopod. The dorsal surface is provided with two pairs of spines, of which proximal pair is situated about the midlenght of the telson, the distal pair is situated midway between the proximal pair, and the distal end of telson. The distal end also has two pairs of spines; the outer pair is smaller and immovable, the inner pair is longer and movable, overreaching the tip of telson. A few plumose setae are present between inner pair of spines. The first chelate legs are typical in structure; the ischium is inflated, slightly shorter than the merus, the merus is shorter than the carpus, which is slightly more than twice the length of chela, the palm is slightly inflated and equal to the fingers. The second chelate legs are strongly unequal; either the right or the left is longer, the ischium of the larger cheliped is shorter than the merus; the 171 merus is almost equal to the carpus; the carpus is almost equal to the palm or slightly longer; the fingers are slender and distinctly longer than the palm; entire cutting edge of finger has more than 20 denticles. Entire palm and basal part of fingers are covered with thick pubescence. The ischium of smaller cheliped is smaller than the merus; the merus is slightly smaller than the carpus; the carpus is smaller than the chela but distinctly longer than the palm; the palm is shorter than the fingers; the fingers are twice the length of the palm; the cutting edges of the fingers have 5-6 small denticles, present in the proximal part only. Stiff setae and spines are present throughout surface of second pair of chelipeds, others segments are spinulose. The three pairs of non-chelate legs progressively increase in length from first to third, the ischii in these legs are almost equal to the carpii or slightly shorter; the merii are longer than the propodii, the dactylii are simple. The pleopods and uropods are typical in structure. Remarks: M. scabriculum given by Jalihal et al (1988) has been combined with M. lanatum, a new species established by Cai & Ng (2002). Size: 48mm in TL Colour: Flesh colour with grayish markings and cross bands on the dorsal side of body. Habitat: lives among weeds growing in back water and ascends to river and streams or in caves. Localities: Kotri, River Indus, Kalmat Distribution: Juba, S. Italian Somaliland; “ Region des grands lacs”; Zanzibar; Mozambique; Madagascar, India, Sri Lanka, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Peninsular Malayasia, Singapore, Brunei. Macrobrachium shahpuri sp.nov (Fig. 77) Material Examined.: Holotype berried female C.L. 12mm; Paratypes nine females 12-14mm C.L, date 12, June 2008 Type Localities: Canal from Shah pure Dam, Rainwater reservoir, Wah stream and Fateh Ganj 172 Description of the Holotype: The rostrum is as long as the carapace, extending much beyond the antennal scale. It is narrow with a slightly upturned tip. The upper margin is armed with 6-9 teeth in which two are postorbital. A large, smooth sub distal gap is present on upper margin between apical (one or 2) and large and evenly spaced proximal teeth, slightly convex, the lower margin is armed with 5-8 teeth. The carapace is smooth and armed with antennal and hepatic spines. Figure 77: Macrobrachium shahpuri. A- Animal in lateral view; A’- Rostrum; B- Eye; CD- Telson and uropod; E- Maxillula; F- Antennule; G- Antenna; H- First leg; I- Second leg; J- Third leg; K- Fifth leg. The eyes are well developed; cornea is broad and well pigmented. The telson is slightly longer than the sixth abdominal somite and bears two pairs of posteriorly directed spines in the posterior half, posterior margin ends in a triangular median point, flanked by two pairs of spines of which inner pair is stouter and at least 4.5 times longer than the outer, 2 pairs of short plumose setae are ventrally, between the inner spine and one pair of small hairs is present dorsally. 173 The stylocerite is reduced and anterolateral spine of basal segment of antennular peduncle is slender and reaches up to the middle of second segment. The scaphocerite is 2.25 times as long as broad and spine reaches up to fourth tooth of lower margin of rostrum. The oral appendages are normal. The mandibular palp is three segmented; the third segment is twice the length of the second. The maxillulary palp is as illustrated. The third maxilliped is reaching up to the middle of the antennal scale. The first pereopods are slender, equal and extend up to the tip of the antennal scale. The fingers are as long as the palm. The carpus is more than twice the length of chela. The second chelate legs are longer than the first. They are slender, equal and similar in both the sexes and extending up to the tip are even beyond the antennal scale with chela. The fingers are shorter than the palm having a small proximal gap when closed and with delicate hairs on the cutting edges, which are sharp but smooth; the chelae are always longer than half times of the carpus, the carpus is longer than the merus. Last three pairs of pereopods are similar in structure with simple dactylii. The appendix masculina is shorter than the appendix interna in males and provided with 3-4 stiffer setae terminally. The uropods are longer than the telson and are characterized by the absence of accessory sub apical spine on exopod. The exopod is longer than the endopod. The eggs are rather large, oval, or elliptical. Remarks: Macrobrachium shahpuri sp.nov. lies in M. lamarrei group and have a close resemblance with M. canarae, Tiwari, and M. sankollii Jalihal & Shenoy. M. shahpuri and M. canarae can be easily separated from M. sankollii by the presence of accessory apical spine on the exopod of the uropod. In M. canarae, the rostrum is 1-1.75 as long as carapace where as in M. shahpuri the rostrum is as long as carapace. The rostral formula of M. canarae is 7-10/4-7 and can be distinguished from M. shahpuri where the rostral formula is 6-9/5-8. The stylocerite of M. shahpuri is short, have 1:4 ratio with basal segment whereas in M. canarae it is large, and have 1:3 ratios. The palp of maxillula of M. shahpuri is quite different from that of M.canarae and M. sankolli. In M. shahpuri the appendix masculina is shorter than the appendix interna and provided with 3-4 stiffer setae terminally, whereas in M. canarae the appendix masculina is 1.8 to 2 times as long as appendix interna. 174 Etymology: M. shahpuri is named after the location of sampling Shahpur Dam, Pakistan. Macrobrachium taunsii sp.nov. (Figs. 78-79,Pl.2D) Macrobrachium sp Kazmi & Kazmi, 2006 (abstract only) Material examined Holotype male 70mm in TL; Paratypes 3males 5076mm in TL, 1 female 65mm in TL. Muzaffar Garh, Zoological Survey of Pakistan Reg. No. 1012; several specimens from stomach of Indus dolphin collected at Taunsa, courtesy of WWF Pakistan, dt. 14-01-2005. Type locality: Taunsa barrage, Muzaffar Garh canal, Punjab Description of holotype: The rostrum is lanceolate in profile, being highest just before the middle, with the tip is acutely pointed and feebly up curved. The rostrum is almost horizontal, reaching up to or slightly beyond the third antennular segment, but fails to reach the end of spine of scaphocerite.The upper margin of the rostrum is armed with ten sub equal teeth of which two are postorbital, the lower margin bears two teeth in distal half between eighth and ninth tooth of upper margin. The lateral carina is distinct. The carapace is entirely glabrous, and granular anterolateral region bears large number of spinules behind the antennal spines. The hepatic spine is much smaller than the antennal spine and is placed on a lower level. The pleura of all the abdominal somites are smooth. 175 Figure 78: Macrobrachium taunsii. A- Anterior region, lateral view; BTelson; C- Second cheliped, chela and carpus, dorsal view; C’ Same, ischium and merus; D- First leg; E- Third leg; F- Second pleopod; G- Outer margin of exopod of uropod. The telson is elongate, slender much longer than the sixth abdominal somite. The dorsal surface bears two pairs of minute spines on the posterior half of telson, the anterior pair is somewhat behind the middle, and the posterior pair is at equal distance to the anterior pair and to the posterior end of the telson. The posterior margin ends in a median process, which is flanked, by two pairs of small spines; the inner pair is much stouter and longer than the outer, the latter overreaches the tip of telson, few plumose setae are present in between the inner pair of spines. 176 The eyes are typical. The peduncle is short, with globular and reniform cornea. The ocellus is rather large. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is broad. The lateral margin is slightly convex, its anterolateral angle being broadly expanded forwards; it is rounded with a terminal tooth, which extends to the middle of the second segments. A slender stylocerite is present failing to reach up to the middle of first antennular peduncle. The distal two segments are sub equal in length. The antennal scale is broad, about two and a half times as long as the maximum breadth. The lateral margin is straight tipping with a strong final tooth; the anterior margin of the lamella is broadly expanded and more or less produced anterointernally, far overreaching the lateral tooth. The basicerite of the antennal peduncle is armed with a strong external tooth. The carpocerite is broad and short. Figure 79: Macrobrachium taunsii. A- Mandible; B- Maxillula; C- Maxilla; DF- First to third maxillipeds; G- Second right cheliped, chela and carpus, ventral view; G’- Same, ischium and merus 177 The mouthparts are normal. The palp of the maxillula is distinctly divided into two lobes; the outer lobe is narrower and setose, and the inner lobe is with a seta distally. The endite of the maxilla is well developed and deeply cleft. A finger like palp is present. The scaphognathite is rather elongate. The mandible is three segmented; the distal segment is the longest, while the first segment is the shortest. The first maxilliped has the endite separated into coxa and basis by a distinct notch. The exopod is well developed with a narrow caridean lobe; the epipod is broad and distinctly bilobed. The third maxilliped is broad and pediform; the ultimate segment is a little shorter than the penultimate with a curved claw terminally; the basal segment is twice the length of the penultimate segment. The moderately developed exopod fails to reach the distal end of the basal segment. The first pereopods are equal, slender reaching beyond the antennular peduncle by half of carpus, when extended; the carpus is longer than the merus,both the fingers are equal, the palm is shorter than the ischium; movable finger is curved distally to a pointed end,crossing over to immovable finger; the cutting edges of the fingers are entire, without any tooth. The second pereopods are equal, extending beyond the antennular peduncle by chela when extended, and overreaching the scaphocerite by four fifth of the length of the carpus; the immovable fingers bears 7-8 teeth whereas the movable finger 6-7 teeth, the fingers are shorter than the palm, the tips of the fingers are curved and crossed when closed; the carpus is slightly shorter than the immovable finger; the palm is longer than the merus; ischium and carpus are more or less equal. All segments are spinulose and pubescent except distal part of the fingers. The last three pereopods are similar in structure. The dactyli are slender and curved. The propodus carries a row of both single and paired spines at the posterior border. The ischium of the third leg is equal to carpus; the merus is the longest segment, and longer than the carpus and ischium. The second pleopod has a strong appendix masculina extending to the middle of endopod, having stiff setae along the whole length; it is much longer than the slender appendix interna. The uropods are typical. The exopod has an extra movable spine. Remarks: This palaemonid is of robust form showing a close resemblance with Macrobrachium yui Holthuis, M. thai, M. roridens (Hilgendorf) and M. mieni Dang, but it can be distinguished by the following characters 1) size of the rostrum and rostral teeth of lower margin 2) finger of first legs being shorter than the palm; 3)the palm of second leg larger than the fingers 4) palm and fingers of first and second legs being more are less equal in size 5) more 178 tubercles present on third leg and its dactylus being large and curved in wards and larger than the carpus. Etymology: The species is named after the collecting site: Taunsa Barrage. Macrobrachium tirmiziae Yaqoob & Kazmi, 1987* Material Examined: Holotype male 35mm in TL. Four paratypes, Islamabad, date of collection 1986-87. Type Locality: Islamabad, Rawal Dam. Description: The rostrum is almost straight and slightly longer than the antennal scale. The first (epigastric) and the second rostral teeth are placed behind the orbital margin, five equidistant teeth on the rostrum and two teeth are present near the tip of the rostrum. On the lower margin, four teeth are equidistantly placed and slightly decrease in size towards the apex. The carapace is smooth and with an antennal and hepatic spine. The tip of the telson has two pairs of lateral spines in addition to a central spine. Twelve long plumose setae (only eight illustrated) are present on posterior margin of telson and four hairs are present on the dorso-posterior region. Two pairs of spines are present dorsally on the telson. The first pair of legs is as long as scaphocerite while the second pair of legs is sub equal, moderately stout and exceed the rostrum. The ischium of the second leg is shorter than the merus, which is shorter than the carpus; the carpus widens slightly towards the distal end and is longer than the palm. The palm is somewhat swollen. The fingers are shorter than the palm, with two minute basal teeth on fixed and one on the movable finger. The ambulatory legs are slender and setose. Remarks: The rostrum in type series of M. trimiziae studied varies from being in almost straight, as long as or slightly shorter or longer than the antennal scales. Long plumose setae (8-14) are present around the posterior margin of the telson. The new species resembles M. divakarani Jayachandran in the number of rostral teeth and their distribution and the ratio of ischium, carpus merus and palm but differs from it in the shorter rostral length and having an unalleviated basal rostral crest. 179 Etymology: The name of this new species has been designated in the honour of Dr. (Mrs.) N.M. Tirmizi, Professor of Zoology University of Karachi, and the PhD supervisor of the authors.. * As cited the authors for this species are Yaqoob & Kazmi and the description of this species is the responsibility of these two authors 180 Genus Nematopalaemon Holthuis, 1950 Diagnosis: Rostrum elongated, with elevated basal crest; carapace with antennal and marginal branchiostegal spine, without branchiostegal suture; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactylii simple, not biunguiculate, longer thread-like, longer than propodus; first pleopod of male without appendix interna on endopod (from Jayachandran, 2001) Type species: Leander tenuipes Henderson, 1893 Gender: Masculine Remarks: The genus consists of five species, of these only one i.e. N. tenuipes is present here. Nematopalaemon tenuipes (Henderson, 1893) (Figs.80-81) Leander tenuipes Henderson, 1893:440; Nobili, 1903:7; Kemp, 1917:207; 1925:289; Chopra, 1943:5 Palaemon luzonensis Blanco, 1939:201 Palaemon (Nematopalaemon ) tenuipes Holthuis, 1950:44 Nematopalaemon tenuipes Holthuis, 1980:108; Holthuis & Miquel, 1984: Palem Nemat 3; Chace & Bruce, 1993: 39; Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1995:75; Jayachandran, 2001: 194 Description: The rostrum is elongated and slender, extends beyond the apex of the antennal scale; the basal crest is highly elevated and armed with 5-7 teeth, of which 2-4 are postorbital; The teeth increase in size from behind forwards, the hind most as a rule is quite rudimentary; the tip of rostrum is strongly curved upwards and with single sub distal tooth; the ventral margin is provided with 2-6 teeth 181 Figure 80: Nematopalaemon tenuipes. Animal in lateral view The carapace has antennal branchiostegal groove is lacking. and branchiostegal spines but 182 Figure 81: Nematopalaemon tenuipes. A- Anterior part; B- Telson; CMandible; D- Maxillula; E- Maxilla; F- First maxilliped; G- Second maxilliped; H- Left fourth leg 183 The abdomen is glabrous, laterally compressed. The pleurae of first to third abdominal somites are broadly rounded posterio-ventrally, that of fourth and fifth are directed backwards, of sixth no more than 2/3 length of carapace and ending in sharp point. The telson is long, extends beyond the middle of uropodal exopod. The first chelate leg reaches a little beyond the apex of antennal scale; the carpus is a trifle shorter than the merus and about 1.5 times longer than the chela; the fingers are 1.5 times longer than the palm. The second pereopods in most cases reach beyond the antennal scale by at least length of chela, sometimes by that of the chela, carpus, and a small portion of merus. The carpus is the shortest segment; the ischium is longer than the palm and carpus; the merus being the longest segment; the palm is strongly inflated and longer than the carpus; the fingers are slender. The last three pereopods are non-chelate, elongate, slender, their dactylii are more than twice the length of propodus. Size: 12 -16mm in CL Habitat: Littoral to 17 meters, brackish and marine Distribution: South Africa, Somalia? India, Myanmar, Thailand, Philippines, Taiwan, New Zealand?. Genus Palaemon Weber, 1795 Diagnosis: Rostrum well developed, toothed dorsally and ventrally, without an elevated basal crest; upper margin bearing single row of setae between dorsal teeth. Carapace smooth, bearing distinct branchiostegal spine and groove; branchiostegal spine usually situated on carapace edge but may be set back; groove usually running straight back from carapace edge in shallow arc but may rise upwards and over spine before continuing posteriorly or into and over but not past its posterior edge. Antennal spine generally strong, on anterior margin of carapace some distance below rounded lower orbital angle. Mandibular palp usually of two or three articles but may be absent. Eyes distinctly pigmented, cornea well developed. Anterior margin of antennular peduncle rounded, anterolateral spine small. Propodus of fifth pereopod with 184 several transverse rows of setae on distal end of the posterior margin. First pleopod of male without or with rudimentary appendix interna on endopod. Telson with two slender median setae on posterior margin. Pleura of fifth abdominal somite usually ending in small sharp point ( from Walker & Poore, 2003) Type species: Palaemon adspersus Rathke, 1837 Gender: Masculine Remarks: Often reported from submarine caves(Denitto et al,2009).So far, 35 species have been recognized under this genus (Jayachandran, 2001). Of the total only three species are so far recorded from the Pakistani waters. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF PALAEMON 1 Only one tooth of dorsal rostra series situated on carapace posterior to level of orbital margin --------------------------------------------------------------------------------P. semmelinkii. - Two or three teeth of dorsal rostral series situated on carapace posterior to level of orbital margin--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2. 2 Rostrum ascending anteriorly with margins tapering slightly in anterior half, basal antennular segment with distolateral spine distinctly overreaching adjacent convex distal margin of segment--------------------------------------------------------------P. pacificus. - Rostrum ascending anteriorly with margin tapering abruptly in anterior half, basal antennular segment with distolateral spine distinctly reaching midway of adjacent convex distal margin of segment -------------------------------------------------------P. sewelli. Palaemon pacificus (Stimpson, 1860) (Figs. 82-83) Leander pacificus Stimpson, 1860:40;Nobili,1906:73; Balss,1915:31; Kemp, 1925:307, Barnard, 1950:784. Palaemon pacificus, Rathbun,1906:924; Holthuis;1950:87; Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1984:313; Liu et al, 1990: 236; Chace & Bruce,1993:41; Jayachandran, 2001:211; Li et al, 2004:522 185 Description: The rostrum is straight, slightly upturned at the tip and reaches to or a little beyond the end of the antennal scale. On the upper border, there are from eight to 11 teeth, two, or three of which are situated on the carapace behind the orbit. The foremost dorsal tooth is placed close to the tip and is frequently but not always separated from the next by a rather long unarmed interval. The branchiostegal spine is nearly as strong as the antennal and is situated on the margin of the carapace. Branchiostegal groove is visible just above the spine, anteriorly straight and decurved posteriorly. 1. Figure 82: Palaemon pacificus. A- Female in lateral view; B- H- Variant in rostrum; I-JVariation in mandibular palp (After Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1984) The telson is normal, anterior pair of dorsal spines is situated behind midlenght. The outer margin of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle ends in a strong spine, which extends beyond the convex margin intervening between the base of the spine and the articulation of the first and second segments. The free part of the shorter ramus of the outer flagellum consists of 21 to 26 segments, the fused part comprising seven or eight segments. The outer margin of the free part is always conspicuously serrate and the total length 186 of the shorter ramous is equal to or slightly greater than that of the peduncle. The spine at the end of the antennal scale does not reach as far forwards as the broadly rounded apex of the lamellar portion. The mandibular palp is three segmented. Figure 83: Palaemon pacificus. A- Anterior region;B- Antennule; CAntennal scale; D-G- First to fifth legs. The first legs reach slightly beyond the end of the antennal scale. The carpus is about 7 times as long as it‟s distal breadth and is shorter than the merus and longer than the chela; the palm is about equal in length with the figures. The second legs reach beyond the scale by part or all the length of the chela. The merus is about one-fifth longer than the carpus in larger specimens less in smaller individuals. The palm is about one-fifth longer than the fingers, The last three non-chelate legs are comparatively short and shout; the third reach about to the end of the scale, while the fifth falls slightly short of it. The propodus in all the three pairs bears some fine spinules on its posterior margin and is not dilated distally. There is no appendix interna on the first pleopod of the male Remarks: The species exhibits a considerable range of variation in the rostrum and mandibular palp (Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1984), these authors illustrate 187 some of the profiles of the rostrum, and their Fig. 80F is closer to P. ogasawaraensis Kato & Takeda in having 11 teeth on the upper margin. Size:Maximum size 55 mm in male Localities: Bakran creek, Manora, Bulleji Distribution: Red Sea, India, South Africa, Cape of Good Hope, Hong Kong, Japan,Taiwan, New Caledonia and Hawaii Palaemon semmelinkii (de Man, 1881) (Figs. 84-85 Pl.3C) Leander semmelinkii de Man, 1881:137; Ortmann, 1890:517; Leander modestus Henderson, 1893:441 (non-Heller, 1862). Leander Semmelinkii Nobili, 1903a:8 Palaemon semmelinkii, Bruce, 1987:58; Chace & Bruce, 1993:41; Jayachandran, 2001:202, Kazmi & Kazmi, 2002: 12; Cai & Shokita, 2006:266 Palaemon (Palaeander) semmelinkii Holthuis, 1950:57;Jagadisha & Sankolli, 1977:619 (larvae) . Description: The rostrum is straight, with the tip curved upwards; it reaches with 1/5 to 1/3 of its length (1/3 to almost ½ in the males) beyond the scaphocerite. The upper margin is provided with 7 to 11 (mostly 8 or 9) teeth; the first of these teeth is placed on the carapace behind the orbit, it is more remote from the second tooth than the third is, the second tooth is situated slightly behind or just over the posterior margin of the orbit. The first teeth are more or less distinctly movable, the ultimate 2 to 3 teeth are immovable. The teeth are placed in the proximal part of the rostrum only: slightly more than the distal third to slightly less than the distal half of the rostrum is edentate; there is no sub apical tooth near the apex of the rostrum; the lower margin of the rostrum bears 2 to 5 (almost always 3) teeth, here too the distal part is entire. The setae of the upper as well as of the lower margin of the rostrum are arranged in a single row. In the males, the rostrum is more slender than in the 188 females, the teeth, especially the distals, are longer and more pressed against the rostrum proper. The carapace has the branchiostegal spine slightly smaller than the antennal; it is placed on the anterior margin of the carapace. The abdominal pleurae are normal in shape. The sixth somite is about 1.5 times as long as the fifth. The telson is distinctly longer than the sixth abdominal segment. Of the two dorsal pairs of spines the anterior is situated in the middle of the telson, the place of the posterior pair is rather variable, mostly is situated midway between the anterior pair and the posterior margin of the telson, sometimes, however, it is placed closer to the anterior spines, sometimes closer to the posterior margin. The posterior margin is ending in a sharp median point, and is provided with two pairs of spines, the outer of which is noticeably shorter than the inner; a pair of feathered setae is present between the two inner spines. . 189 Figure 84: Palaemon semmelinkii. A- Anterior part, male; B- Same, female; C- Antennular peduncle;D-Antennal scale;E-Mandible;F-I-First to fifth legs(excluding fourth) The eyes have the ocellus is present. cornea distinctly shorter and broader than the eyestalk. An C A B D E F G H Figure 85: Palaemon semmelinki. A- Endopod of 2nd Pleopod; (Male CL 4mm); B- 2nd Pleopod (Male CL5mm); C- 2nd Pleopod and Appendices (Male CL5mm); D- 1st Pleopod (Male, CL6.5mm); E- 1st Pleopod ( Female, CL9mm); F- Male genital sternum (CL 6.5mm); G- Female, sternites ( non ovigerous CL 5mm); H- Ovigerous female sternum. The stylocerite of the antennular peduncle is sharp and slender, but just fails to reach the middle of the segment; a dorsal carina is visible on the stylocerite. The outer margin of the basal segment is more or less straight and ends in a strong anterolateral spine, which reaches beyond the middle of the second segment of the antennular peduncle and distinctly overreaches the convex anterior margin of the basal segment. The second segment of the 190 peduncle is distinctly shorter than the third; together these two segments are slightly shorter than the first. The upper antennular flagellum has the two rami fused for about 7 to 12 joints; the free part of the shorter ramous consists of 11 to 17 joints. The scaphocerite is rather broad; it is about thrice as long as broad and reaches with 1/3 of its length beyond the antennular peduncle. The outer margin is straight or slightly convex and ends in a strong final tooth, which is distinctly overreached by the lamella. The oral parts are quite typical for the present genus. The mandibular palp is two jointed. The epipod of the first maxilliped is divided into two rounded lobes. The third maxilliped reaches beyond the antennal peduncle; the ultimate segment is somewhat shorter than the penultimate; the antepenultimate segment is slightly less than twice as long as the ultimate. The first pereopod reaches much beyond the end of the antennular peduncle, but fails to reach the end of the scaphocerite. The fingers are a little shorter than the palm; they bear some tufts of setae and have blunt tips. The carpus is somewhat less than twice as long as the chela, it broadens distally. The merus is distinctly shorter than the carpus. The ischium is about half as long as the carpus. The second pereopods are stronger than the first, they reach with the fingers, sometimes even with half the palm, beyond the scaphocerite. The fingers are slender; they measure about 2/3 of the length of the palm; the cutting edge of the dactylus is provided in its proximal part with a small inconspicuous tooth, the rest of the cutting edge of the dactylus as well as that of the fixed finger is minutely spinulated; the palm is cylindrical and slightly swollen. The carpus is as long as the chela, sometimes slightly shorter or somewhat longer; it broadens distally. The merus measures about 4/5 of the carpus; the ischium is not as long as the merus as given by earlier workers. All segments of the second leg are setose. The third pereopod reaches about to the end of the antennular peduncle; the propodus measures somewhat less than thrice the length of the barbed dactylus; the posterior margin of the propodus is provided with scattered spinules; the carpus is somewhat more than half as long as the propodus; the merus is much stronger than the propodus. The ischium is half as long as the merus. The fourth pereopod is slender; it reaches almost to the end of the scaphocerite. The propodus is more than thrice as long as the dactylus. The carpus is half as long as the propodus. The merus is about as long as the propodus. The ischium is less than half as long as the merus. 191 The fifth pereopod resembles the fourth leg it is slightly more slender. The propodus of fifth leg has transverse rows of setae in the distal part of the posterior margin, these setae are closely packed together otherwise the leg is almost nonsetose. The pleopods are normal in shape. The endopod of the first pleopod of the male is ovate and bears no appendix interna; its inner margin is concave. The appendix masculina of the second pleopod of the male is strong and reaches distinctly beyond the appendix internal, can be visible in males of 2.0mm in CL to sex the shrimp. The thoracic sternites differ not only in the two sexes but in breeding and non breeding females The uropods are elongate; they are of the normal shape. Remarks: The species has a vulnerable status in India along its west coast (Dholakia, 2004); it is one the commonest palaemonids in our waters. Size: 2-7 mm in CL (male), 2-10mm in CL (female) Habitat: Shallow coastal, sometimes brackish waters Localities: Back water of Mauripur to Gharo creek, Bakran creek, Port Bin Qasim and Ibrahim Hydri. Distribution: Indo- Pacific Palaemon sewelli (Kemp, 1925) (Fig.86) Leander sewelli Kemp, 1925:299 Palaemon sewelli Holthuis, 1950:8; Liu et al 1990:240; Ghani, 1999:37; Jayachandran, 2001:203; Li et al, 2004:525 Description: The rostrum reaches about to the end of the antennal scale, but is some times a little shorter and occasionally rather considerably longer. Its upper border is straight proximally but it is usually a little upturned in its distal third. There are altogether from 11 to 17 upper teeth of which from 3 to 5 are situated on the carapace behind the posterior limit of the orbit; posterior tooth is sometimes a little more distant from the second than the second is from the third and the teeth are generally rather closely packed over the eyes and more widely 192 separated distally. The distal one or two teeth are sometimes, but not always, separated by a distinct interval from those further back; the distal tooth is not placed so close to the apex as to give it a bifid appearance. The rostrum is deep and it bears on its lower border from three to five teeth. On both upper and lower borders, there are setae in the interspaces between the teeth. Figure 86: Palaemon sewelli. A- Entire specimen, lateral view, B- Anterior part, lateral view; C- Telson ; D- Tip of telson; E- Setae on propodus of last leg ( Modified from Ghani, 1999). The branchiostegal spine is nearly as large as the antennal; it is set well back from the margin of the carapace, but the tip reaches beyond the margin. The ocular spot is distinct and touches the cornea, the cornea itself being rather narrow and not much wider than the stalk. The sixth abdominal somite is less than twice as long as the fifth. The telson bears the usual two pairs of dorsal spines; the foremost is placed a little behind the middle of its length. The apex is normal, with two spines and one feathered seta on either side of the median point. The distal spine of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle reaches to the middle of the second segment; its tip projects far beyond the convex border, which intervenes between the base of the spine and the 193 articulation of the first and second segments. In the outer flagellum, the free part of the shorter ramus consists of 10 to 13 elongate articles. The fused part comprises 5 to 6 articles and the total length of the shorter ramus is less than that of the peduncle. The antennal scale is proportionately broader in females. The outer margin is straight or slightly concave, terminating in a spine, which reaches almost or quite as far forwards as the rather broadly rounded apex of the lamella. The mandibular palp is composed of three segments and the other oral appendages are normal. The first legs extend to the end of the antennular peduncle. The carpus is slightly shorter than the merus and slightly longer than the chela. The fingers bear a few setae and are a little longer than the palm. The second legs of adults reach beyond the antennal scale by the fingers and about half the length of the palm. The chela is longer than the carpus, with the palm about 3 times as long as wide and equal in length with the fingers. The last three legs are slender. The third pair reaches almost to the end of the antennal scale, while the fourth and fifth pair reaches a little beyond it. The merii of these legs are long and the propodii are more than twice longer than the dactylii, the dactylii are very slender, with a few setae on their anterior borders. There is no appendix interna on the first pleopod of the male. Remarks: Sometimes mistakenly identified as P. serrifer. Colour: Live specimens are deeply pigmented, dull reddish in colour, pale dorsal blotches on abdominal somites are occasionally present . Size: 32mm Habitat: Generally lives in water of low salinity Distribution: India, Bengal, Myanmar, and Northern South China Sub-family Pontoninae Kingsley, 1878 194 Diagnosis: Upper antennular flagellum with both the rami fused in the basal part. Both, the appendix interna and appendix masculina present on the second pleopod of male and only an appendix interna present on the second pleopod of female. Pleurobranch absent from the third maxilliped. Posterior margin of the telson armed with three pairs of spines (except in Anchistioides) (Modified from various sources). Remarks: The most remarkable feature of this sub-family is the ability its 450 members have shown in forming associations with other animals. Some are found on sponges, others on Actinians, alcyonaria and madrepore corals, a few are to be met with asteroids, and echinoids and many live on crinoids. A considerable number of species occur in the mantle cavity of lamellibranch molluscs and some are known from the branchial sac of ascidians. Many species are also free living. Pontoniinae is a large sub-family, containing 93 genera and 510 species (Marin, 2006), 44 species occur in North West Indian Ocean, two genera Anchistus and Cuapetes occur in Pakistan. The third genus Periclimenes as P. digitalis is given in an unpublished report from Pakistan therefore not treated any further. Apparently, the presentation is certain to increase when the rich coral reef and deep-sea fauna is investigated. KEY TO PAKISTANI GENERA OF PONTONINAE 1.Carapace bearing hepatic spine------------------Genus Cuapetes. -Carapace without hepatic spine -------------------Genus Anchistus. Genus Anchistus Borradaile, 1898 Diagnosis: Rostrum short, cylindrical in basal part, laterally compressed in distal half and frequently with small teeth at or near apex. Carapace notably for disappearance of all spines (except for occasional presence of antennal spine). Abdomen smooth. Pleurae of first five segments broadly rounded at posterior margin, of VI bluntly spinous. Telson broad; dorsal surface with two pairs of very small spines (rarely 3 pairs); posterior margin also with three pairs of spines. Eyes well developed. Cornea a little narrower than stalk and black ocular spot distinct. 195 Antennule typical in structure. Antennal scale broad, oval, final tooth failing to reach tip of lamella. Mandibles with incisor process tridentate; molar process with blunt knobs and ridges and tuft-like spines. Mandibular palp absent. Inner lacinia of maxillula broadened, palp generally not cleft at distal end. Palp of maxilla broad. Scaphognathite well developed but not so broad. All maxillipeds with exopods. Maxilliped normal in shape. Second maxilliped lacks podobranch; arthrobranch present at base of third maxilliped. First chelate legs slender, equal. Carpus entire. Second chelate legs stouter, frequently unequal. Chela cylindrical, somewhat inflated. Fingers elongate and with small denticles, which are never, hammer shaped. Dactyl of non-chelate legs either simply hooked or scoop-shaped with distal part of anterior border bent inwards and with accessory tooth. Pleopods and uropods normal in structure. (After Jayachandran, 2001) Type species: Harpilius Miersi de Man, 1888 Gender: Masculine Remarks: Of the present genus seven valid species are known (Jayachandran, 2001), represented in Pakistani waters by a single speciesAnchistus custos Anchistus custos (Forskal, 1775) (Figs.87-88) Cancer custos, Forskal, 1775:94 Anchistus custos Holthuis , 1952:105 (for complete synonyms); Johnson & Liang, 1966:433; Miyake & Fujino, 1968:415; Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1982:115; Titgen (unpublished), 1982:86; Chace & Bruce, 1993:46; Bruce, 1996:205;2003:211; Jayachandran, 2001:242; Li et al, 2004:528;Li&Bruce,2006:625 Anchistus inermis Barnard, 1950:792 Description: The rostrum is directed downwards, toothless and with the apex broadly rounded in lateral view. The lower limit of the orbit is defined by an acute projection from the frontal margin of the carapace; the antennal spine is either altogether absent or is represented merely by a minute pointed process. 196 Figure 87: Anchistus custos. A- Animal, dorsal view; B- Mandible; C- Maxillula; D-Maxilla; E- First maxilliped; F- Second maxilliped; GThird maxilliped; H- First leg; H’- Same, chela enlarged. The apex of the telson is generally armed with six spines. The two forming the median pair are more slender than the intermediates; the outermost are very short and inconspicuous and are occasionally missing. The dorsal spines are very small and are sometimes absent. When present the anterior pair is placed behind the middle of the telson, with the posterior pair midway between the first pair and the apex. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is produced distally on its outer side in the form of a convex lobe, the outer margin terminating in a short spine. The fused portion of the outer antennular flagellum comprises five segments. The antennal scale is broadly oval and little narrowed anteriorly; the strongly convex outer border terminates in a rather small tooth, which does not reach the distal end of the lamella. The propodus of the third maxilliped is longer than the two distal segments taken together and is very broad; its least breadth is more than three times that of the dactylus. The lower margins of the basis and ischium of the first 197 pereopods are heavily fringed with setae. The carpus is little longer than the merus and nearly twice as long as the chela; the fingers are much shorter than the palm. The structure of the chela is very peculiar. The edge, both on its outer and inner side, is produced to form a sort of flap, which is bent downwards and is thickly fringed with long setae on its margin. The chela is thus deeply hollowed in a longitudinal direction when viewed from below and in a transverse section, the lower surface would be semicircular. The second pereopods are unequal, either the right or left limb may be enlarged. In the larger of the two, the merus is from 2.0 to 2.4 times as long as broad; the carpus is very short, only one-sixth to one-eighth the length of the chela and the fingers are a little more than half the length of the palm. The dactylus is strongly convex externally. On the inner margin, it bears in its basal half a very large triangular tooth and a rounded knob close to the articulation; when the claw is closed both the tooth and the knob are received into large socket in the fixed finger. The inner margin of the fixed finger is obtusely produced in the middle and in the basal half, on a crest, which borders the socket on its upper side, there are usually from 3-6 small denticles, the foremost placed at the summit of the obtuse prominence referred to above. In all well developed specimens, the distal half of each finger is internally concave. The fingers of the smaller limb are similar, but the tooth on the dactylus is usually less well developed. In the last three pereopods, the propodus is without spinules on its posterior edge. The dactylus is strongly hooked, with the terminal claw bent at right angle to the proximal portion. It is extremely slender, the basal breadth being only about half that of the distal end of the propodus. The endopod of the first pleopod of the male shows a laterally directed triangular process in the distal part of the inner margin. 198 Figure 88: Anchistus custos. A- Rostrum with left antennae and eye, dorsal view; B- Rostrum and eye, lateral view C- Telson and right uropod; D- Right second leg outer view; E- Same, chela inner view; Colour:Living specimens vary in colour from pale straw to bright orange yellow. In female the entire body and legs are covered with minute white dots and the eggs are pale straw yellow orange or brown. Males are semitransparent and lack the white dots found in the female. Size: 19.5mm inTL. Habitat: The species generally known as watch man prawn have adopted a secluded mode of life, living in the branchial cavity of bivalve molluscs. The prawn probably enters its host when larvae and never leaves it throughout the whole period of its life. However, Macnae & Kalk (1958) dissent from this view and report that free-living individuals of A. custos are common in their area. The spineless rostrum is an adaptation to more freedom of movement on or with in its host (Bruce, 1976) whereas Johnson & Liang, (1966) hold that canaliculation of the palm is a modification to collect mucus from the host‟s gills and to consume it. Locality:Bulleji Distribution: Indo-Pacific 199 Genus Cuapetes Clark,1919 Diagnosis: Small to medium sized pontoniine shrimps of sub cylindrical body shape. Carapace smooth, glabrous, with rostrum well developed, dorsally and ventrally dentate, with or without epigastric or suborbital, spines, hepatic and antennal spine present, orbit obsolete, inferior obital angle distinct, anterolateral angle rounded. Abdomen smooth, glabrous, pleura rounded posterolateral angle bluntly rounded or dentate. Antennules with short stylocerite; flagella well developed, upper ramus with shorter flagellum multi-segmented. Antenna with basicerite with lateral tooth, scaphocerite well developed. Eye well developed, elongate, and sub cylindrical, cornea globular, ophthalmic somite without median process. Mandible without palp; molar and incisor processes well developed. Maxillula with feebly bilobed palp. Maxilla normal, with simple palp, basal endite simple, coxal endite obsolete. First maxilliped with simple palp, basal and coxal endites feebly separate, broad, exopod with reduced flagellum, caridean lobe small, broad; epipod large, generally triangular. Second maxilliped with normal endopod, dactylar segment narrow, exopod well developed, epipod small, subrectangular, with rudimentary podobranch. Third maxilliped normal, ischiomerus not fused to basis, exopod well developed, generally with numerous plumose setae distally, coxa with rounded lateral plate, generally with small or rudimentary arthrobranch. Thoracic sternites narrow, fourth with slender finger-like median process, posterior sternites without acute processes. First pereopod slender, chela with fingers simple. Second pereopod well developed, frequently slender, elongate, generally equal or unequal, similar or dissimilar; major chela fingers without molar process and fossa. Ambulatory legs slender, dactyls simple, without basal process. Uropod with protopodite distolaterally dentate; exopod with small tooth and mobile spine distolaterally. Telson with two pairs of dorsal spines, three pairs of posterior spines. ( from Bruce, 2004 as Kemponia) Type species: Anchistia grandis Stimpson, 1860 Gender: Feminine Remarks: The genus Kemponia designated by Bruce (2004) has been resurrected by Okunu(2009) and currently all its 24 species are placed in Cuapetes Clark,1915 by Okunu(2009); of these only three are reported in Pakistan . 200 KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF CUAPETES 1.Merus of second leg without a spine or tooth at distal end of lower border------------------------------------------------------------------------------C. seychellensis -Merus of second leg with a spine or tooth at distal end of lower border------2. 2.Rostrum shallow. Last three legs long and slender, third pair with merus at least 11 times as long as broad, fifth pair reaching beyond antennal scale-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C. longirostris. -Rostrum moderately deep. Last three legs stouter, third pair with merus at most 10 times as long as broad, fifth pair not reaching end of scale--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- C. elegans Cuapetes elegans (Paulson, 1875) (Figs.89-93) Anchistia elegans Paulson, 1875: 113, pl.17fig.1. Periclimenes elegans Balss, 1915: 26; Bruce, 1971:7; Kazmi &Qureshi,1974: 197; Kazmi &Kazmi, 1979:152; 2004:97; Chace & Bruce, 1993:110; Jayachandran, 2001:296; Li, 2000:178 Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius Borradaile, 1915: 211 Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) elegans-Kemp, 1922: 215, text figures 60-62; 1925:322. Periclimenes (Harpilius) elegans- Holthuis, 1952:81,fig. 31; 201 , 1961:59; Miyake & Fujino, 1968: 406,fig.3. Kemponia elegans Bruce,2006:641;Li,2008:214 Bruce, 2004:14; 2006:16;Li& Cuapetes elegans Okunu,2009:67 Description: The rostrum is elongated and rather broad in lateral view. It reaches beyond the scaphocerite. The basal half of the rostrum is more or less horizontal, whereas, the distal half is directed upwards. The upper margin of the rostrum is armed with eight prominent teeth. The epigastric tooth is situated behind the level of supraorbital spine. Four teeth, which are separated by a considerable gap, follow it; three distal teeth are situated near the apex. The lower margin bears four teeth. Supraorbital and hepatic spines are placed rather close behind the antennal spine, but on a lower level. The abdominal somites are smooth; the poster lateral margins of all the somites are broadly rounded, except the last two, each of which ends in a small acute process. The poster lateral margin of the third abdominal somite covers one-third portion of the fourth somite. The sixth abdominal somite is one and a half times as long as the fifth. Figure 89: Cuapetes elegans. A-Lateral view of carapace; B-Lateral view of abdominal somites 1-6; C- Telson and right uropod The supraorbital spine is small but distinct. The pterygostomian angle is rounded. 202 The telson is about one third longer than the last abdominal somite. The dorsal surface of the telson is armed with two pairs of spines; the first pair is situated a little proximal to the middle of the telson, the second pair is situated more or less half way between the first pair and the tip of the telson. These spines divide the telson into three sub-equal parts; in this respect, the present specimens differ from the Indian specimens, described by Kemp (1922) as Periclimenes elegans. According to him, the dorsal spines of telson are so arranged as to divide its length into three equal parts (1922:213). The telson tapers gradually to a sharp distal end. On the dorsal surface of the telson, a distinct longitudinal groove is present, which extends from the base to a little distance beyond the second pair of spines. The eye is short and broad. The cornea is hemispherical. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is three times longer than its maximum width. It reaches up to the middle of the scaphocerite. The lateral margin of the basal segment is straight, ending in a sharply pointed spine, the median margin has a well-developed spine, and the stylocerite is sharply pointed and just fails to reach the middle of the segment. Its lateral margin is fringed with plumose setae. Second and third segment of the antennular peduncle are nearly of equal size, the combined length of these two segments is a little more than half the length of the basal segment. The outer flagellum is cleft only for a short distance; the fused basal part is longer that the peduncle. The scaphocerite is slender, more or less arched and becoming narrow towards the tip. The lateral side is concave and ends in a spine, which extends a little beyond the squamose portion. Two distinct longitudinal carinae are present in the middle of the scaphocerite. The incisor process of the mandible has three teeth, the median one being the smallest. The molar process is well developed and toothed, the mandibular palp is absent. The maxillulary palp is bifid, its upper lobe is narrow and sharply pointed, whereas the lower one is broad and truncated; the upper lacinia is stronger than the lower lacinia. The palp of the maxilla is narrow and fingerlike. The lacinia is divided into two sub equal lobes; the lower one being just a trifle shorter and narrower than the upper one. 203 Figure 90: Cuapetes elegans. A- Right eye; B- Right antennular peduncle in dorsal view; C- Right scaphocerite in dorsal view; D-Left mandible. The first maxilliped has a very slender medially curved palp, which is slightly longer than the caridean lobe. The lateral side of caridean lobe is strongly convex and broadly rounded apically. In the second maxilliped, the ultimate segment is attached laterally to the penultimate segment. The anteromedian angle of the para penultimate segment is produced into an acute spine. The third maxilliped is leg like; the ultimate segment is nearly 2.5 times shorter than the parapenultimate segment. The outer margin of the parapenultimate segment is armed with four spines. The number of spines seems to be variable. 204 Figure 91: Cuapetes elegans. A-Right maxillula in dorsal view; A’-Same, palp further enlarged; (in ventral view); B-Right maxilla in dorsal view; CE-Right first to third maxillipeds. 205 Figure 92: Cuapetes elegans. A- First pereopod; B-Second pereopod; B’Carpo-propodal joint of second pereopod, (further enlarged to show spines); C-E- Third to fifth pereopods (All from right side); All the pereopods are long and slender. The first pair of pereopods is symmetrical. The fingers are slightly shorter than the palm. The carpus is the longest segment, being 1.5 times longer than the chela, it suddenly broadens in its distal half, it is 6.5-7.5 times as long as its maximum breadth. The second pair of pereopods is also symmetrical, extends beyond the antennal scale, by the length of carpus and chela, particularly so in the males. In the movable finger, a blunt tooth is present near the proximal end. An excavation and an acute tooth, which is situated in the middle of the cutting edge, follow it. The immovable finger is armed with three sharp teeth; the dentition of the finger is subjected to variation. Setae are present on the entire length of the outer and to some extent the inner margin, they are not confined to tips only, the palm is 2.7 times as long as the movable finger. The chela is also much longer than the carpus, being three times the length of the carpus. The carpus is also shorter than the merus. The anterodistal margin of the carpus has two strong spines; a longitudinal groove can be seen on the carpus. The inner distal margin of the merus bears a strong spine. It may be pointed out here that the second leg 206 presents rugose appearance. The third, fourth and fifth pereopods are as illustrated. The third pereopod is slightly longer than the last two pereopods. The propodii of third, fourth and fifth pereopods are longer than the merii. The propodii of last three pairs are armed with spines. The first pleopod has a short endopod, which covers only half the length of the exopod. The second pleopod bears an appendix interna and an appendix masculina. The appendix masculina is slender and extends as far as the tip of the enopod.The appendix interna is rather short, and curved, on its tip a few rows of coupling hooks are present. The exopod of uropod has a movable spine on its lateral side. Figure 93.Cuapetes elegans. A-Left first pleopod of male; B- Left second pleopod of male Colour:Off white, anterior part pink (when fresh) Size:35 mm inTL Locality: Manora Island Habitat: Shallow waters,0-24m depth Distribution: Throughout the Indo-West Pacific region from Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Aden, Kuwait, Kenya, Bay of Bengal, the Peninsular Malaysia to Hong Kong, Dampier Achipelago, Australia, Queensland and Micronesia. 207 Cuaperes longirostris (Borradaile, 1915) (Fig. 94) Palaemonella longirostris Borradaile, 1915:210; 1917:359 Periclimenes (Falciger) affinis Borradaile, 1915:211;1917:372 Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) proximus Kemp, 1922:201 Periclimenes (Harpilius) longirostris Holthuis, 1958:3 Periclimenes longirostris Bruce, 1974:191; Chace & Bruce, 1993:117; Li, 2000:208 Periclimenes proximus Jayachandran, 2001:310 Kemponia longirostris Bruce, 2004:17; 2006:16 Cuapetes longirostris Okunu,2009:68 Description: The rostrum is slender and reaches almost to or a little beyond the apex of the antennal scale. It is little up turned in its distal third and bears on the slightly concave upper margin 6-7 large teeth, the posterior tooth is placed on the carapace and is rather more distant from the second than the second is from the third; the remainder are more or less evenly spaced and the seventh tooth when present is much smaller than the rest and placed quite close to the apex; on the lower border there are 2-3 teeth which are larger and placed in advance of the middle of the rostrum. Supraorbital, antennal, and hepatic spines are present. The eyes are large and depressed. 208 Figure 94:Cuapetes longirostris. A- Anterior part; B- Antennule; CAntennal scale; D- First leg; E- Second leg, male; F- Second leg, female; G- Third leg ( Modified from Jayachandran, 2001 as Periclimenes proximus). The basal segment of the antennular peduncle has a short lateral process, not reaching the middle of the segment; its terminal spine is long, reaching the middle of the second segment, and the margin between the base of this spine and the articulation is gently convex, the two distal segments are slender. The antennal scale is 4-5 times as long as wide and is proportionately longer in large males; the scale is very narrow at the apex, the outer margin is strongly concave and terminates in a spine, which outreaches the end of the lamella. The antepenultimate of the third maxilliped bears 1-2 spines on its outer edge. The merocarpal articulation of the first leg reaches the end of the second segment of the antennular peduncle in adult males, not quite so in female; the carpus in adults of both sexes is from 1.2-1.3 times the length of the merus and about 1.4 times the length of the chela, the legs are stout, the fingers are longer than the palm and are unarmed. The second pereopods bear a conspicuous sub terminal spine on the lower side of the merus, in large males they may be as much as six times the length of the carapace, extending beyond the scale by more than length of the carpus and chela. The legs of pair are equal or sub equal and similar in 209 structure. The second legs of males are closely covered with minute spinules. In female the chela is always definitely longer than the carpus, the chela is 1.4 times as long as the carpus, with palm 1.6 times as long as the fingers. The last three pairs of legs are slender, the dactylii are slender and curved with a few setae in the middle of their anterior margin. Colour: In specimens in alcohol, a bright spot is seen at the end of the carpus of the second leg and a narrow red band across the fingers of the same appendages. Size: 17.5mm Habitat: Recorded in association with Alcyonaria by Fransen (1994) but most reports suggest a free-living species. Distribution: Israel, Zanzibar, Seychelles Island, Chagos Island, Andaman Island, Indonesia, Philippine Island, Queensland, Papua New Guinea, and Marshall Island. Cuapetes seychellensis (Borradaile, 1915) (Figs.95-98) Periclimenes ensifrons Nobili, 1899:234. Periclimenes tenuipes (part) Nobili, 1899:235 Periclimenes (Falciger) seychellensis Borradaile, 1915:212; 1917,324, pl54, 55, fig. 14a-14j. Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) seychellensis-Kemp, 1922:176 Text fig. 34-35pl 6, fig.7. Periclimenes (Harpilius) seychellensis Holthuis, 1952:67,fig.25; Barnard, 1956:17; Johnson, 1961:58, table 1;Kazmi et al, 1975:105 Periclimenes seychellensis Bruce, 1971:8; 1974:192; Chace & Bruce, 1993:121; Li,2000:235; Jayachandran, 2001:314; Kazmi, 2003:240 210 Kemponia seychellensis Bruce, 2004:19 Cuapetes seychellensis Okunu,2009:68 Description: The rostrum is elongated and rather broad in lateral view. It is slightly shorter than the carapace. In small specimens (C.L. 9mm) it reaches just up to the tip of the scaphocerite, while in the slightly larger specimens (C.L. 10mm) it extends beyond the scaphocerite and the antennular peduncle. The upper margin bears seven teeth while the lower margin is armed with three to four teeth .In shape, size and the position of the upper rostral teeth the Pakistani specimens differ from Indian specimens described by Kemp. According to Kemp, the rostrum has a “concave upper border. Dorsally it bears from seven to nine teeth, usually 8. The two hind most teeth are situated on the carapace behind the orbit” (1922:176), whereas, in our specimens the rostrum is more or less straight, except at the tip where it is inclined downwards and instead of two, there are three teeth behind the orbital angle (including the epigastric tooth). The hepatic spine being placed rather close behind the antennal spine, but at a lower level. The abdominal somites are smooth. The posterolateral margins of the first three somites are large and broadly rounded. The postero-lateral margin of the second somite covers only one-third portion of the third, whereas, the third somite covers three fourth portion of the next somite. Each of the last three somites ends postero-laterally into a small acute process. The sixth somite is one and half times longer than the fifth. 211 Figure 95.Cuapetes seychellensis. A- Animal in lateral view; B- Dorsal view of telson with left uropod; C-Antennule; D- Antennal scale. The telson is slightly longer than the sixth abdominal somite. It tapers posteriorly and ends in to a sharp point. The dorsal surface of the telson is armed with two pairs of spines, which divide the telson into three sub-equal parts. According to Kemp, “The two pairs of dorsal spines on the telson are large and are placed so as to divide its length into three equal parts” (1922:177). The tip of the telson closely resembles with that of C. elegans. An excavation and a papilla on the peduncle characterize the eye. The excavation is always present though the papilla may be absent in some cases. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is twice as long as broad in the middle. It reaches beyond the middle of the scaphocerite. The outer margin of the basal segment is slightly convex and ends in a sharp spine. This spine is well developed and may extend almost up to the middle of the second segment of the antennular peduncle. The stylocerite is sharply pointed and reaches up to the middle of the basal segment. The second and third segments are sub-equal in length. The scaphocerite is three times as long as wide in the middle. The lateral margin of the scaphocerite is slightly concave and ends into a spine. The spine is short and fails to reach the end of the anterior margin of the squamose portion. The mandible is normal. The maxillulary palp is bilobed; upper lobe is sharply pointed and spiniform, whereas, the inner lobe is peculiar in having two spines, of which the lower is curved inwards, the lower lacinia is slender while the upper lacinia is broad. The maxilla has a somewhat broadened palp, which ends into a slightly curved distal end. The inner lacinia is divided into two sub-equal lobes. The palp of the first maxilliped is slender and finger like in shape. It is a trifle longer than the caridean lobe. The caridean lobe is broad and more or less oval. 212 Figure 96: Cuapetes seychellensis. A- Mandible of left side; B-Right maxillula in dorsal view; B’- Palp of same (further enlarged); C- Maxilla; C’Palp of same (further enlarged) The second and third maxillipeds are of typical caridean type as illustrated. Figure 97: Cuapetes seychellensis. A-C-Right first to third maxillipeds. 213 The pereopods are slender and sparsely hairy. According to Kemp, “the first peraeopods reach about to the end of the antennular peduncle” (p.177). We find the length of the first pair of pereopod as variable. In one specimen (C.L. 9mm) it extends beyond the antennular peduncle, while in the other it reaches as far as the end of the antennular peduncle (C.L. 10mm) and in one specimen, which is of the same size, it fails to reach the distal end of the antennular peduncle. The length of the chela is not related to the size of the animal. It is in the smaller specimen, that it is comparatively large. The cutting edges of fingers are unarmed. The second pair of pereopods varies among the present specimens, extending beyond the scaphocerite by the length of the chela to half length of chela. The cutting edges are straight and with a few setae, the carpus is longer than the palm. The carpus and merus are without any spine and are nearly equal in size. The third pereopod is smaller than the others; the propodus bears a row of setae on the posterior margin and is 3.5 to 4 times the length the dactyls; the dactylic of last three pairs of legs are simple. Figure 98: Cuapetes seychellensis. A - B, - Right first and second pereopods. B’ - B”- Fingers of the chela; C- Right fourth pereopod The appendix interna on each of the last pleopods is long and slender; the tip of the appendix internae are furnished with rows of coupling hooks. 214 Colour: Live specimens are closely mottled pale, buff, lichen-green and brown. Size: 19mm Habitat: Sea grass, including algae ,offshore floating Sargassum in shallow water. Localities: Korangi creek, Sandspit, Manora, Port Qasim, Younas Abad, Goth Abdul Rahman and Sonari. Distribution: Kenya, Zanzibar, Madagascar, Gulf of Suez, India, Seychelles, Gulf of Manaar, Andaman Islands, Mozambique, Singapore, Indonesia, China, Western Australia and New Caledonia. 215 3.1.5 Family Processidae Ortmann, 1896 Diagnosis: Rostrum discrete structure inflexibly attached to remainder of carapace, unarmed except (usually) pair of teeth delimiting terminal setaefilled notch. Carapace without longitudinal lateral ridges, complete post antennal suture, or cardiac notch. Telson bearing two pairs of posterior marginal spines and one or more pairs of mesial setae. Eyestalks normal, neither abnormally long nor concealed beneath carapace. Antennules with two completely separate flagella, neither with accessory branch. Mandible without palp or incisor process, latter obliquely truncate, sometimes slightly flared. Second maxilla with endite reduced, scaphognathite with proximal lobe produced only moderately into branchial cavity. First maxilliped with exopod abutting endite, without partially detached lobe, lash well developed, and caridean lobe not much produced distally, not distinctly overreaching endite. Second maxilliped with exopod, endopod composed of four segments, not terminating in two segments attached side by side to preceding segment, terminal segment narrow strip attached obliquely to wide penultimate segment. Third maxilliped with exopod composed of five segments, slender, pereopod-like, antepenultimate segment fused with next proximal segment. Pereopods without epipods, anterior pair more robust than second pair, often asymmetrical, second pair equal, with undivided carpus, fixed finger not curving subrectangularly around short, broad movable finger, fingers not concealed in dense setae. Third pereopod with dactylus simple, unarmed on flexor margin. First pleopod of male with endopod laminar, not unusually large, or elaborately convoluted. (d from Chace, 1997). Remarks: Shrimps of the family Processidae are small, nocturnal animals, which are abundant in shallow water, primarily on grass flats in tropical and warm temperate latitudes. Little is known about the basic biology of processids. Their robust first legs indicate predatory feeding (Bauer, 2004). Of the five processid genera and recognized so far, only one genus Processa is present in Pakistani waters. Genus Processa Leach, 1815 Diagnosis: Rostrum usually slender in dorsal aspect. Telson with distinct dorsolateral spines. Mandible with molar process more than 1/5 as wide as minimal length. Third maxilliped usually with exopod. Anterior pereopods without exopod, I member (usually right) chelate, other with simple dactyl. Second pereopods with shorter member composed of more than six carpal 216 articles (After Chace, 1997). Type species: Processa canaliculated Leach, 1815 by monotypy Gender: Feminine Remarks: More than 67 species of Processa have been recorded from the world oceans. One species P. compacta belonging to P. edulis species group is described from Pakistan . Processa compacta Crosnier, 1971 (Figs. 99-104) Processa barnardi Hayashi, 1975: 92; Jagadisha & Sankolli, 1977b: 601 (larvae) Processa cf. edulis Barnard, 1947:386; 1950:178 Processa edulis crassipes Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973: 51 Processa edulis Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:155 Processa compacta Crosnier, 1971: 577; Noel, 1986:273; Hogarth, 1987:111; Chace, 1997: 37 Description: The carapace is globular, unarmed except the presence of small antennal spine. The rostrum is short, slender, straight, and reaching only up to the middle of the eyes. The tip of the rostrum is bifid, moreover, the tip and the lower margin of the rostrum is hairy. 217 Figure 99: Processa compacta. A- Lateral view of carapace; A’- Tip of rostrum; B- Lateral view of abdomen; C- Telson and uropods; (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis) There is only one denticle on the postero-inferior angle of the fifth abdominal somite; the pleuron of the sixth abdominal somite has a sub-median process with a small sharp spine, the postero-inferior angle is produced into a strong spine. The telson is two times as long as the sixth abdominal somite, it tapers slightly towards the posterior end. The posterior margin is armed with a small median spine, flanked by two to three pairs. The dorsal surface of the telson is rather strongly sulcate and bears two pairs of spines. 218 Figure100: Processa compacta. A-Eye from right side; B-Right antennular peduncle in dorsal view; C-Right scaphocerite in dorsal view; D-Mandible of right side; D’-.Same, tip of molar process. (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis) The eyes are not very large; the cornea is hardly any wider than the stalk, the stalk becomes suddenly narrow at the base; the eyes reach almost to the distal portion of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is slightly excavated dorsally; it is longer than the combined length of the last two segments. The stylocerite is short and truncated anteriorly; both the antero-median and anterolateral angles are produced into microscopic spines. The stylocerite reaches nearly up to the one-third portion of the basal segment. The second segment is longer than the third one. The scaphocerite extends a trifle beyond the antennular peduncle. It is nearly five times as long as its maximum breadth. The lateral margin of the scaphocerite is straight and ends into a small spine, which is shorter than the squamose portion. The length of the antennal flagellum exceeds the total length of the animal. 219 Figure 101: Processa compacta. A- Left maxillula in dorsal view; B- Left maxilla in dorsal view; C-E- Right first to third maxillipeds. (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis) The mandible is elongated, slightly curved and without an incisor process or palp; the molar process is toothed. The maxillule is as illustrated, the inner lacinia of maxillule is wanting; the palp is rather characteristic; it terminates in a curved, claw like process. In maxilla, the inner lacinia is rudimentary; the palp is well developed; the scaphognathite is large, and of moderate width, the posterior margin of the scaphognathite bears a bunch of very long setae. The first and second maxillipeds are as illustrated. The third maxilliped exceeds the scaphocerite by a little less than the two distal segments. The penultimate segment is nearly half of the parapenultimate segment. 220 Figure 102: Processa compacta. A-First pereopod of right side; B-First pereopod of left side; C- Second pereopod of left side. (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis) The first pair of pereopods is asymmetrical; the right pereopod is chelate while the left has a simple claw like dactylus; when closed the fingers are slightly less than half of the palm. The second pereopods are sub-equal; the chela of left second pereopod is longer and larger than that of the right, the fingers of the chela are nearly as long as the palm, the carpus, merus and ischium are sub-divided; the number of the segment varies not only in different individuals but also on the two sides of the same specimen; the carpus of the right pereopod is sub-divided into 25-32 joints, the carpus of left pereopod has 17-18 joints, and merus has 5 joints, while the ischium is unsemgented. 221 Figure 103: Processa compacta. A-Third pereopod; B-Fourth pereopod; C-Fifth pereopod. (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis) The third pair of pereopods is symmetrical; the ischium bears two large spines and is a trifle shorter than the merus; the merus bears a row of welldeveloped spines, it is nearly as long as the carpus; the fourth pereopod is longer than the third or fifth; the propodus of the fifth pereopod is slightly longer than the carpus. 222 Figure 104: Processa compacta. A- Appendix interna and appendix masculina of male; B- Right second pleopod of female. (After Kazmi & Kazmi, 1973 as P. edulis ) The endopod of the first pleopod is small and notched at the apex. The male second pleopod bears both appendix interna and appendix masculina. Remarks: One specimen from Gwader measuring 6mm in total length possesses only six joints in the carpus of second leg. This does not seem to be related to size since even the post larva of the species has as many joints as adult (Jagadeshi&Sankolli,1977). Colour: Live specimens are off white and without any significant colour marks Size: 18-33mm in TL Localities: Manora Island; Cape Monze, Gwadar. Habitat:Shallow water among weeds. Distribution: Indo-Pacific and Atlantic 223 3.1.6 Family Ogyrididae Holthuis, 1955 Diagnosis: First two pairs of legs chelate, nearly equal in size and not much if any longer than other legs, first pair shorter and stouter than the second does. Carpus of legs subdivided. Rostrum small or wanting. Eyestalks long, slender, fully exposed but with reduced cornea. Telson thick, obtusely pointed. Blades of uropods curved outwards. Thelycum present in females (After Hay & Shore, 1918). Remarks: Williams (1984) summarized scant information on ogyridid biology. These shrimps burrow into soft bottom of estuaries and near shore; habitats emerging at nightfall and as such are nocturnally planktonic. Their transparency and setose appendages are adaptation for their nightly plankton. Bruce (1986) added that the ecological niche occupied by ogyridid species has not been precisely identified. The slender body form suggests that they may live in semi permanent tubes and burrow rather than leading a mobile life. In the present study several specimens are available for study from samples collected from shallow water through sediment grab, no tube was seen in the samples but almost all specimens carried the very slender fifth leg in elevated position on carapace, this may be involved in maintaining an optimum position in a permanent burrow. Much detailed work is needed on the biology of this little known but potentially important inhabitant of seashore waters (Bauer, 2004) There is only one genus Ogyrides in the family. Genus Ogyrides Stebbing, 1914 Diagnosis: All characters of family. Telson with a stridulating mechanism. Type species: By monotypy Ogyris orientalis Stimpson, 1860 Gender: Masculine Remarks: There are 12 species in the genus. The genus being extremely abnormal in type exhibiting both primitive and specialized characters. Two species O. orientalis Stimpson and O. saldanhae Barnard are present in Pakistani waters. They are distinguishable with the help of following key. 224 KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF OGYRIDES 1Carpal articles of second leg with five joint lets. The inner spine of the lateral pair of spines of telson surpasses the tip of telson-------------------------O.? saldanhae. -Carpal articles of second leg with four joint lets. The inner spine of the lateral pair of spines of telson not very longer than the outer spine and does not surpasses tip of the telson------------------------------------------------------------------O. orientalis Ogyrides orientalis (Stimpson, 1860) (Figs. 105-106) Ogyris orientalis Stimpson, 1860:105:171; Liu, 1955: 34 Ogyrides orientalis Fujino & Miyake, 1970:255; Banner & Banner, 1978:247; 1982:293 (discussion); Tirmizi, 1980a:107; Holthuis, 1980:123; Bruce, 1986:586; Kazmi, 2003:241; Grabe & Lees, 1995: 958 Ogyrides sibogae- de Man, 1922:14 Ogyridas orientalis Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:155 Description: The carapace is smooth, glabrous. The rostrum is very short, acute, twice as long as the width across base, depressed, tip reaching well beyond the level of the inferior orbital angles in dorsal view, with tuft of sub terminal setae ventrally: four postrostral median spines are present on the anterior third of carapace: the orbital notch is feebly developed, the margin is setose; inferior orbital angle is bluntly rounded, the antennal tooth is absent; the pterygostomial angle of branchiostegite is bluntly obtuse; cardiac notch is absent, posterior marginal carina is well developed. The abdominal somites are smooth, glabrous, with the pleura of the first five somites broadly rounded, non-setose; the sixth somite is longer than the fifth, strongly compressed, with feeble semi acute posteroventral angle and small blunt posterolateral angle. 225 Figure 105: Ogyrides orientalis. Animal in lateral view The telson is longer than sixth abdominal somite, the former is ventrally curved, the lateral margins are moderately convergent; glabrous, but with angular expansions at about 0.35 of the length; two pairs of posterolateral spines are present at 0.75 of the length, one small lateral spine and much larger medial spine, the posterior border is strongly produced, the sides are convex , with acute median process with about 8-9 long plumose marginal setae ventrally, except at the tip; the dorsal surface has two pairs of small spines; the anterior pair is closer to the midline than the posterior pair; the ventral surface is without anal tubercles, three distinct semicircular ridges run proximolaterally, the central ridge is confluent with the lateral margin, the fourth present proximally is feebly developed. The antennular peduncle distinctly exceeds the carpocerite, does not reach distal corneal margin; the proximal segment is proximally stout, with well developed statocyst, two strong sub equal teeth are present laterally, exceeding half of the segment length, the distal segment is slender, sub cylindrical; sparsely settees; the intermediate segment is sub cylindrical, with few long setae, about half of proximal segment length; distal segment is also half of proximal segment length; the upper flagellum is uniramous, made up of about 5 slender segments, and only single distal group of aesthetascs is present, the lower flagellum is slender, slightly longer than upper, comprised of 6 slender segments. 226 A‟ F A D E B G C Figure 106: Ogyrides orientalis. A- Anterior part, dorsal view; A’Front, lateral view; B- Telson; C- Thoracic sternites; D- Maxilla; ESecond Leg; F- Endopod of first pleopod of male; G- Appendix masculina and interna The antennal basicerite is stout, with a small distoventral tooth; the carpocerite is sub cylindrical; the flagella are generally broken, when present they are long; the scaphocerite reaches to near middle of intermediate segment of the antennular peduncle, far exceeded by the carpocerite, distal lamella is moderately acute and produced well beyond the strong distolateral tooth. The eyes are extremely long, mainly glabrous, few short setae are present proximally, The eye length exceeds length of antennular peduncle by the diameter of cornea; the cornea is globular, well pigmented, with 227 lateral accessory pigment spot, the peduncle is broadly expanded proximomedially, and slightly expanded distally, The third maxillipeds are long, slender extending beyond cornea, with numerous distal plumose setae; coxa without medial process. The exopods are well developed. The first pereopod is relatively robust, equal, similar, reaching to about level of distal carpocerite: the palm is slightly compressed, the fingers are slender, about 1.5 times the palm length, with distal cutting edges entire and small hooked tips; the carpus is a little longer than the chela, slightly tapered proximally, the dorsal and ventral margins are sparsely setose; the merus is about carpal length, sparsely setose ventrally; the ischium is smaller than the merus length, sparsely setose ventrally; the basis is short, without any special feature; the coxa is robust, The second pereopods are slender, sub equal, similar, exceed the cornea by the length of chela; the palm is slightly compressed, the fingers are slender, about 2 times the palm length, the distal cutting edges are entire and with small hooked tips; the carpus is four segmented, more than twice the chela length; proximal segments are more slender; the merus is smaller than the carpus, sparsely setose; the ischium is about half the carpus length, slightly broadened distally and sparsely setose; the basis is short, much smaller than the ischium; the coxa is slender. The third pereopod is robust, reaches to about tip of the scaphocerite; the dactylus is slender, small, sub cylindrical, with three long contiguous terminal setae; the propodus is 3 times the dactylus length, compressed, 5-6 long coarsely plumose setae and 4-5 short serrulate dorsolateral and ventrolateral spines are present; the carpus is about 1.5 times the propodus length having long coarsely serrulate setae along dorsal and ventral borders, and 5 short spines along both dorsolateral and ventrolateral margins; the merus is longer than the carpus length, slightly widened distally with a strong mobile distolateral spine, dorsal and ventral margins with several coarsely plumose setae; the ischium is longer than the merus length, feebly tapered proximally, the distal half is with two strong mobile lateral spines, otherwise sparsely setose; basis is without special features, about sub equal to carpus length; coxa is robust and normal. The fourth pereopod is longer and more slender than the third, extends to about distal end of the scaphocerite; the dactylus is sub cylindrical, slightly curved, with few long simple setae distally, the propodus 228 is armed, with long coarsely serrulate setae along dorsal, dorsolateral and ventral margins; the carpus is about 1.25 times the propodus length, with long feebly plumose setae along dorsal and ventral margins; the merus is unarmed, provided with plumose setae distodorsally and ventrally; the ischium is unarmed, longer than the merus , with numerous simple setae; the basis and coxa are without any special feature. The fifth pereopod is slender, extends anteriorly to about middle of the scaphocerite; the dactylus is subcylindrical, tapering slightly distally, with single long finely serrulate terminal seta, about 1.5 times the dactlylus length; the propodus is setose, more robust, shorter than the dactylus length; the carpus is shorter than the propodus , the segment tapers proximally, with several short plumose setae; the merus is sub cylindrical, , unarmed and sparsely setose; the ischium is about 3.5 times the propodus length, sub cylindrical, sparsely setose ventrally, unarmed; the basis is short,simple; the coxa is slender and elongated. The thoracic sternites are narrow and unarmed except the fourth which has a median anteriorly directed process extending between coxae of third pereopods, straight, with two acute processes distally, separated by a U-shaped notch, with a median tubercle at about the midlenght, few setae are also noticed on them. The second pleopod of the male has sub equal endopod and exopod; the appendix masculina is short, sub cylindrical, with three medial and one distal spine; the appendix interna is long and slender, twice the appendix masculina length. The protopod of the uropod is short and broad, with dorsomedial process, the posterolateral angle is acute, the lateral margin has plumose setae; the endopod is sub equal to the telson length, but shorter than the exopod, it is broadest proximally and tapering distally to an acute point, without posterolateral spines, the lateral border is feebly concave, strongly setose, with longer stiff setae . Remarks: Banner & Banner (1972) although did not enter the discussion of synonymy but gave some indication that it is possible that O. delli Yaldwyn and O. mjobergi (Balss) are synonyms of O. orientalis if this is resolved then the known distribution of O. orientalis will be greatly extended . Size:4 mm in CL 229 Localities:Jiwani, Gwadar, and Port Qasim Habitat: At 9-535m depth on sandy bottom. Distribution: Indo- west Pacific: India, Indonesia, Philippines, Hong Kong, China, and Japan. Ogyrides? saldanhae Barnard, 1947 (Fig. 107) Ogyrides occidenalis (non Ortmann) Stebbing, 1914:32 Ogyrides saldanhae Barnard 1947; 387; 1950: 726; Kensley, 1981:26 Description: The carapace is setose, having plumose setae along lower margin, 3 or 4 minute spines are present anteriorly on middorsal ridge; the rostrum is short and triangular extends to the end of the antennular peduncle. Antennal spine is absent. The eyes are shorter than the antennular peduncle but longer than the antennal peduncle. The telson has slightly sinuous lateral margin, a pair of spines is present in a notch in the distal half of lateral margin, the longer spine is very long, surpasses the apex of the telson, the dorsal margin is armed with two pairs of spines, some curved ridges are present on the ventral surface at the base. 230 Figure 107: Ogyrides? saldanhae. A- Carapace, lateral view; BTelson, dorsal view; C- Eye and antennule; D- Antennal scale; E-IFirst to fifth legs; J- Pleopod; K- Uropod. The stylocerite ends in two slender spines, the inner being shorter. The antennal scale is lanceolate, with straight outer margin; the inner margin is obliquely beveled off from the apical point. The antennal peduncle fails to reach the end of antennular peduncle. The propodus of the first leg has a patch of strong spines on the lower margin. It has fingers shorter than the palm; the carpus is slightly longer than 231 the chela. The carpus of second leg is divided into 4 segments. The third leg is armed with a strong spine on the lower margin of merus, the dactylus of third and fourth legs are thin plate like, elongate, narrower in the fourth than in third leg, apically the third ends in a setule, fourth in to an unguis and two setules. The dactylus of fifth leg is ensiform and provided with long spaced plumose setae. A bifurcated sternal plate arises between the basis of third legs, a pair plumose setae arises from the anterior margin of the bifurcation. Remarks: The present specimens are close to O. saldanhae with few differences. Size: 5-7mm in TL Localities: Gwadar and Port Qasim Distribution: South Africa, South East Atlantic and for the first time from the Arabian Sea coast of Pakistan. 232 3.1.7 Family Alpheidae Rafinesque, 1815 Diagnosis: Rostrum short or absent, never spinose. Carapace smooth and always provided with cardiac grooves. Antennal and pterygostomian spines always absent, sometimes a supraorbital spine present. Eyes partially or wholly covered by an anterior projection of the carapace. First pair of pereopods usually strong, robust and chelate, often asymmetrical, especially in male. Carpus of second pereopod divided in 3-5 segments. Last three pairs of pereopods short, compressed, with propodi spinose, dactylii with one to three ungui. Propodus of fifth pereopod bears a more or less well developed” brush” of bristles arranged in transverse, oblique rows on its posterior margin. (From various sources). Remarks: The total biodiversity of this family is relatively unknown as its taxonomy is difficult, with 46 genera and 600 valid species species, the Alpheidae is a diverse family inhabiting shallow water coastal habitat except of one genus, which lives in fresh to brackish water in mangrove swamps; there are a few truly fresh water species. 1. Some members of the Alpheid genera are among the smallest known caridean shrimp with maximum TL of adults around 10mm or even less and can be called microshrimps. Several crypto- species complexes in Alpheidae need revision (Anker, 2001). The Alpheidae genera Athanas, Automate, Salmoneus, Alpheus, Synalpheus, and Alberta represent the Alpheidae in Pakistan. They can be separated with the help of the following key. An undetermined genus close to Leptalpheus from Gwadar is also included in the report. 233 KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF ALPHEIDAE 1. Corneas of the eyes at most only partially concealed from anterior or lateral view by carapace; dactylus of large chela without plunger fitting into socket of fixed finger and often bearing teeth------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2. Corneas of the eyes entirely covered in dorsal, lateral, and anterior view by orbital hoods; dactylus of large chela usually with a plunger that fits into a socket of the fixed finger, never serrated---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4. 2. Corneas of eyes reduced and entire eye stalk exposed ---------------Genus Automate . Corneas of eyes usually well developed. Peduncles of eyes covered-------------------3. 3. Corneas of eyes exposed in dorsal and lateral view, infra and extra corneal spines present. Posterior margin of telson without any notch------Genus Athanas Corneas largely or entirely concealed in dorsal view, infra and extra corneal spines absent; posterior margin of telson with “V” shaped notch----------Genus Salmoneus 4. Pterygostomian angle produced into a definite angle. Transverse and longitudinal grooves absent from palm of large and small chela of first pair of pereopods---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Genus Synalpheus -Pterygostomian angle rounded. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 5. 5. Transverse and longitudinal grooves present on palm of large and small chelae of first pair of pereopods------------------------------------------------------------------- Genus Alpheus. No groove on the palm of chelipeds---------------------------------------------------Genus Alberta. Genus Alberta new genus 234 Diagnosis: Carapace smooth, pterygostomial angle rounded. Frontal margin without rostrum and orbital teeth. Eyes not visible in dorsal view. Telson with two pairs of dorsal spines. Stylocerite not reduced. Antennal scale with lateral tooth hardly overreaching margin. Mouth parts typical for family, Mandible with two-jointed palp. Third maxilliped distally unarmed, with serrated setae on medial margin of ultimate segment and acute lateral plate above epipod. chelipeds similar, sub symmetrical folded back, cutting edges of fingers with plunger and notch. Second leg short, carpus four segmented. Uropodal diaraesis well marked. Affinities: The shape of the chela and body shows that this specimen belongs to those genera, which have the well-developed plunger at basal portion of the finger and lack orbital hoods like Alpheus, Synalpheus , Metalpheus, Orygmalpheus, and Pomagnathus. It is difficult to place Alberta unequivocally in proximity of any other alpheid genus. Type species: By original designation Alberta banneri, new species, by monotypy Etymology: The new species is named after the late Dr. Albert H. Banner of the Hawaii Institute of Marine Biology,Hawaii. Alberta banneri n.sp. (Figs. 108-109) Material Examined: Holotype, ovigerous female 14mm in TL, 8mm in CL. Type Locality: Bulleji, Karachi Description of Holotype: The carapace, which completely conceals the eyes, is smooth and unarmed, its frontal margin is produced in a broadly triangular rostrum with a pointed and slightly deflected tip, reaching almost to the middle of the second segment of the antennular peduncle; pterygostomian angles are rounded. 235 C A E D B Figure 108: Alberta banneri. A- Anterior part; B- Telson and left uropod ; C- First leg, outer view; D- Same, inner view; E- Second leg The antero-lateral margin of the first abdominal somite overlaps a small portion of the carapace. An articulated plate is present on the posterolateral angle of the sixth abdominal somite. The telson is 2.7 times as long as the posterior margin, the posterior margin is slightly convex, there exists at ratio of 1:1:7, between anterior and posterior margin. In addition to the two pairs of dorsal spines, each postero- lateral is armed with two sub-equal spines. A row of small spines can be seen on the posterior margin. The antennular peduncle is short and stout, with sub-equal segments. The stylocerite is well developed, reaching as far as the distal 236 margin of the second segment of the antennular peduncle; the scaphocerite extends up to the distal margin of the antennular peduncle; the spine on the antero-lateral angle is small, not extending beyond the squamose portion; the carpocerite is longer than the antennular peduncle; a small but acute spine is present on the basicerite. The incisor process of the mandible bears six teeth; the central teeth are larger; the palp consists of two distinct segments; the maxillule has lower lacinia slender; the upper is broad, the palp is deeply incised; the palp of the maxilla is short and simple. The maxilla is typical. Figure 109: Alberta banneri. A-Right antennular peduncle; B- Right antennal scale; C- Mandible; D- Maxillula; E- Maxilla; F-H- First to third maxillipeds All the maxillipeds have well developed exopods; the palp of the first maxilliped is longer than the caridean lobe; the ultimate segment of second maxilliped is laterally attached with the penultimate segment; the ultimate segment of third maxilliped is nearly half of the parapenultimate segment; exopod reaches beyond the end of the parapenultimate segment; each pereopod is 13mm long (coxa to dactylus) (chela = 5mm; merus = 3mm; ischium= 4mm). The pereopods of the first pair are symmetrical; the 237 chela is large, its palm is considerably swollen, a low oblique tuberculated ridge extends dorsally on the proximal half of the palm, when viewed from ventral view; a row of small tubercles can be seen on its inferior surface and a few long setae on the distal half of the superior margin, as illustrated; the fingers are 2.8 times as long as the maximum breadth; the immovable finger is curved and with a strong tooth in the middle of the cutting edge which fits in a notch on the fixed finger; the inferior margin of the carpus is depressed and serrated; the combined length of the merus and ischium is little more than the rest of the cheliped, an excavation runs on the inferior surface of each and it is for the accommodation of the chela, when flexed; the interio-external margin of the merus is serrated; in the middle it enlarges and forms a prominent tooth; the ischium is slightly longer than the merus, its superior margin bears 9-10 teeth, the interio-internal and external margins are serrated; a small spine is present on the coxa; the carpus of the second pereopod is four -segmented, the segments have the following ratio 5:1:1:2.2 The third pereopod is relatively longer and stronger than the fifth, the ischium is one third of the merus, bearing one spine on the internal margin, the merus is 4.1 times as long as broad at its maximum breadth, the carpus is slightly longer than the ischium bearing single feeble spine on the interio-distal margin, the propodus bears three spine and it is shorter than the merus; the dactylus is equally long to the width of the propodus breadth. Unfortunately, the fourth pair of pereopods is missing. The carpus of the fifth pereopod bears one spine at its inferior margin; the propodus bears two spines: one on the proximal side and the other on the distal end. The transverse suture of the exopod of the uropod bears a row of 20 spines Remarks: Although only one specimen is at authors disposal, but its peculiar combination of characters inspired us to describe it as new. Nevertheless, there are chances that it is some variation of the already recorded species. Colour: Off white (when fresh). Etymology: It is our pleasure to name this species for late Prof. Albert H. Banner of Hawaii Institute of Marine Biology, Hawaii. Genus Alpheus Fabricius, 1798 238 Diagnosis: Carapace anteriorly developed into orbital hoods, which completely enclose eyes except on ventral side. Orbital hoods frequently with spiniform apex and usually demarked from rostral base by more or less pronounced depressions. Rostrum usually present and carapace often with at least slight rostral carina. Pterygostomian margin of carapace rounded. Antennule usually short, frequently with basal peduncular article and stylocerite reduced. Scaphocerite frequently reduced; basicerite either armed with inferolateral spine or rounded; carpocerite usually reaching to or beyond the end of scaphocerite.Chelae of first legs of very asymmetrical development. Large chela of variable form, from sub conical to compressed and twisted, surfaces from smooth and entire to deeply sculptured with grooves and pronounced “alpheopsidean” lobes.Dactylus usually with piston like process that fits into a cavity on fixed finger and always with digital and palmer adhesive plaques. Chela always carried extended from body. Large cheliped with hemispherical carpus, with merus at least triangular in section. Small chela in simple form; at times showing marked sexual dimorphism. Carpus of second leg of five articles of variable proportions. Third and following legs robust, compressed; armature and proportions of merus, carpus, and propodus variable, dactyls simple or biunguiculate.Fifth legs with “brush” on propodus. Abdomen usually without lateral compression, with pleura in females larger than those of males and usually without acute projections on margins. Pleura of sixth abdominal segment not jointed. Telson usually with posterior margin convex and lateral angles distinct but not acute. Anal tubercles almost always well developed. (Adapted from Banner & Banner, 1966). Type species: Alpheus avarus Fabricius, 1798 Gender: Masculine Remarks: The genus Alpheus or pistol shrimps are well known for their production of sound underwater. The species are found in four major habitatson living and dead corals, in tide pools, in burrows in sand and muddy substrate or under rocks, as symbionts with some invertebrates like anemones, echinoids, annelids, and fish (Banner & Banner, 1966). Some particular features like the subspatulate dactylus on third to fifth pereopods show the burrowing life style. There are over 330 species and 10 subspecies in the genus. To facilitate this cumbersome and large taxonomic unit the genus is subdivided earlier in five groups by Coutiere (1894) and later the group crinitus into three subgroups. Banner & Banner (1966) raised these subgroups to the group rank. Crosnier & Forest (1966) made some changes. The grouping into seven groups that is followed now is by Banner & Banner (1982): Brevirostris group, Crinitus group, Diadema group, Edwardsii group, Macrocheles group, Obesomanus group and 239 Sulcatus group however, Chace, 1988 has not clearly accepted these groups. Some of these groups are clearly not monophyletic. This genus is represented in Pakistan by the following species, Alpheus albertii, , Alpheus cf. barbatus,Alpheus bisincisus, Alpheus chiragricus ,Alpheus edwardsii, , Alpheus isodactylus, Alpheus lobidens, Alpheus manorensis , Alpheus pacificus, Alpheus pseudoedwardsii ,Alpheus cf rapax ,Alpheus splendidus , Alpheus strenuus strenuus, and Alpheus zulfaquiri. , Each of these species is associated with any of the above given groups. Only the Pakistani species groups are characterized below (Characters modified from Chace, 1988) and species found from Pakistan are listed under the group to which the species belong. The critical information is lacking for A. manorensis,and A. isodactylus and the type material is also of unknown whereabouts but included here for the sake of completeness however, we were able to assign them to one of the seven groups. Brevirostris Group Orbital teeth lacking, orbital hoods often prominent; major chela with palm always compressed, more or less quadrangular in cross-section, often with surfaces delimited by distinct angles, with or without “saddle” proximal rd to adhesive plaque; minor chela sometimes “ balaeniceps” in male; 3 pereopod with dactyl always simple, sometimes subspatulate, merus usually unarmed on flexor margin. (Composition: A.cf barbatus, A. cf rapax, A. zulfaquiri). Crinitus Group Many species of this group live in algal tubes or in groups. Diadema Group Intertidally to sub tidally, most of them confined to dead corals in clean water and moderate wave action. Edwardsii Group Orbital teeth lacking except in 1 species; major compressed, with “saddle” proximal to adhesive plaque shoulder on opposite margin proximal to fixed finger, extending on to both adjoining surfaces as triangular chela with palm and usually with “saddle: usually or quadrangular rd 240 depressions; minor chelae often “balancipeses” in male; 3 pereopod with dactyl usually simple, sometimes subspatulate, merus usually dentate on flexor margin (Composition: A. lobidens A. chiragricus, A. bisincsus. A. pacificus, A. strenuus strenuus, A. edwardsii, A. psudoedwardsii, A. isodactylus, A. albertii, and A. manorensis) Most species in this group are found in burrows in sandy or silty bottom often constructed under rocks lying on the substrate, they frequently penetrate in to brackish water. Macrocheles Group Many of the species of this group are only known from deeper waters, the ones occurring in inter to sub tidal region seem to characteristic of clean habitats. Obesomanus Group Some and perhaps most species live in protected galleries in the crust of coralline algae. Sulcatus Group Rostrum sometimes with base flattened and delimited from adrostral furrows; orbital teeth often present; major chela with palm never markedly compressed, usually with longitudinal but without transverse rd grooves; minor chela never “balaeniceps” ; 3 pereopod with dactyl simple or biunguiculate, merus with or without tooth on flexor margin (Composition: A. splendidus) Most species appear to occur in dead or living coral. Alpheus albertai Kazmi, 1971 (Fig. 110) 241 Alpheus albertai Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:154;1989:48(List only) Description: The rostrum is very short triangular. It reaches up to the onefourth portion of the visible part of the basal segment. The frontal margins of the orbital hoods are somewhat pointed. The carapace and abdomen are finely pubescent. C A E B D Figure 110: Alpheus alberti. A- Anterior portion only left side shaded; B- Telson and uropods; C- Left first leg; D- Right first leg; E-Left second leg The telson is slightly longer than the last abdominal somite. The dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of posteriorly directed spines. The 242 posterior lateral angle of the telson is armed with one pair of spines; the outer spine is twice as long as the inner spine. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments. The visible part of the basal segment of antennular peduncle is equal to the second segment; the stylocertie reaches up to the distal end of basal segment; the second segment is twice as long as the third segment. The scaphocerite has concave lateral margin, which ends into a spine. The spine is curved inwards and it is slightly longer than the squamose portion. The oral appendages are typical alpheid type. The first pair of pereopods is asymmetrical. The larger chela is 2.5 times as long as broad; fingers occupy one fourth portion of the chela; longitudinal and transverse grooves are present on palm as illustrated; the small chela is 3.5 times as long as broad in the middle. The fingers are slightly shorter than the palm. The postero-inferior angle of the merus bears a well-developed spine. The second pair of pereopods is symmetrical; the carpus is five segmented, first and second segments are nearly of equal size; the propodii or the last three pairs of pereopods bear spines. The dactylii are spatulate. Size: 28mm in TL Locality: Bulleji Distribution: Not reported outside Pakistan Alpheus cf. barbatus Coutiere, 1897 (Fig. 111, Pl.5 E) Alpheus barbatus Coutiere, 1897:235; 1899:230; de Man, 1911:387; Banner & Banner, 1979a:25; 1981:8; 1982:163; Chace, 1988:16; Anker et al, 2007:21 Description: The body is compressed, sparsely setose; the rostrum is short, sub rectangular, not reaching nearly as far as distal margin of first antennular segment, it is slightly carinate in the midline, the carina does not 243 extend posteriorly beyond orbital hoods, its base does not abruptly delimit from adrostral furrows. The carapace is without median tooth or tubercle on the gastric region; the anterior margin is concave and unarmed mesial to orbital hoods, the orbital hoods are unarmed, adrostral furrows are shallow. Figure 111: Alpheus cf. barbatus. A- Rostrum in lateral view; A’ Rostrum, dorsal view; B- Abdominal pleurites, lateral view; C- Telson and right uropod; D- Antennular peduncle; E- Antennal scale, dorsal view; E’- Same, lateral view; F- Third maxilliped; G- Large chela, inner view; G’- Same, outer view; H- Small chela; I- Second leg J- Third leg; K- Appendix masculina and appendix interna. 244 The telson is 2.7 times as long as posterior margin is broad. The dorsal spinules are small and located in posterior third. Second antennular segment is only slightly longer than wide, stylocerite is truncated distally not reaching distal margin of first segment; basal antennal segment (basicerite) is unarmed; The antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral spine unusually stout, overreaching distal margin of blade. Third maxilliped reaches to ultimate segment about two times as long as penultimate, penultimate segment is broad distally. First pereopod has an unarmed merus on flexor margin. The major chela is noticeably compressed laterally, about twice as long as wide, the dactylus is single ended, superior margin of palm with narrow and curving transverse groove, palm has shallow longitudinal sulcus on lateral surface extending from base of fixed finger to mid length of palm. The minor chela is about 2 ½ times as long as wide, fingers are gaping, longer than palm, lateral surface of dactylus and mesial surface of both fingers bear dense fringes of fine setae filling gap, the proximal carpal article of second pereopod is longer than second; fingers of chela are longer than palm. Third pereopod dactylus is curved pointed, and simple, the propodus bears five spines on the flexor margin; the carpus, merus and ischium are unarmed on flexor margin. All the segments except propodus are sparsely setose. Exopod lateral margin ends in an acute immovable tooth and spine, the latter internally flanked by rounded lobes. Remarks: The present specimens belong to pan tropical A. barbatus Coutiere, 1897 species complex (A. barbatus clade) of Anker et al(2007), also is reported an association between A. barbatus and echuiran Ochetostoma in the western Pacific by the same authours. For the Pakistani specimens no such observation was made, although the same echuirian genus also occurs here. A. barbatus species complex is distributed in Indo-Pacific and Atlantic and is included in brevirostris group of Alpheus which is large but relative homogenous species group, contains over 30 described species (Bruce, 1994). 245 According to Anker et al (20 07), the A. barbatus complex needs further phylogenetic, ecological, and taxonomic studies; they expect further cryptic taxa in the Indo-Pacific. It is hoped that new collection of the species will enable us to ascertain the status of the Pakistani specimens. For the time being they are being described here as A.cf barbatus. Our A. barbatus resembles A. barbatus described by Banner & Banner (1981, 1982) and Chace (1988) except that the ischium of third leg being without a spine. The propodus is not only shorter than merus when compared to that described by Banner & Banner (1982) and Chace (1988), but shorter length of propodus allows to accommodate only three spines on anterior margin, consequently the ratio between the propodus and dactylus is not that given by Banner & Banner (1982), Kim & Abele (1988) and Anker et al (2007). Pakistani specimens differ from A. aequus having narrow large cheliped and its movable finger. We considered establishing a new species (Kazmi & Kazmi, 2008) based on these differences but A. Anker of BIMM (France) suggested (pers. comm.) to avoid to do so. Colour: Mostly ivory whitish with orange tinge in some areas Locality: Pacha Distribution: Djibouti, Red sea, Maldives, Indonesia, Philippines, Taiwan, Japan, East Africa, Australia, and Christmas Island and for the first time from Pakistan. Alpheus bisincisus de Haan, 1850 (Figs. 112-113) Alpheus bisincisus de Haan, 1850: 179, pl. 45, fig. 3; Tiwari, 1963:304; Barnard, 1950:760; Banner & Banner, 1966: 125, fig. 46;1979; 26; 1982:263; Yang , Ko,&Kim, 2007:37. Alpheus bisincisus variabilis de Man, 1911:405,pl. 22.fig. 95 Description: The tip of the rostrum reaches up to the middle of the visible portion of the first antennular segment. It is flattened on top. The base of lateral margins overhang the orbito rostral grooves and extend posteriorly well past corneas. The frontal margins of orbital hoods are 246 flattened anteriorly and are separated from the rostrum by notch on anterior margin. Figure 112: Alpheus bisincisus. A- C- Left first to third maxillipeds; DRight first leg; E- Left first leg; F- Left second leg The telson is larger than the sixth abdominal somite. It tapers towards the posterior end. Each postero-lateral angle is armed with one pair of spines; the outer spine is shorter. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments. The second segment is twice as long as broad, in the middle. It is slightly longer than the visible part of the basal segment and nearly two times as long as third antennular segments. The spine of stylocerite reaches up to the end of first antennular segment. The outer margin of scaphocerite is slightly concave and ends into a spine, which is longer than the squamose portion and reaches up to the end of the antennular peduncle. Carpocerite is slightly longer than the antennular segment. 247 The oral appendages are as illustrated. The large chela is 2.3 times as long as broad. A transverse deep groove with proximal edge projects and overhangs, forming a sharp tooth. The groove is continued on outer face as a shallow well-defined triangular depressed area extending downwards beyond the middle of palm and is continued on inner face as smaller depressed area. The dactylus is heavy, narrow, and slightly twisted. The merus is 2.8 times as long as broad with inferior internal margin armed by strong and sharp tooth. Figure 113: Alpheus bisincisus. A- Telson and left uropod; B- Left antennular peduncle; C- Left antennal scale; D-Left maxillula; E- Left maxilla. The small chela is 4.2 times as long as broad; fingers are slightly shorter than the palm. The upper margin is provided with transverse groove proximal to dactylus, which is continued into outer face as a small triangular depressed area. The dactylar articulation is flanked on inner side by small projection. The dactylus is broad and of balaeniceps shape. The carpus of second pereopod is five segmented and has the following ratio: 10:7:3:3:5. The ischium of third pereopod is unarmed. The 248 merus of third leg is 6.3 times as long as broad. The carpus is one fourth of the merus both the margins are distally slightly projected, the propodus is 0.7 times as long as merus and armed on its inferior margin with 11 movable spines, the dactylus is simple and one third of propodus. Colour: Reddish with white legs joints. Size: 36mm in TL. Habitat: Below stones or sponges, not burrowing at depth 1 to at least 70m. Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Gulf of Suez, Sri Lanka, Indonesia and South Africa, Singapore, Korea, Japan, Laxshadweep and for the first times from Pakistan. Alpheus chiragricus H.M. Edwards, 1837 (Figs.114A,B) Alpheus chiragricus: H.M. Edwards, 1837:354, Coutiere, 1905: 912, Pl. LXXXVI, fig. 51; Banner & Banner, 1982: 267; Chace, 1988:18, Description: The rostrum reaches up to the middle of the first segment of the antennular peduncle. The tip of rostrum is downward. The carapace is smooth and without any carina and groove. The telson is longer than the sixth abdominal somite. It is nearly 2.5 times as long as the posterior margin. The dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of posteriorly directed spines; each postero-lateral angle bears one pair of spines. 249 Figure 114 :A- Alpheus chiragricus. A- Anterior part; B- Telson and uropods; C- Left antennular peduncle; D- Left antennal scale; E- Right maxillula; F- Left maxilla The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments; the second segment is slightly longer than the visible portion of the first segment. The second segment is 2.4 times as long as broad, the stylocerite reaches up to the end of first antennular segment; the lateral margin of the scaphocerite is slightly concave and ends into a spine, which is longer than the squamose portion. The carpocerite is nearly equal to the spine of scaphocerite. The oral appendages are as illustrated. The large chela is 2.5 times as long as broad in the middle. The finger is one third of the chela; the shoulder of the palm is pointed; the 250 inferior angle of the merus bears a strong spine and it is 1.5 times as long as broad at the distal side. Figure 114B: Alpheus chiragricus. A-C First to third maxillipeds; DLarge cheliped; E- Small cheliped; F- Second leg. The small chela is 4.1 times as long as broad in the proximal region; the fingers are slightly longer than the palm. The merus is 2.8 times as long as broad in the distal region. The fingers of the second pereopod are nearly equal to the palm, the carpus of the second pereopod is five segmented and has the following ratio of 7:4:2:2:3. The ischium of third leg bears a movable spine. The propodus bears 8-9 spines. The dactylus is nearly one four times shorter than the propodus. Locality: Size: Manora Island 38mm in TL 251 Distribution: Hong Kong, Mergui Archipelago, Eastern Africa, Madagascar, Bay of Bengal, Indonesia and Australia and now from the Arabian Sea. Alpheus edwardsii (Audouin, 1826) (Figs.115-116) Athanas Edwardsii Audouin, 1826:91 Alpheus audouini Coutiere,1905:911,pl87:fig,52; Holthius & Gottlieb, 1958:41; Banner & Banner, 1966:135; Afzal et al, 1986:338 Alpheus edwardsi Banner & Banner,1973:1142, 1979:26; 1982:270, fig, 1; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:154; Miya, 1984:93;Corfeild&Alexander,1995:675 Alpheus edwardsii, Barnard, 1950:759; Chace, 1988:25. Description: The rostrum is long and acute, reaching up to the three fourth of the visible part of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the rostral carina reaches to the base of the orbital hoods; the orbitorostral grooves are narrow and shallow; the lateral spine of the stylocerite reaches definitely beyond the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the outer margin of the scaphocerite is slightly concave with the lateral spine being slightly larger than the antennular peduncle and the squamose portion is as long as the antennular peduncle; the carpocerite is as long as the antennular peduncle; the lateral spine of the basicerite is well developed. 252 Figure 115: Alpheus edwardsii. A- Anterior region; B- Telson and uropods; C- Large chela; D- Small chela; E- Second leg The telson is two times as long as posterior margin is broad, spines on the dorsal surface are small; the outer pair of terminal spines is as long as the dorsal spines, the inner spines are a little longer. The large chela is 2.7 times as long as broad with the fingers occupying the distal 0.4 of the chela. The proximal shoulder of the superior transverse grooves and the inferior shoulder are in the form of acute spines overhanging the depressions. The superior groove is continued on the inner face as a channel, which runs posteriorly near the superior margin extending to the half of the palm, on the outer face the depression is continued as a quadrangular area, the external depression of the inferior shoulder is continued insignificantly on the inner and the outer face. The dactylus is broadly rounded as the tip and is definitely shorter than the fixed finger. The merus is 1.8 times as long as broad and carries strong acute tooth on the distal margin of the inferior inner surface. The small chela is sexually dimorphic in females; it is 4.4 times as long as broad with fingers occupying the distal half. The palm is very 253 smooth. The dactylus is simple without fringe of setae. The meri of both the sexes are 2.2 times as long as broad and bear an acute tooth distally on inferointernal margin. The male small chela is 3.8 times as long as broad with fingers 0.6 as long as palm, the superior margin of palm bears a small groove proximal to the dactylus that is extended slightly. Figure 116: Alpheus edwardsii. A- Left maxillula; B- Left maxilla; C- ELeft first to third maxillipeds. 254 Remarks: The present material does not agree fully with Henderson‟s description of A. edwardsii collected from Karachi coast in 1883. This is either due to the individual variation since the species is variable; at least six characters show variation (Banner & Banner, 1972) or it is a different species. Colour: Ground colour is purplish brown, the dorsal halves of abdominal somites bears 5 longitudinal rows of white or colourless short stripes and some blue eyes spots- three on the first somite, two, four, four, and two spots respectively on following somites Size:11 mm in CL Localities:Manora Island, Astola Island Distribution: East Mediterranean evidently entered by way of Suez Canal, Red Sea, and eastern and South Africa to Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, Marshall Island, and Caroline Island. Alpheus isodactylus Afzal,Javed&Barkati, 1986 (Fig. 117) Alpheus isodactylus Afzal et al, 1986: 339 Description: The rostrum is triangular reaching up to the middle or to the end of the visible part of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; a notch is present between the rostral base and the anterior margin of the orbital hoods; the rostral carina is acute and runs up to the base of the orbital hoods; it is separated from the orbital hoods by broad shallow grooves. The telson is longer than the sixth abdominal somite. The two pairs of dorsal spines are always present. The posterior margin bears two spines on each posterolateral angle and a row of 12 to 20 spinules. 255 Figure 117: Alpheus isodactylus. A- Anterior region; B- Telson and left uropod ;C- Large chela, male; D- Small chela, male; E- Second right leg; F- Third right leg. The lateral spine of the stylocerite is short and reaches to the end of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the outer margin of the scaphocerite is clearly concave, the lateral spine almost always reaches beyond the antennular peduncle, with the squamose portion slightly longer than the antennular peduncle, but always shorter than the lateral spine; the carpocerite is almost equal in length to the antennular peduncle. The lateral spine of the basicerite varies from reduced to well develop. The large chela is 2.0 to 2.3 times as long as broad, with the fingers occupying the distal one third; the dactlyus is broadly rounded at the tip in both the sexes. The anterior margin of the tooth on the dactylus is abruptly curved posteriorly in the male while in the female it gradually does so; the groove of the superior margin of the palm is with proximal and distal 256 margins broadly rounded. The distal depression on the inferior shoulder is well marked and continued superiorly on the inner surface to join the extensive external midline; the merus is 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as broad, and is unarmed. The small chela shows the sexual dimorphism; that of the male is balaeniceps-shaped, 2.6 times as long as broad. The transverse groove of superior margin, depression on the palm and the inferior shoulder are similar to the small chela of the male, far less pronounced but present in the female specimens of all available sizes. The merus is almost 2.0 times as long as broad, unarmed. The second leg has the ratio of the carpal articles: 10:6:2:4. The ischium of the third leg is with a movable spine. The merus is unarmed, 3.0 as long as broad, bearing 3 to 5 very much elongated stiff setae on the superior margin of the anterior half besides many short scattered setae on the inferior and the superior margins. The carpus is 0.6 as long as the merus with either distal margin markedly projecting. The propodus is almost as long as the carpus, bearing on its inferior margin 8 to 12 movable spines of which the two are in the form of a pair at the base of the dactylus; the dactylus is simple. The endopod of the second pleopod in female bears only an appendix interna. In males both the appendix interna and appendix masculina are present and are almost of equal size. The tip of the appendix interna bears a cap of tiny hooks. Size: 10-48mm in TL (male) 8-50mm in TL (female) Locality:Manora Island Distribution: Not reported outside Pakistan Alpheus lobidens de Haan, 1849 (Figs. 118-121, Pl.4B) Alpheus lobidens de Haan, 1849:179; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:153; Banner & Banner, 1981:29; Chace, 1988:34 257 Alpheus crassimanus Heller, 1862: 526; 1865:170;Bate, 1888:554; de Man, 1902:880; Kemp, 1915:299; Barnard, 1950:756; Banner & Banner, 1959:147; 1966:138; Tiwari, 1963:307 (part); Tufail & Hashmi,1965:278 (larvae) Alpheus inopinatus Holthuis & Gottlieb, 1958:42; Tirmizi& Kazmi, 1969:99; Karim & Rehman, 1974:26; Afzal et al, 1986:338 Alpheus lobidens polynesica Banner & Banner, 1975:429 Alpheus lobidens lobidens Banner & Banner, 1982:252 Description: The carapace and abdomen are finely pitted. The rostrum is short and sharply pointed. It fails to reach the distal end of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. Posteriorly it is continued as a welldefined carina as far as the base of the eyes. This carina is separated from the ocular hoods by distinct grooves. The rostrum is smooth and may have hairs. The posterior margin of the carapace has a distinct cardiac notch. Postero-lateral angle of each of the first four abdominal somites is broadly rounded that of the fifth is somewhat pointed. The antero-lateral angle is broadly rounded. 258 Figure 118: Alpheus lobidens. Animal in dorsal view (After Tirmizi & Kazmi,1969) The telson is longer than the sixth abdominal somite. There are two pairs of dorsal spines on the telson; the first pair is placed somewhat before the middle of the telson, the second is situated slightly closer to the anterior pair than to the posterior margin of the telson, some times one or (seldom) two spines may be missing. The posterior margin is furnished with two spinules on each postero-lateral angle and a fringe of setae. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments. The stylocerite ends in a sharp point, it fails to reach the distal margin of the basal segment. The second segment is longer than the last or ultimate segment, the lateral margin of the scaphocerite is somewhat concave and ends into a strong spine, which is longer than the squamose portion. 259 The mandibular palp is two segmented. Both the incisor and molar processes are well developed; the incisor process bears 8-9 teeth. The maxillulary palp is divided into a broad rounded outer and a slender inner portion, the latter is provided with a strong bristle, the upper lacinia is slender and distally curved. The maxillary palp suddenly becomes narrow distally. The palp of the first maxilliped is two segmented and reaches well beyond the caridean lobe .The second maxilliped is as illustrated. The third maxilliped reaches with the ultimate segment beyond the antennular peduncle, its tip bears long setae, the ultimate segment is twice the length of the penultimate segment, and the parapenultimate segment is three times longer than the penultimate segment. The exopod reaches slightly beyond the end of the parapenultimate segment. 260 Figure 119: Alpheus lobidens. A- Left antennular peduncle; B- Left antennal scale; C- Left mandible; D- Left maxillula; E- Left maxilla. The first pereopods reach with the chela beyond the antennal peduncle, the larger leg has the upper margin of the dactylus evenly rounded, forming almost semicircle, the ventral margin bears a very strong blunt tooth, which fits in the cavity on the cutting edge of the fixed finger, the palm is somewhat less than twice as long as the finger. Both the upper and lower margins are provided with a distinct broad, blunt shoulder, the lower incision is rather developed than upper, and continues on the outer surface as an oblique groove, the palm shows a broadly triangular impression on the inner surface just below the upper shoulder; the outer surface has a similar depressed area, which however, is more quadrangular in outline. A blunt tooth is present on the inner surface of the palm near the base of the dactylus; this tooth is rather indistinct in the female, the carpus is short and cup-shaped, the merus is about as long as the palm. The smaller first leg in the male has the dactylus “balaenicep” shaped, on both the inner and outer surface there is an oblique row of closely set hairs, placed on a distinct ridge, which in its basal part overhangs the cutting edges. The fingers are about as long as palm, their edges are unarmed. The palm is more slender in the large leg. The dorsal and ventral incisions are distinct. Here, too, is a triangular depressed area on the inner surface of the palm below the dorsal incision. A distinct, rather sharply pointed tooth is present on the inner surface near the base of the dactylus. In the female the smaller leg differs conspicuously from that of the male by the absence of the hairy ridges on the dactylus; the incisions on the palm are less distinct here, but still noticeable. The merus is as long as the palm. 261 Figure 120: Alpheus lobidens. A-C- Left first to third maxillipeds The second pair of pereopods is symmetrical; the fingers are nearly equal to the palm. The carpus is five segmented. Merus and ischium are nearly of equal size. The third pereopod reaches with part of the propodus beyond the antennular peduncle. The propodus is armed with spines on the posterior margin and it is longer than the carpus. The fourth pereopod is slender; the propodus is also armed with a row of spines on its posterior margin. The fifth pereopod is more slender than the preceding two pairs, the propodus bears 4-6 spines on the posterior margin, and oblique rows of hairs are present on the distal two third portion of the segment. 262 Figure 121: Alpheus lobidens. A- Left cheliped; B-E- Left first to fourth pereopods In both the sexes, the endopod of the first pleopod is small, whereas, the endopod of the second pleopod in female bears only an appendix interna, in males both the appendix interna and appendix masculina are present. Remarks: The Indian Ocean and western Pacific Ocean specimens are greater in size than those of central Pacific are but no dividing line was fixed (Banner & Banner, 1974). This species is perhaps the most common alpheid found here and used as bait in fishing, used to be collected at Karachi in the hundreds in one sample but now it is not so abundant. Anker (2001) indicated that his new collection may help to determine the validity of A. inopinatus and A. audouini. 263 Colour: Greeny-brown, olive green, or smoky-grey, anterior parts of abdomens often white, with, or without longitudinal stripes. Telson and uropods apically blackish; chelae green- orange or green- brown, finger and thumbs of large chelae orange, tips dull violet, palm with a more or less brilliant cobalt – blue patch on inner surface; other legs dull pinkish (Kemp, 1915, Barnard, 1950) .In live specimens the color is variable, several colour patterns have been observed of which one is photographed to be included in this report. Habitat: At the low tide in large number from crevices, more often from between the two layers of sandy stones. Localities: Manora Island, Hawks Bay, Somar Goth, Bulleji, Astola Island, and Korangi Creek. Distribution: Indo-Pacific – from Red Sea to Hawaii, as well as eastern and central Mediterranean. Development: (Fig.122).Only first larval stage has been described (Tufail & Hashmi, 1965), later four larval stages were obtained by Barkati (1980)but with no description was given. First Larval Stage: Length: 2.5mm.The general shape of the body is elongated with a carapace, which lacks the grooves and details of the mature adult. Unlike the ventral surface of the carapace, dorsal surface is smooth and curves gradually down to the lateral edges. The ocular lobe does not project much over the base of the eyestalks. The rostrum is very small, situated between the bases of antennules. 264 H Figure122: Alpheus lobidens. First larva. A- Entire latro-dorsal view; B- Same, Ventral view; C- Antennule; D- Antenna; E- Maxilla; F-H-First to third maxillipeds; I- Telson (Modified from Tufail & Hashmi, 1965 as Alpheus crassimanus) The body is clearly divided into two parts. The carapace covers the anterior part, which is slightly less than one-third of the body length. The posterior edge of the carapace is nearly straight and covers the basal portion of the maxillipeds. The narrower posterior part is divided into abdomen of six somites and unsegmented telson. The abdominal somites are provided with lateral spines. Slight pointed abdominal spines mark the junctions of the abdominal segments. The telson is much more elongated but not forked, bears 16 spines, eight on either side of the midpoint. The spines are barbed except their basal portion, which is smooth. The central pair of spines is the smallest and is surrounded by a pair of slightly larger spines. The latter in turn are enclosed by 4 larger spines on either side. The spines on extreme ends of telson are small. Antennule is smaller than antenna; divided at the distal end, one lobe bears three long plumose setae while the other smaller one bears two plumose setae. Apical segment of peduncle is produced into two flagella, outer and inner, the outer bears three long plumose setae, and the inner flagellum two spines. 265 Antenna is biramous, the exopod, which is larger, bears eight long, plumose setae while the endopod is smaller and possesses two comparatively smaller plumose setae. Endopod is slender, and bears two segments while the exopod is unsegmented. Scaphognathite bears 12 plumose small setae. First maxilliped has short endopod, which is segmented and bears two small plumose setae at the last segment and one at second segment; one at the first segment; three at the base. While the exopod is long and unsegmented, and possesses four long apical plumose setae at the terminal end. Second maxilliped endopod is segmented and is ended in one long and two small spines, all are simple; exopod is also segmented, bears a pair of long plumose setae at the base of last segment and four long plumose setae at the tip of the last segment. Rudiments of third maxilliped are seen as underdeveloped exopod and endopod is noted to be without any setae. Alpheus manorensis Afzal ,Javed&Barkati, 1986 (Fig.123) Alpheus manorensis Afzal et al, 1986: 339 Description: The rostrum is short and narrow reaching to the middle of the visible part of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the orbital hoods are flattened dorsally. The rostral carina reaches to the base of the orbital hoods. The orbitorostral grooves are broad and shallow. The telson is 1.2 times as long as the posterior margin is broad. 266 Figure 123: Alpheus manorensis. A- Anterior region; B- Large chela, male; C- Small chela, male; D- Second right leg; E- Third right leg. The lateral spine of the stylocerite reaches to the end of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. The outer margin of the scaphocerite is slightly concave, the lateral spine of the stylocerite reaches beyond the antennular peduncle, and the squamose portion reaches to the middle of the third segment of antennular peduncle. The carpocerite is definitely longer than the antennular peduncle as well as the lateral spine of the 267 scaphocerite. The lateral spine of the basicerite is short and strong. The second segment of the antennular peduncle is 1.4 times as long as the visible part of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. The third segment is slightly shorter than the visible part of the basal segment. The large chela is 2.3 times as long as broad with the fingers occupying the distal 0.4 of the chela; the sculpturing on the palm is the dactylus is pointed at the tip in both the sexes. In the male there is a prominent ridge on the inner face of the dactylus, which bears a row of sparse setae; the tooth on the dactylus is slanting posteriorly in male whereas in the females it is a jutting out and knob like. The small chela of the male and female are similar and not balaeniceps in either sex; the chela is 3.9 times as long as broad with the fingers occupying the distal half; the palm bears slight depressions on the superior and the inferior margin but is smooth on the inner and outer faces; the merus is 2 times as long as broad and unarmed. The dactylus is simple. The ratio of the carpal joints of the second leg is 10:6:4:4:6; the ischium of the third leg is armed with movable spine; the merus is 4 times as long broad, unarmed. The carpus is half as long as the merus; the propodus is 0.7 as long as the merus and bears eight movable spines on the inferior margin; the dactylus is simple. Size: 33mm in TL (male), 32- 37mmTL (female) Locality: Manora Island. Distribution: Not out side Pakistan Alpheus pacificus Dana, 1852 (Fig. 124) Alpheus pacificus Dana, 1852: 544; Coutiere, 1899:16, fig. 290; 1905:909; Chace, 1962:610; 1988:45; Tiwari, 1963:315; Banner & Banner, 1966:143, fig. 54; 1979:203; 1981:37; 1982a: 37; 1982b:217; Gillett & Yaldwyn, 1969:70, 110, fig. 41; Kazmi & Kazmi ,1979:154; Afzal et al, 1986:339; Miya, 1984:96; Kim & Abele, 1988:100; Poupin, 1996:6; Yang & Ko, 2005:34 Alpheus gracilidigitus Miers, 1884:287 Crangon pacifica – Banner, 1953:138, fig. 50 [neotype established] 268 Crangon pacificus- Schmitt, 1939:12 Description: The rostrum is elongate, slightly overreaching middle of visible part of the first antennular segment and bears few short setae on lateral margins proximally. The rostral carina in rounded dorsally extending backwards beyond posterior end of ocular hood; the ocular hood is slightly inflated above the level of rostral carina and produced anteriorly to middle of rostrum; the orbitorostral groove is moderately deep and reaching far posterior to eye, anterior margin of ocular hood is rounded, very concave near base of rostrum. 269 Figure 124: Alpheus pacificus. A- Anterior region; B- Telson and uropods; C- Large chela, female; D- Small chela,male; E- Small chela, female; F- Second left leg; G- Third left leg The telson is about 1.6 times as long as broad at anterior end, armed with two pairs of rather stout dorsal spines and with no longitudinal median depression on dorsal surface. Posterior margin is rounded, bears setae-like spines, and a pair of spines at each lateral end; the inner spine is almost as long and wide as outer one.The pleurae of first four abdominal somites are broadly rounded in both the sexes. The first antennular segment bears very shallow, broadly V-shaped carina which extends from ventral inner margin; the second segment is about 2.3 times; as long as broad, 1.7 times as long as visible part of first segment and 1.6 times as long as third segment; the stylocerite is proximally broad, abruptly narrows to a sharp point, almost reaches to distal margin of the first segment. The scaphocerite is about 2.6 times as long as broad with lateral margin slightly concave at the proximal 1/3, distal spine at least reaches to distal end of antennular peduncle. Inner blade regularly becomes narrow distally, and is far shorter than the adjacent distal spine, basicerite bears a sharp triangular lateral spine; the spine is broad at base, almost reaches to tip of the stylocerite. The third maxilliped slightly overreaches the distal end of carpocerite, ultimate segment is about 5.2 times as long as broad at proximal end and 1.7 times as long as penultimate; the distal margin is truncate, not much narrower than proximal end and bears long setae on its superior and inferior margins as well as on distal margin; dense tufts of setae are present on superior and inferior margins, especially distally; the antepenultimate segment has sparse setae on inferior margin and few long setae on superior distal margin; the exopod slightly overreaches distal end of antepenultimate segment. The major leg overreaches distal end of carpocerite by the length of chela. It is about 2.3 times as long as broad; the fingers occupy distal 1/3. Movable finger is regularly arched in profile and compressed laterally and is acutely rounded; the immovable finger is directed upward, the superior margin is very concave; the palm has a superior transverse and very deep groove, the proximal shoulder overhangs the groove, the superior outer 270 palmer depression is well defined, quadrangular, extends to the oblique suture, the superior inner palmer depression is elongated triangular in shape and overreaches proximally, middle of groove is very deep slightly slanting posteriorly; the proximal shoulder is heavy, rounded, slanted distally and bears small granules; the inferior outer palmer depression is very narrow, and obliquely, inverse V-shaped. The inner face of palm has a shallow longitudinal depression near bottom of palm; the merus is about 1.8 times as long as broad, its inferior inner margin bears very short setae and has no spine at distal end. The minor chela of first pereopods is about 3.5 times as long as broad, the fingers occupy slightly more than distal 0.6; the inferior margin of palm has a broad shoulder below level of dactylar articulation, the inner face of palm has blunt tooth flanking dactylar articulation; both the fingers are slender and their tips are acute, movable finger is not balaeniceps, series of dense setae are present on lateral cutting edge that cross a similar series of setae on fixed fingers; tips of fingers overlap but fingers gape between the tips and rest on movable finger when closed. Minor chela of the female is smaller, four times as long as broad with fingers only 2.5 times longer than the palm and bear only scattered setae instead of rows of long hairs; the merus is about 2.5 times as long as broad with very short setae on inferior inner margin and without any spine at distal end. The second pereopod overreaches distal end of carpocerite by ½ of first carpal segment; the fingers of chela are almost as long as second segment; the carpal articles of second leg bear ratio of 12:11:4:4:6. The dactylus of third pereopod is simple, about 0.4 times as long as propodus; the propodus is almost as long as carpus, with 7 movable spines and a pair at distal end, the merus is about 4.5 times as long as broad, 1.5 times as long as carpus, bears few stiff setae on inferior margin, the ischium has movable spines; The appendix masculina is almost as long as appendix interna. Colour: Tip of major chela brown, rest of fingers and palm banded with irregular white, olive-green and blue-green. Fingers of small chela light green, distal three-fourths of palm white and olive-green at base. Carpus and dactylus blue; thoracic legs blue with white band at meral- carpal joint. Antennae blue, antennules olive-green. Scaphocerite and carpocerite blue. Carapace and abdomen reddish brown with faint brown line extending from middle of carapace to sixth abdominal somite; on the lateral margins where each abdominal somite meets the next is a diffuse white spot; telson of 271 same colour as abdomen, uropods light green. Colour pattern and intensity varies from individual to individual and changes when kept in aquarium (Banner & Banner, 1982:220). Size: 34-35 mm in TL (male), 39-45mm in TL (females) Habitat: and rock spit. Largely intertidal, living under rocks, rock shingle, Localities: Manora Island,Nathia Gali,Bulleji,Light House and Astola Island Distribution: Australia; Red Sea and Madagascar; Mombasa Kenya; Korea, eastern Pacific from Gulf of California, Costa Rica, Clipperton Island and Galapagos Islands. Alpheus pseudoedwardsii Afzal,Javed&Barkati,1986 (Fig.125) Alpheus pseudoedwardsii Afzal et al, 1986: 330 Description: The rostrum is acute and triangular, twice as long as broad at the base and reaches beyond the middle point of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the lateral margin bears sparse and short setae; the rostral carina extends as far as the base of the orbital hoods from which it is separated by shallow and broad grooves. The telson is 3.0 times as long as broad; its posterior margin is broad. The anterior margin is 1.7 as long as the posterior margin. The lateral margins are convex in the anterior third and narrowing slightly in the posterior two third. 272 Figure 125: Alpheus pseudoedwardsii. A- Anterior region; B- Telson and uropods; C- Large chela, female; D- Small chela, female; ESecond left leg; F- Third left leg The second segment of the antennular peduncle is 3 times as long as broad and 1.7 times as long as the visible part of the basal segment, while the third segment is nearly as long as the basal segment; the acute 273 spine of the stylocerite reaches near the end of the basal segment. The outer margin of the scaphocerite is slightly concave; the lateral spine reaches beyond the antennular peduncle, the squamose portion reaches the end of the antennular peduncle; the carpocerite is as long as the lateral spine of scaphocerite; the lateral spine of the basicerite reaches almost to the level of the tip of the stylocerite. The large chela is 2.5 times as long as broad, slightly compressed; the fingers are slender longer than the palm and occupy 0.6 of the total length of the chela; the fingers are pointed at the tips; the dactylus is similar to the fixed finger. It is sculptured with transverse grooves, which run throughout the length of the superior margin on inner and outer face; the grooves on the inferior margin run from the tip to the base of the tooth of the dactylus. The tooth is an elongated inferior elevation of the dactylus, which occupies most of the proximal half of the dactylus.The distal, and proximal margins of the superior groove of the palm are broadly rounded. The groove is continued on the outer face as roughly triangular areas, its tip reaches to the middle of the palm. The notch on the inferior margin is much deeper than the one on the upper, which has proximal shoulder projecting. The merus is 2.5 times long as long broad, lacking a tooth on the inferior internal margin but with a shallow notch in the proximal half. The small chela is 4 times as long as broad with fingers longer than the palm, occupying distal more than half of the chela; there is a tooth like swelling on the inferior margin of the finger. No corresponding cavity is present on the opposing face of the fixed finger. The merus is above 3 times as long as broad and is unarmed. The ratio of the carpal joints of the second leg is 10:7:2:3:5. The ischium of the third leg bears a strong movable spine. The merus is 3.5 times as long as broad; the carpus is half as long as the merus with both the distal end of the superior and inferior margin projecting and acute. The propodus is 0.8 as long as the merus and bears ten movable spines on its inferior margin. The dactylus is simple. Size: 3mm in CL, 39mm in TL. Habitat: Tide pools Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Not reported outside Pakistan 274 Alpheus cf. rapax Fabricius, 1798 (Pl. 5B) Alpheus rapax Fabricius, 1798:405; de Man, 1909:147; Barnard, 1950: 752; Banner & Banner, 1966:121, 1982: 174; Thomas, 1970:1; Miya, 1984:97 Alpheus malabaricus Hilgendorf, 1878:832 Alpheus brevirostris de Man, 1888a:22:261 Description: The rostrum is acute, reaching variously from first quarter of visible part of first antennular article to near the end of that article. The rostral carina is sharp, reaching posteriorly to the base of orbital hoods. The orbital hoods are inflated, forming deep orbitorostral grooves. The telson is more than 2.5 times as long as its posterior margin; the posterior margin is strongly arcuate. The antennular peduncles are slender; the second article is longer than the visible part of the first, and more than two times longer than the third article. The stylocerite is flattened and leaf-like; the lateral spine is small, reaching near end of first antennular article, the lateral margin of scaphocerite is slightly curved, the lateral spine is a little longer than the squamous portion; the carpocerite reaches to the end of antennular peduncle. The large chela is compressed almost 3 times as long as broad, the fingers occupy distal one fourth, the superior margin of palm bears a transverse groove proximal to dactylus, upper and lower inner margin of palm bears rows of setae. The dactylus is heavy, its distal end is broadly rounded, and the merus is nearly three times as long as broad, inferior internal margin is armed with 4-7 movable spines and terminates in a strong tooth. The small chela is highly compressed, nearly five times as long as wide, the fingers are 1.3 times as long as palm; their opposing faces are flattened and fringed with a dense row of bristles, both fingers are strongly hooked at tip. The merus is three times as long as wide, its armature similar 275 to that of the large chela. The large chela in males bears a short dense row of bristles on inferior margin of dactylus. The carpal articles of second leg bear a ratio of 10 :( 10-7):3:3:5. The ischium of third leg bears a small spine; the carpus is almost half as long as merus than the merus; the propodus is shorter than the merus and bears on inferior margin nine movable spinules. The dactylus is 0.4 lengths of propodus, subspatulate, laterally expanded, with inferior surface slightly excavate. Remarks: The unidetifiable specimens are only tentatively given the name of A. rapax. Colour: Black and white transverse bands across cephalothorax and abdomen. Large chela with similar transverse markings clearly visible on the inner side also. Tips of fingers white. Habitat: Sandy muddy intertidal areas, burrowing in association with gobies(Karplus,1987). Distribution: Red Sea, S. Africa, Hawaii, Singapore, Japan, Marshal and Caroline Islands, Indonesia, Australia, Mergui, India, Sri- Lanka and now for the first times from Karachi. Alpheus splendidus Coutiere, 1897 (Figs. 126-129,Pl.4A ) Alpheus splendidus Coutiere, 1897:236; 1898: 197;1921: 426; Johnson, 1962: 52; Crosnier & Forest, 1965:361, fig.4; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:153; Banner & Banner, 1982:56; Wicksten & Hendricks, 1985:571; Afzal et al, 1986:338; Chace,1988:54 Alpheus pomatoceros Banner & Banner, 1966: 93, fig. 32. Description: The body is a smooth and polished. The rostrum is triangular and acute, in the males it extends beyond the basal segment of antennular peduncle whereas in female it reaches as far as the distal margin of the basal segment of antennular peduncle. A rounded carina is 276 present on the rostrum, which is continued backwards, extending over the anterior one third of the carapace; short but deep orbitorostral grooves separate the rostrum from the orbital hoods; the latter are anteriorly rounded and from their upper surfaces, sharply pointed spines arise, directly above the eyes. Each orbital spine has a short carina, which extends backwards for a short distance; a shallow groove is present on the lateral side of each orbital hood. Figure 126: Alpheus splendidus. A- Carapace, lateral view; B- Telson and uropods; C- Right antennular peduncle. The telson is nearly as long as the last abdominal somite. It tapers slightly toward the tip; the posterior margin is somewhat convex and armed with two spinules on each postero-lateral angle, of which the inner one is longer, besides these, two pairs of spines are present on the dorsal surface. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments; the basal segment is the largest. It also bears an acute process near the distomedian angle and another, laterally at about the middle of the segment; the stylocerite reaches up to the proximal half of the second segment of the antennular peduncle. The second segment is longer than the third segment. 277 The spine of the scaphocerite is strong reaches beyond distal margin of the blade. Figure 127: Alpheus splendidus. A- Right antennal scale; B- Left maxillula; C- Right maxilla; D-F- Left first to third maxillipeds. 278 Figure 128: Alpheus splendidus. A- First large cheliped; B- First small cheliped; C- Second right leg; D- Third right leg Seven incisor teeth are present in the mandible. The first maxilliped has a slender palp. The first pair of pereopods is asymmetrical; the large chela is slender being three times as long as broad. The immovable finger is onethird the length of the palm; it is more or less club shaped, the apex being broadly rounded; a spine is present on either side of the dactylus articulation; the small chela is 4.3 times as long as broad; few spinules are present as illustrated on the inferior margin of the merus. Figure 129: Alpheus splendidus. A- Second pleopod, female; B- Same, male 279 The endopod of the first pleopod in female is small, whereas, the endopod of the second pleopod bears an appendix interna. In male both the appendix interna and appendix masculina are present. Colour: Body pale pink with two sub median longitudinal bands of orange colour extending over the entire body length. Size: 40-47 mm in TL (male), 29 mm in TL (female) Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Red Sea, eastern Africa, Seychelles, Malaysia, Thailand, Hong Kong, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, and eastern Pacific. Alpheus strenuus strenuus Dana, 1852 (Figs. 130-131) Alpheus strenuus Dana, 1852 a : 21: 1852b:543, pl. 3, fig. 4; Barnard, 1950: 760; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:154 Alpheus strenuus var. angulatus Coutiere, 1905: 913, pl. 87 fig. 53. Alpheus strenuus strenuus Banner & Banner, 1966: 140, fig. 53. 1982: 225; 1983:83; 1985:32; Chace, 1988:56 Description: The rostrum is slender reaches just beyond the end of the first antennular segment; the rounded rostral carina extends up to the base of the orbital hoods. The orbital hoods are only slightly inflated forming moderate groove between orbital hoods and carina. The carapace is smooth without any carina or groove. 280 Figure130: Alpheus strenuus strenuus. A- Left antennular peduncle; BLeft antennal scale; C- Right maxillula; D- Right maxilla; E- Telson and left uropod The telson is longer than the sixth abdominal somite, the dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of posteriorly directed spines, and each lateral side bears a pair of spines of which the outer one is smaller. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub equal segments, the second antennular segment is 2.3 times as long as broad in the middle and it is 1.5 times as long as visible portion of the first; the stylocerite reaches nearly up to or beyond the end of the first antennular segment. The lateral side of the scaphocerite is concave and ends into a spine, which is longer than the squamose portion; the carpocerite is nearly as long as the spine of the scaphocerite. 281 B F A D E C Figure 131: Alpheus strenuus strenuus. A-C Left first to third maxillipeds; D- Large chela; E- Small chela; F- Left second leg. The oral appendages are typical. The large chela is somewhat compressed, two and a half times as long as broad; the dactylus is not noticeably curved, it is not double ended, having a well developed plunger, the palm has a longitudinal groove on inner surface near margin, at the base of fixed finger the saddle is situated proximal to the adhesive plaque, the proximal shoulder is blunt, slightly overhangs the saddle; the shoulder is strong behind the fixed finger, it is not acute; the merus is 2.6 times as long as broad, the superior margin is 282 without any tooth whereas the inferior internal margin is armed with several small spines and bears a strong acute tooth distally. The small chela is 4 times as long as broad; the dactylus is “balaeniceps” in both the sexes, shorter than palm. The merus is 2.3 times as long as broad in the middle. The distal end of the superior margin is rounded whereas the inferior internal margin is armed with several small spines and bears a small acute tooth distally. The segments of the carpus of the second pereopod have the following ratio-10:10:3:3:4. The third pereopod has a simple pointed dactylus, the propodus has 10 spines on its flexor margin, and the merus is unarmed and the ischium is armed with movable spines. Remarks: It appear to well known to importers as snowflake shrimp of tropical animals for the marine aquarium in Europe under several Latin names in the aquarium – oriented literature. Size: 32-68 mm in TL. Colour: Either greenish brown, often mottled or striped more or less distinctly with white, when stripes are present they are usually longitudinal. Habitat:May share its burrow/tube fireworm Eurythoe. Distribution: between large granite boulders with Throughout Indo- Pacific and Red Sea. Alpheus zulfaquiri Kazmi, 1982 (Figs. 132-133, Pl.6B) Alpheus zulfaquiri Kazmi, 1982: 137 Description: The rostrum is short, triangular, reaching slightly beyond middle of visible part of basal segment of antennular peduncle; the rostral carina is somewhat angular between orbital hoods, but rounded posteriorly; the orbital hoods are inflated, the orbito-rostral grooves are moderately deep. 283 Figure 132: Alpheus zulfaquiri. A- Anterior portion in dorsal view; BTelson in dorsal view; C- Large cheliped; C’- Fingers of large chela; C”- Merus and carpus of large chela; D- First small chela; E- Second pereopod The telson is nearly one and half times longer than sixth abdominal somite, its posterior margin is convex, the postero-lateral angles bear two pairs of spines, the outer spine is about half as long as the inner; the dorsal surface of telson is armed with two pairs of spines; a shallow longitudinal groove is present in posterior half of the telson. The antennular peduncle reaches slightly beyond the scaphocerite; the second segments is 2.4 times as long as the visible portion of first and four times as long as broad, The tip of stylocerite is acute reaches almost to the end of first antennular segment. Lateral margin of scaphocerite is slightly concave, terminating in a tooth, reaching beyond squamose portion; the carpocerite is as long as the antennular peduncle, spine of basicertie is small and acute. 284 D Figure 133: Alpheus zulfaquiri. A- Large chela in lateral view; B-DThird to fifth pereopods. The large chela is three times as long as broad in the middle, the fingers are slightly shorter than the palm, has low rounded ridges which start from proximal region and end at distal region of palm; the superior margin of palm has shallow rounded transverse groove which terminates abruptly on either face, inferior shoulder is lacking, outer face of palm has low rounded ridges which start from proximal region and end at distal region of palm, the merus is twice as long as broad distally; the inferiointernal margin is armed with six movable spines, terminating in a strong tooth. The small chela is 4.5 times as long as broad in the middle, the movable finger is nearly twice the length of palm, the immovable finger is markedly shorter than the dactylus; the inner-inferior internal margin of merus bears few movable spines, and terminates in a strong tooth. The carpal articles of second leg have a ratio of 3.1:3.1:1:1:1.3; the ischium of third leg is armed with a movable spine; the merus is unarmed, it is five times as long as broad; carpus is 0.6 the lengths of the merus with 5-6 spines; the dactylus is 0.3 as long as the merus, it is spatulate in shape. The fourth and fifth pereopods are shorter than the third; the carpus of fourth pereopod is slightly shorter than the propodus; the propodus bears seven spines; dactylii of fourth and fifth pereopods are spatulate. Size: 45 mm in TL 285 Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Not out side Pakistan. Genus Athanas Leach, 1814 sensu stricto Diagnosis: Body usually slender. Carapace usually smooth, sometimes setose. Frontal margin with long, straight, slightly ascendant, or descendant rostrum, with acute tip, without subdistal tooth on ventral margin, rarely with teeth on dorsal margin. Extra-corneal teeth present, acute, sometimes protruding beyond anterior margin of eye; ) supra- and infra-corneal teeth absent or present. Orbital hoods absent; eyes exposed in dorsal and lateral views. Pterygostomial margin usually rounded, rarely sharply protruding or with small acute tooth. Cardiac notch well developed. Sixth abdominal segment with articulated plate at posteroventral angle; preanal plate rounded. Antennules with straight, not serrated distal margin of 1st segment; ventromesial carina of 1st segment with strong tooth; lateral flagellum with welldeveloped secondary ramus. Antenna with normal, not particularly stout basicerite, distolateral tooth present; scaphocerite variably oval to subrectangular, usually more or less elongate. Mandible with palp, incisor process usually not expanded, distally with 5-8 medium-sized teeth, rarely expande, with 12-15 min teeth. Maxillule with bilobed palp, both ventral and dorsal lobes with setae. Labrum not swollen or protruding. Third maxilliped without distal tooth on dorsal margin of antepenultimate segment; penultimate segment elongate, distinctly longer than wide; ultimate segment often with spines on tip. First pereopods polymorphic, carried folded or extended with dactylus in lateral position; coxa usually with(chelipeds) highly variable in shape, size, and degree of asymmetry, often sexually dimorphic or apressed subtriangular tooth mesially; basis with rudimentary exopod; ischium unarmed mesially, often with spines on dorsal and ventral margins;chelae without linea impressa on palm and without fossa-plunger on fingers. Male chelipeds usually enlarged and/or elongate, equal, subequal, or unequal, symmetrical, subsymmetrical, or asymmetrical (with major cheliped situated either on left or right side); ischium sometimes with lobes furnishedwith spines on dorsal margin; merus usually stout, depressed or excavated ventrally; carpuselongate or cupshaped, sometimes flattened ventrally;chela highly variable, usually conspicuously swollen or elongate, sometimes with tubercles 286 along ventral margin; fingers usually armed with teeth. Female chelipeds variable from slender,slightly elongate, to greatly enlarged, equal, subequal, or unequal, symmetrical, subsymmetrical, orasymmetrical (with major cheliped situated on left or right side); merus variable, slender to stout, flattened or excavated ventrally; carpus elongate or cup-shaped, sometimes flattened ventrally; chelaevariable from slender to oval or elongate, sometimes with tubercles along ventral nd margin; fingers unarmed or armed with teeth. Carpus of 2 pereopod with 5 segments, exceptionally 4 or 6. Third pereopod with ischium unarmed or bearing 1 spine on ventrolateral margin; merus unarmed, distoventral margin never acute or angular; carpus unarmed; propodus usually with ventral spines,rarely with spinelike setae; dactylus more or less slender, simple or biunguiculate. Fifth pereopod with well-developed propodal brush. Second pleopod with appendix interna and appendix masculine in males, appendix interna in females, exceptionally with appendix masculina in ovigerous specimens.Telson with 2 pairs of dorsal spines and 2 pairs of posterolateral spines; anal tubercles absent. Gill formula with somewhat variable numberof epipods, as summarized in following table (untypical condition indicated in parentheses).(from Anker&Jeng,2007) Type species: Palaemon nitescens Leach, 1814 :401 Gender: Masculine. Remarks: The gulf and Indo- West-Pacific members of the genus are 34,all small and inconspicuous .Some species are symbionts with other animals. (Chace, 1988,Anker et al.,2010) of which only two A. dimorphus Ortmann, 1894,belonging to a heterogenous species group and A. arabicus Afzal, Javed&Barkati , 1986, have been recorded from Pakistan, they can be separated with the help of following key. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF ATHANAS 1. Infracorneal spine rounded. One movable spine on propodus of third leg on the distal end. Telson armed with one spine on each posterolateral angle ------------------------- A.dimorphus. Infracorneal spine acute. A row of seven to eight spines on propodus of third leg. Two spines on each posterolateral angle of telson------------------------------------------------------A. arabicus. 287 Athanas arabicus Afzal,Jaed&Barkati, 1986 (Fig. 134A) Athanas arabicus Afzal et al ,1986:339 Description: The rostrum is long and triangular, its sides gradually taper to pointed tip which reaches to the end of second segment of the antennular peduncle; it bears a sharp carina running backwards up to the level of the orbital margin. The supracorneal spine is absent. The extra corneal spine is acute, reaching to the middle of the cornea, the infracorneal spine is small, and acute .The cornea of the eye is partially concealed at the base by the extra and infracorneal projections. The pterygostomian angle is rounded. G A E B D F C Figure 134A: Athanas arabicus. A- Anterior part lateral view; B- Same dorsal view; C- Telson and uropods; D- Third maxiliped; E- F- First legs; G- Second leg 288 The telson is three times as long as broad at the posterior margin, the anterior margin is 1.5 times as long as the posterior margin;it bears a pair of spines on each posterolateral angle of which the inner is twice as long as the outer one besides two pairs of spines are present on the dorsal surface. The second segment of the antennular peduncle is equal in length to the visible part of the basal segment; the third segment is slightly longer than the second; the stylocerite reaches to the middle of the third segment of the antennular peduncle; the lateral spine of the scaphocerite reaches as far as the distal margin of squamose portion; the carpocerite reaches to the middle of the third segment of the antennular peduncle. The first pair of pereopods exhibits sexual dimorphism, but in both sexes, they are of symmetrical development; in the female the ischium of the cheliped bears one or two spines on the superior margin; the merus is flattened, unarmed, unexcavated on its inferior surface. In one female a small exopod is present on the first pereopod; the carpus is as long as the merus; the chela is equal to the merus, the finger is half as long as the palm, the inner margins of the fingers do not gape when closed; in males the first pair of pereopods is cylindrical and folded underneath the body; the ischium has two to three spines on the superior margin; the merus is spindle-shaped, unarmed and excavate on its inferior surface to accommodate the propodus; the palm is sub cylindrical, broader at midsection, longer than merus; proximally a slight tooth-like projection is present on the inferior surface; the movable finger is slightly longer than the fixed finger; both the fingers have a small tooth on their inner margins, that of the movable finger is small and insignificant; The carpus of the second pereopod is five-segmented; the ratio of carpal joints is 6:1:1:1:2; the chela is small but distinct; the fingers are slightly shorter than the arm. The ischium of the third pereopod is less than half the length of the merus, it bears a fine spine on the distal superior margin; the merus is 4.5 times as long as broad in the middle; the carpus is nearly 0.5 as long as the merus; the propodus is nearly as long as the merus, it bears a row of 7 to 8 spines on its inferior margin of which the distal most is longer and stronger. The uropods are a little longer than the telson, and they bear a strong spine on each posterolateral angle., 289 Size: 6-17mm in TL (male), 6-12mm in TL (female) Habitat: In small tide pools with dense vegetation Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Not reported outside of Pakistan. Athanas dimorphus Ortmann, 1894 (Figs.134B-137) Athanas dimorphus Ortmann, 1894: 12, pl. 1, fig. 1; Tattersall, 1921: 371,pl. 28,figs.23-24; Kazmi & Kazmi,1979:153; Bhuti et al, 1977: 591 (larvae) fig 24; Banner & Banner, 1973:313; 1978:234;1981:41;1982:308;1983:76;Chace,1988:61;Kazmi,2003:240 Athanas leptocheles Coutiere, 1897a:381 Athanas dispar Coutiere, 1897b:233. Athanas solenomerus Coutiere, 1897a: 381. Athanas dimorphus seedaing Banner & Banner, 1966: 28 Description: The body is small and sparsely pubescent. The rostrum is styliform. It reaches to the proximal portion of the second segment to third segment of the antennular peduncle; a middorsal carina is present which extends posteriorly to the base of the rostrum. The supracorneal spine is wanting. The extracorneal spine is acute, reaching to the middle of the cornea, infracorneal spine is small and rounded. Cornea of the eye is concealed at the base of the extra and infracorneal projections. The pterygostomian angle is somewhat rounded. The posterior margin of the carapace has a well-developed cardiac groove and notch. 290 Figure 134B: Athanas dimorphus. A- Animal in lateral view; A’ -A’’’ variations in chela The posterolateral margin of each of the first four abdominal somites is generally rounded whereas, that of the fifth is pointed. Sixth abdominal somite is longer than the fifth. The telson is nearly three times as long as the posterior margin. It tapers slightly towards the posterior end. Each of the postero-lateral angles of the telson is produced into a small spine. The dorsal surface of the telson is armed with two pairs of spines. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments; the basal segments being the largest, small spine is present on the median side; the sylocerite is sharply pointed and extending almost up to the distal margin of the second segment; the second and third segments are subequal; the outer flagellum is divided after the third joint, each of which appears to be sub-divided, so that this part has the appearance of being six jointed. The scaphocerite reaches slightly beyond the end of the antennular 291 peduncle. The lateral margin is more or less straight and ends in a spine, reaching barely as far as the distal margin of the squamose portion; the antennal peduncle reaches to about the middle of the distal antennular segment. The mandibular palp is two segmented; the basal segment is slightly longer than the second segment. The incisor and molar processes are well developed. The maxillulary palp is bilobed, the upper lacinia is broad and truncated; the inner one is narrow and curved. The palp of the maxilla is short and finger-like. The palp of the first maxilliped is long, extending slightly beyond the caridean lobe. The second maxilliped is as illustrated; the third maxilliped barely overreaches the scaphocerite. The ultimate segment is nearly two and half times longer than the penultimate segment. The penultimate segment is small; the parapenultimate segment is five times as long as broad in the middle; the exopod reaches to the end of the parapenultimate segment. Figure 135: Athanas dimorphus. A-Lateral view of carapace; B- Dorsal view of telson and uropods; C-Left, antennular peduncle in dorsal view; D- Left scaphocerite in dorsal view. 292 The chelipeds are sexually dimorphic, but of nearly symmetrical development in both sexes. In female the ischium bears one or two spines on the superior margin and is equal to the chela; the merus and carpus are nearly of equal size; the chela is about more than half of the carpus. The inner margins of the fingers approximate in such a way that they do not gape. In males, the first pair of pereopods is folded beneath the body. In some specimens, a small exopod is present on the first pair of pereopods (not shown in the figure). The ischium has two to four spines on its lateral side; the merus is flattened; the inferior surface is deeply excavated to accommodate the propodus; the carpus is small and nearly half of the ischium; the palm is sub-cylindrical, three times as long as broad at the middle and it is slightly longer than the immovable finger; the movable finger of the right pereopods bears a projection which is only slightly developed or it is produced into a well developed tooth, the immovable finger bears two teeth. The immovable finger of left pereopods has a small tooth which fits in a notch on the immovable finger. The carpus of the second pereopod is five segmented; the first segment is slightly longer than the other four segments together, second, third and fourth are sub-equal and each of them is less than half as long as the fifth. The chela is small but distinct and it is nearly equal to the last four segments of the carpus; the fingers occupy more than one third portion of the chela; the ischium of the third pereopod is slightly shorter than the carpus; the merus is nearly five times as long as broad in the middle; the propodus is nearly equal to the merus, it bears a row of spines on its inferior margin; the distal spine is strongly developed; the ischium of the fourth pereopod is longer than the carpus and bears a single spine distally. The fifth pereopod of male is as illustrated. 293 . Figure 136: Athanas dimorphus. A-Right maxillula in dorsal view; BRight maxilla in dorsal view; C-Left first maxilliped in dorsal view; DRight second maxilliped in dorsal view; E-Left third maxilliped in dorsal view The pleopods are rather large and well developed. In male the appendix interna and appendix masculina are situated nearly at the middle of the endopod. The appendix interna fails to reach the tip of the endopod, both in male as well as in the female. 294 Figure 137: Athanas dimorphus. A-First pereopod of right side; B- First pereopod of left side; C- Second pereopod of left side; D-Third pereopod of left side; E-Fourth pereopod of left side; F- Fifth pereopod of left side. Size: 12-17mm in TL (males), 13-16mm in TL (females) Colour: Freshly caught specimens show two colour patterns particularly on their abdomen, where the transverse bands are blue in some and red and blue in others. Habitat: Collected at low tide from the rocky pools Localities: Manora Island, Sonari,Pacha and Bulleji. Distribution: Indo-Pacific: Red Sea at Suez, Perim, Djibouti, Darussalam, Thailand, Philippines, Hong Kong, Japan, Australia, East Africa and Northern Arabian Sea. 295 Genus Automate de Man, 1888 Diagnosis: Body not unusually compressed; rostrum, if present, inconspicuous, sub triangular or lobate, unarmed extension of frontal margin of carapace; carapace without high carina throughout length of dorsal midline; abdomen without articulated triangular flap at posterolateral angle of sixth somite; telson not terminating posteriorly in triangular tooth; both eyes and eyestalks visible in dorsal aspect; mandible with palp and molar process; third maxilliped not unusually broadened to form partial operculum over other mouthparts; first pereopods dissimilar, carried extended with movable finger dorsal or lateral, not ventral; major chela without molar-like tooth on movable finger; second pereopod with fingers about as long as palm, carpus with 5 articles; pereopods with strap-like epipods on 4 anterior pairs; appendix masculina absent. ( from Chace, 1988). Type species: by monotypy: Automate dolichognatha de Man, 1888:529. Gender: Feminine Remarks:Eight species seem to have been valid in this genus (Chace, 1988), only one member thus far known from Pakistani waters is A. dolichognatha. Automate dolichognatha de Man, 1888 (Fig. 138) Automate dolichognatha de Man 1888: 529; Coutiere, 1897:234, Banner & Banner, 1973:299, 1981:48; 1982:308;Bhutti et al,1977(larvae); Rios & Carvacho,1982: 462; Chace, 1988:64 Automate Gardiner Coutiere, 1902:337; Suvatti, 1937:47; Holthuis, 1958:17; Banner & Banner 1966: 37; Miyake&Miya,1966:137; Chace, 1972: 74; Kazmi et al, 1973: 287; Afzal et al, 1986:339; Kazmi, 2003:241; Kazmi & Kazmi, 2004:97 Automate johnsoni Chace, 1955:13 Automate haightae Boone, 1931:184 296 Description: The rostrum in dorsal view is rounded or triangular; its tip curves downward and fails to reach as far forward as the anterior margin of the carapace; the pterygostomial margin is rounded. The telson is 1.3 times as long as broad at the base; it bears two pairs of dorsal spines, i.e. the anterior pair is placed on the middle of the telson and the posterior lies on the distal fourth; the posterior margin is broadly convex, bears two pairs of distal spines; the outer one is very small, the inners are as long as the breadth of the posterior margin. Figure 138: Automate dolichognatha. A- Anterior region, dorsal view; B- Telson and uropods;C- Large cheliped; D- Small cheliped; ESecond leg The visible portion of the first antennular segment is 1.5 times as long as the eye peduncle, and is half to three-fourths of the second; the 297 stylocerite reaches the end of the first segment; the second segment is twice to three times as long as the third, and varies from 2.4 to 4.3 times as long as broad at the maximum portion; the thickened part of the outer antennular flagellum consists of eight to fourteen joints. The carpocerite slightly reaches two-third of the second antennular segment; in the smaller specimens, it reaches the end of the second segment. The third maxilliped exceeds the antennular peduncle by about the length of the ultimate segment which is eight times as long as broad and armed with numerous paired short spines on the superior margin; the penultimate segment is 2.4 times as long as broad; the antepenultimate segment is swollen, being 4.2 times as long as broad. In the large cheliped the cutting edge of the immovable finger bears a strong tooth near the apex; the tooth is separated by a distinct interval from three small teeth in the medial portion, and two larger teeth on the proximal third of the cutting edge; the movable finger has a single distal and two similar proximal teeth on the cutting edge, being as long as the palm. The ischium bears a small spine or a seta on the dorsal distal corner. In the second leg, the first two joints of the carpus show a ratio of 1:1.25-2.0; the last three pereopods have several spines on the ventral margin of the propodus and a spine on the ventral margin of the ischium. Colour: Colourless, chromatophores dorsally. Size: transparent or pale orange, with red 14.6mm in TL. Habitat: Intertidal or shallow sub tidal Locality: Bulleji ,Manora Distribution: Pan Tropical (except for eastern Atlantic): IndoPacific and eastern Pacific Genus Salmoneus Holthuis, 1955 Diagnosis: Body not unusually compressed from side to side; rostrum represented by triangular extension of carapace; abdome without flap articulated at posterolateral angle of sixth somite. Telson not 298 terminating posteriorly in triangular tooth. Eyes at least partially concealed from dorsal view, visible in anterior aspect; mandible with palp and molar process; third maxilliped not unusually broadened to form partial operculum over other mouthparts; first pereopods dissimilar and unequal, major cheliped carried in flexed position, without molar-like tooth on movable finger; second pereopod with fingers about as long as palm, carpus with 5 articles; pereopods with strap-like epipod on 4 anterior pairs; appendix masculina not overreaching exopod of second pleopod of male (After Chace, 1988). Type Species: By subsequent designation Jousseaumea serratidigitus Coutiere, 1896:385 Gender: Feminine Remarks: It is worth mentioning that the specimens of Salmoneus cannot be sexed if they are not ovigerous as both sexes have a welldeveloped appendix masculina, often the specimens are collected in pairs (Carvacho, 1989). Dworschak et al(2000) recognized two groups by the development of first legs while Anker & Marin (2006) proposed to subdivide Salmoneus into seven species groups. Out of 29 known species, two species S. brevirostris and S. cristatus in S. cristatus group are found here. They can be separated as follows. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF SALMONEUS 1. Rostrum barely reaching to end of first antennular article; orbital area, with slight crest running diagonally towards midline---------------------------------------------------------------------------S.brevirostris. Rostrum reaching to or beyond end of second antennular article; ridges or crest arising in orbital area and running parallel to median crest----------------------------------------------------------S.cristatus. Salmoneus brevirostris (Edmondson, 1930) (Fig. 139) 299 Jousseaumea brevirostris Edmondson, 1930: 7 Salmoneus brevirostris Banner, 1953:12; Banner & Banner,1966: 39; 1981:54; Kazmi, 1974: 310; 2003:241; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979: 153; 2002:102 Description: The rostrum is broad at its base, acute, reaches to end of the second antennular segment; a slight rostral carina is present reaching almost to middle of carapace. The orbital hoods continue as small acute orbital teeth, smaller than the rostrum. The area between the base of orbital teeth and dorsal carina is slightly concave. Figure 139: Salmoneus brevirostris A- Anterior region, dorsal view ; B- Telson with uropods; C- Large first leg; D- Small first leg; E- Second leg (Modified from Kazmi, 1974) The telson is 4 times as long as broad at posterior margin; the anterior margin is 2 times as wide as the posterior margin. The terminal cleft of telson is triangular, small; the distal end occupies about one third of telson tip. Two strong spines are present on either side of the terminal cleft. The antennular peduncle is short and heavy, the visible portion of first and second segments is sub equal in length, almost as long as broad. The stylocerite is strong, the tip reaches almost to end of second antennular 300 segment; the lateral spine of scaphocerite is equal to its squamose portion and reaches to the end of antennular peduncle. The carpocerite reaches to middle of third antennular segment; the basicerite has an acute lateral tooth. The first pair of pereopods is asymmetrical; the large chela is 3.3 times as long as broad, with fingers a little shorter than the palm. The dactylus and fixed finger have eight obtuse teeth; the carpus is cup-shaped; the merus is slightly longer than the palm, excavated on its inner margin to accommodate palm when appendage is flexed. The small cheliped is 0.6 as long as the palm of large chela; the ischium and merus are sub equal; the carpus is broadened at its distal end and is equal in length to the merus. The chela is 4.5 times as long as broad, palm and fingers are equal in length. The carpal articles of second leg have a ratio of 10:1:1:1:2. The merus of third leg is 4.5 times as long as broad, inermous. The carpus is almost as long as merus, armed distally with a blunt tooth on superior margin and movable spinule on inferior margin and a pair of spinules distally; the dactylus is 0.4 as long as carpus. The fourth and fifth pereopods are more or less equal in size. Size: 16-18mm in TL. Colour: Bright orange yellow Bulleji,Manora Locality: Habitat: intertidal zone under loose stones Distribution: Hawaiian Is., Phuket Island. Salmoneus cristatus (Coutiere, 1897) (Fig. 140) Jousseaumea cristata Coutiere, 1897: 234 Salmoneus cristatus Holthuis, 1958:18; Banner & Banner, 1966:40; 1981:54 Description: The rostrum is triangular, having concave margins, the tip reaches almost to end of antennular peduncle, the base is broad; the lateral margins of rostrum are continued on carapace to posterior level of eyes as 301 strong lateral ridges or keels, giving rostral base a plateau-like appearance; the rostral carina extends posteriorly to almost middle of the carapace; short acute triangular orbital teeth lie lateral to keel and are directed straight forward. The eyes are completely covered by rostral base and orbital teeth in both dorsal and lateral views. Figure 140: Salmoneus cristatus. A,B- Anterior region, dorsal and lateral aspect; C- Large cheliped, inner face; D- Same, inferior face; ESame, superior face; F,G - Small chelipeds; H- Second leg; I – Third leg; J- Telson (from Banner & Banner, 1966) The telson is 3.6 times as long as posterior margin is broad; anterior margin is 2 times as wide as posterior margin, the sides taper uniformly; the terminal cleft is slight, triangular, the posterior margin is armed on one side with three strong spines and two pairs of setiferous bristles in terminal cleft. 302 The articles of antennular peduncle are short and broad, sub equal in length, the stylocerite is heavy, curved, reaching to tip of the rostrum; the scaphocerite has a short lateral spine, equal in length to broad squamose portion and reaches to end of antennular peduncle; carpocerite reaches the distal end of second antennular article; the basicerite has a short, sub-acute, lateral tooth. The first pair of legs is asymmetrical; the fingers of large chela are a little shorter than the palm. Their opposing edges are lined with eight meshing obtuse saw-like teeth, plus three additional teeth on the proximal end of fixed fingers, which meet against sharp ridge of dactylus; tips of both the fingers are curved, acute, crossing each other. Medial side of basal portion of palm has a strong excavation to accommodate carpus when the carpal-propodal articulation is flexed; excavation is demarked by heavy rounded projection of medial margin of palm; the merus is slender, concave to accommodate palm when flexed; the internal margin is armed distally with a rounded tooth. The small cheliped is slender, shorter than the following thoracic legs, one-half as long as the large cheliped. The merus is seven times as long as broad. The carpus is as long as the merus slightly expanded distally. The chelae are three times as long as broad with fingers equal to palm. The carpal articles of second legs have the ratio of 10:1.7:1.7:2.7.The ischium of third leg is about as long as the merus; both are unarmed, the carpus is slender, the superior margin terminates in an obtuse projection; the inferior margin has a short spine. The propodus is as long as the carpus carries four movable spinules on its inferior margin and one pair distally; the dactylus is 0.5 as long as carpus, and slightly curved. Colour: (See Holthuis, 1958:18) Size: 10mm Locality: Manora Island Distribution: Red Sea, Thailand. This is the Israel,Kenya,Seychelles Is.Queensland and first record of species from Pakistan. 303 Genus Synalpheus Bate, 1888 Diagnosis: Rostrum short and spiniform. Supra-orbital spines smaller or equal to the rostrum. Eyes concealed under carapace. Upper flagellum of antennule feebly biramous. Stylocerite well developed. Squamose portion of scaphocerite shorter than lateral spine. First pair of pereopods robust and asymmetrical, large chela carried extended, entire and smooth, ovaloid, much longer than the small chela. Carpus of the second pereopod bears five segments. Last three pairs of pereopods short and compressed laterally. (After Banner & Banner, 1968) Type species: Synalpheus falcatus Bate, 1888(=Alpheus comatularum Haswell, 1882) Gender: Masculine. Remarks: Banner & Banner (1975) opined that established groups within the genus by Coutiere (1909) may be coherent enough to continue to be recognized, so are no more adopted. Of the approximately 115 currently recognized species, this genus is represented here by three species: Synalpheus tumidomanus, S. neptunus and S. thai, which can be separated as follows. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF SYNALPHEUS Antennal scale with blade well developed, overreaching midlength of lateral margin---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2. Antennal scale with blade vestigial or absent--------------------------------S. neptunus. 2.Telson with posterior angles projecting posteriorly as pointed teeth nearly half as long as remainder of telson --------------------------------------------------------------------------- S. thai. -Telson with posterior angles produced into shorter teeth, usually not reaching level of midlength of adjacent spines-------------------------------------------------------- S. tumidomanus. 304 Synalpheus neptunus (Dana, 1852) (Pl. 5) Alpheus neptunus Dana, 1852a:22; Henderson, 1893:436. Synalpheus neptunus.-Banner & Banner, 1972:24, fig. 3; Miya, 1972:72 Synalpheus neptunus neptunus.- Banner & Banner, 1975: 317, fig. 11; 1977:282 Synalpheus neptunus Chace, 1988:82 Description: The rostrum does not overreach the first antennular segment; its apex is not upturned and narrower at the base than the orbital teeth. The sixth abdominal somite does not project posteriorly at either side of base of the telson, the posterior margin is unarmed mesially; the telsonic dorsolateral spines are stout, prominent, the anterior pair is situated on the anterior half of the telson, the posterior angles are sub rectangular. The stylocerite falls short of or overreaches the distal margin of first antennular segment; the basal antennal segment (basicerite) has a ventrolateral tooth reaching about to the level of tip of stylocerite, its dorsal angle is rounded, the blade of scale is sometimes moderately developed, sometimes vestigial. The movable finger of major chela does not appreciably overreach the fixed finger, the palm terminates distally in a rounded prominence at level of articulation with movable finger; the minor chela finger bears lateral rows of regularly spaced setae but without patterned row on extensor surface, both fingers are broad, excavate, and terminate in a single tooth; the second pereopod has 5 carpal articles; the dactylus of third pereopod is biunguiculate, the teeth are sub equal in length, the flexor tooth is slightly stouter than the extensor tooth, the segment neither excavates nor is swollen on the flexor margin; the merus is unarmed. The uropod has transverse articulation on lateral branch in mature specimens. 305 Remarks: This seems to be a very variable species (Chace, 1988). The older and the only record of S. neptunus from Karachi as Alpheus neptunus by Henderson (1893) was not relied upon by Banner & Banner (1972, 1975). Present specimens show geographical variations when compared with Thai and Phillipino specimens. Colour: Yellowish green Size: 9 mm in CL, 1 ovigerous female with bopyrid parasite in left branchial chamber. Localities: Manora, Bulleji Habitat: shallow sub tidal to 70 meters, association with corals is given in literature. Distribution: Arabian Sea, Red Sea to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, and Australia;the species is being reported from here for the first time . Development: The mother shrimp maintained for larval study under laboratory conditions by Gory et al (2009) was initially identified as S. coutierei. It is mostly probable that S. tumidomanus and S. coutierei are synonyms. Larvae described in 2009 by Ghory et al differ from those described for S. tumidomanus by Ghory & Siddiqui (2001); these differences indicate the presence of another species in our waters later identified as A.neptunus. Synalpheus thai Banner & Banner, 1966 (Fig. 141) Synalpheus thai Banner & Banner, 1966:61; 1974:427; 1979:246; 1985:56; Chace 1988:87; Hogarth, 1989:110; Kazmi et al, 1990:322; Kazmi, 2003:241 Description: The rostrum is awl-shaped, but the rounded tip reaches slightly beyond middle of visible part of first antennular article. Slight carina is present at the base of rostrum and extends posteriorly to about middle of eyes. The orbital teeth have triangular base and rounded tip reach almost to the end of rostrum. The tip of the orbital teeth and rostrum 306 bear short setae, the rostrum is strongly up-turned when seen in lateral view; the orbital hoods are slightly inflated. Figure 141: Synalpheus thai. Animal in dorsal view (After Kazmi & Tirmizi, 1990) The abdominal pleura of male are short and bear angular projections, while those of female are expanded and rounded. The telson is 1.5 times, as long as posterior margin is wide, anterior margin is 1.5 times wide than posterior margin, the lateral margins are anteriorly convex. The lateral angles extend as acute teeth measuring, one third of the entire telson, the margin between teeth is slightly arctuate, and the postereo lateral spines are small. The visible part of first antennular segment is more than 1.5 times length of second segment; the second segment is 1.4 times as long as wide and third segment is smaller in length of second segment; the stylocerite is slender, reaches beyond distal end of the first antennular segment. The scaphocerite has a concave margin. The lateral spine considerably overreaches thus differs from that of type material (Banner & Banner, 1966), where it reaches the distal end of the first antennular segment. The squamose portion is very narrow, reaches to middle of the second antennular segment; the inferior spine of basicerite is relatively broad at its base, the tip reaches to the middle of second antennular segment; the superior spine is acute, reaches just past middle of first antennular segment. 307 The chelipeds are not sexually dimorphic. The large chela is 1/3 times as long as broad; the fingers occupy its distal 0.3; superior margin bears proximal to dactylus, an obtuse projection which is directed upward and forward; below this projection on inner face, another projection is present composed of two rounded cusps; the dactylus is strongly rounded, it is longer than the fixed finger, bears an acute ridge along its superior margin. The merus is armed with a small tooth distally on its superior margin. The small chela is 2.6 times as long as broad. Its fingers are 0.7 as long as palm, bear setae along their opposing faces. The merus is slender, the carpal articles of second pereopod show the following ratio: 10:2:2:2:5. The dactylus of small chela bears a characteristics pattern of setae here besides the setae on the opposite face, which cross those of the fixed finger. The third leg is stout, the ischium is unarmed; the merus is three times as long as broad; its carpus is shorter than the merus; the propodus bears 9 spines on its inferior margin; the dactylus is biunguiculate; the superior unguis is gradually curved inward; the inferior unguis is 0.4 as long as the superior unguis; Size: 11mm in TL. Habitat: Shallow sub tidal Locality: PachaBulleji Distribution: Thailand, southern Philippines, South China Sea, Pearl Harbour, Indonesia, Hawaii, and Oman Synalpheus tumidomanus (Paulson, 1875) (Figs. 142-146, Pl.4,5) Alpheus tumidomanus Paulson, 1875:101 Alpheus tumidomanus var gracilimanus Paulson, 1875:101. Synalpheus tumidomanus exilimanus Coutiere, 1909:10. Synalpheus neptunus Coutiere, 1899:436 Synalpheus hululensis Coutiere, 1921: 374; Chopra, 1923:173 (as host); Ramadan, 1936:19; Holthuis, 1958:31 308 Synalpheus Theophane de Man, 1911:261 Nec Synalpheus tumidomanus Kubo, 1940:90. Synalpheus tumidomanus Holthuis, 1958:29; Banner & Banner, 1966:56; 1968: 275; 1975: 377; 1981:83; 1983:107; Miya, 1972:63;1984:90; Bhuti el al., 1977:595 (larvae); Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979: 153; Afzal et al, 1986: 337; Chace 1988:90; Ghory & Siddiqui, 2001:113 (larvae); Kazmi, 2003:241 Description: The carapace and abdomen are smooth; the rostrum is rather short, generally the tip of the rostrum fails to reach the distal end of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the supra-orbital spines are sharply pointed and nearly as long as the rostrum, or they may be slightly shorter than the rostrum. A prolongation is present at the base of the rostrum. Figure 142: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Male in lateral view The telson is nearly one and half times as long as the sixth abdominal somite, its posterior margin is strongly convex; the dorsal surface 309 is armed with two pairs of spines. A shallow longitudinal groove runs on the entire length of the telson reaches slightly beyond the one-third portion of the adjacent movable spine. Figure 143: Synalpheus tumidomanus. A- Anterior region, dorsal view; B-Telson and uropods; C-E- Maxillipeds;F.G Right and left legs. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments; the basal segment is longer than the combined length of the distal two segments; its disto-median angle bears a small spine, the lateral margin is produced into a blunt process; the stylocerite is large and reaches to about the middle of the second segment of the antennular peduncle; the lateral spine of the scaphocerite extends well beyond the distal margin of the squamose portion; it reaches slightly beyond the antennular peduncle. The lateral or larger spine of the basicerite is shorter than the stylocerite and the inner spine reaches nearly up to one-third portion of the lateral spine of the basicerite. In a large series of specimens, size of lateral tooth may be variable. 310 The mandible is well developed having two-segmented palp; the incisor and molar processes are also well developed; Deep notch divides the tip of the maxillulary palp into two unequal fingerlike projections; the upper lacinia is narrow at the base but broad and truncated apically; the palp of the maxilla is short and fingerlike; the lacinia is bilobed; the upper lobe is stronger than the lower one. The scaphognathite is well developed. The palp of the first maxilliped is long, extending beyond the caridean lobe; the second maxilliped is as illustrated. The third maxilliped over-reaches the scaphocerite; its tip is armed with few stout spines; the ultimate segment is nearly five times as long as the penultimate segment; the parapenultimate segment is nearly two times longer than the ultimate segment; the exopod fails to reach the distal margin of the parapenultimate segment. Figure 144: Synalpheus tumidomanus. A-Right antennular peduncle in dorsal view; B-Right scaphocerite in dorsal view. 311 Figure 145: Synalpheus tumidomanus. A-Right, mandible in dorsal view; B- Right, maxillula in dorsal view; C-Right maxilla in dorsal view. The first pair of pereopods is well developed and asymmetrical; the large chela is 2.5 to 3.1 times as long as broad in the middle, fingers are sub-equal in length; the movable finger is 3.3 to 3.7 times to the total length of the chela; the fingers are more or less equal in size; both the fingers bear tufts of setae; the palm and merus are nearly equal in size. 312 Figure 146: Synalpheus tumidomanus. A-D- Right second to fifth pereopod respectively; E- Second right pleopod; E’- Same, appendix interna further enlarged The second pair of pereopods is symmetrical; the fingers are slightly shorter than the palm; the carpus is five segmented; the first (or proximal) segment is longer being only a trifle shorter than the combined length of the remaining four segments; the following three segments are about the same size, the last or the fifth one is considerably longer than the three proximal segments; the ischium is about the same length as merus; the third pereopod is stronger than the last two pairs of pereopods; the merus is 3.5 times as long as broad in the middle; the propodus is longer than the merus; the posterior margin of the propodus bears 7 to 11 spines; the dactylus is biunguiculate; the propodii of fourth and fifth pereopods are armed with spines on their posterior margins. Moreover, oblique rows of serrated spines are present on the distal two third portions of the propodus of fifth pereopod; dactylii of last two pairs of pereopods are also biunguiculate. The endopod of the first pleopod is small; the appendix interna in females is situated at the distal half of the endopod; the tip of the appendix interna bears a few rows of coupling hooks. 313 Remarks: This a species complex and is divided into three separate faunal realms. Many nominal species and subspecies have been proposed on small number of specimens of this species. We have one specimen as infested with the bopyrid parasite on the right chamber and other on left chamber. Colour: Pinkish orange Size: 18 – 22mm in TL (males), 22 – 26mm in TL (females) Localities: Manora Island and Bulleji Distribution: Indo-Pacific: Gulf of Thailand, Phuket, South Africa, Red Sea, Sri-Lanka, Persian Gulf, Pacific Islands: Marshalls, Caroline Is., Phoenix, Samoa, Singapore, Indonesia, Philippines, Japan, Australia, Mediterranean and Arabian Sea. Development: (Figs. 147-153) Developmental stages of Synalpheus tumidomanus were obtained by Ghory & Siddiqui (2001), description and figures of these larvae are taken from them. Post larva I Size: TL = 3.75mm. Duration: 6 days. Carapace- Carapace smooth with few minute setae, rostrum basally broad and distally pointed, reaching more than 3/4 length of distal end of first antennular article, with a single epigastric tooth; eyes stalked and very prominent free from carapace, their orbits produced into teeth. 314 C A B D I G E H F J A‟ Figure 147: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva I; A- Lateral view; A’- Frontal view of carapace; B- antennules; C- antenna; D- mandible; E- maxillula, F- maxilla; G-I- maxillipeds I-III J- pleopod II. 315 Antennules- Peduncle 3-segmented, basal segment largest, each segment with a few fine setae, distal segment bears endopod and exopod as articulated flagella; inner flagellum (endopod) with four long plumose and few fine setae; as well as outer flagellum (exopod) with three aesthetascs and a few fine setae. Antenna - Peduncle 3-segmented, nearly equal in size, distal segment bears a segmented flagellum (endopod) with few fine setae; scaphocerite (exopod) with pointed distolateral spine, spine is shorter than the squamose portion, which bears 16 marginal plumose setae, lateral margin semi concave. Mandible- Incisor and molar processes well developed. Maxillule Coxal, basial endites and endopod rudimentry. Maxilla - Coxal and basial endites without setae; endopod with 1 seta, scaphognathite with 17 marginal plumose setae. Maxilliped I - Coxopod, basipod and endopod rudimentary; exopod with three terminal plumose setae 316 . D B A C E F I G H J Figure 148: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva II: A- dorsal view; BAntennule; C- Antenna; D- Mandible; E, maxillula ;F- Maxilla; G-IMaxillipeds I-III; J- Pleopod II. Maxilliped II - Coxopod and basipod without setae; endopod 3segmented, distal segment with 3 plumodenticulate setae; exopod 2segmented, proximal segment with 1 plumose seta, distal segment with 2 terminal and 2 sub terminal plumose setae. Maxilliped III - Coxopod and basipod without setae; endopod 3segmented, distal segment with three terminal simple setae; exopod 2segmented proximal segment with two plumose setae, distal segment with 4 terminal plumose setae. 317 Pereopods I-V - Biramous pereopod I, II chelate endopod and exopod partially segmented; exopod of pereopod I segmented and with 2, 4 plumose setae, exopod of pereopod II broken; exopod of pereopods III and IV segmented and with 2 and 3 terminal natatory plumose setae respectively. Abdomen - Six somites with rounded posterolateral angles. Pleopod Pleopods I-V biramous developed on each abdominal somite; exopod and endopod with 2-3 setae; appendix interna present on each pleopod. Telson - Posterior margin with 2 simple and 10 plumose setae; uropod (Fig. A) endopod with 3-4 small simple setae; exopod with 20-23 long plumose setae on their margins. B A D C J G H F I E Figure 149: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva III: A- Frontal margin of carapace; B- Antennule; C- Antenna; D- Mandible; E- Maxillula, FMaxilla; G-I- Maxillipeds I-III; J-Pleopod II. 318 Post larva II Size: TL = 3.84 mm. Duration: 5 days. Carapace - Carapace smooth except few minute setae, rostrum reaching near to distal end of first antennular segment; rostral tip bear 2 sub terminal setae, eyes sessile. Antennules - Peduncle 3-segmented; lateral margin of basal segment produced into a blunt process (stylocerite) reaching middle of second segment of antennular peduncle, each segment of peduncle bear a few fine setae, terminal segment with exopod and endopod; endopod 14 segmented with few setae, exopod 10-segmented with 3 aesthetascs and a few fine setae. Antenna - Endopod several segmented with small setae; distolateral spine of scaphognathite (exopod) long and reaching middle of second antennular peduncle, mesial margin with 17 plumose setae. Mandible - Well-developed; endopod bud present with one plumose seta. Maxillule - Coxal endite with 11 setae; basial endite with 11 cuspidate and 9 plumodenticulate setae; endopod with one seta. 319 D A B C G J K I F H E Figure 150: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva IV: A- Lateral view; B- Frontal margin of carapace; C- Antennule; D- Antenna; E- Mandible; F- Maxillula, G- Maxilla; H-J- Maxillipeds I-III; K- Pleopod II. Maxilla - Coxal endite without setae; basial endite bilobed with 16 + 15 setae; endopod with 1 seta; scaphognathite with 33 marginal plumose setae. 320 Maxilliped I - Coxopod without setae; basipod with 23 plumodenticulate setae; endopod with 4 plumodenticulate setae; exopod with 4 terminal plumose and 1 lateral marginal plumodenticulate setae. Maxilliped II - Coxopod without setae; basipod with 2 plumodenticulate setae; endopod 5-segmented, distal segment with 33 plumodenticulate setae; exopod 2-segmented with 4 terminal plumose setae. Maxilliped III - Coxopod without setae; basipod with 2 setae, endopod 3-segmented each with several small plumodenticulate setae; exopod with 4 terminal plumose setae. 321 Figure 151: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva I: A- First large cheliped; B-E- pereopods II-V; Post larva II: F- First (left) large cheliped; G-First (right) small cheliped; H-K- Pereopods II-V. Pereopods I - Unequal in size, large chela with broad movable finger as compared to immovable finger, pereopods I (Fig. 135G right, small cheliped) equal in size, both fingers similar to each other and provided with 322 fine tufts of setae as in pereopod I. Pereopods II-V well developed, sparsely setose; dactylus of III, IV and V pereopods biunguiculate; superior unguis longer than inferior. Abdomen - Unchanged. Pleopods - Endopod and exopod with 8-10 plumose setae; appendix interna with 2 coupling hooks present on each endopod of pleopods. Telson - Dorsal surface with 2 pairs of spines, posterior margin with 2 pairs of spines and 10 long plumose setae, uropod (Fig. 133B) endopod and exopod with 30-32 and 22 long plumose setae respectively. 323 Figure 152: Synalpheus tumidomanus. Post larva I: A- First (right) large cheliped; B- First (left) small cheliped; C-F-Pereopods II-V. Post larva IV: G- First (right) large cheliped; H- First (left) small cheliped; IL- Pereopods II-V 324 Post larva III Size: TL = 3.88 mm. Duration: 7 days. Carapace - Unchanged. Antennules - No change in armature except addition of aesthetascs. 4 Antenna - Unchanged. Mandible - Unchanged. Maxillule - Coxal endite with 11 plumodenticulate setae; basial endite with 16 cuspidate and 7 plumodenticulate setae; endopod bilobed with 1 plumodenticulate seta. 325 Figure 153: Synalpheus tumidomanus Post larva I: A- Telson with uropods, dorsal view; Post larva II: B- Telson with uropods, dorsal view; Post larva III: C- Telson with uropods, dorsal view; Post larva IV: D- Telson with uropods, dorsal view. 326 Maxilla - Coxal endite with 2 plumodenticulate setae; basial endite bilobed with 17 + 23 plumodenticulate setae; endopod with 1 terminal simple seta, scaphognathite with 33 marginal plumose setae. Maxilliped I - Coxopod without setae; basipod with several setae; endopod with 4 plumodenticulate setae; exopod with 4 terminal plumose and 6 lateral marginal plumodenticulate setae. Maxilliped II - Coxopod broken; basipod with 2 simple setae; endopod 5-segmented with several setae; exopod with 4 terminal and 2 sub terminal plumose setae. Maxilliped III - Coxopod without setae; basipod with 1 simple seta; endopod and exopod unchanged. Pereopods - Unchanged. Peapod - Endopod and exopod with 6-10 plumose setae. Telson - Posterior margin with 2 pairs of spines and 10 plumose setae; roped unchanged. Post larva IV Size: TL = 4.45 mm. Duration: Died with in 1 day. Carapace - Unchanged except slight increase in size. Antennules - Unchanged except 5 aesthetascs on inner flagellum. Antenna - Unchanged. Mandible - Endopodal bud 2-segmented, distal segment with 1 simple seta. Maxillule - Coxal endite unchanged; basial endite with 9 cuspidate and 15 plumodenticulate setae; endopod bilobed with 1 terminal seta. Maxilla - Coxal endite broken; basial endite bilobed with 12 + 24 setae; endopod with 3 plumodenticulate setae; scaphognathite with 45 marginal plumose setae. 327 Maxilliped I - Coxopod with 5; basipod with several and endopod with 5 plumodenticulate setae respectively; exopod with 4 terminal plumose and 1 lateral marginal plumodenticulate seta. Maxilliped II - Coxopod broken; basipod without setae; endopod 5segmented with several setae; exopod unsegmented with 4 terminal and 2 subterminal plumose setae. Maxilliped III - Coxopod and basipod broken; endopod and exopod unchanged. Pereopods - Unchanged. Abdomen - Unchanged Pleopod - Endopod and exopod with 10-11 plumose setae. Telson - Unchanged; uropod unchanged. 328 3.1.8 Family Hippolytidae Bate, 1888 Diagnosis: Rostrum may be short, absent, supra-orbital spine present, or absent. Eyes well developed, but not covered by carapace and never extremely elongated. Mandible with or without an incisor process and palp. Third maxilliped with or without an exopod; exopods also absent from all pereopods. First pair of pereopods short and rather heavy but not swollen. Carpus of the second pair of pereopods sub-divided into two or more segments. Telson gradually tapering towards the posterior end. Five to six pairs of gills present, with a varying number of epipods. (Modified from various sources). Remarks: Christoffersen during 1987 to 1999 erected several families within the family Hippolytidae, Chace (1997) endorsing the establishment of these families merged them with the original family name. Majority of the members belonging to this family are inhabitants of shallow waters. They are arboreal, anchialine and marine, live to a depth of 3803 m. It is intresting fact that Hippolytids are associated with medusae which are rejected by pontonins as commensal partner. Sexual dimorphism is often marked; Hippolytidae is a large reasonably homogenous family, originally 40 genera were assigned to the family, but the numbers of genera were eventually reduced. In the new literature, 39-42 genera and 308 species are given as described (Bauer, 2004). Of these Saron, Lysmata, Exhippolysmata, Hippolyte , Heptacarpus, and Latreutes are represented from the Pakistan coast. We follow here Chace (1997) in keeping Lysmata within Hippolysmata, which however is retained as valid by Holthius 329 (1993).Chace decision however, was considered as misconception and resurrection is expected(Acoz,2004) . KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF HIPPOLYTIDAE 1. Arthrobranchs present at base of first four pairs of pereopods. Mandible with 3 segmented palp, many segments in carpus of second pereopods---------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Saron. No arthrobranch at base of pereopods -------------------------------------2. 2. Mandible with two-segmented palp; carpus of second pereopod composed of six to eight segments ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Genus Heptacapus. Mandible without palp ------------------------------------------------------------3. 3. Mandible with incisor process------------------------------Genus Hippolyte . Mandible without incisor process----------------------------------------------4. 4. Carpus of second pereopod composed of three segments ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Latreutes Carpus of second pereopod composed of many segments-------------5. 330 5. Upper antennular flagellum unequally biramous--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Lysmata. Upper antennular flagellum uniramous---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Genus Exhippolysmata. Genus Exhippolysmata Stebbing, 1915 Diagnosis: Integument not rigid. Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, armed dorsally and ventrally, without ventral tongue like lobe extending ventrally from lateral carina. Carpus with dentate crest in midline at base of rostrum, with marginal, unarticulated antennal and pterygostomian teeth but without supraorbital tooth, depressed frontal or orbital regions, or branchiostegal tooth; abdomen with 1st pleuron entire, not bifurcate; 5th pleuron posteroventrally acute, not denticulate; 6th somite without prominent spines, without articulated plate at posteroventral angle and pleuron not curving around base of uropod. Telson tapering to sharp posterior end, bearing 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines. Eye with eyestalk movable, not concealed by carapace, cornea not noticeably narrower than stalk, without ocellus. Antennules with stylocerite not in vertical plane, not bifid; 2nd segment without sharp, curved lateral tooth; 3rd segment without dorsodistal tooth or movable plate, dorsal flagellum slender, not short or brush-like. Antennal peduncle not overreaching antennular peduncle, without 3 strong ventral spines; antennal scale overreaching antennular peduncle, lateral tooth not near midlenght, lateral margin not spinose. Mandible without palp or incisor process. First maxilliped with caridean lobe clearly discrete from exopodal lash, epipod bilobate. Second 331 maxilliped with terminal segment narrow and applied somewhat laterally to preceding segment, exopod not unusually wide, with nonbilobate epipod and podobranch. Third maxilliped with distal segment not flattened, with exopod, epipod, arthrobranch, and reduced coxal exite. Pereopods without exopods, with terminally hooked epipods on 4 anterior pairs, without arthrobranchs. First pereopod with fingers shorter than palm, not terminating in distal spines, chela 1 1/3 times as long as carpus, latter not excavated to receive propodus, ischium not produced into unusually long saber-shaped process. Second pereopods symmetrical, fingers not longer than palm, carpus subdivided into 12-22 articles. Third pereopod with dactyl tapering gradually to acute apex, flexor margin armed with about 4 spines, dactylus and propodus not prehensile in functional males, propodus not subdivided, carpus not conspicuously spinose. Uropod with lateral branch bearing distolateral movable spine flanked laterally and mesially by sharp tooth (After Chace, 1997). Type species: Hippolysmata ensirostris Kemp, 1914:118 Gender: Feminine Remarks: There are five species and two subspecies of which only Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris is reported from here. Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris (Kemp, 1914) (Figs.154-157) Hippolysmata ensirostris Kemp, 1914, 118, 7, fig.1-4; 1916a, 403, fig.5; deMan, 1929:128, fig.7; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979: 155 Exhippolysmata ensirostris Balss, 1933, 85; Holthuis 1980:125; Holthuis & Miquel, 1983:3; Dore & Frimbodt; 1987: 70; Kazmi & Kazmi, 2004, 97 332 Hippolysmata (Exhippolysmata) ensirostris, Holthuis, 1947, 74; Johnson, 1962:48 Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris Chace, 1997:65 Description: The rostrum is longer than the carapace, it extends beyond the antennular peduncle by nearly two third of its length. The upper margin is armed with 9-18 teeth (including the epigastric tooth), of which the posterior 7-12 teeth form an elevated basal crest. Anterior to the crest, the rest of the margin is armed with 2-6 widely separated teeth. The lower margin has 716 teeth. The carapace is armed with antennal and pterygostomian spines, which are more or less equal in size. The telson is about twice the length of the sixth abdominal somite. The dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of posteriorly directed spines, but without the trace of lateral teeth. Figure 154: Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris. Animal in lateral view. The eyes are well developed; the basal segment being the largest and nearly equal to the remaining two segments together; 333 the median side of the basal segment bears a spine, situated nearly at the middle; the stylocerite is rather broad and pointed at the anterior end; it fails to reach the distal margin of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle, which is longer than the third. The scaphocerite is three times longer than broad; the lateral side is slightly concave and terminates in a strong spine, which is shorter than the squamose portion. Figure 155: Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris. A- Telson and right uropod; B- Right first leg; C- Right second leg; D- Third leg, last three segments 334 The mandible has neither incisor process nor palp. The maxillulary palp is distinctly notched, forming two lobes; the inner lobe is slightly larger than the outer lobe. The upper lacinia is distinctly large; the palp of the maxilla is also well developed; it is slender and finger-like, becoming narrower in the distal half; the lobes of the lacinia are un-equal; the upper lobe is much broader than the lower lobe; the scaphognathite is of moderate width. Figure 156: Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris. A- Left mandible B-Left maxillula C-Left maxilla. The palp of the first maxilliped consists of three sub-equal segments; the middle one being the largest; it extends slightly beyond the caridean lobe. The second maxilliped is of a typical caridean shape. The third maxilliped is slender, extending nearly up to the middle of the rostrum; the tip of the maxilliped is thorny; the parapenultimate segment is about two and half times the 335 length of the penultimate segment; the exopod fails to reach the end of the parapenultimate segment. The first pair of pereopods is rather stout, shorter than the other pairs; the fingers are nearly one-third the length of the chela; the cutting edges are in contact throughout their length; the chela is slightly longer than the carpus; the merus is about five times as long as broad in the middle; the second pair of pereopods is longer and slender and reaches to about the end of the scaphocerite. The chela is small; the palm is shorter than the last segment of the carpus and only a trifle longer than the fingers; the carpus is divided into 15 to 16 segments, the merus into 7 to 9 segments; the segments of carpus and merus may exhibit a great variation. The third pair of pereopods extends well beyond the scaphocerite; the dactylus measures about one fourth the length of the propodus and its posterior margin is armed with 3-4 spinules; the propodus is twice as long as the carpus; the posterior margin of the propodus is armed with a row of spines; the fifth pair of pereopods is stouter and somewhat shorter than the preceding two pairs. 336 Figure 157: Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris. A-C Right first to third maxillipeds. An appendix interna is present on each of the second to fourth pleopods of female. The appendix interna of second and third pleopods is long and tubular in shape, measuring a little less than half the length of the endopod ,that of the fourth is considerably shorter. The tip of the appendix interna bears several rows of small coupling hooks. Size: 70 – 76mm in TL Habitat: Creeks, shallow seawater Distribution: Indo-Pacific: India, Sri Lanka, Akyab, Myanmar, Sumatra, Java and Indonesia 337 Genus Heptacarpus Holmes, 1900 Diagnosis: Rostrum long, Antennal spine present. Supraorbital spine absent. Mandible with incisor process and two-jointed palp. Third maxilliped without exopod. Carpus of second leg with seven joints. Telson with four to eight pairs of dorsal spines.(Adapted from Hayashi & Miyake, 1968) Type species: Hippolyte palpator Owen,1839:89 Gender: Masculine Remarks: Heptacarpus is composed of over 29 species, which are found in shallow water habitat. Two ecological and morphological groups of species have been observed, one is of short stout shrimps, which cling tightly to stones, algae, and sessile invertebrates, and other group is of active omnivorous shrimps in tide pools (Bauer, 1984)Komai & Ivano, 2008). The sole Pakistani species Heptacarpus pandaloides is included in the intermediate group as active percher flitting from spot to spot in their respective rocky intertidal and sea grass habitat. Heptacarpus pandaloides (Stimpson, 1860) (Fig. 158) Hippolyte pandaloides Stimpson, 1860:103(34) Spirontocaris propugnatrix de Man, 1906:404; Kemp, 1914:93 Spirontocaris pandaloides Kemp, 1916:386 Heptacarpus pandaloides Holthuis 1947:44;Miyake & Hayashi, 1968: 374 fig. 1; Hayashi & Miyake, 1968:136; Kikuchi, 1968:180; Komai & Ivanov, 2008:31 (key) . 338 Description: The rostrum is very long, about 1.3 to 2.0 times as long as the carapace; the upper border is provided with eight to ten teeth usually nine teeth, the posterior two teeth are always situated on the carapace behind the orbit; the lower border bears 9 to 12 teeth. The carapace is smooth and provided with a well-developed antennal spine; the pterygostomian angle is rounded. Figure 158: Heptacarpus pandaloides. Animal in lateral view; (After Hyashi & Miyake, 1968) The abdomen is smooth, not geniculate at the third somite. The posterior angle of pleuron of the fifth somite is pointed. The telson bears five pairs of dorsal spines and there are 3 pairs of spines on the apex of telson. The eye is long and sub cylindrical with a rounded ocellus.The antennular peduncle reaches nearly to proximal third of the rostrum The stylocerite reaches the tip of first segment of 339 the antennular peduncle; the second and third segment bears a small marginal spine. The antennal scale is long and broad; the outer distal spine falls short of the lamella. The third maxilliped has an epipod but is without an exopod. There are no epipods present on legs. The first pereopod is rather stout, extending to the first segment of the antennular peduncle. The second leg reaches as far forward as the middle of the antennal scale; the carpus is subdivided into seven joints. The merus of third pereopod bears seven to nine spines. There are five to seven outer spines on the merus of the fourth leg, and two to four similar spines on the fifth pereopod. The dactyli of the last three legs bear six or seven spinules excluding the terminal claw. Remarks: The present authors have not seen the material of this species. According to earlier workers there is a variation in the state of pterygostomian angle. Males are smaller than the females. Size: 33-53mm in TL Locality: Mouth of River Indus Habitat: Between 3.5 and 30m Distribution: Japan and China Genus Hippolyte L each, 1814 Diagnosis: Rostrum long. Supraorbital and antennal spines present. Mandible with incisor process. Third maxilliped with exopod but no epipod. Carpus of second leg divided into three joints. Propodi of last three legs sub prehensile in mature male, and normal in female. Telson with two pairs of dorsal spines. (After Hayashi & Miyake, 1968a). 340 Type species: By monotypy Hippolyte varians Leach, 1814:431 Gender: Feminine. Remarks: Thus far, only one of the 28 recognized species of Hippolyte : H. ventricosa has been recorded from Pakistani region. Hippolyte ventricosa H.Milne- Edwards, 1837 (Figs.159-160,Pl.7B) Virbius australiensis Stimpson, 1860:104 Hippolyte orientalis Heller, 1862:227 Caridina cincinnuli: Haswell, 1882:183 Virbuis australiensis: Haswell, 1882: 186 Hippolyte ventricosus: H.Milne- Edwards, 1837:371; Kemp, :96 pl.2 figs.; 1916a: 391 Hippolyte ventricosa Holthuis 1947: 16,55;Barnard 1950:704; Johnson, 1961:48; Hayashi & Miyake, 1968:140; Kensley, 1970:115; Hayashi, 1982:192; Tirmizi & Kazmi 1984:313; Bruce, 1986:635; Chace, 1997:66; D‟ Acoz, 1999:72 Description: The rostrum is as long as carapace; it bears only one tooth on the proximal fourth of the upper and two, rarely three, teeth on the distal third or fourth of the lower border. There is a considerable variation in rostral formula; in male both upper and lower borders are sub parallel; in females the distal half of the upper border is rather concave and the lower border is somewhat expanded; the apex reaches the tip of the antennal scale in females and it reaches only the tip of first or second segment of the antennular peduncle in males. There are some tufts of 341 plumose hairs on the several portions of the carapace and abdomen; the supraorbital spine is strong and acutely pointed; the antennal spine is separated from the supraorbital angle, which is blunt but projected nearly to the antennal spine, the branchiostegal spine is set far back from the anterior margin of the carapace. Figure 159: Hippolyte ventricosa. A- Animal in lateral view; A’-G- Rostral variation (after Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1984) The third abdominal somite is gibbous and geniculated; the pleura of the fourth and fifth somite are bluntly pointed. The telson is slightly longer than the sixth somite and bears two pairs of spines on the distal half near the lateral margin. 342 C A B Figure 160: Hippolyte ventricosa.A-Second leg;B-Third leg of male;Csame of female The eye is large and cylindrical, extending to the middle of the rostrum; the eyestalk is about three times as long as the cornea. The antennular peduncle falls short of the rostral apex; the basal segment, which is armed with an outer distal spine, is longer than the combined length of the second and third; the stylocerite is slender, sharp and reaches beyond the middle of the basal segment; the second is as long as third; the outer flagellum is stouter and thicker in males than in females, and composed of seven to eight joints in females and about 15 joints in males. The antennal scale is large and broad; the inner angle of the lamella is strongly produced far beyond the outer spine. The mandible bears no palp. The third maxilliped extends to the tip of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle; the ultimate segment is flattened, with minute teeth along the apex; there is a short exopod on the base. 343 The first pereopod is robust, not reaching to the tip of the third maxilliped. The carpus of the second pereopod is subdivided into three joints. The third leg reaches forward about the distal tip of the antennal scale; merus has three or four spines on the outer margin; propodus has seven or eight pairs of spines, of which in males the fourth and fifth or fifth and sixth pairs are long, with some minute hooks on each distal anterior border, while in females these spines are normal; dactylus has 9 to11 spinules excluding the terminal claw on ventral margin. The fourth pereopod extends forward nearly to the end of the third maxilliped. The merus is provided with two spines near the distal articulation; the carpus, propodus and dactylus are same as in the third leg. The fifth pereopod reaches forward about the tip of the first leg; merus is armed with only one spine near the distal articulation; the distal three segments are same as in the former two legs. Remarks: In different localities, it shows some morphological differences with regard to the rostral formulae. Colour: The species changes the body colour according to its habitat; when obtained from green algal belt, they were green and grey in colour, when they were captured from Sargassum belt, the body was of a brownish black. Size: Up to 24mm in TL Habitat: In sea grass, meadows and Sargassum Sea weed community in littoral to sub littoral zone. Locality: Pacha Distribution: Indo-West- Pacific region; D‟ Acoz, 1999 opines that the species is only known with certainty from India, most other IndoPacific records are probably based on other species. . 344 Genus Latreutes Stimpson, 1860 Diagnosis: Integument not rigid. Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, with ventral blade conspicuously developed and projecting posteroventrally between bases of antennules, without tongue-like lobe extending ventrally from lateral carina. Carapace without dentate crest in midline at base of rostrum, without longitudinal lateral carinae, without numerous appressed teeth on lateral surface, without supraorbital tooth or abrupt depressions on frontal or orbital regions, without hepatic tooth, usually with branchiostegal tooth and denticles on branchiostegal margin but without pterygostomian tooth. Abdomen with somites not dorsally carinate or posteriorly dentate, 1st pleuron not ventrally bifurcate, 5th pleuron rounded, not denticulate, 6th somite not armed with 7 strong spines, without articulated plate on pleuron curving around base of uropod. Telson not tapering to sharp point, armed with 1-3 pairs of dorsolateral spines, posterior margin not rounded, posterolateral angles not sharply produced. Eyestalk movable, not concealed by carapace, cornea without ocellus. Antennules with stylocerite not lying in vertical plane, not bifid; second segment without sharp curved lateral tooth; third segment without sharp dorsodistal tooth or movable plate, dorsal flagellum often short, stout and brush-like. Antennal peduncle usually not overreaching antennular peduncle, not armed with 3 strong ventral spines; antennal scale overreaching antennular peduncle, without lateral tooth near midlenght or small movable lateral spines. Mandible without palp or incisor process. First maxilliped not discrete from exopodal lash, epipod usually bilobate. Second maxilliped with terminal segment semicircular or sub triangular and applied obliquely to preceding segment, exopod rather broad in proximal ½ with nonbilobate epipod but without podobranch. Third maxilliped with exopod and epipod but without arthrobranch and 345 coxal exite. Pereopods with epipods with terminal hooks on at least anterior 3 pairs, without exopods or arthrobranchs. First pereopods with fingers shorter than palm, movable fingers terminating in 4, fixed finger in 3, strong and interlocking spines, chela 1-2 times as long as carpus, ischium not produced distally into saber-shaped process. Second pereopods symmetrical, fingers shorter than palm, carpus subdivided into 3 articles. Third pereopods with dactyl and propodus not prehensile in functional males, propodus not subdivided, carpus not conspicuously spinose. (After Chace, 1997). Type species: Hippolyte planirostris de Haan, 1844 Gender: Neuter Remarks: Nearly 20 species are known in this genus, of these two are known from Pakistan, which can be separated from the following key. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI SPECIES OF LATREUTES 1. Dactylii of last three pairs of pereopods biunguiculate with conspicuous spines on margin---------------------------------L. mucronatus. Dactylii of last three pairs of pereopods simple claws, with microscopic spines on margin--------------------------------L.cf. anoplonyx. Latreutes cf. anoplonyx Kemp, 1914 (Figs 161-163, Pl.5A&6D) 346 Latreutes anoplonyx Kemp, 1915: 104: 4, fig. 35;1916a, 339; de Man, 1929, 130, fig.8; Holthuis, 1947: 60; 1980: 128; Liu, 1955:42 pl.15.fig 15; Hayashi & Miyake, 1968 a:14;1968b:149 fig.2 & 4-b; Kazmi, 1971b: 417; 2003: 24; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:155; 2004: 97; Chace, 1997:69; Yang, 2005:462 (larvae). Description: The rostrum extends beyond the scaphocerite and is triangular in lateral view. The epigastric tooth is situated on the dorsum well behind the level of orbital angle. All the teeth except the epigastric are situated on the distal half of the rostrum. There are sexual differences in body length, rostrums (the shape as well as spinulation) and the length of the upper antennular flagellum; the rostrum is triangular in females and much narrower except in one specimen where it is short and broad, it is longer in males than in females; the upper border has14-18 closed- set teeth and 9-15 on the lower border of the rostrum in females and 7-10 teeth in three groups on the upper border and 7-8 on the lower border in males; the tip in both sexes in blunt and serrated not mentioned in original description but given by Bruce(1986)for his Latreutes spA. The antennal spine is strong and articulated on to the suborbital lobe; besides this the pterygostomian angle is armed with a series of small spines forming a comblike structure which may vary from 8 -13 teeth. 347 Figure 161 A: Latreutes anoplonyx. A- Ovigerous Female; B- Male, (From Hayashi & Miyake, 1968) The telson is slightly longer than the sixth abdominal somite; it tapers posteriorly, ending in a median spine; the posterior margin is flanked by two pairs of spines, of which the inner one is smaller. The eyes are short, reaching only up to the middle of the first segment of the antennular peduncle; the antennular peduncle is very short, consisting of three sub-equal segments; the basal segment as usual is the largest and nearly equal to the remaining two segments; the stylocerite is semi-circular in shape; the anterolateral side of the basal segment is produced into a spine; the second segment is smallest, it is broader than long. The lateral margin of the scaphocerite is more or less straight may end in a sharp spine, which extends beyond the squamose portion. 348 The mandibles bear neither incisor process nor palp; the palp of the maxillula ends in a swollen tip; the upper lacinia is broad and flat, whereas, the lower lacinia is much narrower and strongly curved upwards; the maxillulary palp is small, slender and fingerlike, becoming narrow and pointed at the tip; the inner lacinia is divided into two lobes; the scaphognathite is large and moderately broad. 349 Figure 161 B: Latreutes cf. anoplonyx. A,D- Carapaces of females, lateral view; A’- Tipof rostrum; B- Right antennular peduncle; C- Right antennal scale;E- Carapace of male; F- Telson tip; G- Distal two segments of third leg 350 The palp of the first maxilliped far exceeds the caridean lobe; the lateral side of the caridean lobe is convex; the ultimate segment of the second maxilliped is laterally attached with the penultimate segment. Figure 162: Latreutes cf. anoplonyx.cf. A- Maxillula B- Maxilla; C- First maxilliped; D- Second maxilIiped; D’ – Same, last three segments; E- Third maxilliped The third maxilliped extends well beyond the antennular peduncle; the tip and distal part of the median margin of the ultimate segment is spinose; the ultimate segment is nearly twice the length of the penultimate segment; the parapenultimate segment is one and half times longer than the ultimate segment; the lateral margin of the parapenultimate segment is armed with a row of spinules on the distal half; the exopod fails to reach the middle of the parapenultimate segment. 351 Figure 163: Latreutes cf. anoplonyx. A- Appendix interna of second pleopod; B- Same, fourth pleopod; C- Same, fifth pleopod The first pair of pereopods is rather stout and shorter than the others. It extends up to distal end of the parapenultimate segment of the third maxilliped. Fingers are slightly shorter than the palm, meeting only at their tips. The merus is nearly two times longer than the finger. The entire chela is as long as the middle segment of the carpus. The carpus is three segmented; the middle one is the largest being nearly two times the length of the first as well as the third segment. The last three pairs of pereopods are similar in shape. The dactylus of each of the last three pairs of pereopods is short being one-third the length of the propodus, moreover, it is claw like and may be armed with 4-5 microscopic spinules on its posterior margin otherwise wholly unarmed; the propodii each is armed with five spines on the posterior margin. 352 An appendix interna is present on each of the second to fifth pairs of pleopods, only their tips are capped with rows of coupling hooks. Remarks: The new collection of Latreutes having both males and females helped us to reevaluate the earlier reports of L. anoplonyx from India as new species by Kemp (1914) then from Pakistan by Kamzi (1971) both basing on a single female. The characters in sexual differences particularly in the shape of rostrum shown by Hayashi & Miyake (1968) for Japanese L. anoplonyx are not to the same extent in the present material, here the female rostrum is similar in shape to that of Japanese males (Fig.161), also the length and armature of rostrum in Pakistani specimens is different. There are other differences therefore the Pakistani specimens may turnout to be a new species. The commensalism also seems to be rather loose than in L. anoplonyx as free swimming individuals are also collected. Size: 48mm in TL Localities: Keti Bundar,Dubba,Makri creeks (one specimen with isopod parasite). Habitat: often associated with medusae. Distribution: Indo-Pacific: India, Myanmar, Indonesia, Philippines, Northern and Central China, and Japan . Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson, 1860) (Fig. 164) Rhynchocyclus mucronatus Stimpson, 1860:28 Latreutes mucronatus Kemp, 1914:101; 1916:396; Barnard, 1950:706; Hayashi & Miyake, 1968:16; Titgen, 1982:82 (unpublished): 85; Ghani & Tirmizi: 1991:230; Bruce, 1994:750; Chace, 1997: 69; Kazmi, 2003: 241 353 Description: The carapace is strongly arched dorsally. It is not carinate in the median line but bears, as a rule, a single stout fixed tooth behind the base of the rostrum: in rare instances, three or four teeth are found in this position. There is a sharp antennal tooth and a series of small spines, usually 11- 14, on the antero-lateral margin. Figure 164: Latreutes mucronatus. A- Female; B- Rostrum; C- Telson, tip; D- First left leg; E- Second left leg; (Modified from Ghani & Tirmizi, 1991 ) In the female the rostrum reaches almost to or a little beyond the end of the antennal scale. At its base it is anteriorly, excavate for the accommodation of the eye. Anteriorly the rostrum is sometimes almost circular in outline, but more often, it is distinctly pointed and some times slightly upturned. The dorsal and slightly upturned ventral teeth are borne only in its distal half. In the male the whole form of the animal is far more slender than the female, the rostrum is longer and much narrower 354 in lateral view; it extends well beyond the apex of the antennal scale and with dorsal teeth 8-12 and 5-7 ventral teeth. The last abdominal somite is about twice the length of the fifth; the telson bears two pairs of dorsal spinules and terminates in a narrow pointed process flanked by a pair of spines on either side. The innermost of these is more than twice the length of the outer and is often nearly twice as long as the median process The eyestalk is a trifle wider than the cornea and bears a conspicuous pointed process on its inner distal aspect. The antennal scale is about three times as long as wide. The third maxilliped reaches a little beyond the antennal peduncle. The second pereopods reach about to the apex of the rostrum; the carpus is divided into three segments, of which the first and third are approximately equal each being about half the length of the middle segment; the palm is a little longer than the last carpal segment and is decidedly longer than the dactylus; the dactylii of the last three pairs of pereopods terminate in two stout claws and bear three to five conspicuous spines on the posterior margin. In the fifth pair the carpus is a little more than two-thirds the length of the propodus; the dactylus is rather more than onethird the length of the propodus. The exopod is shorter than the endopod and is about three and a half times as long as broad. Colour: Reddish brown Size: Female 4-5mm in CL, male 8.5mm in CL Locality: Ibrahim Hydri Habitat: Sea weeds (Kemp,1916); associated with medusae ( Hayashi & Miyake, 1968). 355 Distribution: S. Africa, Persian Gulf, Red Sea, South Coast of Arabia, India, China Japan, Korea, Thailand, Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia and Australia. Genus Lysmata Risso, 1816 Diagnosis: Integument not rigid. Rostrum armed dorsally and usually ventrally, without ventral blade or tongue-like lobe extending ventrally from lateral carina. Carapace not inflated, not abruptly depressed on frontal region, without numerous appressed teeth on lateral surface, without supraorbital or sub ocular tooth posterodorsal to orbital angle, latter not large or obtuse, without hepatic tooth or branchiostegal tooth or denticles, but with marginal, unarticulated antennal tooth and occasionally pterygostomian tooth. Abdomen with 1st pleuron entire, not bifurcate; sixth somite without prominent spines, without articulate plate at posterovental angle and pleuron not curving around base of uropod. Telson not tapering to sharp posterior end, posterolateral angles not sharply produced, bearing 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines. Eyestalk not concealed by carapace, cornea not narrower than stalk. Antennules with stylocerite not in vertical plane, not bifid; second segment without sharp, curved lateral tooth; third segment without dorsodistal tooth on movable plate, dorsal flagellum slender, not short or brush-like. Antennal peduncle not overreaching antennular peduncle, without 3 strong ventral spines; antennal scale not overreaching antennular peduncle, lateral margin not spinose. Mandible without palp or incisor process. First maxilliped with caridean lobe clearly discrete from exopodal lash, epipod bilobate. Second maxilliped with terminal segment narrow and applied somewhat laterally to 356 preceding segment, exopod not unusually wide, with nonbilobate epipod and podobranch. Third maxilliped with distal segment not flattened, with exopod epipod, arthrobranch, and reduced coxal exite. Pereopods without exopods, with terminally hooked epipods on 4 anterior pairs, without arthrobranchs. First pereopod with fingers shorter than palm, not terminating in distal spines, chela ¾ - 2 ¾ as long as carpus, latter not excavate to receive propodus, ischium often produced into long saber-shaped process. Second pereopods symmetrical, fingers not longer than palm, carpus subdivided into 13-36 articles. Third pereopod with dactyl and propodus not prehensile in functional males. (from Chace, 1997) Hippolysmata vittata Stimpson, 1860 Type species: Gender: Feminine. Remarks: A genus with diverse socio-ecological 36 species,only one recognized is known from here. The report of L. amboiensis from Karachi by Ali (2006) can not be relied upon as the specimens are not available for study. ata vittata (Stimpson, 1860) (Figs. 165-169, Pl. 7A) Hippolysmata vittata, Stimpson, 1860: 26; Kemp, 1914:113, pl.6, figs. 9-10; 1925:330; Gravely, 1927:137; Suvatti, 1937: 48; Barnard, 1950:710 Nauticaris unirecedens Bate, 1888: 608, pl. 110, fig. 1 Lysmata (Hippolysmata) vittata Kubo, 1951:284 357 Hippolysmata (Hippolysmata) vittata, Holthuis, 1947, 20,67; Johnson, 1961,48; Hayashi & Miyake, 1968,156,fig.17; Karim & Rehman, 1974: 26, fig. 1-6; Bruce, 1986:601 Lysmata vittata Chace, 1997: 78; Kazmi, 2003: 241; Kazmi & Kazmi, 2004:97 Description: The rostrum is considerably shorter than the carapace it extends as far as the middle of the basal segment of the antennular peduncle. It is directed slightly downwards except at the tip, which is pointed upwards. The rostral teeth are variable as already been pointed out by earlier workers. Six to fourteen teeth are present on the upper margin and three to five on the lower margin. The epigastric tooth is separated by a considerable interval from the rest of the series, besides the epigastric tooth, one or two teeth may be situated on the carapace. The carapace is armed with strong antennal spine, which is separated from the pointed suborbital angle, and a pterygostomian spine, of which the antennal spine is stronger. Figure 165: Lysmata vittata. Animal in lateral view 358 The posterolateral angle of each of the first four abdominal pleura is broadly rounded, whereas that of the fifth is acute and pointed. The dorsal surface of the telson bears a shallow longitudinal groove, from the base of which arises a bunch of setae. Moreover, it has two pairs of posteriorly directed spines. The eyes are well developed and reaching nearly up to half the length of the rostrum. The antennular peduncle consists of three sub-equal segments. The second and third segments are more or less of about the same size. The distal margin of each segment bears a row of spinules. The scaphocerite extends beyond the antennular peduncle. The lateral side of the scaphocerite is more or less straight and terminates in a strong spine, which extends only a trifle beyond the squamose portion. 359 Figure 166: Lysmata vittata. A- Lateral view of carapace; B-Dorsal view of telson and left uropod; C- Eye from right side of body. The mandible of the right side differs from that of the left side. The molar process of the right side bears a row of several teeth, whereas, that of the left has only two, both of which are large and sharply pointed teeth, the median surface (molar area) is depressed and traversed by transverse ridges. The palp of the maxillula is large and distinctly bilobed; the palp of the maxilla is slender and finger-like, becoming narrower toward the tip; the lobes of the inner lacinia are sub-equal; the upper lobe is somewhat broader than the lower one. The scaphognathite is large and moderately broad. The palp of the first maxilliped is divided into three segments; of which the middle one is the largest, moreover, the palp extends a little beyond the caridean lobe; the outer margin of 360 the caridean lobe is somewhat convex; the second maxilliped has the typical caridean structure; the third maxilliped is slender, extending beyond the tip of the rostrum by the ultimate segment, the parapenultimate segment is about three times the length of the penultimate segment, the exopod fails to reach the distal margin of the parapenultmate segment; the tip of the maxilliped is thorny; the three segments have setae which are arranged in small bunches (3-4 in each bunch). In addition to these, few long setae are also present. The first pair of pereopods is rather stout, shorter than the others; but surpassing the end of antennular peduncle by chela; the fingers of which are of equal size, meeting only at their tips. The second pair of pereopods is long and slender. It reaches to about the length of the scaphocerite. The chela is small. The fingers are nearly equal to the palm. The segments of the carpus, merus and ischium vary in number; the carpus may have 28-32 segments. Figure167: Lysmata vittata. A- Right antennular peduncle; B- Left antennal scale; C- Right mandible; C’- Left mandible; C’’- Same, molar area 361 The third pereopod extends well beyond the tip of the rostrum by the distal three segments; the merus is twice as long as the carpus and bears 4 to 6 spines on its posterior side; the merus of the fourth pereopod also has 4-6 spines, whereas, that of the fifth pereopods has only two spines; the dactylus of each of the last three pairs of pereopods is biunguiculate and with 4-5 spinules on its posterior margin. Figure 168: Lysmata vittata. A- Right maxillula; B- Left maxilla; C- Right first maxilliped; C’- Same, palp; D-E- Left second and third maxillipeds. The pleopods are biramous. In males, the endopod of the second pleopod bears appendix masculina and appendix interna. The appendix masculina is smaller than the appendix interna. On the tip of the appendix interna, a few rows of coupling hooks are present. Only an appendix interna is present on each of the last three pairs of pleopods in males. In females, the second to fourth endopods bear appendix interna only. 362 Figure 169: Lysmata vittata. A- E- Right, first to fifth pereopods. Each of the first three abdominal sternites of the male has a pair of upstanding spines, which are sharply pointed and curved medially, the last three sternites are armed with a single spine, and in females, and all the sternites are unarmed. Size: 30-37mm in TL. Colour: When fresh the body is translucent and marked with numerous fine longitudinal striae of bright red colour. Localities: Manora Island, Bulleji. Distribution: Indo-Pacific: Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Andaman Is., East Indies to Japan, Australia, and the Philippines . Development:See Pillai(1974)and Bano(1999) 363 Genus Saron Thallwitz, 1891 Diagnosis: Integument not especially rigid. Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, armed dorsally and ventrally, with strong ventral blade, not projecting between bases of antennules, or series of strong ventral teeth, without tongue-like lobe extending ventrally from lateral carina. Carapace without discrete dentate crest in midline at base of rostrum, without longitudinal lateral carinae, without appressed teeth on lateral surface, without supraorbital tooth, without abrupt depressions on frontal or orbital regions, without sub ocular tooth posterodorsal to orbital angle, latter not large, with antennal tooth, latter neither sub marginal nor basally articulated, without hepatic tooth, with branchiostegal margin not denticulate, with pterygostomian tooth. Abdominal somites not dorsally carinate or posteromesially dentate, 1st pleuron not bifurcate, 4th and 5th pleura pointed, not denticulate, 6th somite not armed with 7 strong spines, with plate articulated at posteroventral angle, pleuron not curving around base of uropod. Telson not tapering to sharp point, posterior margin sub truncate or slightly concave, and posterolateral angles not sharply produced. Eyestalk movable, not concealed by carapace, cornea with ocellus. Antennules with stylocerite not lying in vertical plane, not bifid or semicircular, second peduncular segment without sharp, curved lateral tooth; third segment without sharp dorsodistal tooth or movable dorsodistal plate; dorsolateral flagellum proximally stout but not unusually short or brush-like. Antennal peduncle sometimes overreaching antennular peduncle, not armed with 3 strong ventral spines; antennal scale overreaching antennular peduncle, without lateral tooth near midlenght or small movable lateral spine. Mandible with both palp and incisor process. First maxilliped with caridean lobe quite distinct from exopodal lash, epipod bilobate. Second maxilliped 364 with terminal segment elongate and applied somewhat laterally to preceding segment, exopod not unusually wide, with somewhat bilobate epipod and with exopod, epipod small arthrobranch, and coxal exite, pereopods without exopods, with epipods and arthrobranchs on 1st to 4th pairs, epipods with terminal hook. First pereopod with fingers shorter than palm, not terminating in interlocking spines, chela 1 ½ to 2 1/3 times as long as carpus, carpus not deeply excavate for reception of chela. Second pereopods symmetrical, fingers shorter than palm, carpus subdivided into 10-17 articles. Third pereopod with dactyl not gradually tapering to acute apex, armed with teeth on flexor margin, dactyl and propodus not prehensile in functional males, propodus not subdivided, carpus not conspicuously spinose. Uropod with lateral margin of outer branch terminating in small fixed tooth with larger movable spine mesial to it. (Modified from Chace,1997). Type species: Hippolyte gibberosus H. Milne Edwards, 1837 Gender: Masculine. Remarks: Genus comprises of 4 known species, one has been recorded from the Pakistani region. Saron marmoratus (Olivier, 1811) (Figs.170-174, Pl. 6C) Palaeomn marmoratus Olivier, 1811:663; Hippolite Krausii Bianconi, 1869: 2200 Hippolyte Hemprichii Heller, 1861:29, Hippolyte Leachii Guerin Meneville, 1838: 37 Hippolyte marmoratus de Man, 1888: 533 365 Saron gibberosus, Thallwitz, 1881:100; de Man, 1902: 852; pl.26,fig.57; Parisi, 1919:74 Saron marmoratus Ortmann, 1894:15; Borradaile,1898:1009; Coutiere, 1910: 1263; Kemp, 1914: 84; 1916:385; Kubo, 1940: 80; Holthuis, 1947: 25; Barnard, 1950: 688; Miyake & Hayashi, 1966: 144; Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1971: 283 (sexual dimorphism); Karim & Rehman, 1974: 25; fig. 1-6 Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979:155; Kensley, 1981:27; Debelius, 1984:60; Kazmi,1996b:3; Chace 1997:89; Description: It is difficult to give a description that would be applicable to all the specimens under study. Figure 170: Saron marmoratus. Animal in lateral view The carapace is somewhat globular and smooth, but for a few tufts of plumose setae, which are prominent on the mid-dorsal line. A few setae may also be present on the lateral surface, near 366 the posterior margin. In preserved specimens, these tufts are often wanting. The rostrum is longer than the carapace, it is strongly curved upwards and armed on both of its margins. The rostral formula being 1+6 / 6-7 beside the epigastric tooth, one or in few cases, two teeth may be situated on the carapace. The formula is more constant in females than in males. Beyond the fifth tooth, the upper margin of the rostrum is unarmed for a considerable distance. The last two teeth are minute and situated near the tip. The lower rostral teeth are strong, gradually diminishing in size towards the distal end. The lateral side of the rostrum bears two prominent longitudinal carinae, of which the upper one is very distinct and reaches well beyond the fifth upper rostral tooth. The lower one is short and weak. The carapace is armed with antennal, branchiostegal and pterygostomian spines. The antennal spine is strong and well developed, while the branchiostegal and pterygostomian spines are rather weak. Figure 171: Saron marmoratus A- Carapace, lateral view; B- Right eye; C- Right antennular peduncle; D- Same, ventral view; E- Right antennal scale 367 The abdomen bears tufts of setae, which unlike the single mid-dorsal row on the carapace are here arranged in two rows, one on either side of the mid-dorsal line. The abdominal somites of female bear more tufts of setae than those of male, in female each sub-median row may have 1-2 tufts on the second, 3-4 on third abdominal somite, whereas, in male a single tuft on the second and one to three on the following somite. Further more, the last two somites may be naked in the males, but in all the females, available for study, there are two tufts of setae except in one specimen (CL.15 mm), where they are wanting. The telson is slightly longer than the sixth abdominal somite. It tapers posteriorly, ending in a truncated tip, the posterior margin is slightly sinuous and bears a small median spine, flanked by two pairs of spines; inner one is smaller. The sub-median spines are generally hidden by plumose setae. The dorsal surface of the telson is armed with two pairs of spines. A shallow longitudinal groove runs on the proximal half of the telson. A bunch of long plumose setae arises from the base of the groove and lies within it, some of the setae are nearly of the same length as that of the groove. 368 Figure 172 Saron marmoratus. A- Left mandible; B- Left maxillula; CRight maxilla; D-F- First to third maxillipeds The cornea of the eye is as wide as the maximum breadth of the peduncle. The ocular spot or accessory eye is semispherical, the basal segment of the antennular peduncle is much longer than the combined length of the two following segments and bears a small, sharp spine on its median margin. The stylocerite is stout, sharply pointed and extending nearly up to the distal margin of the ultimate segment, the second segment of the antennular peduncle is slightly longer than the ultimate segment when seen ventrally is produced forward into a sharply pointed triangular process overlying the thick basal part of the outer flagellum. The median margin of this process is slightly sinuous. Moreover, a transverse row of small stiff setae is also present in the middle of the segment. 369 The scaphocerite is slightly swollen at the base, narrow in the middle, broad and truncated apically; the outer margin is strongly concave and ends in sharp spine, which extends beyond the squamose portion. The mandible consists of three-segmented palp, an incisor process with four sharp, unequal teeth, and a stout molar process. The molar process is partially sub-divided; apically it bears two distinct tooth like projections and several rows of short bristles. The maxillulary palp is rather small and broad; its tip is truncated and setose apically; the upper lacinia is broad and flat, its maximum breadth lies near the middle; the lower lacinia is slender and curved. The scaphognathite of the maxilla is narrow, particularly in its anterior half; the palp is slender and finger-like. The palp of the first maxilliped is slightly longer than the caridean lobe. The outer margin of the caridean lobe is strongly convex. The second maxilliped is of typical caridean type. The third maxilliped is one of those characters, which are subjected to sexual dimorphism. However, in both the sexes the third maxilliped reaches beyond the antennular peduncle; the parapenultimate segment of the third maxilliped is nearly three times as long as the penultimate segment; the anterior margin of this segment is armed with spines - a strong dorsolateral and a small dorso-median which is hidden by a bunch of long plumose setae. Moreover, the lateral margin of parapenultimate segment bears spines, which are arranged in groups of two to three and situated more or less at equal distance. The antero-lateral margin of the penultimate segment also bears a spine; the penultimate segment is small being half as long as the ultimate segment; in both the sexes the tip of the third maxilliped is thorny, spines however are always more and rather stout in females than in the males, the coxal median projection is subject to considerable variation. It may be very small and only slightly projecting to prominent elongated, broad and plate like. In females, the third maxilliped is only a trifle longer than one third of the total body length whereas, in males it is subjected to a greater range of 370 variation, being either more or even a little less than a third of the body length. Figure 173: Saron marmoratus. A-D- Endopods of second to fourth pleopods of female A’-D’-Appendix internae of same; C- Tip of exopod of second pleopods (After Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1971) The males those have highly developed third maxilliped also have the first pair of legs extremely long, sometimes attaining monstrous size, approximately the same length as the total length of the body. Here the ultimate segment is nearly four times the length of the penultimate segment. In the males where the first pereopod is highly developed, the fingers of the chelae are short, stout, and strongly curved. Their tips are dark and notched so that the two fingers can be interlocked. The gap between the fingers is filled by long setae, arising from the cutting edges of the fingers. 371 Further more, the movable finger bears a large, rounded tooth like projection, which is situated almost at the middle. It is easily visible from the dorsal view, the palm is long, measuring approximately three times the length of the fingers. In normal males as well as in all the females the fixed finger differs being less curved and hairy. A median coxal outgrowth similar to that of the third maxilliped is present on the first pair of pereopods. In females it is rather simple, short and pointed whereas, in males it varies from a simple, spine-like projection to a large bilobed plate. The first pereopods are underdeveloped in some males especially which are bopyrized, (Kazmi,1996). The second pair of pereopods is slender. The cutting edges of the fingers of the chelae are unarmed; the fingers are slightly more than a third of the chela; the carpus is sub-divided into 12-13 segments; the merus is divided into two segments; the second pair of pereopods also has a coxal outgrowth; it is rather simple in females. It may become large and pointed whereas, in the males it is broad and plate like, the outer margin is convex and serrated. The last three pairs of pereopods are typical except in their armature on merii. In the majority of the available specimens, the number of the spines is reduced to one. The dactyli of the last three pairs of pereopods are serrated. 372 Figure 174: Saron marmoratus. A- Thoracic sternites of male; BSecond to fifth thoracic sternites of female. I- V- Coxae of thoracic legs(After Tirmizi & Kazmi, 1971) The endopod of the first pleopod is typical. In female, the appendix interna is present on each of the second to fourth pleopods, those on the second and third are small and knob like and capped with rows of hooks. In males, the appendix masculina on the endopod of the second pleopod varies in size. In some males, it is well developed and may or may not exceed the tip of the endopod very slightly; the appendix interna of the third pleopod is wanting or hardly noticeable in some males. The appendix interna of the fourth pleopod, which though reduced, is always present. The earliest stage is represented by a finger-like projection seen in a male measuring in 5.5mm in CL. In female, the second thoracic sternite has a pair of small protuberances bearing a few plumose setae. Each half of the third 373 sternite has a transverse ridge, which becomes conspicuous and heavily setose medially. The shape of the last thoracic sternite of the female shows a considerable variation. It may be slightly notched in the middle, the notch being flanked by insignificant soft papilliform projections or short and hard spines or the plate bears a single median spine; the abdominal sternites of the females may be totally unarmed or may bear a single median spine on the last somite. In males, second to fifth thoracic sternites are armed. The second thoracic sternite has a pair of small tooth-like projections, pointed dorsally and slightly curved forward so that in posterior view they are somewhat convex. The following sternite has similar but larger projections. The fourth sternite has a pair of long, narrow conical structures, which are strongly curved forwards. Their posterior surface has a row of setae near the median margin. The last thoracic sternite bears a pair of sharply pointed spines, directed ventrally. Each of the first three abdominal sternites has a pair of upstanding spines, which are sharply pointed and curved medially ,each of the following three sternites is armed with a single strong spine, directed posteriorly. The size of these spines varies in different individuals, but in all cases, the last spine is always smaller than two anterior ones. Remarks: This dimorphism is one of gradual transition rather than of true dimorphism, by which is implied either a discontinuity in the development of the individual or a marked dichotomy of evolution within the limits of a species (Kemp, 1914). Colour: Fresh specimens are dark mottled, and marbled with more or less circular-oval or crescent markings or rings of varying shades of brown, not two specimens are exactly alike in pattern. Size: 38-83mm in TL (males), 65-81mm in TL (females) 374 Localities: Mouth of Indus Manora Island, Hawk‟s Bay, Bulleji, Distribution: This species is spread over the whole Indowest Pacific region from Hawaii, Marquesas and Tahiti Is., Southward to Australia across the tropical Indian Ocean to Red Sea and east coast of Africa. Development: Complete larval series from first zoea to seventh post larval stage has been obtained ( Ghory etal,2008, abstract only). 375 3.1.9 Family Pandalidae Haworth, 1825 Diagnosis: Rostrum well developed, laterally compressed, variable; antennular flagella simple, without accessory branches; mandible with palp and with incisor and molar processes deeply separate; first maxilliped with flagellum on exopod; second maxilliped normal, 2 distal segments not arising side by side from penultimate segment; first pereopod simple or microscopically chelate; second pereopod chelate, carpus subdivided into 2 or more articles; first male pleopod with endopod normal, not unusually enlarged or elaborately convoluted (Modified from Chace, 1985). Remarks: This is a moderately diverse group including 24 genera and 162 species of mainly epibenthic shrimps. Only Heterocarpus has been recorded from Pakistan by Dore & Frimbotd (1987). Therefore, this genus is further treated here. Genus Heterocarpus A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 Diagnosis: Rostrum armed with teeth on both margins; carapace without supraorbital spine, dorsally carinate nearly to posterior margin, and with 1 or more longitudinal lateral carinae; eye with cornea wider than eye stalk; second maxilliped with terminal segment wider than long; pereopods with epipods on 4 anterior pairs, second pair distinctly unequal and dissimilar, left 376 member with 7 to 12 carpal articles, right member with 18 to 25 articles (After Chace, 1985). Type Species: By original designation: Heterocarpus ensifer A. Milne-Edwards, 1881:8 Gender: Masculine. Remarks: No specimen from Pakistan is at our disposal. In as much as information of occurrence in Pakistani waters of all but one of the 20 species and subspecies assignable to this genus has been available to us: H. tricarinatus Alcock & Anderson, H. laevigatus Bate, H. woodmasoni Alcock and H. gibbosus Bate have been reported in the Arabian Sea, H. laevigatus distribution range includes Pakistan (see Dore & Frimbotd, 1986, map). Other species are not dealt here with. Heterocarpus laevigatus Bate, 1888 (Pl.7D) Heterocarpus laevigatus Bate, 1888:636, pl. 112: fig.3; Alcock, 1899, pl.42: fig.1;1901:918; Rathbun, 1906:918; Barnard, 1950:684; Crosnier & Forest, 1973: 195,fig 61c; Kensley, 1972: 38; 1981, 28(list); Wilder, 1979:5, figs. 2,3; Moffitt, 1983: 435; Chace, 1985: 33.fig; Hanamura & Takeda, 1987:107; Dore & Frimbotd, 1987: 78; Poupin, 1996:8 Description: The rostrum varies from less than 1 ¼ to more than 1 ½ times as long as the carapace in juveniles to shorter than the carapace in adults. It is without any distinct lateral carina and is armed dorsally with 6- 10, usually 6 or 7 teeth on the carapace and basal part of rostrum, including 5, less commonly 4 377 or 6, on carapace posterior to the level of orbital margin and, infrequently 1 situated directly above the posterior margin of orbit, and ventrally with 6-13 teeth, most commonly 10 or 11; the carapace is armed with blunt nearly complete intermediate carina, an anteriorly sharp and posterior indistinct lateral carina, a short and obscure anterior antennal carina, and a posterior sub marginal carina. The abdomen is unarmed dorsally, it is rounded on first and second somite, and a blunt median ridge runs on third to fifth somites, there is a slightly sulcate median area found on sixth somite. The telson bears four pairs of dorsal teeth. The antennal scale varies from little more than half as long as carapace in large specimens to as much as three - fifth as long in smaller ones; the blade and distolateral spine reaches approximately to the same level. The longer member of pair of second pereopods has 20 or 21 articles in carpus, shorter one has 6 or 7; the dactylus of third pair is from nearly one- fourth as long as propodus, the carpi of 3 posterior pairs are armed with 1 spine on third pair, occasionally one on the fourth pair, and none on the fifth pair, the meri are armed with 14-16 spines on the third pair, 6-19 on the fourth, and 5-8 spines on fifth pair; the ischia are provided with two spines on third and fourth pairs and are unarmed on fifth. The first pleopods have bilobed endopods in males (Modified from Chace, 1985). Size: 50mm in Cl, 180mm in TL. This is probably one of the largest members of the genus . Habitat: The general bathymetric range is from 366-966m Distribution: On Eastern Atlantic and in the Indo - West Pacific. 378 3.1.10 Family Crangonidae Haworth, 1825 Diagnosis: Rostrum variable, usually short, depressed, immovably attached to remainder of carapace; carapace often sculptured with carinae, spines, or both; antennular flagella simple, without accessory branches; mandible without incisor process or palp; second maxilliped with terminal segment semicircular, attached diagonally to penultimate segments; first pair of pereopods subchelate, second pair, if present, with undivided carpus. (After Chace, 1984). Remarks: This is a moderately diverse family with 179 species and 20 genera currently recognized. Only two genera Pontocaris and Philocheras are described from here. A third genus Pontophilus includes a cosmopolitan P. gracilis has Arabian Sea record also (see Dardeau & Heard, 1983, map). Christophersen (1988) erected a subfamily Pontophilinae for these genera. They can be separated with the help of the key given below. KEY TO THE PAKISTANI GENERA OF CRANGONIDAE 1Six or seven gills in each gill chamber, each with ventral apex directed posteriorly.-------------------------------------------------------------Genus Philocheras. - Eight gills in each gill chamber, each with ventral apex directed anteriorly ----------------------------------------------------------------Genus Pontocaris. Genus Philocheras Stebing, 1900 379 Diagnosis: Rostrum without lateral teeth in basal ½ of length; carapace without postorbital longitudinal suture; eye with well-developed cornea, pigmented; antennal scale with welldeveloped blade; 1st pereopod without trace on exopod; 2nd pereopod chelate, usually overreaching merus of anteriorly extended 1st pereopod.(After Chace,1984) Type species: Selected by Holthuis, 1955:138: Crangon nanus Kroyer, 1842 (Pontophilus) bispinosus Hailstone, 1835:271. Gender: Masculine Remarks:This is a large genus and our species Pontophilus parvirostris and several other Arabian sea species of Pontophilus have been placed in the genus Philocheras by Von Vaupel Klein & Schram (2000). 38 to 45 are IndoPacific(Komai,2008). Two third species of genus Philocheras apparently occur in depths of less than 50m. Philocheras parvirostris (Kemp, 1916) (Fig. 175) Pontophilus parvirostris Kemp, 1916b: 372; 1925:341; Kurian, 1954: 73; Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979: 156; 2004: 241; Tirmizi, 1980: 108 Philocheras parvirostris Jagadisha et al, 2000:582 (larvae);Han&Li,2008:47(larvae);Komai,2008:395(list) Description: The rostrum is broad, triangular, and bluntly rounded apically; it is deeply channeled longitudinally, the margin 380 forming a raised rim, which is contained laterally round the orbits. In dorsal view, the carapace including the rostrum is a little longer than broad the antennal spine is acute, the hepatic spine is small. The branchiostegal spine is large and sharp; it is flanked by a short carina and extends far beyond the level of the rostrum . The telson is not sulcate above and is not much narrowed distally; it has non-setose margin and without dorsal spinules; the apex is formed by an acutely triangular tip, on either side at base of the tip, a short spinule or one pair of large spines is present. Figure175: Philocheras parvirostris. A- Carapace and eyes, dorsal view; B- Telson; C- Antennular peduncle; D- Antennal scale; EFirst leg; F- Second pleopod, (from Tirmizi, 1980) The eyes are globular. The basal segment of the antennular peduncle bears a spine at its outer distal end; its lateral process is leaf like in outline and is pointed anteriorly; second segment is equal to the third; the flagellae are sub equal.The antennal scale is rectangular, outer margin is almost straight and terminates in a large spine which does not reach as 381 far farwards as the rounded apex of the lamella. There are two stout teeth on the basal segment of antennal peduncle. The first legs do not posses exopod; the merus bears externally a small procurved tooth a little behind its distal end; the carpus is short and its inner angle is produced into several barbed setae, the outer inferior surface has a spine. There are fine setae on the cutting edge of the propodus and on margin of the merus. The second pereopod has a remarkable chela. The uropods are little longer than the telson; the exopod is about three and half times as long as wide. The thoracic sterna are broad posteriorly. The last four are furnished with blunt carina in the middle, each of which terminates anteriorly in a short spine. In front of them, a long and sharp spine projects forwards between the bases of the first legs. Size: 5mm in CL Localities : Bulleji and Port Qasim Distribution: Bay of Bengal, and S. India Genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888 Diagnosis: Rostrum cleft apically, with one pair of lateral teeth, at most; carapace with 7-12 teeth on first lateral carina, with indistinct postorbital suture extending nearly to branchial region; abdominal sterna armed with median spines; eye with cornea well-developed, pigmented; antennal scale with well-developed blade; first pereopod with exopod; second pereopod chelate, overreaching merus of anteriorly extended first pereopod; 8 pairs of gills, each curving anteriorly at ventral end (Modified from Chace, 1984) Type species: Pontocaris propensalata Bate, 1888:496 Gender: Feminine 382 Remarks: Of the ten species and one subspecies of Pontocaris so far recognized(Chan,1996) two are present in the Arabian Sea and a single species is present in our waters. Pontocaris pennata Bate, 1888 (Figs. 176-180, Pl.7C) Pontocaris pennata Bate, 1888:499, pl. 91; Kemp, 1916:12; Chace, 1984:43; Hayashi , 1986:145; Kazmi,1972 (unpublished)137; 2003: 241; Sankolli & Shenoy,1976: (larvae); Chan,1996:313;Han et al:2007:11;Han & Li, 2008:47 (larvae) Pontocaris peunata Kazmi & Kazmi, 1979: 155 (Erroneous spelling) Aegeon pennata, de Man, 1920:294,pl.24: fig.70a-d. Aegeon obsoletum Balss, 1914:76 Description: The rostrum is short, deeply notched at the apex and extended up to the middle of the eyes; at the base of the rostrum, each lateral margin is produced into an acute process. The maximum breadth of the carapace lies at the front; this is due to the enormous size of the anterolateral spines. The carapace is armed with seven longitudinal carinae. The median carina commences from a short distance behind the rostrum and extends almost to the posterior margin. It is armed with a row of eight prominent spines, which are directed anteriorly, the submedian carinae are convergent anteriorly. Each of the sub-median carinea has nine spines. The lateral margin of the carapace is formed by a row of spines, forming the intermediate carina, the anterior most spine of which becomes greatly enlarged. The 383 lateral carina is not visible in the dorsal view. The antennal spine is well developed. Figure 176: Pontocaris pennata. Animal in lateral view The anterior margin of the first abdominal somite bears two mid-dorsal spines, each of which is produced backward into a carina; laterally and in line with a sub-median carina of the carapace, is a small acute process, behind which is another similar process. The second abdominal somite bears a curved spine situated at about a third from the anterior margin, it extends backwards as a sharp mid-dorsal carina, which is continuous over the following somites and finally ends as a small but sharp spine on the posterior margin of the fourth somite. The fifth somite bears two sub-median carinae, which diverge posteriorly and end in a small spine. The carinae of the last somite run parallel to each other, moreover, each carina has three posteriorly directed spines, and another row of less prominent spines is situated, lateral to each sub-median carina. The terminal spine of this carina, however, ends in a well-developed spine. The pleuron of the first abdominal somite is bluntly rounded; those of the 384 following two are narrow and acutely rounded. The posterior margin of each of the last three somites is produced into spinose processes. The remaining sculpture of the abdomen can be seen in figure. The telson is twice as long as as the sixth abdominal somite. A shallow longitudinal groove runs on its dorsal surface. The edges of the groove are raised into prominent carina. The tip of the telson ends in a sharp point. Figure 177: Pontocaris pennata. A- Carapace, dorsal view; Abdomen, lateral view B- In natural position, the eyes are directed laterally and lie in the orbit formed by the lateral margin of the rostrum and the antennal spine. The cornea is reniform. 385 Figure 178: Pontocaris pennata. A- Telson and left uropod; B- Right eye; C- Left antennular peduncle; D- Left antennal scale. The antennal peduncle is rather short, the basal segment is longer than the others are, its disto-lateral angle is produced to form a tooth, and the stylocerite fails to reach the distal margin of the basal segment. It is narrow and pointed apically, the second segment is only a trifle longer than the third segment, which has both its distal angles acutely produced, the third segment bears two sub-equal flagella; the outer one is smaller and broader than the inner one, the scaphocerite is short and broad, reaching beyond the antennular peduncle. The lateral margin is straight and ends in sharp spine, which is smaller than the squamose portion. 386 Figure 179: Pontocaris pennata. A- Left mandible; B- Left maxillula; CLeft maxilla; D-F Right first to third maxillipeds. The mandible is long and curved; it terminates in two sharp spines. The maxillulary palp is slightly wider and notched distally; the upper lacinia is broad, whereas, the inner one is narrow and slender. The maxillary palp is characteristic, being swollen in the middle, narrow and finger-like distally, the endopod of the second maxilliped is four jointed. The distal two third of the exopod is flagelliform. The third maxilliped is pediform, the distal part of the exopod is also narrow and flagelliform like that of second maxilliped fails to reach the distal end of the parapenultimate segment and is nearly as long as the combined length of the last two segments. Moreover, the inner margin is deeply concave near the base. The ultimate segment is longer than the penultimate segment; the tip of the maxilliped is armed with few microscopic spinules. 387 The first pair of pereopods is symmetrical and subchelate. The anterior margin of the palm is oblique, deeply notched to receive the tip of the dactylus; the carpus is short, while the merus is slightly longer than the palm. The second pair has two well-developed longitudinal carinae. The second pair of pereopods is also symmetrical; the fingers are about half as long as the palm. The carpus is entire and is longer than the merus. The third pereopod is long and slender, reaching considerably beyond the scaphocerite; the dactylus is styliform, long and slender; the carpus is longer than the propodus; the merus and ischium are sub-equal, the latter being the longer. The dactylus of the fourth pereopod is nearly equal to the propodus, the propodus bears longitudinal carinae; the carpus is shorter than the propodus; the merus and ischium are nearly of equal size; the dactylus of the fifth pereopod is shorter than the propodus, but longer than the carpus; the propodus and merus are nearly of equal size. C Figure 180: Pontocaris pennata. A-E- Left first to fifth legs; Anterior portion of palm. n, notch A’- 388 The endopod of the first pleopod is small. The endopod of the second pleopod in females bears an appendix interna, capped with rows of coupling hooks. In males, the endopod of the second pleopod bears appendix interna and appendix masculina, both of which are more or less of the same size. The last thoracic sternite bears a ventrally directed spine. Each of the first to fifth abdominal sternites in males is armed with a single strong spine, directed posteriorly; in females, the sternites are unarmed. Size: 30- 35mm in TL (female), 33mm in TL (male). Habitat: Highly benthic mainly living in soft bottom habitats of sand, mud and gravel. Locality: Fishing Area of Karachi Distribution: Indo-Pacific, Red Sea, Persian Gulf. 389 3.2. Biogeography Biogeography is studied based on range, population, and species concepts, their environment and their interrelations. 3.2.1. Previous records: Turning to the zoogeographic relationships of the shrimps under study, our entire conception of biological diversity, biogeography is dependent on knowing how many species are there and where they are found. For the review of previous records of Pakistani carideans until to date, described in detail in previous chapters, the period needs to be divided into pre and post partition eras with misidentifications and mistakes in literature remained uncorrected for long period. Some are still not corrected. In the following account, the species records are coming in chronological order. The published caridean records from Pakistan begin with a pasiphaeid Pasiphaea alcocki reported by Wood-Mason&Alcock (1892) in prepartition era off the Sindh coast. Several carideans were reported by Henderson (1893)they were four palaemonids: Exopalaemon styliferus from Karachi (Sindh Province), Macrobrachium scabriculum from the River Indus, Macrobrachium, dayanus and Macrobrachium altifrons from Lahore (Punjab Province) and two alpheidsAlpheus edwardsii and Synalpheus neptunus from Karachi (Sindh Province). Another four species were recorded after a gap by Kemp (1914), this time three hippolytids-Heptacarpus pandaloides, Lysmata vittata and Saron marmoratus and one palaemonid Exopalaemon styliferus was collected from Keti Bunder (Sindh Province) in 1917 and Palaemon pacificus in 1925 by the same author from Karachi at the mouth of Indus. Macrobrachium lamarrei was reported by Nath (1937) at Khalo Garh (Multan), in the River Chenab (Punjab Province). An 390 offshore pasiphaeid Pasiphaea sivado was recorded by Calman (1939). Exopalaemon styliferus from Thatta, Macrobrachium lamarrei and Palaemonetes sp. from Kotri near G.M. Barrage, Palaemon sp. from Nara Canal and Macrobrachium dacqueti from Sukkur to Keti Bunder, all of them in Sindh province were first time reported by a Pakistani zoologist (Qadri, 1960) in the post partition era. Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai was reported from Kabul River at Nowshera Kalapani stream near Risalpur (NWFP), Salt Range, River Jhelum, and River Ravi near Neaz Beg, Lahore (Punjab Province) by Tiwari (1963). Ali (1968) reported some unspecified shrimp from Kohat (NWFP) and Kurram Agency (FATA). In the same year Shakoor reported five palaemonids: Macrobrachium lamarrei from Hyderabad, Khairpur (Sindh Province), Lahore, Sheikhupura and Rawalpindi, (Punjab Province), M. dayanus from Sanghar, Hyderabad (Sindh Province), Lahore Sheikhupura, Rawalpindi (Punjab Province), M. scabriculus from Kotri (Sindh Province), M. malcolmsonii from Sujawal, Thatta (Sindh Province), Kabul River (NWFP) and M. dacqueti from Thatta (Sindh Province). A different offshore pasiphaeid species Eupasiphae gilesi was recorded by Tirmizi (1969) and in the same year Alpheus lobidens was recorded upon by Tirmizi & Kazmi from Karachi. A new coastal Alpheus species (A. albertai) and a deep-sea oplophorid Acanthephyra exemia was reported by Kazmi, (1971a, b). Johnson (1973) reported a subspecies of Macrobrachium malcolmsonii- M. m. kotreeanum from Kotri (Sindh Province). A processid Processa compacta (as Processa edulis crassipes) was reported by Kazmi,1979(unpublished) and Kazmi & Kazmi (1973) from Karachi, the same year Kazmi et al published record of Automate dolichognatha as from Karachi. One alpheid Alpheus lobidens, two hippolytids Saron marmoratus and Lysmata vittata were reported upon by Karim & Rehman (1974) from the Karachi coast. Salmoneus brevirostris was reported from Karachi by Kazmi (1974) and Kemponia elegans was reported from Karachi by Kazmi & Quershi (1974). Macrobrachium scabriculum ,M.rude, 391 M. lamarrei and M. malcomsonii were collected from the lower Indus basin by Husain (1973), these species were also found in Haleji Lake (Sindh Province) along with the atyids Caridella and Cardinia (Baqai et al, 1974). A pontonine Kemponia seychellensis was reported by Kazmi et al (1975). Macrobrachium naso, M. lamarrei, M. malcomsonii, M. naraensis (name only), M. dayanus, M. rude, Exopalaemon styliferus were found at Kotri, Rohri, Chilya Bund, Chahore Kalam, Kote Dhand (Sindh Province) by Siddiqui (1976). In 1979, Banner & Banner reported two alpheids from Astola Island (Balochistan Province). Kazmi & Kazmi published a checklist in the same year reporting 12 new records from different marine and brackish waters of Pakistan. Four fresh water species were reported by Khatoon (1979) from upcountry. Tirmizi (1980a) prepared a checklist of marine decapods and stomatopods. Two marine species (Ogyrides orientalis and Philocheras parvirostris) were added by Tirmizi in the same year. A commensal pontonine Anchistus custos was collected from a pinnid shell from Karachi by Tirmizi & Kazmi (1982). Kazmi established a new Alpheus species in the same year from Karachi. A new record of Hippolyte ventricosa was made from Karachi by Tirmizi & Kazmi (1984). Yaqoob (1984, 1986) reported M. malcomsoni, M. idella, M.lamarrei, M. scabriculum, and Exopalaemon styliferus. Synalpheus tumidomanus, Alpheus splendidus, A. edwardsii and three new alpheids were published by Afzal et al (1986) from Karachi. One atyid Caridina nilotica was reported by Mehr et al (1988) from Wah (Punjab Province). Three planktonic pasiphaeids, belonging to the genus Leptochela from offshore waters of Pakistan were reported by Kazmi et al (1990). The genus Kalriana of Atyidae and its three new species from Kalri Lake were established by Zuberi (1990). Latreutes mucronatus, a hippolytid was added to the faunal list from Karachi by Ghani & Tirmizi (1991). Macrobrachium equidens was collected from the Karachi Fish Harbour by Kazmi et al (1991a) and a new record of Synalpheus thai was published by Kazmi etal (1991b). Majid et al (1992) 392 reported Exoplaemon styliferus from brackish and estuarine water of Sindh. Nematopalaemon tenuipes was reported by Holthius & Miquel (1984) and then by Tirmizi & Kazmi (1995) from Sindh brackish water whereas Palaemon sewelli was reported from landings of Karachi Fish Harbour by Ghani (1999). Caridina weberi was reported from the Karachi University campus by Kazmi etal (2002). Kazmi & Kazmi (2002) while reviewing the information upon shallow water palaemonids from Pakistan brought Macrobrachium semmelinki to notice. An unpublished report of the survey conducted by Ali (2005-2006) from Karachi Scuba Diving Centre at Hawks Bay and Bulleji, Karachi (Sindh Province) enlists four carideans: one hippolytid Lysmata amboiensis, one hymenocerid Hymenocera picta, one rhynchonetid Rhynchonetes uritai, and one gnathophyllid Gnathopyllum americanum. Lately Leandrites celebensis and Leptocarpus potamiscus were reported by Kazmi et al (2009) and Kazmi & Kazmi (2009). The present study reveals several new records and several new species await publication from Pakistan. Laboratory rearing of some of the above mentioned species has been done in Pakistan by Tufail & Hashmi (1956), Barkati (1980), Yaqoob, (1980,1987, 1999) ,Tirmizi & Kazmi (1986), Zuberi (1990) and Ghory etal (2001,2008,2009). 3.2.2. Discussion: Biogeographically Pakistan is located at the cross roads of three of the world‟s six zoogeographical regions, as such Pakistan does not have a separate entity in biogeographically terms.. The provinces lie in nine major ecological zones. As we see nothing has been done of a zoogeographic nature of fresh water caridean shrimp, beyond reporting where have been collected. Caridean biodiversity in fresh water systems is distributed in fundamentally different patterns from that in marine systems. They Bin the sea live in media that is more or less continuous over extensive regions and species adjust their 393 ranges to some degree as climate or ecological conditions change .But fresh water habitats are relatively discontinuous and many freshwater species do not disperse easily across the land barriers. Table 2. Composition of the Pakistani known caridean fauna. Fauna Families Genera Species Marine Benthic 10 15 38 Pelagic coastal 1 1 4 Offshore 2 3 3 Sindh Province 13 9 75 Punjab Province 2 2 8 NWFP Province 1 1 2 Balochistan Province 3 3 4 The species composition is discussed here with separately as two ecological groups i.e. the fresh and brackish water, and marine water forms. 3.2.2.1. Fresh and brackish water species: The fresh water caridean shrimps are known almost exclusively from the families Atyidae and Palaemonidae. There are however a small number of freshwater shrimps from third family Alpheidae, 394 found in world deltaic region above the tidal limit in tidal areas in a wide range of salinities from mesohaline to oligohaline to almost pure freshwater, in freshwater caves, forest streams, in acid water forest streams (Yeo & Ng, 1996), but one species reported so far from Port Qasim may be considered in this kind. Family Atyidae: In high mountains, which have almost vertical waterfalls atyids prawns have not made their way there, they have been denied access by the sheer impossibility of the terrain. In all other kinds of waterfalls, even if the water is riparian these prawns have found niches (in literature). We have no idea of these prawns occurring at high altitudes in Pakistan. No such study has been made on shrimps of this area due to inaccessibility to these habitats. The atyids are undoubtedly marine in origin. Their marine ancestors must have invaded freshwater early in caridean history; many atyids live in streams with high current flow. Adaptation to freshwater has resulted in considerable variation in life history, some have full, planktonic larvae, which are swept down streams into the sea, juveniles, make the long migration in upstream, some atyids have escaped their ancient marine bonds by passing through abbreviated development or direct development. Man made barriers do present a problem for juveniles (Bowles et al, 2000) thus effecting their abundance and distribution as is the case of Sindh‟s most valued fish Tenualosa illisha which is blocked to migrate due to ill designed barrages and dams as such its catch has declined from 70% to 15% (WWF 2008). However, this type of study is not made for any shrimp in Pakistan. The family Atyidae occurs in lakes and streams in Sindh, Balochistan and Punjab provinces in the genera Caridina , Caridella, and Kalriana. The genus Caridella is mentioned in literature without any further details in a faunal list of Kalri Lake (Sindh province) (Baqai et al, 1974). Since then it is encountered nowhere. Caridina is represented by C. weberi, C. nilotica, and 395 C. babaulti. C. babaulti until now was known from central India, in the east it extends to Malaya and in the west to Iraq. It is said to be the only species found in permanently fast flowing streams (Johnson, 1961). We have collected from the backwater. C. weberi occurs in fast though seldom in torrential waters but not confined to these part (in literature) tolerating oxygen from 3094.7%, pH 6.8 and alkalinity ø. 408 (Johnson, 1966). The species whose eastern limit is Sumatra extends in the west up to Dubai (Titgen, 1982). No atyid was collected by the authors further west of Hub Dam on Makran coast. Which otherwise makes a continuous belt with Iran where the family is reported from S.W. Iran (Gorgin, 1996). Other atyid genera like -Paratya from Assam hilly areas and Atyopsis (as Atya) from Orissa hilly areas are likely to occur in northern areas in similar niches, as there are evidences of the close affinity between Indian sub continental and Malayan faunas (Tiwari, 1951). Family Palamonidae: There is a consensus in the literature that members of the family Palaemonidae are of very recent origin, they disperse readily and as a result have little or no value in the investigation of past geographical history (Strenth, 1976). However, Thompson (1967) gives evidence to support an ancient origin of the super family Palaemonoidea. Tiwari (1955) places the origin of the genus Palaemon and Macrobrachium during the Pleistocene or post Miocene while the immigration of palaemonids from marine into freshwater is of recent occurrence (Sollaud, 1923). Fresh water species have acquired fresh water habitat by migration from sea to the interior of land through rivers. The process of adaptation is not yet complete because many species are found in estuaries and still depend in brackish water for breeding. Several have completely acclimatized to freshwater and are found in inland rivers and hill streams. This idea is reported as the Satpura hypothesis presented by Tiwari (1955), supported by other authors. 396 The paleomonids belonging to the genus Macrobrachium have gradually evolved or are continuing to evolve during their process of freshwaterisation (Jalihal et al 1993). These features have some significance from aquaculture point of view. The family Palaemonidae has freshwater, estuarine, and marine representatives in Pakistan. There are no truly marine species within the genus Macrobrachium. Of the four great palaemonine genera generally Palaemon is the most diverse in marine waters, Macrobrachium is the most diverse in freshwater and Palaemonetes is intermediate between the two in this regards. Palaemon species are tolerant of low salinities commonly ranging up into brackish water estuaries and bays and into fresh water as well. The estuarine and marine species posses relatively small and numerous eggs and go through a long and complex larval development including as many as 13 stages before reaching the juvenile stge. Strictly freshwater species posses relatively few large eggs and go through abbreviated larval development. As there is only one report of Palaemonetes from Pakistan by Qadri (1960), according to him a sizeable population it at Kotri was present at his time, there are probabilities that he has mistaken Kotri‟s population of Macrobrachium for Palaemonetes as juveniles of Macrobrachium can easily be mistaken for Palaemonetes since they are of same size and similarly found in shallow vegetated areas along the water edge, not encountered in fresh collection. Macrobrachium species: One cannot speak of the palaemonids without marveling over the genus Macrobrachium. They are apparently restricted to still waters at low levels with no records above 500ft. Identification of taxanomic position and species boundaries within the genus is important to obtain reliable information for application in aquaculture and biodiversity conservation programmes.A number of species of Macrobrachium has a large range of distribution, some for instance range from E. Africa or India to Peninsular Malaysia andTaiwan ( M. 397 scabriculum), and others are confined to smaller areas (M. lamarrei, M. malcolmsoni, M. naso, M. dayanus) or known from Indo-Burmese area. The genus Macrobrachium found in Pakistan is associated with the Indus plain, which comprises about 40% area of Pakistan drained by the river Indus and its tributaries. The Indus water system is isolated from the Tibetan plateau and separated from Brahmaputra watershed. However these barriers have not effected on the dispersal of fish fauna of rivers of central Asia states, Western China in Pakistan .Rafique (2001) have put forward many explanations for this phenomena. No such study has been made on shrimp of this area. As if atyids palaemonids are also not successful in Balochistan i.e. the Palaearctic region probably, they could not find their way to Balochistan Rivers due to lack of interconnection of rivers of Balochistan with those of other provinces. Besides there is an ecological limitation as the temperature and salinity requirement of larvae that appears to be one of the factors limiting the westward spread of Macrobrachium. The presence of juveniles of Macrobrachium in the Hub Dam and few sub adults from Lasbella District indicates survival of some isolated populations. The Balochistan Rivers Hub, Porali, Hingol, and Dasht share at high level the fish fauna with lower Indus (Rafique etal, 2008), these authors have discussed the geological history to explain this, and the same theories can be applied here for shrimps. Macrobrachium naraensis: It appears to be endemic to Nara Canal Tharparkar Distt. (Sindh), initially Qadri (1960) mentioned of presence of an undetermined species of Palaemon near P. mirable Kemp from Nara Canal then Siddiqui (1976) collected and reared a species which he named M. naraensis naming after the locality, but did not describe it as the material of any of the two authors is not traceable, it is assumed here that they are the same taxa, the population seems to be dwindled as no specimens were collected after these reports. 398 Macrobrachium dacqueti: This species has been separated as valid species from the Asian stock of M. rosenbergii species group. The recent distributional study of M. dacqueti by de Bruyn etal (2004) suggest that its distribution follows Huxley‟s Line, an extension of Wallace‟s Line which is a well known biogeographical boundary that runs through Indonesia. However, Wowor & Ng‟s study of 2007 shows that the distribution of M. rosenbergii and dacqueti does not exactly conform to either Huxley‟s or Wallace‟s Line. The easterly boundary line for M. dacqueti begins after Palawan in the Philippines and Bali in Indonesia. In the author‟s opinion the distribution of the two species is more affected by the larval dispersal factors such as high salinity tolerance combined with sea current patterns rather than tectonic history. This species can be collected from Sukkur to Keti Bunder from river Indus and its tributaries in different salinities. Macrobrachium scabriculum: The species occurring in lower Indus is a typical tropical Indian form extending in the south up to E. Africa. Shakoors report of 1983 from Kalmat need verification. Macrobrachium dayanum: This seems to be restricted to Indo Burmese region and with other nine species in the area forms one compact group from the phylogenetic point of view. Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai: Tiwari (1963) separated out the population of nominal species from Pakistan and gave it subspecies name M. altifrons ranjhai confined to Pakistan (Kabul River, all streams of Peshawar, Nowhere Road, Risalpur, Indus River, and Kalabagh River, near Niaz Beg). New localities have been found during the present survey. The subspecies may be endemic to Pakistan. Macrobrachium malcolmsonii: The populations at Kotri were given a new status M. malcomsonii kotreeanum by Johnson (1963); the species, a sister clade to M. rosenbergii ,is confined to 399 lower Indus basin down Kotri. The reports of M. malcolmsonii from Kabul River and D.I. Khan are possibly based on the other subspecies M. m. malcolmsonii. Macrobrachium equidens: It is not a true freshwater species but it can be called a brackish water species, it may be collected from fishing area of northern Arabian Sea. It breeds in mangroves bordered creeks. Smaller specimens are commonly found in mangrove creeks. It has a wide range distribution in the IndoPacific area reaching to Taiwan through mainland China. Macrobrachium rude: It inhabits both fresh and brackish water reported from Rohri-Kotri area. It has a somewhat limited range worldwide starting from continent Africa not extending beyond east coast of India. Macrobrachium idella Idella: It was reported by Yaqoob (1986) from Thatta as M. idae. It is characteristic of slow flowing or still water, so likely to occur in other water body of similar nature. Jalihal et al (1988) are of the opinion that true idae is distributed only in East Africa and Peninsular Malaysia and not in the subcontinent India where is appears to be replaced by idella, the same is followed here. Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei: It is one of the oldest known species and widely distributed in the Indian subcontinent described in two subspecies. This subspecies is found in the deltaic area of River Indus and freshwater bodies of Pakistan. A third subspecies was separated during the present study from Karachi. Macrobrachium siwalikense: It has been reported from the hilly areas of Indian Punjab by the Indian authors, it is likely to occur here also in the Dhok Pathan area of the middle Siwaliks of Pakistan. No specimen is yet at our disposal as no survey has been made in this region. This species with M. dayanum and 400 other seven species form one compact group of Indo Burmese freshwater forms. Macrobrachium shahpuri: This species is restricted to the upper Indus basin streams and canals. Macrobrachium naso: It was reported by Siddiqui (1976) from Rohri, Kotri, Gharo Dhand, Indus River delta, and Kinjhar Lake. The species is only known from Myanmar (Cai & Ng, 2002). Its report in the Pakistani waters is although of some significance but still Siddiqui‟s (1976) identification needs verification. Nematopalaemon tenuipes: It is a littoral species, both in brackish and marine waters of the Arabian Sea replaced by another congener in the Bay of Bengal. Palaemon semmelinki: It is distributed from Pakistan in the west to Celebes in east. It occurs abundantly in shallow marine sometimes-brackish waters of Pakistan. Palaemon sewelli: It has a very discontinuous form of distribution having one location in Europe (Portuguese), and then in the Indo Burmese region (Pakistan, India and Myanmar). It occurs in creeks. Exopalaemon styliferus: It has a wide local range, found in seepage water around Haleji Lake, in Kinjhar Lake in the deltaic area spawning occurs in more saline areas and juveniles migrate to the estuary, it has a limited Indopacific distribution not beyond Indonesia in the east in west up to Pakistan. Leptocarpus potamiscus: Since it is a brackish water species extending in the east up to Sumatra is restricted to spread further east into the Pacific area due to land barriers since they could less easily circumvent it but a full satisfactory explanation of other brackish water species that availed themselves of this route and reached further east is not possible. 401 3.2.2.2. Marine water forms: The western Indian Ocean fauna in general is the part of Indo West Pacific region, which is a predominantly tropical and subtropical marine region. The Arabian Sea being its northwestern part in the Indian Ocean, biogeographically known as Arabian Sea Region II. Its coast is considered the western most extent of vast Indo- Polynesian province (Kelleher etal, 1995). The northern and western boundaries are limited by Pakistan, Iran, Arabia, and eastern Africa. Some zoogeographers consider the Persian Gulf and Gulf of Aden as extension of the western Indian Ocean. Some like Briggs (1974) do not. The eastern boundary is loosely established by western India, southward Islands Mauritius and Madagascar form the southern boundary for benthic species, and benthic fauna does extend further south along African coast due to the warm southern flowing Agulhas current. Titgen (1986) divided the western Indian Ocean into six basic faunal groups as provinces corresponding in part with Briggs (1974) analysis. Pakistan comes in the West Indian province more related to western Indian Ocean group than to Malaysian Peninsula. Before this Montgomery (1930) divided the western Indian Ocean arbitrarily in to five divisions for the study of marine crabs. According to Wyrtki (1971), the seasonally changing monsoon gyre is not found anywhere else in the world oceans. Other characteristics are the deepwater characterized by a weak salinity maximum, the O2 content in both the bottom water and deep being high but decreasing northward, nutrient concentration generally increasing to the north. The Arabian Sea bordering Pakistan has highly saline water, intensified by the outflow of high salinity water from the Persian Gulf and the Red Sea. These water masses of high salinity layer in the Arabian Sea prevent water of 402 southern hemisphere from penetrating efficiently into the northern Indian Ocean. Planktonic species of the Arabian Sea are affected by the seasonal changes in the direction of the flow, the flow from the Persian Gulf does not allow euryhaline species to survive otherwise the mixing of epipelagic species with the Gulf area is more obvious than the bathypelagic species, which are barred due to shallow sills (Banse, 1968). Achuthankutty et al (1991) working on neuston caridean distribution in southwest monsoon found different families at different layers. Without discriminating between caridean and penaeoidean shrimps Hida & Pereyra (1966) informed that during bottom trawling mostly the shrimp were taken in the 184-366m depth range. The effects of intermitting upwelling and subsequent fluctuations in temperature in the Arabian Sea is obvious and the productivity is very high in the South West monsoon on the eastern side (Saudi Arabian Coast) in the region of upwelling consequently Hogarth (1987) analyzing the Omanis species found 70% increase in number of species in period following monsoon in the western Arabian sea. At our coast, the backwaters and their associated river system form a large part of the inshore waters and influence the hydrography of the coastal water considerably. These waters refer to a system of shallow brackish water lagoon and swamps behaving like estuaries, having a permanent connection with the sea and so influenced by regular tidal rhythm. The above given oceanographic features have an impact on ecology of Pakistani shores and control the fauna. This can be seen by comparing the low crustacean abundance in the Eastern Indian Ocean (Prasad, 1969). The term pelagic used includes the species that are understood to be inhabiting the main water body in sea. The 403 ecology of mesopelagic realm is very different from that of the epipelagic. a. Pelagic (Coastal and offshore).There are old records and new collection from the pelagic and offshore realm via expedition reports such as the John Murray and Fridjtof Nansen sampling in the Arabian Sea ,the influx of the caridean fauna from the Persian (Arabian) Gulf needs much more detailed study. Presently adjacent gulfs Omanis Gulf, Persian (Arabian) Gulf and Gulf of Aden faunas are known through Gurney (1937), Bruce (1971), Motoh, (1975), Banner & Banner (1981), Titgen (1986), Hogarth (1987) ,Holthius (1986, 1987), De Grave (2007) and Anker & De Grave (2009). We are working on Discovery Cruise (1997) samples and family Anchistioitidae is being added to the Omanis Gulf fauna. . . Family Pasipheidae: The small epiplegic pasipheid shrimp Leptochela that is abundantly found near surface or near the bottom during the day in Indo-west Pacific, eastern Pacific, Atlantic Oceans, Red Sea, and Mediterranean .Nayeem et al(1991) found adults and juveniles at near shore station(Manora Channel) throughout the year but the offshore samples of Fridtjof Nansen cruise had only subadults and adult females in less number in front of Baluchistan coast than on Sindh coast.It as been a source of attention to carcinologists for having a “disjunct” distribution (Chace, 1976). The present studies include such species which are up till now purely Atlantic, this is most unusual that of a well studied genus like Leptochela (late L.B. Holthius pers. comm. QBK) ,these records should be attributed to the genuine penetration into the Arabian Sea or merely our lack of knowledge concerning the distribution of pelagic species is difficult to assess. The theoretical explanation of the discontinuous distribution is possible though hardly convincing. 404 The periodic and predictable phenomena like production maxima, production levels, diurnal migration etc. in marine ecology and the marine ecosystem specifically is related to such phenomena. This indicates that at different geographical localities the dominant processes vary, different ecosystem may be present and congruency in sometimes-disjunct distributions of many species proves that homologous ecosystems are found in different oceans (Spoel, 1994). Rios & Carvacho (1982) believe that disjunct populations that were isolated for short geological time belong to the same species, as the morphological characters are not reliable. The other Arabian Sea genera Psathyrocaris, Eupasiphea and Pasiphaea are mesopelagic (Foxton, 1970) undergoing vertical migration. The former genus and one species of the latter (P. sivado), mainly living near the bottom are found in the Indian and N. E. Atlantic, this invasion may be due to the pelagic larval forms assisted by movement of Atlantic water around and into south west Indian ocean or it may be due to influx in the north through the Suez Canal. Family Oplophoridae: Genera Acanthephyra, Hymenodora and Ephyrina, Systellapsis, Notostomus and Janicella have their distribution in the Arabian Sea. Acanthephyra (Scarlet Red shrimp) is represented by at least six species in the Arabian Sea (Calman, 1939) particularly abundant in the upper 1000m, only one A. eximia is horizontally distributed in Atlantic and Indian Ocean. It is a vertical migrant. No data is available on the population in the Arabian sea but in the Mediterranean north Atlantic and S. Africa other species of Acanthephyra tend to execute considerable migration and are associated with certain water masses (Foxton, 1971, Kensley, 1981, Chace, 1986, Carters, 1993) .The analyses made by these authors may help yielding information on population of Acanthephyra occurring in respective regions. According to Chace (1986), the juveniles live in mid water; adults probably live in or near the bottom of depth of 405 200m, to more than 4700m. Since the physical and biological factors, acting alone or in combination are correlated to the range of vertical migration the situation would be different in the Arabian Sea. Family Thalassocarididae: The Indo West Pacific small family is represented in the Arabian Sea so far from coast of North West India by Thalassocaris crinita (Menon & Williamson, 1971) and T. obscura from tuna stomachs (George & George, 1964 as T. lucida). The former is limited in shallow water. The adults and juveniles of T. crinita were taken from 95m and larvae between coast and edge of continental shelf. The latter is spread in the northern Indian Ocean associated with deep water. The larvae show a much wider distribution than the adults do. b.Benthic: Normally species having a depth distribution below 200m are considered benthic. Of the benthic groups three dominating families are Palaemonidae, Alpheidae and Hippolytidae; smaller families like Rhynchocinetidae and Gnathophyllidae are well represented and to a lesser extent Pasiphaeidae, Thalassocaridae, Processidae, Pandalidae and others. A very small number of the benthic species have a circumtropical distribution. Family Palaemonidae: The subfamily Pontoniinae of Palaemonidae is purely marine and serves to illustrate in someway the evolution problem occurring in marine animals. The present authors have not yet encountered its coral associated species as corals in Pakistan generally limited to sparse and stunted growth with no extensive reef formation. The majority of species free living belongs to the genus Kemponia; the two Pakistani Kemponia species are included in this group. The genus has different composition in the western Indian ocean and Arabian Sea (Calman, 1939, Bruce, 1971, Holthius, 1986), except that of K. seychellensis which is common on both eastern and western part of the Arabian Sea in the brackish and marine waters of 406 Karachi and creeks; the second pontonine genus Anchistus (A. custos) live in association with pinnid shells. A third genus Periclimenaeus occurs in the Omanis area on the surface of the sponge (Calman, 1939). This family is found in the pelagic zone as well as in marine waters exceeding 100m depth and clearly indicates that these shrimps are quite well represented in deeper tropical seas. Nearly 60 deep-sea species are known from Indo-west Pacific (Bruce, 1991). None has been reported in our waters. Palaemon pacificus: In genus Palaemon P. pacificus as the name indicates is distributed throughout the Pacific and Indian Ocean. It is a littoral form and the only palaemonine of true marine water Family Pandalidae: Genera Heterocarpoides, Heterocarpus, Dordotes, Procletes, and Pleisonika have been reported from the Arabian Sea. A single species has been reported from Pakistan in a world list (Frimbodt & Dore, 1986) and described here. The family is more diverse in coldwater although numerous pandalid species occur in tropical region but only in colder waters of deep shelf and slope depth, the family is mainly benthic at 300 to 1150m, but some have epi-mesopelagic life history, the tropical deeper genera are dioecious (King & Moffit, 1984). Adaptive or phylogenetic explanation of this geographical variation in sexual system is unknown (Bauer, 2004). Family Crangonidae: Majority of members of this family are tropical, they are small, in faunal shrimps generally taken from the deeper waters of the continental shelf, consequently crangonid population are often inadequately sampled by conventional collecting gear and apparent scarcity of some species is probably deceptive. This may also be found at some exceptional sites influenced by the bottom conditions. The genus Pontocaris at hand has the largest number of known species; seem to be concentrated in the Indian Ocean. Another genus at 407 hand Philocheras includes species P. gracilis almost cosmopolitan, not reported from here with the majority reported from tropical region. Family Processidae: The Processidae are pan tropical and subtropical occasionally temperate, many are confined to shallow grass flats and tide pools, but others form a component of off shore fauna. The only genus recorded to date from here Processa has its eastern and western Arabian Sea representative species different i.e. P. compacta (=P. barnardi) on the eastern side and P. sulcata, P. coutiere, P. australiensis and P. compacta on the western side on Southern Oman (Hogarth, 1989), P. australiensis is likely to occur here because of its range extending from Australia to the Arabian Gulf. P. compacta occurs in the Eastern Atlantic and the Indo-West Pacific that is a most unusual distribution (Kensley, 1981). Family Hippolytidae: Hippolytids are more diverse in cooler water of the northern hemisphere and the tropics are not quite hippolytid hot spots, the Pakistani genera Hippolyte , Saron, Heptacarpus, Lysmata, Exhippolysmata and Latreutes are certainly important members of tropical shallow waters from littoral zone through shelf depth. Not all Latreutes species reported from the Arabian Sea were encountered from Pakistan. In spite of presence of scattered canopies of mangrove trees here we were not able to collect any species of the genus Merguia which is the only Hippolytid genus having semi terrestrial species crawling and jumping around the exposed roots and trunks of mangrove trees in Africa (Bruce, 1993). One can assume here that with the death of Rhizophora plants in our mangrove forest the caridean M. rhizophorae if present is gone. More surveys could be rewarding. The genus Saron forms the natural community in the corals, Kemp (1914) did indicate species niches from India: as coral reef and deltaic region but all the specimens included in the present studies were collected from the 408 rock pools. Heptacarpus pendaloides has a vast gap in the distribution occurring in Pakistan then in China and Japan. Family Alpheidae: The family is the most common and most diversified caridean family here. Alpheids are among the smallest known caridean shrimp therefore may be easily overlooked or mistaken for juveniles. Some species are new, records and some fall within their established range, for example Synalpheus thai records from Pakistan fill the gap in its known range. At least eight of the Pakistani Alpheus species reach up to the Australian waters and four Alpheid share with the Red Sea and Gulfs. Alpheus lobidens has moved in to the Mediterranean. (Lewinsohn & Galil, 1992); Alpheus lobidens is divided in to two populations: one Western Pacific and another Indian Ocean growing large (36mm in TL) and central Pacific which never attained this size, indicating a slight difference in gene pools of the two groups (Banner & Banner, 1974).At present the status of some of the Pakistani species, such as A.lobidens, A.edwardsii, remain uncertain. Several species found in Gulf of Oman and South West India are not collected from Pakistan. The older and the only record of Synalpheus neptunus from Karachi by Henderson (1893) as Alpheus neptunus was not relied upon by Banner & Banner (1972, 1975). It is a coral associated species and in any case Henderson‟s report was correct with the death of corals at Karachi the species is likely to become rare. The genus Athanas is generally believed to live in most tropical and some temperate seas except off American continents. The western side of the Arabian Sea including the Arabian Gulf has different species composition when compared with the Pakistani side. The data on the collection of the various alpheid species does not lend itself to zoogeographical division of the alpheid fauna within the area studied. Anyhow one thing is true that 409 present collection does not represent the full picture of alpheids when we compare western side of the Arabian Sea (Gulf of Aden) where 48 species and from the Persian Gulf 15 species are recorded (Banner & Banner, 1981). Indo West Pacific species do not enter the Eastern Pacific is due to barrier of unbroken deep expanse of water acting effectively to the pan tropical distribution. Only S. tumidomanus, Alpheus lobidens, A. strenuus strenuus and A. pacificus have reached the Pacific Ocean. Certainly more collection is required. As we are loosing our corals and sponges, consequently associated fauna is lost. Family Ogyrididae: Ogyrididae are small shallow water shrimps with tropical warm and temperate marine distribution. Ogyrides saldanhae was so far supposed to be endemic to west coast of South Africa (Kensley, 1981) and its presence from Pakistan shows its eastern and northern extension in to the Indian Ocean. Family Gnathophyllidae: Gnathophyllidae is a small caridean family commonly said to be associated with echinoderms but well-established echinoderm association is not known for the genus Gnathophyllum. G. americanum is circum-tropical intertidal, shallow infratidal in distribution; its worldwide distribution implies that it may occur in our waters (see Ali, 2006). Family Rhynchocinetidae: Rhynocinetes uritai’s report based on a under water photograph by Ali (2006) can be a misidentification by him, the species is limited to S. Korea and Southern Japan (Chace, 1997), Ali‟s collection could be the Indian Ocean species R. (Cinetorhynchus) hendersonii Kemp, 1925, if the generic identification is believed to be correct. Family Hymenoceridae: Hymenocera picta is associated with asteroids and feeds only on starfish. This striking attractive shrimp is immediately recognizable. 410 3.2.2.3. Discussion& Conclusion: A detailed analysis of the distribution of neither the Pakistani marine shallow water nor deep-water caridean shrimp families is possible at present time. For example, the Alpheidae several of the known species from unrestricted marine waters of the Arabian Sea are still known only from the type localities and others are unavailable nomenclaturally. The available data is meager but it tends to confirm the belief that no endemism occurs in marine species, as the barriers to the distribution of species with pelagic larvae are virtually non-existent. Knowledge on regional endemism depends on the state of knowledge of the geographic and depth distribution of the species in question. Our intertidal species are relatively known, for infratidal gaps of knowledge exist due to lack of sampling. However, two faunal provinces (Sindh and Makran) limited by salinity, topography, temperature with areas of overlapping are marked. The different composition between the two provinces indicates a transition reflecting the change in salinity regime of the water of the areas. The Sindh area has a diversified and abundant fauna since the habitats are also diversified. Our data are certainly insufficient to justify any conclusion but the scarcity of species common to the western Atlantic and eastern Pacific tends to support the idea earlier mentioned. Factor controlling the presence or absence of several species is the presence or absence of specialized habitats-the three most notable of these are: coral reef not abundantly found in our waters and those carideans always associated with corals generally do not occur here and mangroves that occur in estuarine, embayment or sheltered areas are noted for their associate species and mudflats are colonized by plants, sea grass beds, in the shelter of which genera such as Hippolyte, Gnathophyllum and Kemponia flourish. We observed that the Indo 411 West Pacific component constituting the major section of this part of the caridean fauna. The relative homogeneity is unexpected as the dispersal of pelagic larvae is expected to be disturbed by a rather complicated and varying current system in the Indian Ocean.. Considering the worldwide geographical distribution, 56 marine species in present study are distributed as follows. Table 3: Zoogeographical components of the Pakistani marine caridean shrimps (including also single records, whether the fore going figures indicate genuine penetration into neighboring areas is known from the literature). Atlantic 7.5% Indian including Gulfs & Red Sea 90% Pacific 50% Mediterranean 2.5% Endemic (local endemicity) 0% 412 Table 3 indicates the geographical range of carideans recorded in the of course present study- 50% are widely spread, in the west Pacific some up to eastern Pacific. Virtually all the species are also found in the Arabian Sea. Some species are distributed on both sides of the subcontinent India, i.e. in the Arabian Sea as well as Bay of Bengal. We see some geographical isolation and disjunct population of few species; it could be due to isolation for a geological time or the radiation of carideans not explosive. However, the zoogeographical studies of the area cannot be termed as complete as the poorly sampled areas are more common than well-sampled areas. Mirza (1989) has divided the freshwater regime of Pakistan for the study of freshwater fish as five ichthyogeographic provinces but no such studies are available for freshwater shrimps. The same division may be applied here. The temperature, land barriers, salinity nature of substratum and latitude seem to determine the dispersal. Overall, for fresh water species we can say that almost all of the freshwater species may have localized distribution within Pakistan for example M. semmelinkii, M. naraensis, M. malcomsomi, and M. naso confined to a few localities in lower Indus Basin in Sindh and Balochistan. All the subspecies and new species show endemicity. The Sindh province is the most important one as regarding the carideans. In an attempt to analyze, the Pakistani carideans, which form a heterogeneous group of animals it, was very difficult to draw some sensical conclusion on biogeography without any information of the modes of life histories of majority of the species at hand. 413 The caridean fauna of Pakistani waters represents a considerable variety of species that are dominated by the members of three taxa, the Palaemonidae, Alpheidae, and Hippolytidae. The Alpheidae and Palaemonidae are among the most complex and taxonomically difficult groups. In order of diversity 27 Palaemonids, 23 Alpheids, 7 Hippolytids, 7 Atyids, 6 Pasiphaeids, 2 Crangonids, 2 Ogyrids, 1 Rhynconetid, 1 Hymenocerid, 1 Oplophorid, 1 Gnathophylid, 1 Processid, and 1 Pandalid have been collected until to date. Since the caridean fauna of Pakistan is still very much in survey stage it is hoped that in future if systematic exploratory surveys using high tech gears are made more taxa are likely to be added. The high figures of species in the overall families occurring in the Arabian Sea certainly represent a more extensive effort at collecting. It can be suggested that human activities and natural disasters have adversely affected the abundance and distribution of the species and we still are far from understanding the reasons for limited distribution of freshwater various species, because lack of knowledge in this field. 414 Chapter- 4 Species of interest to fisheries and aquaculture 4.1 Water Resources-Position, threats and Potentials The Islamic Republic of Pakistan is located north of Tropic of Cancer extending from 24oto 37o N latitude and from 61o to 75o longitude. The country covers an area of about 79.6 million hectares of land, which is of diversified relief, having vast plains in the middle as Indus Basin, a rock expanses of plateaus in the southwestern part and a series of high mountains in the north. From administrative point of view, the country is divided as Federal Capital Area, Sindh, NWF, Punjab, Balochistan, GilgitBaltistan Provinces, Federally Administrative Tribal Area (FATA), and Azad Kashmir Area. The water resources (Fig.181) for fisheries purpose can be classified as fresh water, brackish water and marine water. 4.1.1: Fresh water: From hydrological point, the country is divisible into three hydrological zones, viz, the Indus Basin, the closed Basin of the arid desert of Kharan, and the Makran coastal Basin (Khurshid, 415 2000). The mighty Indus River with its tributaries, which are spread in catchment area (561,250 sq km) in Pakistan and are responsible for most of the country‟s large number of natural water bodies as a complex system. The principal rivers of the Indus River system are Kabul, Ravi, Sutlej, Jhelum, Chenab, and Beas. Major tributaries in Himalayan area are the Rivers Kala pani, Dras, Shyok, Shigar, Hunza, Gilgit, Astor, Tangir, Darel, Poonch, Swat, Gomel, Neelum, Kunhar, Ashu, Utrot, Kandia, Dubouri, Chore, Panjkora, Khiali, Soan, Drabi and others. They are all glacier and snowfed. Some water is added during the monsoon months. Surface runoff resulting from rains and snowmelt is approximately 157MAF. From fisheries point of view the major constrains, because of the multiple use of water Akhtar (1995) has highlighted bodies and environmental mismanagement. 416 Figure 181: Major Water bodies of Pakistan 417 As we know that Pakistan‟s vast inland water resources, not only comprise numerous large and small rivers, reservoirs, but also barrages/head works, canals, lakes, **Dhoors, **dhands, village ponds, man-made dams, and water logged areas. Qadri (1960) mentioned of subterranean rivers in Thatta and Karachi districts. **The main course and branch of river Indus have moved over a long period to the area now lying to the west of its present course. Deeper areas of the old channels have become either seasonal or perennial natural water bodies; these represent the type of area locally characterized as *dhands. ** Dhoors, which generally refer to, roughly circular open water lakes or ponds, seem either to relate deeper, open water areas within a large Dora system to be separate areas formed in distinct depression. (Lagoons). Most of the natural lakes have disappeared over the last fifty years, several new lakes have been created upstream of dams, and barrages of the Indus, several micro reservoirs are observed particularly in Potohar region. The inland fisheries resources in Sindh comprise nearly 1209 water bodies covering about 8.6 million hectares. There are some 400 dhands in Sindh province, at least 12 major ones (Pateji, Cholri, Sanhro, Mehro (Nurri Lagoon) spreading over an area about 370 sq km. Most of the dhands are mesotrophic – eutrophic. All the dhands are interconnected through narrow open interlinking natural channels. The average depth of these dhands is from 1.5 to 6 ft. After the construction of tidal link canal all, the associated dhands have become saline with an increase of 40% salinity due to seawater intrusion from Shah Samandar creek. 418 These dhands and side channels were producing fresh water shrimps in the late eighties. The Punjab Fisheries Department provided a list of water areas to be utilized for fisheries in Punjab during 2007-2008. Although these demarcations (10500-hac fishpond area) at present are meant for fresh water fishes but have equal potentials for fresh water shrimps fisheries and aquaculture. The district wise details show that the district Gujarat has the maximum potential having water bodies of river Chenab and Jhelum, several nullahs, canals, ponds areas, head works, drains, escape channels whereas the district Attock has the minimum water areas for fisheries. In NWFP there are slow flowing rivers, streams, lower perennial in Kurram River valley and fast flowing upper perennial rivers and streams for example the River Swat. Riverine marshes in D.I. Khan water storage reservoirs / dams are important areas of NWFP. (500 ha pond area. The cold water of Kaghan, Swat, Diral, Chitral vallies have no potentials for fresh water palaemonid shrimps fishery. In Balochistan province, there is only scant inland fisheries development. A few reservoirs, like Akra Kaur Dam, Sahigee, Balar, and Shadi Kaur Dam have been built for drinking water and irrigation. The water level in the reservoirs fluctuates greatly, most of them going dry in summer. There are a few inconsistent perennial streams also, fluctuating from ragging in the rainy season to a very low flow in dry season. The region receives an average rainfall of 130mm per year, which makes Rivers Dasht, Hingol, Purali, and Hub, intermittent that flood once in 2-3 years. Other rivers are endothermic. Most of the water sinks to the gravel 419 of riverbeds. The newly built reservoirs have some scope otherwise the Balochistan province has limited possibility for inland fisheries development, mainly due to its climate and paucity of water resources. 4.1.2. Marine and Brackish. The coastal area of Pakistan is divisible into Sindh (300 km) and Mekran region (750 km) for fisheries purpose. Near Thatta, the Indus begins its deltaic stage and breaks into distributaries that join the sea at south- east of Karachi. The delta covers an area of 600,000 ha. The Indus delta consists of creeks, inshore waters with intertidal mud flats, and mangrove swamps. The latter provide shelter and serve as nursery and breeding ground for prawns both penaeideans and carideans and indicate their productivity higher than the open sea, though not critically understood .In Sindh the important fishing areas are Korangi Creek area, Garho area, Gharo creek, Keti Bunder area, Karo Chan area and Shah Bunder area. The estuary of present active delta is located at Keti Bunder has now been practically obliterated since no fresh water is allowed to reach it for ten months of the year. So the estuary is replaced by the sea and sand dunes are appearing in the Keti Bunder area owing to the blocking of the Indus flow to sea (Kazmi, 1984) and badly affected the shrimp‟s resources of the area. Another out come of the reduction in flow of water from the Indus in the sea was the discontinuation of red rice cultivation (Ahmed, 1997); this has almost wiped out the rice shrimps from the area. Along with the estuaries, the backwaters are very important. They are associated with the river system and form a large part of the inshore waters. The term backwater refers to a system of shallow brackish lagoons and swampy areas. Our brackish waters are referred to as tropical estuaries. 420 The Mekran coast is characterized by the presence of number of bays and absence of any major river system. Important areas are Gwadar, Jiwani coast, Pasni Bay, Miani Hor, Jiwani brackish Lagoon and Kalmat Khor. The latter is a coastal plain (55 x 19 km) having a tidal lagoon consisting of mud and salt flats and tidal channels. It receives fresh water from Basol River. The Hingol River also makes an estuary on the Mekran coast. In addition to this we have rights to the Exclusive Economic zone of 240,000 sq km and 200nm and if ratified to 350nm then the Arabian Sea with the additional continental shelf area of about 50,000 sq km will make a large Marine Ecosystem (LME32, total 290, 270, sqkm), our maritime zone is over 30% of the land area where the average biomass is 15 tons/ km 2 and demersal zone at 0-200m depth (Brandhorst, 1986), with a deep sea fishing venture initiated. 4.2. Shrimp Resources-position and potentials: Fishermen from 100 different countries catch more than 346 different commercial species of shrimps, some of the shrimps form the most valuable food commodity in the world although by weight only a small fraction of world fisheries but price per unit weight of the shrimp products is high. Shrimps are regarded as “fish” by our common people and called as “Jhinga Machhi” meaning “prawn fish” Out of the 346 commercial species 189 species belong to the Infraorders Caridea, 80 of them are 421 freshwater inhabitants. The marine species include the shallow marine included in the Kalri category and deep-sea species of large size and concentration also thought to be large enough to support commercial fishery. The deep-sea shrimp live at such depth that they are hard to catch, little is known about them, and their potentials have yet to be established. The caridean shrimps beat their penaeoidean counterpart in diversity and occur from the tropics to Polar Regions but the latter by far outdo the caridean fisheries making up only about a fifth by weight of the worlds decapod shrimp catch (Bauer, 2004). Still the characteristics are good for aquaculture but not for fisheries, compared to penaeids its fisheries yield is low on global scale (7,705 mt in 2000, FAO, 2002). They are caught as target species, some species though edible are caught as an admixture in the main catch, or as Nematopalaemon tenuipes makes 29% in Gujarat, India in by catch (Zynudheen et al, 2004). Shrimps are fished by many methods. Large individuals of Macrobrachium are taken by hooked line or even by hand. Other more productive methods are traps, dip nets, sieves and hand nets; trawls are swept over large areas of ocean bottom, accounting for the vast production of shrimps in world. In Pakistan, there are some minor fisheries in operation at least in a world perspective for marine and brackish water caridean species. Freshwater ranging into brackish water palaemonids are the most productive in terms of fisheries than their higher salinity counterpart. No reliable data on the caridean catch is available although the shrimps land at the Karachi Fish Harbour. There are early survey reports of marine shrimps like that of Zupanovic & Mohiuddin (1973) but without mention of any caridean. The problem is at the species encountered are not identified, and no reference material is available for study except for few species housed in Marine Reference Collection & Resource Center, Karachi University, whatever is identified needs 422 verification, all these may cause confusion and lead to the use of scientific names that are incorrect by modern standard or apply to more than one species. All we can say that a subsistence fishery of Macrobrachium in inland waters is operating. Information on economic importance being rather scarce and of a very general nature, relevant fisheries information are very preliminary (Table 4)and extent of commercial importance in Pakistan as staple market article is not known Table 4:Statistical Data(Macrobrachium spp) Place Thatta FishMarket Average Production 25 kg/day-90 kg/day 50 gm -125 gm/individual Hyderabad and Jamshoro Fish Market 4 kg/day – 7 kg/day 50 gm-125 gm/individual Duration December 2005May 2006 December 2005May 2006 Source:Mastoi, 2007, unpublished 4.2.1. Important Species: According to Qureshi (1956) two species of fresh water shrimps (M.carcinus = dacqueti & M.lamarrei) are brought to the market and Qadri (1960) that the lakes, canals and reservoirs near Ghulam Mohammad Barrage, Kotri Barrage, Manchar and Chacher lakes were the places for the prawn (M. lamarrei) fisheries in Sindh; a brackish water species Exopalaemon 423 styliferus could be easily collected from the brackish and fresh water of Indus estuary, another species with doubtful identification was extremely abundant in Nara Canal and M.dacqueti was present from Sukkur to the mouth of Indus estuary. Holthuis & Rosa Jr. (1965) published a world list of species of shrimp and prawns of economic value which included eleven Pakistani species (Caridina nilotica , Macrobrachium equidens, M. idella, M. malcolmsonii, M. dacqueti, M.rude, M .scabriculum, M. lamarrei, Palaeomon pacificus, Exopalaemon styliferus and Nematopalaemon tenuipes) both from FAO water area (ISW) and land area (421). The medium sized prawns (Table5)such as M.idella, M. lammarei and Exopalaemon styliferus are found in brackish water are quite popular locally. Table 5:Categories of size Size Species Large – 5 to10 whole number/kg M.daqcuiti’ M.malcomsonii Medium - 200 to 300 whole number/kg M. idella Small – 500 and more whole number/kg M. lamarrei Shakoor (1968) collected Exopalaemon styliferus, M. dacqueti and M. lamarrei from Hyderabad, Kalmat, Khairpur, Lahore and Rawalpindi, M. dayanus from Sanghar, Lahore, Sheikhupura and Rawal dam, M. scabriculum from Kalmat and 424 Kortri and M. malcolmsonii from D.I. Khan, Nowshera and Sajawal and the former from seepage water around Haleji Lake. Siddiqui et al (1973) working on fish of Kinjhar lake mention of Palaemonidae and Atyidae in this lake. Siddiqui (1976) discussing the fishery resources of River Indus in the province Sindh indicated at least seven shrimp species having commercial value over the Kotri Barrage, the first anicule of the River Indus and which provides a source of seedlings (Yaqoob, 1987) during the monsoon. In another list of world commercial caridean species (Holthuis, 1980) another 8 species were added to Pakistani shrimp species are of interest to fisheries making total 19: Caridina nilotica , Palaemon pacificus, Nematopalaemon tenuipes, Macrobrachium scabriculus, M. rude, M. dacqueti, M. malcolmsonii, M. lamarrei, M.idella, M. equidens, M. dayanum, Exopalaemon styliferus, Ogyrides orientalis, Exhippolysmata ensirostris, Heptacarpus pandaloides, Latreutes anoplonyx, Lysmata vittata, Heterocarpus laevigata and Pontocaris pennata. Ahmed (1985) while discussing the abundance of the caridean shrimps in the Indus Delta found Exopalaemon styliferus quite abundant on the west beach of Keti Bunder. According to him, a 5-minute trawl haul in a 1.7m wide inlet yielded 96 specimens in February while an unspecified Palaemon in May dominated. Ali & Jafri (1986) while discussing the status of inland fisheries in Sindh in late eighties mentioned of M. malcolmsomi as commercial species 15cm long fetching an extraordinary high price. In 1980 25,943 tones worth 350 million rupees of foreign exchange were produced (Lone, 1983). The drought condition during the last two decades has badly tempered the catch of M. malcolmsonii (Yaqoob, 1980), 425 Dore & Frimbodt (1986) in their list of world's commercial species included M. rosenbergii , Heterocarpus laevigata, and Exopalaemon styliferus from Pakistan. Ahmed (1992) observed M. dacqueti and M. malcolmsonii from Sindh. Akhter (1995) mentions of an in-stream fisheries of M. dacqueti in Pakistan while Ayub (2007 pers.comm) does not recognize any existing fishery in Punjab presently. According to Jayachandran (2001), the important species of Pakistan are M. malcolmsonii kotreeanum, M. malcolmsonii malcolmsonii, M. dacqueti and M. rude. Studying in 2007 Kazmi & Kazmi focused on the food value of non-penaied shrimps. They found Macrobrachium malcomsonii most important species previously reported from Sindh and now found in river Chenab at Multan and River Ravi. Yaqoob (1991) highlighted importance of this species, which grows to 30 cm in length and weighs 250 g. The breeding season starts from April and continues to October to November and a production of 599/ha/crop could be achieved. The species migrates downward in Indus to estuary for breeding. There is an average annual production of about 100mt mostly exported with some local consumption, one kg of these prawns costs US $ 5 or Rs. 150 in the local market (Yaqoob, 1994) . M. lammarei grows to a maximum length of about 80mm; these prawns are continuous breeders with two breeding peaksOne from January to April and the other from September to October. Exopalaemon styliferus and Palaemon semmelinkii were collected by Kazmi et al (2002) in the deltaic region (Keti Bunder, Ambro and Dubba creek). P.semmelinkii is very common during February and March (Kazmi & Sultana, 2008 unpublished report). In the Gulf of Kutch it is listed among vulnerable species (Dholakia, 2004) 426 Kemponia seychellensis and K.elegans also found by the same authors prominent and sometimes outnumbering penaeid shrimp in the backwater near Karachi. Hippolytid Latreutes spp. was frequently sampled from Gharo along with Lysmata vittata and Exhippolysmata ensirostris. Proximate composition studies on Alpheids (pistol shrimps) by Kazmi et al (2006) show high caloric value but the commercial value is quite minor, in spite being a common group at places they are not consumed only offered for sale to be used as bait. The nutritional profile of species studied also suggests that they can be used as low cost feed for successful aquaculture enriched with brine shrimp nauplii for fish and penaeid shrimps (Kazmi & Sultana, 2008). Aquaculture. Although scientists have been suggesting since start for fresh water prawn fishery and culture (Qadri, 1960, Shakoor, 1968). In spite of obstacle in the Macrobrachium shrimp culture-the nonavailablity of seed, scientists are optimistic for the future of Macrobrachium farming. (Yaqoob, 1986, Kazmi, 2007). The fishery and aquaculture of none of the species has been organized and established yet in our country (Ling, 1970). Few related studies were undertaken in this region. This indigenous resource utilization was limited to pilot projects starting as experimental culture at Jamshoro pond area in 1963-1964, on food in relation to growth in 1956-58, on bionomics during 1965 69, a third on experimental rearing techniques of fresh water prawns for commercial utility during 1977-1983 by the Directorate of Fisheries, Government of Sindh on rearing fresh water commercial prawns M. malcolmsoni of River Indus and its known khories.(Ansari & Yaqoob, 1984), a project “Polyculture of freshwater prawn Macrobrachium malcolmsoni with Indian Major and Chinese carps at farmer's ponds in Pakistan” was taken up by PARC, ALP (2006). The HEC Pakistan sponsored project on the 427 exploitation of non-penaeid shrimps (2007-2008)is the most recent one that included laboratory culture. After palaemonids caridean family Atyidae has aquaculture potential, these shrimps are low on the food chain so that the expensive high protein feeds needed for Macrobrachium and penaeid shrimps do not seem necessary. These shrimps are good candidates for intensive culture. The Marine Reference Collection and Resource Center, University of Karachi successfully reared at least a dozen caridean species under the laboratory conditions. Here one thing has to be remembered that, there are environmental impacts of shrimp culture, such as chemical and biological pollution of natural waters. Now that the freshwater hatcheries are on cards, it is suggested here that any expansion of carideans or other shrimp culture should be closely monitored and controlled to protect native habitats and species. We must learn lesson from Singapore where M.rosenbergii is extinct. (Ng, 1997). The worldwide stocks of Macrobrachium have seen rapid declines in recent years; because of overharvesting, habitat loss and increased pollution requiring conservation .We have no ban on wild collection of fresh water prawn during breeding season. The berried females collected, carrying 30, 000 eggs for prawn production can adversely effect leading to stock depletion in natural water of River Indus where dam ill maintained design is already hampering the migration of these prawns for breeding purpose. Both atyid and palamonid members are amphidromphous shrimps, which migrate to upstream by walking at night. There is a need to modify and improve existing fish way for preserving shrimp populations. Other threats our freshwater bodies facing are habitat destruction and water scarcity due to river diversion, urbanization, industrial pollution, see level rise and seawater intrusion. In general various agro farming projects, range management and other quarrying activities in and around are affecting these water bodies, changing their water quality and 428 water regime, which has direct reflection on fisheries that ensures food security for masses. Our experts have been warning of the biological impacts of fisheries development like introduction of hatcheries and increase in the disturbance of wildlife, if suitable amelioration measures are not adopted (Ahmed, 1993). There is a need of accurate maps delineating the various types of coastal and inland shrimp‟s resources, geographical distribution, breeding seasons, reserve areas, commercial fishing areas. It is imperative to develop the precious potentials of lake shrimp or fish-shrimp combined fisheries on war footing particularly in the man made lakes as these are now the biggest sources of water in Pakistan where prawn fries can be released, the stocks increased and the water conditions monitored, we have approximately 102, 000 ha of fresh water reservoirs connected with dams or barrages and about 110,000 ha of natural or man made lakes (Hussain, 2007). It is true that the stocking rates of prawns would be low but due to the high value of the product, total revenues could be significantly increased. We are among the 113 countries in the world growing rice. These paddy fields were found also suitable for stocking of young Macrobrachium prawns of 6-7cm, which are able to grow almost to maturity by the end of the paddy-growing period (Menon, 1954). The fish and shrimp culture offer opportunities, which can play for food security and poverty alleviation in rural livelihood, but need some modification in rice fields necessary for agronomic, and aquaculture management (Hallwart & Gupta, 2004). 4.2.1. Other uses: The other uses of caridean species besides for human consumption, are as aquaculture species, known to be sold for bait, as bioassay material, and as sub products especially in 429 chitin- a naturally occurring biopolymer which is approximately 75%, the total weight of shrimp to be bioconverted, as ornamental shrimps popular with aquarists and sold in pet shops, though not yet successfully cultured worldwide as large scale, nevertheless the situation may change as research is improving. One report informs that in marine aquarium trade of 18 species generates $200-330 million worldwide each year (Wabnitz et al, 2003).Freshwater prawn not only have economic importance in hydroponics and fisheries for food purpose but haverecently received attentionin aquarium trade. M. dayanus generally known as Kaira river prawn/ red claw shrimp is sold as a group of juveniles for $15 in USA pet shops and Lysmata vittata ( Peppermint shrimp )for $18. We need to change peoples taste. More distant are not the days when proper use of these shrimps will be made in Pakistan in view of present population trends and these shrimp being good source of first class protein. To achieve this, non-morphological studies like karyology, hybridization experiment breeding session and biochemical studies may help. We cannot dismiss the future possibilities of utilization of the shrimps to minimize the pressure on our penaeid shrimps, and to strengthen the stagnating capture prawn fisheries harvest from increase coming from aquaculture of caridean shrimps-Insha’Allah 430 ADDENDUM Some species were reserved by the authours to form part of their large publication but ultimately did not materialize till them going to press it was thought out most practical to publish them as addendum in the present monograph so clean our tables from several of the items that have cluttered them for so long. Macrobrachium lehiai sp.nov. (Pl.3 B) Type material: Holotype ovigerous female CL 20mm. Paratypes one male, three females (two ovigerous) Type locality: Leh Nullah 25 January, 1980. Zoological Survey Department Description: The rostrum is moderately long extending beyond tip of antennal scale; upper margin is sinuous armed with 10-12 teeth of which three are post orbital. The dorsal teeth are arranged in three groups: the proximal groups is of 5-6 equidistant teeth, this is followed by a second group of 2-4 equidistant teeth and a distal group of 1-2 teeth, all these groups are separated by wider gaps; the ventral margin has 6 teeth. The carapace is smooth longer than rostrum in large specimens smaller to equal in small individuals, both antennal and hepatic spines are present, the latter is situated bellow and behind of level of former. The telson is slender extending slightly beyond level of outer lateral spine of the uropodal exopod except in the largest paratype in which extends visibly beyond level of outer lateral spine; the dorsal surface is armed with two pairs of spines in distal 431 half (excluding the distal pair). The distal end is very sharply pointed also has two pairs of spines of which outer pair is smaller and inner pair is longer but does not reach tip of telson; there are 4-6 ventral plumose setae on each side of the pointed tip and 3-4 dorsal simple setae. The first pair of chelate legs exceeds the antennal scale by half chela two distal part of carpus when extending; the carpus is the longest segment. The second pereopods are long provided with spinules; the merus is longer than the palm; the carpus is the longest segment, slender and cylindrical, some times equal to chela; the movable finger is pubescent; the im movable finger is also sparsely pubescent; one dentition is present on each of the cutting adges of chela. The nonchelate legsare slender. The uropods are characteristics, by the presence of accessory subapical spine on outer margin of exopod Remarks: The new species shows affinity with M. villosimanus (Tiwari, 1947) and M. rosenbergii in the nature of telson, second legs being densely beset with spinules, in the nature of rostrum with M. tiwari and M. naso, the first and second pereopods resemble M. idella idella Etymology: The species is named after the type locality Leh Nullah near Rawal Pindi Macrobrachium sp (Fig.182) Material examined: One female, CL 22mm Description: The body is robust. The rostrum is long exceeding the antennal peduncle by one fourth of its length but 432 not exceeding the length of antennal scale. The specimen is from the group which includes M. idella and M. novaehollandiae etc. The rostral teeth are present on both the margin, of dorsal teeth three are postorbital like that of M.idae,and M.indicum etc. There are 5 ventral teeth like those of M. equidens and M. rosenbergii . There is one apical spine at distal margin and below it on distal end, both separated by long setae. This gives the tip a trifid appearance like M. siwalikensis. Setae are present between teeth of both dorsal and ventral margin. Adrostral carina is thick dividing rostrum into dorsal and ventral half. The shape of rostrum is somewhat styliform or sigmoid as in M. rosenbergii. The carapace is smooth. The antennal and hepatic spines are present; the former is slightly below rounded orbital and latter behind and below level of former. The abdominal pleura first to third are broadly rounded, of second fully overlapping one and third, of fourth and fifth narrower and tapering towards apex, which is directed posterior. Pleuron of sixth somite is very small, ending in point which overhangs articulation with telson. Relative size of somites decreases from second to fifth. The telson is long narrows distally does not end in a sharp median point, since its tip is wornout. Group of stiff setae are arranged on proximal dorsal aspect, they are curved. 433 Figure 182: Macrobrachium sp. A-Rostrum and carapace, anterior part; B- Telson and uropod; B’- Telson, tip; C- First leg; D- Third leg The generic character of two dorsal pairs of telsonic spines is not seen here, only a single pair is present at mid length of telson. The apex is flanked by two pairs of spines, inner pair is thicker and curved not overreaching tip of telson, numerous plumose setae are present between inner pair of spines. 434 The stylocerite overreaches anterior lobe of first segment. Fused portion of the two ramii is completely fused as in M. carcinus. Mandibular palp is 3 segmented. First chelate leg is fragile and overreaching antennular scale by distal one fourth of carpus which is the longest segment of the limb. Non chelate legs are simple. Since second chelate legs are missing, we can not determine even up to the group of the species so the specimen which is a female can only be named at present as an abnormal Macrobrachium since of M.siwalikensis is found in northern areas of subcontinent India. So there are bleak chances that the present specimen belongs to the same. Locality: Nothern area of Pakistan. Alpheus sp (Fig. 183 Pl. 6A) Material: 3 specimens including one ovigerous female Description: The present specimens could not be named, however they are included in edwardsii group. Some of the salient features of the specimens are: small rostrum, carinate posteriorly, ocular hood inflated. Antennule rather stout, scaphocerite with lateral margin concave in the middle, distal spine over reaching distal end of antennular peduncle. Major chela over two time as long as broad, fingers slightly narrower than palm, immovable finger compressed laterally, almost right angular on superior distal margin, tip triangular over reaching tip of immovable finger, superior transverse groove of palm shallow with proximal shoulder not over hanging groove, inferior transverse groove broad with 435 proximal shoulder rounded, groove extending upward to whole of the fix finger. Major chela very elongate. Dactylus of third leg subspatulate. Telson longer than broad, armed with two pairs of dorsal spines, posterior margin convex, bearing setae and armed with a pair of unequal spines laterally. Uropodal exopod bearing an acute immovable tooth and internally a long curved tooth, transverse suture straight. 436 C A B D E Figure 183: Alpheus sp. A-Frontt; B- Telson and uropod; C- Large cheliped; D- Dactylus of first leg; E- Same, third leg 437 Locality: Port Qasim Size: 405 to 13mm in CL Remarks: this species is related to all the species found in mangroves of South East Asia i.e . A.paludicola, A.crassimanus, A.euphrosyne, A.malabaricus and A.rapax.Of these all are estuarine except A.euphrosyne which is an obligate mangrove species. (Yeo&Ng,1996). Alpheid sp. (Fig.184) Material Examined:One male -5mm inCL Locality:Gwadar Remarks: This specimen looks an unusual Leptalpheus(Marin,pers.comm.QBK).The three-segmented carpus of second leg is unusual however, it is being included here as Leptalpheus sp until we obtain more material. 438 Figure 184: Alpheid sp. A- Ffront; B- Telson; C- Abdominal lobe; DAntennule; E- Mandible; F- Small cheliped; G- Large cheliped; HSecond leg; I- Dactylus of third leg; J- Appendix masuclina 439 Literature Cited (Excluding the references to authorities of taxa.) Abele, L.G.,1991. Comparison of morphological and molecular phylogeny of the Decapoda. Mem. Queensland Mus. 31:101-108. Achutthankutty, C.T., S.R Sreekumaran Nair, V.R. Nair, G. Padmavati & M. Madhupratap, 1991. Micro distribution of zooplankton in the neustonic realm of the eastern Arabian Sea during southwest monsoon. Oceanography of the Indian Ocean: 177-199. Afzal, M., A. Javed & S. Barkati, 1986. Checklist, synonymy, and key to the genera and species of alpheid shrimps of Karachi coast. J. Agri. Res. 4: 337-340. Ahmed, M., 1985.Winter andsring abundance of juveniles of penaeid and caridean shrimps in the Indus delta (Pakistan: Northern, Arabian Sea). Pakistan Jour. Zool. 14(2): 19-22. Ahmed, M., 1992. Practical guidebook on warm water fish and shrimp culture in Sind. Saad publications, first ed pp53. Ahmed, M., 1997. Animal and plant communities of the present and former Indus delta. In: the Indus river biodiversity resources, human kinds (Eds. Meadow and Meadow) .Linn. Soc. London: 12-30 Ahmed, M., V.C. Robinson & S. Western, 1993. Wetlands and waterfowls in Sindh province, Pakistan: potential impact of drainage and saline effluent disposal on 440 wetlands of right bank of the Indus. Pr. Wetland and waterfowl conserv. In south and west Asia. IWRB 25, AWB 85, & NCCW: 113-121. Ahmed, N., 1957. Prawn fishery of E. Pakistan. Dacca. E. Pakistan Govt press pp 31. Al-Abbad, M. Y., S.H. Al-mayah, M.H. Ali & S.D. Salman, 2008. Larval development of the caridean shrimp Exopalaemon styliferus (H. Milne Edwards, 1840) (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from the south of Iraq reared in the laboratory. Turk. Jour. Zool. 32:397-406. Alcock, A., 1901. The descriptive catalogue of the Indian deep sea Crustacea Decapoda Macrura and Anomala in the Indian museum being a revised account of the deep-sea species collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship “Investigator” pp.286, Calcutta. Alcock.A.,&A.R.Anderson,1894.Natural history notes from H.M.I.M.S.S.”Investigator”,commandingC.F.Oldham.R.N.,c ommandig,14:An account of a recent collection of deep sea Crustacea from the Bay of Bengal and Laccadive sea.Jour.Asiat.Soc.Bengal,ser.2,63:141-185 Alcock, A. &A.R. Anderson, 1899. An account of the deep-sea crustaceans dredged during the survey season of 1897-98. XLIII.Natural History Notes from H.M. R.M.S.Ship”Investigator”.CommanderT.H.Heming,R.N.,co mmanding.ser.iii,No2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii/3(16):278292 Adhub, A.H.Y. & H.A., Hamzah, 1987. Caridina babaulti basrensis sub sp. nov. from the Shatt Al-Arab 441 region, Iraq (Decapoda, Crustaceana 52 (3): 225-228. Caridea, Atyidae). Ali, S.R., 1968. Bottom fauna of the streams of Kohat District and Kuram Agency after winter rains. Pak. Jour. Sci. Ind. Res.11 (4):449. Ali, S.S. & S.I.H., Jafri, 1986. Present status of inland fisheries in Sindh. Proc. 6th Pakistan Congr. Zoo: 31-37. Ali, Y., 2006. KSDC unpublished report. Anderson, J., 2000. Freshwater shrimp in the Aquarium. The_submarine-at-hotmail.com. Anker, A., 2001. Two new species of snapping shrimps from the Indopacific with remarks on colour pattern and sibling species in Alpheidae ( Crustacea: Caridea) .Raff. Bull. Zoo. 49(1):57-92 Anker,A.,2003.Alpheid shrimps from the mangroves and mudflats of Singapore.part 1.Genera Salmoneus,Athanas,and Potalpheus with description of two new species.(Crustacea:Decapoda).Raff.Bull.51(2):283-314 Anker, A. &S. De Grave, 2009. A new snapping shrimp from Kuwait. Zoo. Med. 83: Anker, A., C. Hurt & N. Knowlton, 2007. Three transisthmian snapping shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda: Alpheidae: Alpheus) Associated with inkeeper worms (Echiura: Thalassematidae) in Panama. Zootaxa. 1626: 123. Anker,A.& Ming-Shiou Jeng,2007. Establishment of a New Genus for Arete borradailei Coutière, 1903 and Athanas verrucosus Banner and Banner, 1960, with Redefinitions ofArete Stimpson, 1860 and Athanas Leach, 442 1814 (Crustacea: Decapoda:Alpheidae)Zoological Studies 46(4): 454-472 (2007 Anker, A. & I .N. Marin, 2006. New records and species of Alpheidae, (Crustacea: Decapoda) from Vietnam. Part 1. Genus Salmoneus, Holthius, 1955. Raff. Bull. Zoo. 54(2):295-319 Anker,A. R.Naderloo,I.Marin,201o.On a new species of the shrimp genus Athanas Leach, 1814 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Alpheidae) from Iran.Zootaxa 2372:53-60 Ansari, M.A.S., & M. Yaqoob, 1984. Rearing techniques of freshwater prawns for commercial utility. Final progress report, P.A.R.C project Directorate of fisheries, Govt. of Sindh, Karachi: 1-61. Armstrong, J.C., 1941. The Caridea and Stomatopoda of the second Templeton Crocker-American Museum Expedition to the Pacific Ocean. Amer. Mus. Nov. 1137:1-14. Ashelby,C.&S. De Grave,2010 A new genus of palaemonid shrimp (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae) to accommodate Leander belindae Kemp, 1925, with a redescription of the species. Zootaxa 2372: 369–378 Audouin, V. ,1826. Explication sommaire des…….. de l‟ armee Francaise. His. Net. 1(4):77-98 Balss, H., 1914. Uber einige Zoologischer Anzeiges, 45(2): 83-88. pontoniiden. Balss, H., 1915. Dei Decapoden Des Rotten Meers. 1. Die Macruren. Denkschr, Kaiserl. Akad. Wiss.Math. Naturw. Kl. Wien, 91Suppl. :1-38. Balss, H., 1921. Stomatopoda, Macrura, Paguridea, and Galatheidea part xxix in Result of Dr. E Mjoobergs Swedish scientific expeditions to Australia 443 1910-13. K. suensha Handlingar, 61 (10) 124. Vetenskapsakademien Balss, H., 1927. Macrura der Deutschemark Tiefsee- Expedition.3 Natantia. Teil B Wissenschaftliche. Ergebnisse der deutschen Tief see- Expedition, Valdivia 23:245-275. Balss,H.,1930.Wanderungen (Crustaceen). Ergebn.Biol., 6:305-326 bei Decapoden Balss, H., 1933. Uber einige systematisch interessante indopacifische Dekapoden. Mitt.Zool. Mus. Berlin, 99:85-98. Banner, A.H., 1953. The Crangonidae or Snapping shrimp of Hawaii. Pac. Sc. 7(1):1-144. Banner, A.H., 1959. Contributions to the knowledge of the Alpheid shrimp of the Pacific Ocean. Part.IV: Various small collections from the central pacific area including supplementary notes on alpheids from Hawaii. Pac. Sc. 13: 130-155. Banner,A.H. &D.M.Banner,1966.The alphied shrimps of Thailand.Siam Soc. Monogr.,3:i-vi+1-168. Banner, A.H. & D.M. Banner, 1968. Contributions to the knowledge of the Alpheid shrimps of the Pacific Ocean part: XII. Collection from the Marshall and Caroline Island. Contr No. 330. Hawaii Inst. Mar. Biol. Mic. 4(2): 261-294. Banner, A.H. & D.M. Banner, 1972. Contribution to the knowledge of the alpheid shrimp of the Pacific ocean.Part xv.Crustaceana 23(1):20-27 444 Banner, D. M. & A.H. Banner, 1973. The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part I: The lower genera. Rec. Australian Mus. 28(15): 295-382. Banner, A.H. & D.M. Banner, 1974. Contribution to the knowledge of the alpheid shrimp of the Pacific Ocean. Part XVII. Additional notes on the Hawaiian Alpheids: new species, sub species, and some nomenclatorial changes. Pacific Sci. 28(4): 423-437. Banner, D. M. & A.H. Banner, 1975. The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part II: The genus Synalpheus . Rec. Australian Mus. 29(12):267-389. Banner, D. M. & A.H. Banner, 1978. Annotated checklist of alpheid and ogyridid shrimps from Philippine Archipelago and the South China Sea. Micronesia 14(2): 215-257. Banner, A.H. & D. M. Banner, 1979a. Some small collections of alpheid shrimp from the Indian Ocean including two new species of the genus Synalpheus .Pac. Sc. 33 (1): 25-35. Banner, D.M. & A.H. Banner, 1981. Annotated checklist of the alpheid shrimp of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden. Zoo. Verh. No. 190: 1-91 Banner, D. M. & A.H. Banner,1981[ 1982a]. The alpheid shrimp of Australia. Part III: The remaining alpheids, principally the genus Alpheus and the family Ogyrididae. Rec. Australian Mus. 34(1-2) pp362. Banner,D.M.&A.H.Banner,1981[1982b].The alpheid shrimp of Ausralia. Suppl.1Rec.Aust.Mus.34(2):359-362 Banner, A.H. & D.M. Banner, 1983. An Annotated checklist of the alpheid shrimp from the western Indian ocean. Trav. Doc. ORSTOM 158:1-164 445 Banner, A.H. & D. M. Banner, 1985. The Alpheid shrimp of Indonesia based upon J. G. de Man‟s. The Decapoda of the Siboga expedition part II. Family Alpheidae (1911). Mar. Res. Indonesia 25:79. Banse, K. 1968. An over view of the Hydrography and associated biological Phenomena in the Arabian Sea off Pakistan. In: Marine Geology and Oceanography of the Arabian Sea and Coastal Pakistan (Haq, B.U., & J.D. Millman Eds): 217-230. Baqai, I.U. & P. A. Siddiqui, 1978. Problem of eutrophication and control of weeds in Sindh Lakes. Technical report PSF project. Baqai, I. U., P.A. Siddiqui, & M. Iqbal,1974. Limnological studies of Haleji Lake. Agri. Pak. XXV (4): 321-344. Baqai, I.U., V.A. Zuberi, & M. Iqbal, 1974. Limnological studies of Kalri Lake. Agri. Pak XXV: 199135. Barkati, S., 1980. Sex ratio, fecundity, and larval development of Alpheus inopinatus Holthuis and Gottlieb, 1958 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea). Proc. Ist Pakistan Cong. Zoo: 355-359. Barnard, K.H., 1947. Description of new species of South Africa. Decapod Crustacea with note on Synonymy and new records. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 11(13):361-392. Barnard, K.H., 1950. Descriptive catalogue of south African Decapod Crustacea. Ann. S. African Mus. 38: 1837. 446 Barnard, K.H., 1956. Further additions to the crustacean fauna list of Portuguese East Africa: 1-23. Bate, C.S., 1888. Report of the Crustacea Macrura collected by “Challenger” during the years 187-376. Rep. Sc. Res. Voy. Challenger 24: 1-942. Bauer, R.T.,1984. Morphological trend in the genus Heptacarpus (Decapoda, Caridea) and their Phylogenetic significance. Jour. Crus. Bio. 4(2):201-225. Bauer, R.T., 2004. Remarkable shrimps. Adaptation and Natural History of the carideans.Univ. Oklahoma Press.pp 282. Bhuti, G.S., S. Shenoy, & K.N. Sankolli, 1977. Laboratory reared alpheid larvae of the genera Automate, Athanas and Synalpheus (Crustacea, Decapoda, Alpheidae). Proc. Symp. Warm water zoo. NIO, Goa India: 588-600. Bianchi, G., 1985. FAO species identification sheets for fishery purpose. Field guide- commercial marine and brackish water species of Pakistan. Pak. /77/033/FAO, rome: 157-159. Bianconi, J.J. ,1869. Specimina Zoologica Mosambicana. Fas. XVII. Mem. Di. Accad. Dell. Sc. Dall. Inst. Biolg. Ser. 2, 9: 199-222. Blanco, G. J., 1939. Four new Philippine species of fresh water shrimps of the genus Caridinia. Philip. jour. Sc. 70(4):389-395. Boas, J.A.V., 1880. Studier Over Decapodern Slaegtsk Absforhold Kongel. Dansk Viednske Selsk. Skr. Ser. 61 (25):25-210. 447 Boone, L. 1930. Scientific results of the cruse of Yatch Eagle & Ara. 1921-1925. Bull. Vand. Mar. Mus. III. pp.221. Boon,L.,1931.A collection of Anomuran and Macruran Crustacea from theBay of Panama and the fresh waters of the canal zone.Bull.American Mus.Nat.Hist..63(20:137-189 Borradaille, L.A., 1898. On some crustaceans from the South Pacific. Part III. Macrura. Proc. Zoo. Soc. London:1000-1015 Borradaille, L.A., 1907. On the classification of the Decapod Crustaceans. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, 19:457-486. Borradaille, L.A., 1915. Notes on Carides. Ann. of Nat. Hist. 98), 15: 205-213. Borradaille, L.A., 1917. The Percy Sladen Trust expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardner. No. viii on the Pontoniinae. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool, II.17, 223396, pls. 52-57. Bourdon,R.1968 .Les Bopyridae des mers Europeen nes.Mem.Mus. Nat.Hist.Natur.n.ser.ser.A,50(2):77-424 Bourdon,R.&A.J. Bruce,1979.Bopyrella saronae,sp.nov.a new bopyrid parasite of the shrimp Saron marmoratus(Olivier).Crustaceana 37:191-197 Bouvier, E.L., 1918. Sur Quelques curstaces decapods rescuellis Par M. Guy Babault Dans Les Eaux Douces De L‟ Inde Anglaise. Bull. Mus, Hist. Paris 24: 386393. 448 Bouvier,E.L.,1925.Recherches sur lamorphologie,les variations,la distribution geographiques des crevettes de la famile des Atyides.Encycl.Ento.,ser.A,4,pp370 Bowles, D.E., A. Karim & C.L. Knight, 2000. Macrobrachium (Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae), in the contiguous United States. A review of the species and an assessment of threats to survival. J. crust. Biol. 20: 158171. Bowman, T. & L.G. Abele, 1982. Classification of the Curstacea. In: Biology of Crustacea. I systematics, the fossil record and biogeography. L. G. Abele (Ed):1-27 New York. Brandhorst.W, 1986, Demersal fish resources available for the expansion and development of marine fisheries of Pakistan. Proc. Nat. Sem. Fish. Pol. Plan. FAO/UNDP/MFD. Briggs J.C., 1974. “Marine zoogeography” McGraw – Hill Book Company, New York pp. 475. Bruce, A.J., 1967. Notes on some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae III-IX. Descriptions of some new genera and species from the western Indian Ocean and the South China Sea. Zoo. Verhabd, Leiden (87): 1-73. Bruce, A.J., 1971. Pontoniinid shrimps from the Ninth cruise of R/V Anton Brunn, II0E, 1964: I. Palaemonella Dana and Periclimenes Costa. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. No. 82: 1-13, fig. 1. Bruce, A.J., 1972. A review of information upon the coral- hosts commensal shrimps of the family Pontoniinae Kingsley 449 ,1878(Crustacea,Decapoda,Palaemonidae).In:P roc.Symp.on coral and coral reefs.Mar.Biol.Ass.India:399417 Bruce, A.J., 1974. A synopsis of the pontoniinid shrimp fauna of central East Africa. Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. India. 16 (2): 462-496. Bruce,A.J.,1976a.A report on some potoniinid shrimps collected from the Seychelles islands by the F.R.Manihine,1972,with a review of the Seychelles pontiniinid shrimp fauna.Zool.Jour.Linn.Soc.,59:89-153 BRUCE, A. J., 1976b. A report on a small collection of shrimps from Kenya marine parks at Malindi, withnotes on selected species. Zoologische Verhandelingen 145: 1-72 Bruce, A.J., 1978. Pontoniinid shrimp from the ninth cruise of R/V Anton Brunn IIOE1964. The remaining Genera. Bull. Mar. Sc. 28(1):118-136. Bruce, A.J., 1980. The evolution and zoogeography of shallow water tropical shrimps. News Zealand Dept. Sci. Indus. Res. Inf. Ser. 137: 337-350. Bruce, A.J., 1987. Records of three palaemonid shrimps new to Australian fauna. The Beagle, Rec. Northern Terri Mus. Arts & Se. 4 (1): 57-60. Bruce, A.J.,1990a. Redescriptions of five Hong Kong Carideans first described by William Stimpson 1860. Second Int. Conference marine fauna & flora of Hong Kong and southern China (ed. B. Morton): 569-610. Bruce, A.J.,1990b. Addition to the marine shrimp‟s fauna of Hong Kong. Second Int. Conference marine fauna & flora of Hong Kong and southern China (ed. B. Morton): 611-648. 450 Bruce, A.J.,1991. Crustacea decapoda: further deep-sea palaemonid shrimps of the New Caledonian waters. MUSORSTOM 9:298-341. Bruce, A.J., 1993. The occurrence of the semiterrestrial shrimps Merguia oligodon (De Man 1888) and M. rhizophorae (Rathbun 1900) (Crustacea: Decapoda: Hippolytidae) in Africa. Trop. Zoo. 6: 179-187. Bruce,A.J.,1994 .A synopsis of the Indo-West genera of the Pontoniinae (Crustacea:Decapoda;Palaemonidae). Konigstein Koeltz Scientific Books.pp172 Bruce, A.J., 1995. A synopsis of the Indowest Pacific genera of the Pontoninae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Th. zoo. 25:1-72. Bruce,A.J.,1996.Crustacea Decapoda:Palaemonid shrimps from the Indo-West Pacific region,mainly from New Caledonia.In:Crosnier,A.(ed).Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,15.Mem.Nat.Hist.Natur.,168:197-267 Bruce,A.J.,2003.The pontoniine shrimp fauna of Hong Kong and the South China Sea (Crustacea:Decapoda:Palaemonidae).Perspecective on marine environment change in Hong Kong and Southern China sea,1977-2001 (edB.Morton).Proc.Intl.Work.Reu.Con.pp209-257 Bruce, A.J., 2004. A partial revision of the genus Periclimenes Costa, 1984 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Zootaxa 582:1-26. Bruce, A.J. ,2006. Pontonine shrimps (Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from the Island of Socotra with description 451 of new species of Dactylonia Fransen, 2002 and Periclimenoides.. Zootaxa 1137:1-37 . Burkenroad, M. D. ,1981. The higher taxonomy and evolution of Decapoda (Crustacea). Trans. Sandiego Soc. Nat. Hist. 19: 251-268. Burukovsky, R.N., 1987. On the taxonomic status of two bathypelagic species of shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pasiphaeidae). Zoo. Zh 66 (1):37-41, illus. Burukovsky, R. N., 1990. Shrimps from the Sala-yGómez and Nazca ridges. Trans. P.P. Shirshov Inst. Ocean. Moscow, 124: 187-217, fig. 1-7 (in Russian, English summary). Burukovsky, R.N., 1993. Shrimp of the genus Pasiphae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pasiphaeidae) from the western part & the Indian Ocean. Bull. Hist. Is.Pr.OT.Bio. 98(2): 33-40 Cai, Y. & Y. Dai, 1999. Freshwater shrimp (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) from the Xishuangbanna region of Yunnan Province, southern China. Hydrobiologia 40: 211-241. Cai, Y. & P.K.L.Ng, 2000.The Freshwater shrimps of the genus Caridina H. Milne Edwards (Crustacea: Decapoda : Atytidae) from Myanmar. Proc. Bio. Soc. Washington 113(4): 931-944. Cai, Y. & P.K.L.Ng, 2001. The freshwater decapod crustaceans of Halmahera, Indonesia. Jour. Crust. Bio. 21(3): 665-695. Cai, Y. & P.K.L.Ng, 2002. The freshwater palaemonid prawns (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) of Myanmar. Hydrobiologia: 487:59-83. 452 Cai, Y., P. Naiyanetr & P.K.L. Ng, 2004. The fresh water prawns of the genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868 of Thailand (Crustacea : Decapoda, Palaeomonidae). Jour. Nat. Hist. 38: 158-649. Cai, Y. & S. Shokita, 2006. Report on a collection of fresh water shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea) from the Phillippines with description of four new species. Raff. Bull. Zoo. 54(2):245-270. Calman, W.T., 1939. Crustacea: Caridea, in the John Murray Expedition, 1933-1934, Scientific Reports., 6, No. 4: 183-224,figs. 1-8. Cardoso,I.&P.Young,2005.(Deep sea Oplophoridae(Crustacea,Caridea) from the southwestern Brazil.Zootaxa 1031:1-76 Carters, J.E., 1993. Deep Sea Decapod fauna of the western Mediterranean : Bathymetric distribution and biogeographic aspects. Crustaceana 65(1 ): 29-40. Carvacho, A., 1989. Sur l appendix masuclina chex Salmoneus (Decapoda, Alpheidae). Crustaceana, 57(3): 253-256. Chace, F.A. Jr., 1936. Revision of the Bathypelagic Prawns of the family Acanthephyridae, with notes on a new family Gomphonotidae J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26, No.1:24-31. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1940. Plankton of Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions, IX. The Bathypelagic Caridean Crustacea Zoological New York, Vol. XXV (Part 2):117- 209, figs.1-64. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1955. Note on shrimps from the Marshall Island. Proc. USNM 105 (3349):1-22. 453 Chace, F.A.Jr., 1962. The non brachyuran Decapod, Crustaceans of Clipperton Island. Proc. USNM 113 (3466):605-655. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1972. The Shrimps of the Smithsonian- Bredin Caribbean Expeditions with a summary of the west Indian Shallow water species ( Crustacea: Decapoda: Natantia). Smithsonian Cont.No. Zool. 98:pp x+179. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1976. Shrimps of the Pasiphaeid genus Leptochela with descriptions of three new species (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea). Smithsonian Contr. Zool. No. 222: 1-51. Chace, F.A.Jr.,1984. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907-1910 ,Part 2: Families Glyphocrangonidae and Crangonidae. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. No 397: 1-63. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1985. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decopoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907-1910, Part 3: Families. Thalassocarididae and Pandalidae. Smithsonian Contr. Zoo. No 411: 1-143. Chace, F.A.Jr., 1986. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition 1907-1910, Part 4: Families Oplophoridae and Nematocarcinidae. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. No. 432: 182. Chace, F. A. Jr., 1988. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907-1910, Part 5: Family Alpheidae. Smithsonian Contr. Zool. No 466: 1-99. 454 Chace, F. A. Jr., 1992. On the classification of the Caridea (Decapoda). Crustaceana 63 (1):70-80. Chace F.A.Jr., 1997. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907-1910, Part 7: Families Atyidae, Eugonatonotidae, Rhynchocinetidae, Bathypalaemonellidae, Processidae and Hippolytidae. Smithsonian Contr. Zool. No 587: 1-101. Chace, F. A. Jr. &A.J. Bruce, 1993. The caridean shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition 1907-1910, Part 6 Superfamily Palaemonidea. Smithsonian Contr. Zoo.No. 543: 1-152. Chace, F. A. Jr. & R. B. Manning, 1972. Two new caridean shrimps, one representing a new family, from marine pools on Ascension Island (Crustacea: Decapoda: Natantia). Smithsonian Contrib. No 131: 1-18. Chan ,T.Y., 1996.Crustacea Decapoda Crangonidae:revision of the three closely related genera Aegeon Agassiz,1846,Pontocaris Bate,1888 and Parapontocaris Alcock,1901.Mem.Mus.Nat.Hist.Natur.168,26:9-336 Chan, T. Y. & H. P. Yu, 1985, Studies on the shrimps of the genus Palaemon ( Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from Taiwan. Jour. Taiwan Mus. 8(1)114127. Chopra, B., 1923. Bopyrid isopods parasitic on Indian Decapoda Macrura. Rec. Indian Mus. Calcutta, 25: 411-550, figs. 1-32, pls. 11-21. Chopra,B.,1939.Some food prawns and crabs of India and their fisheries.Jour.Bombay Nat.Hist.Soc.41:221234 455 Chopra, B., 1943. Prawn Fisheries of India. Indian Sci.Congr. 30, pt. 2, Sect. 6, 5. Chopra, B. & K.K. Tiwari,1949. Decapoda Crustacea of the Patna State, Orissa. Rec. Ind. Mus.45: 213-224. Choy, S.C., 1983. On the freshwater palaemonid prawns from Fiji Island ( Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana 47(3):269-277. Christoffersen, M.L., 1987. Phylogenetic relationships of hippolytid genera, with an assignment of new families for the Crangonoidea and Alpheoidea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea). Cladistics 3: 348-362 Christoffersen, M.L., 1988. Genealogy and phylogenetic classification of the world Crangonidae ( Crustacea, Caridea), with a new species and a new record for the south western Atlantic. Reveta. Nordest. Biol. (6):43-57. Christoffersen, M.L., 1989a. Phylogeny and classification of the Pandaloidea (Crustacea, Caridea). Cladistics 5 :259-274. Christoffersen,M.l.,1989b.Bole.zoo.Univ.SaoPaulo,1 0:271-281 Christoffersen, M.L., 1990. A new superfamily classification of the Caridea ( Crustacea: Pleocyemata) based on the Phylogenetic pattern. Zeitchr. Zool. Syst. Evo. 28:94-106. Coutiere, H., 1897. Notes sur quelques Alpheides nouveaux ou peu connus rapports de Djibouti (Afrique oriental) Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, Vol. 3, No. 6: 233-236. 456 .. Coutiere, H., 1898. Note sur quelques Alpheides nouveaux de la collection du British Museum, Soc. Ent. France,1898:149-152. Coutiere, H., 1899. Les Alpehidae morpholgie extreme et interne, formes larvaires, bionomie. Ann. Sc. Nat. Zoo. Ser. 8,9: 1-560 Coutiere,H.,1900.Sur quelques Macroures des aux doucesdeMadagascar.Camp.Rend,Sean.Acad.Sc.(Paris),1 30:1266-1268 Coutiere,H.1901.Le Palaemonidae des douces Madagascar.Ann.Sc.nat.Zool.12(8):249-342 eaux Coutiere, H., 1902. Sur quelques especes neuvelles du genre Automate de Man. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) 8:337-342. Coutiere, H., 1903. Notes sur quelques Alpheidae des Maldives et Laquedives. Bull.Soc. Philo. Paris,ser.9,(2):72-90. Coutiere, H., 1905. Marine Crustacea, X.V Les Alpheidae. In Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes [J. Stanley Gardiner, Ed] 2 (4): 852-921, pl. 70-87, figs. 127-139. University Press, Cambridge [Vol. Dated 1906]. Coutiere, H., 1909. The American species of snapping shrimp of genus Synalpheus . U.S.Nat. Mus., Proc., 36 (1659):1-93, text figs. 1-54. Coutiere, H., 1910. Les crevettes a males dimorphs du genre Saron Bull. Soc. Philos., 10e ser., 2 no 2-3: 71-87, figs. 1-4. Coutiere, H., 1921. Les especes d‟ Alpheidae rapportees de 1‟ Oceans Indian par M.J. Stanley Gardiner. 457 Trans. Linn. Soc. London ser. 2 (Zool), 17, No.4: 413428, pls. 60-64. Cowles,R.P., 1914. Palaemons of the Philippine island. Philipp. Journ. Sci. Sect. D. 9:319-403, pl.2.fig.30. Crosnier, A., 1971. Sur quelques Crustances Decapodesoust africains novena ux rarement signales. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Natur 3e (9):569-595. Crosnier, A., 1987. Oplophoridae (Crustacea Decapoda) recoltes de 1971a 1982 par les navires francais dans 1‟ ocean Indien occidental sud. Bull. Mus. Natn. hist Nat Sect. A. Zool. Biol. ECOL Anim. 9(3)1987: 695-726. Crosnier, A., 1988a. Les Eupasiphae (Crustacea Decapoda Pasiphaeidae) du Sud-ouest de 1‟ Ocean Indien. Description d‟ E. paucidentata sp. nov. Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. nat. sect. A. Zool. Biol. ECOL. Anim. 10. (4): 785-797. Crosnier,A.1988b.Bull.MNHN 4,ser.10:57-103 Crosnier,A. & J. Forest, 1965. Remarques sur quelques especes ouest-africaries de‟ Alpheidae (Decapoda Macrura) Description d‟ Alpheus blachei sp.nov.Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, (2), 36 (3): 355-367 Crosnier,A.&J.Forest,1966.Crustacesdecapodes:Al pheidae.In:Campagne de la Calypso dans leGolfe de Guinee at ……CapVert(1959),part19.Ann.Inst.Ocean.,Monaco,44:19 9-314 Crosnier,A. & J. Forest, 1973. Les crevettes profondes de 1‟ Atlantique oriental tropical. Faune Tropicale (Cah. De l‟ office de la Reach. SC. Tech. Outre Mer) No 19, pp 409.. 458 Dakin, W. J. & A.N. Colefax, 1940. The plankton of the Australian Coastal water of New South Wales I. Pub. Uni. Sydney. Dep‟t. Zool. Mono1. pp215 Dana, J.D., 1852a. Conspectus, Crustaceorum etc. of the Crustacea of the Exploring Expedition under Capt.C.Wilkes, U. S. N. Macroura. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc. 6: 6-28 (Proc. for 184). Dana, J.D., 1852b. Crustacea, Part I. In United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1938, 1939,1840,1841,1842 under the command of Charles Wikes. U.S.N 13,pp685. Dardeau, M.R. & R.W. Heard, Jr., 1983. Crangonid shrimp (Crustacea, Caridea) with description of a new species of Pontocaris. Mem. Hourglass Cr. VI (11): 1-39. Debelius, H., 1984. Armoured Knights of the sea. Essen Germany: Kernen Verlag De Bryun, M., J.C. Wilson & P. B. Mather, 2004. Huxley‟s Line demarcates extensive genetic divergence between eastern and western form of the giant freshwater prawn Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Mol. Phy. Evo. 30:251257. De Grave, S. ,2007. Notes on some shrimp species (Decapoda: Caridea) from the Persian Gulf. Ann. Anatur. Mus, Wien 108b:145-152. De Haan, W. 1833-1850. Crustacea.In:P.F.vonSiebold,…..illustravit.i-xxxi,ix-xvi,1243 De Man,J.G.,1879.On some species of the genus Palaemon Fabr. With descriptions of two new forms.Notes Roy.Zool.Mus.Netherland at Leyden,1(41):155-184 459 De Man,J.G.,1881.Carcinological studies in the Leyden Museum No.1.Notes from the Leyden Museum,3:121-144 De Man, J. G., 1888. Reports on the Podopthalmous Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Linn. Soc., London, Jour. 22: 1-312, pls.1-19 De Man,J.G.,1892.Decapoden des Indeschen Archipels.In:Weber,Zool.Erg. Reise.Niederlandisch OstIndien,2:265-527 De Man, J. G., 1902. Die von Hern Professor Kukenthal in Indischen Archipel Gesammelten Dekapoden und stomatopoden. In: Kukenthal Ergebnisse. De Man, J. G., 1906. Diagnoses of five new species of decapod Crustacea of the hitherto unknown male of Spirontocaris rectirostris (Stmps) from the inland sea of Japan and also a new species of Palaemon from Darjeeling. Bengal. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 17:400-406. De Man, J. G., 1909.Diagnoses of new species of macrurous decapods Crustacea from the SibogaExpedition.Tij.Neder.Dier.Veree.ser.2,11(2):99-125 De Man, J. G., 1911. The Decapoda of the Siboga expedition Part II, family Alpheidae. In Siboga-Expeditie. 39a‟ (2):133-327 [Liver 60], 1915, supplement [plates and Explanations]. De Man,J.G.,1916.Diagnosis of new species of macrurous decapod Crustacea from the Siboga-Exp.Zool. Med.Uit.Van.RijksMus.Natuur.Hist.2:147-151. De Man, J. G., 1920. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition, IV. Families Pasiphaeidae, Stylophoridae, Nematocarcinidae, Thalassocaridae, Pandalidae,, 460 Psalidopodidae, Gnathophyllidae, Processidae, Glyphocrangonidae and Crangonidae. Siboga Exped. Mon. 39 (a-3) : 1-318 pls. 1-25. De Man,J.G.,1922.The Decapoda of the Siboga Exp.partv.On a collectionof macrurous decapod Crustaea of the Siboga Expedition,chiefly Penaeidae and Alpheidae.Siboga Expeditie 39a4:1-51 De Man, J. G., 1929. On a small collection of Decapoda, one of which a Crangon, Caught by the Danish Pacific Expedition at the Jolo Islands in new to Science. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen‟s Pacific Expedition 19141916, L. Vidensk. Med. Naturh. Foren. Kbh. 87, pp: 105134, figs.1-9. Denitto.,F.,S.Moscatello&G.Belmonte,2009.Occurre nce and distribution of Palaeomon shrimps spp in a shallow submarine cave environment:a case study.Marine Ecology 30:416-424 Dholakia, A., 2004. Fisheries and Aquatic Resources of India. Day Publishing House, Delhi. pp 413. Dore, I. & C. Frimboldt, 1987. An illustrated guide to shrimp of the world-an Osprey Book. pp229. Dudekem Dacoz,1999.Invertain at distribution des crustaces decapodes de Atlantique nord Oriental,de la Mediterranean et des eaux continentals adjacentes du nord de 25oN.Pat.nat.(MNHN/s.PN)40:1-383 Dutt, S. & K. Ravindranath, 1974. Notes on abormal shrimps and prawns. Curr. Sc. 43(21): 684-685. Dutt, S. & K. Ravindranath, 1976. Changes in the relative growth rates of the inner pair of telson spines and the spinous end of telson in three species of 461 Macrobrachium Bate (Decapoda Custaceana 31(3):296-300. Palaemonidae). Dworschak, P.C., A. Anker & D. Abed- Navandi, 2000. A new genus and three new species of alpheid (Decapoda: Caridea) associated with thalassinids. Die. Ann. Natur. Mus. Wien. 12013:301-320. Edmondson, C. H., 1930. New Hawaiian Crustacea. Bernice. P. Bishop Mus. Occas. Pap. 9(10): 3-18. Fabricius, J. C., 1798. Supplementum Entomologia Systematicae Hafniae pp:572. Felgenhauer, B.E. & L.G.Abele, 1983. Phylogenetic relationships among shrimp-like decapods In: crustacean Phylogeny. Ed. F.R. Schram: 291-311. A.A. Balkema Fielder,G.C.&A.L.Rhye,R.Segawa, Aotsuka&N.Schiz,2010. T. Fisher, L.R. & E. H.Goldie, 1961. New record for two deep-sea decapods. Crustaceana, 2: 78-79. Forest, J., 1977. Bull. Mus .Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris (3)Zool 332:869-888. Forskal, P.1775. Descriptions Animalium, Avium, Amphibioum, Piscium, Insectorum, Vermium 19+164pp. Havniae Foxton, P., 1970. The vertical distribution of pelagic decapods (Crustacea: Natantia) collected on the SOND cruise, 1965. 1. Caridea. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. Uk (49): 939960. Foxton, P., 1971/2. Observation on the vertical distribution of the genus Acanthephyra ( Crustacea: Decapoda) in the eastern Atlantic with particular reference 462 to species of the ( purpurea) group. Proc. R.S. E. (B), 73,30:301-313. Fransen, C.H. J.M. ,1994. Marine Palaemonid shrimps of the Netherlands Seychelles Expedition 19921993. Zool. Verh. Leiden. 297: 85-152. Fujino, T. & S. Miyake, 1970. Caridean and Stenopodidean shrimps from the east China and the Yellow Seas ( Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia). Jour. Fac. Agri. 16 93): 237-312. George M. J. & K. C. George, 1964. On the occurrence of the caridean prawn Thalssocaris lucida (Dana) in the Stomach of Neothunnus macropterus (Temminck & Schlegel) from the Arabian sea. Jour. Mar. Bio. Ass. India 61:171-172. George M.J. & P.V Rao, 1966. On some Decapod Crustaceans from the south west coast of India. Symp. Crust. Mar. Bio. Ass. India part 1: 327-336. Ghani, N.,1999. Palaemon sewelli (Kemp, 1925) An addition to caridean fauna of Pakistan (Northern Arabian Sea). Pakistan Jour. Mar. Biol. 5(2): 161-163. Ghani, N. & N.M. Tirmizi, 1991. Range extension of a Hippolytid shrimp (Decapoda, Caridea) Latreutes mucronatus (Stimpson, 1860) in Pakistani waters, northern Arabian Sea. Crustaceana 61(3):320-322. Ghauri, A. A., 1979. Stylocerite in Palaemon malcomsonii. Biologia, 25 (1-2): 1. Ghazi, R. R., S. M. H. Naqvi & M.J. Watoo, 2006. Polycuture of freshwater prawn Marcobrachium malcolmsoni with Indian Major and Chinese carps at farmers pond in Pakistan. Abstract 26th Pakistan Cong. Zoo. FEWFM 26 463 Ghory, F. S. & F. A. Siddiqui, 2001. Advance development stages of Synalpheus tumidomanus (Paulson, 1875) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Alpheidae) reared under laboratory conditions. Pakistan Jour. Mar. Sci. 10(2): 113-127. Ghory, F. S. & F. A. Siddiqui & Q.B. Kazmi, 2008. Complete larval development of Saron marmoratus ( Olivier, 1811) reared under laboratory conditions ( Crustacea, Decapoda, Hippolytidae). FEWFM 36 abstract 28th Pakistan Cogr. Zoo. Ghory, F. S. , Q.B. Kazmi& F. A. Siddiqui, 2009. Advance developmental stages of Synalpheus coutieri (Crustacea, Decapoda). Abstract 29 Pakistan Cong. Zoology. Gillett. K. & J .Yaldwyn, 1969. Australian sea shore in colour p112. Gordon, I., 1930. African freshwater prawns of the species Caridina nilotica (Roux) with special reference to Nile basin. Proc. Zool. Soc.111:37-48 Gordon.I.,1935.On new or imperfectly known species of Crustacea Macrura.Jour.Linn.Soc.,Zool.,39:307351 Gorgin, S., 1996. The first record of two species of freshwater shrimps ( Decapoda, Caridea, Atyidae) from Iran. Crustaceana 96(5):662-668. Grabe S.A. & D.C. Lees,995. Macrozooplankton studies in Kuwait Bay (Arabian Gulf). III Distribution and composition of larval peleocyemate decapod Crustacea. Jour. Plank. Res. 17(5): 955-963. 464 Gravely, F. H., 1927. Crustacea in the littoral fauna of Kursadai Island in the Gulf of Manaar. Bull. Madras. Govt. Mus. 1 (1) pp 137. Guerin – Meneville. F.E., 1829-1838. Crustaces, Arachnides et Insectes. In L.J. Duperrey, Voyage autour du monde, execute par ordre du Roi, surla corvette de Sa Majeste, La Coquille, Pendant lesannees 1822,1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie 2, sect. 1): 1-47 (Crustaces), 48-319 (Arachnides et Insectes); plates 1-5 (Crustaces), 1-21 (Insects). Paris: Gurney, R., 1937. Notes on some decapd crustacean from the Red Sea. 1. The genus Processa.Proc. Zoo. Soc. Lon. 1937: 85-101. Halwart, M. & M.V. Gupta(Eds), 2004. Culture of fish in rice fields. FAO. pp77. Han,Q.&X.Li&T.Y.Chan,2007.On the Crangonidae (Crustacea:Decapoda:Caridea) of the Philippines from the Panglao 2004 and Panglao 2005 Expedition.Raff.Bull.Zool. 2007 Suppl.16:7-14 Han, Q. & X. Li, 2008. Records of the crangonid shrimp genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) from Chinese waters with notes on biology of P. pennata Bate, 1888. Zootaxa 1807:47-62. Hanamura Y., 1983. Pelagic shrimps (Penaeidea and Caridea) from Baja California and its adjacent region with description of a new species. Bull. Biogeo. Soc Japan 38(8): 51-85. Hanamura Y. & D. R. Evans, 1994. Deep watercaridean shrimps of the families Oplophoridae and Pasiphaeidae (Crustacea: Decapoda) from Western 465 Australia, with an appendix on lophogasridan mysid (Mysidacea). Crust. Res. 23: 46-60. Hanamura Y. & M., Takeda, 1987. Family Pandalidae (Crustacea :Decapoda Caridea) collected by RV “SOELA” from the north west Australian shelf. Rep Bull. Nat. Sc. Mus. Ser. A (Zool) 13 (3) :103- 121. Hart, C.W. Jr. & R. B. Manning,1986. Two new shrimps (Procarididae and Agostocarididae, new family) from marine caves of the western north Atlantic. Jour. Crust. Bio. 2 :408-416. Haswell,W.A., 1862. Catalogue of Australian stalk and sessile-eyed crustacea. pp-xxiv+ 1-324. Hay,W. & C. A. Shore, 1918. The decapod crustaceans of Beaufort N.C. and the surrounding region Bull.U.S. Bur. Fish, 35:369-476 Hayashi, K-I., 1975. The Indo West Pacific Processidae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea). Rep. Jour. Shimonoseki Uni. Fish. 24(1): 47-145. Hayashi, K-I., 1979. Studies on hippolytid shrimps from Japan- VII. The genus Heptacarpus Holmes .Rep. Jour. Shimonoseki Uni. Fish. 28(1): 11-32. Hayashi, K-I.,1982. The central pacific shrimps of the genus Hippolyte with a Description of two new species(Decapoda, Caridea, Hippolytidae). Pac. Sci., 35 (3):185-196, figs. 1-6. Hayashi,K-I.,1986.Penaeidea and and Caridea.In:K.Baba,K-I Hayashi&M.Toriyama(eds).Decapod crustaceans from continental shelf and slope around Japan.Tokyo pp336: 466 Hayashi, K-I.,1995. Brief revision of the genus Leptochela with description of two new species (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pasiphaeidae). In: Richer de Forges (ED). Etudes & Theses 2 ORSTOM: 83-99. Hayashi, K-I.,1999. Family Palaemonidae, subfamily Palaemoninae. Genera Leander and Palaemon (1) prawns, shrimps and lobsters from Japan Jour. Aquabiology, Tokyo 21 (6): 522-526. Hayashi,K-I.,2006.Revision of the Pasiphaea alcocki species group(Crustacea,Decapoda,Pasiphaedae).Mem.Mus.Nat.1 93:193-246 Hayashi, K-I. & S. Miyake, 1968a. Studies on the hippolytid shrimps from Japan, V. Hippolytid fauna of the sea around the Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory. Journ. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 6 (1):121-163, figs. 1-17. Hayashi, K-I & S. Miyake, 1968b. Three caridean shrimp associated with medusa from Tanabe Bay, Japan, Publ., Seto, Mar., Lab., 16:11-19,figs.1-4. Hedgecock, D. D. J. Stelmach, K. Nelson, M.E. Lindenenfelser & S.R. Malecha, 1979. Genetic divergence and biogeography of natural populations of Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Proc world Mar. cult. Soc. 10: 873-879. Heller,C.,1861.Synopsis de rim rothen mere verkomenden Crustaceen.Verhand.Kaiser.Konig.Zool.botan.Gesell,Wien,11:3-32 Heller,C. ,1862a. Beitrage zur crustacean fauna des Rothen Meeres. Sbr. Akkad. Wiss. Wien. 44(2) :241295. Heller,C. ,1862b. Neue crustacean gesamelt wahrendder weltumseglung der k.k.Fregate Novara:zw.vor. 467 Bericht.Verhand.Kaiser-konig.Zool-bot. geseii.Wien,12:519-5286. Heller.C. ,1865. Crustacea In Reise der Osterreishischen Fregatle Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter en Befehlen des commodore B. von Wullerstorf- Urbair Zool- Theil 2 (3):1280. Henderson, J.R., 1893. A contribution to Indian carcinology. Trans Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 5(2): 325-458. Henderson, J.R., & G. Matthai, 1910. On certain species of Palaemon from South India. Rec. Indian Mus. 5:277-305. Herbst,J.F.W.,1791-1796.Versuch einer natugeschichte der Krabben und krebs nebst einer systematischen beschreibung ihrer verschiedenen Arten,2 pp125 Herring, P.J., 1976. Bioluminescence in decapod crustacean. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K 56: 1029-1047. Herring, P.J., 1985. Biolumiscence Crustacea. Jour. Crust. Bio. 5 (4): 557-573. in the Hida, T.S. & W.T.Pereyra, 1966. Results of bottom trawling in Indian Seas by R/V Anton Brunn in 1963. Proc. Indopacific fish Council 11(11):156-171. Hilgendorf,F.,1878.K.Akad.Wiss.,Berlin,Monats:832 Hilgendorf,F.,1879.Die von Hrn.W.Peters iiin Mocambique gesammelten Crustaceen.Monat. ker Konig. Preus.Akad.Wissen.1878:782-852. Hilgendorf, F., 1898. Die land-und susswasserDekapoden ostafrikas. Deutch-ost Afrika 4(7): 1-37. 468 Hogarth, P.J., 1987. The marine Crustacea of Dhofar, southern Oman. Jour. Oman Stud. 10: 99-124. Holthuis, L.B., 1947. The Hippolytidae and Rhynchocinetidae Collected by Siboga and Snellius Expeditions with remarks on other species. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Part. IX. Siboga Exped., mem.39 a8: 1-100, figs. 1-15. Holthuis, L.B., 1950. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedtions, Part X. The Palaemonidae collected by the Siboga and Snellius Expeditions with remarks on other species. I Sub-family Palamoninae. Siboga Exped. Mon.39a9: 1-268, figs. 1-52. Holthuis, L.B., 1952. The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition, Part. XI. The Palaemonidae collected by the Siboga and Snellius Expeditions with remarks on other species. II. Sub-family Pontoniinae. Siboga Exped., Monograph 39a10, 253 pages 110. Figs.1 table. Holthuis, L.B., 1953. Enumeration of the Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacean from Pacific Coral island. Atoll, Res. Bull.24:1-66,2maps. Holthuis, L.B., 1955. The recent Genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean shrimps (Class Crustacea,Order Decapoda,Super-Section Natantia) with Keys for their Determination. Zool Verha, Leiden No 26,pp 157, 105 figures. Holthuis, L.B., 1958. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Red Sea No.8 Crustacea, Decapoda from the Northern Red Sea (Gulf of Aqaba and Sinai Peninsula). 1 Macrura. Bull. Sea. Fish. Res. St., Haifa, Israel, No 17:140, figs. 1-15. 469 Holthuis, L.B., 1965. The Atyide of Madagascar. Mem. Mus. Nat. D. Hist. Nature Ser.A. XXXIII. Fas: 1:1-48. Holthuis, L.B., 1980. Shrimps and prawns of the world. An annotated catalog of species of interest to fisheries. FAO. Fish-synop. 125(1) pp261. Holthuis, L.B., 1986a. Some Pontoninae (Crustacea: Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from southern Oman. Zool. Med. Rijk. nature. Leiden 60 (17): 263-272. Holthuis,L.B.,1986b.A new genus and species of subterranean shrimp from western Australia (Crustacea:Decapoda:Atyidae).Zoo.Med.Uitg. door Rijks. Natuur. Hist.Leiden,60(70:103-111 Holthuis, L.B., 1993. The recent genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda) with an appendix on the order Amphionidacea (eds. C.H. J.M. Fransen & C. van Achterberg). Nat. Nature Mus. III with index pp328. Holthuis,L.B.,1995.Notes on Indowest Decapoda ii-ix.Zoo.Med.Leiden 69(13):139-151 Pacific Holthuis, L.B., 2000. Nomenclature and taxonomy. In; New, M.B. and W.C.Valenti (Eds). Freshwater prawn culture. The farming of Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Blackwell science, UK:12-17. Holthuis, L.B. & E.Gottlieb, 1958. An annotated list of Decapod Crustacea of the Mediterranean coast of Israel, with an appendix listing the Decapod of the eastern Mediterranean. Bull. Res. Council of Israel, 7 (B): 1-26, text figs. 1-15,pls. 1-3. Holthuis, L.B. & J.C. Miquel, 1983. FAO species identification sheets for fishery purpose, western Indian 470 Ocean (Eds. Fischer W. & G. Bianchi) (Fishing Area 51) 1 (Shrimps and prawns, unpaginated). Holthuis, L.B. & H. Rosa.Jr.,1965. List of species of shrimps and prawns of economic value, F.A.O., Fisheries Technical paper No. 52: 1-21. Hung, M. S., T.Y. Chan & H. P. Yu, 1993. Atyid shrimps ( Decapoda, Caridea of Taiwan, with descriptions of three new species. Jour. Crust. Bio .13:481-503. Husain, Z., 1973. Fish and fisheries of the lower Indus Basin (1966-67). Jour Agri. Coun cXXIV 3&4: 297322. Hussain,S.,2007.Issues of low fish production in open man-made reservoirs.Proc.Intl.cnof. solv .promb. fresh water fish farm.Pakistan,20006. (Bhatti,Qureshi,Khan,Rehman&Rasool edts):133-138 Hussein, M. A. & A. H. Obuid-Allah, 1992. Redescription of the freshwater prawn Caridina nilotica nilotica (Crustacea, Decapoda, Atyidae) collected from Egypt. 1. External features. Jour. Egypt- Germany Society. Zoo. Inv. Par. 9:121-142. Hwang, J.J. & H. P. Yu, 1982, Studies on the fresh water shrimps of the genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidea) from Taiwan. In Chinese: 157180. Jagadisha, K. & K.N. Sankolli, 1977a. Laboratory culture of the prawn Palaemon (Palaender) semmelinkii (de Man) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) .Proc. Symp. Warm water zooplankton, UNESCO/ NIO: 619-633. Jagadisha, K. & K.N. Sankolli, 1977b. Larvae of the processed shrimp Processa barnardi Hayashi (Crustacea, 471 Decapoda) cultured in the laboratory. Proc. Symp. Warm. Water. Zoo. Goa:601-633. Jagadisha, K.,S.Shenoy &K.Sankolli,2000. Development of a Crangonid shrimp Philocheras parvirostris from Karwar,west coast of India. In: the biodiversity crisis and the Crustacea. Proc. of fourth Intl.Conf.Crustacea 1998,crustacean issue,vol 2:577592(Klein & Schram eds) Jalihal, D.R., K.N. Sankolli & S. Shenoy, 1993. Evolution and larval development patterns and process of freshwaterization in the prawn genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868 (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Proc. 1st Eur. Crust. Conf. 1992 Crustaceana, 65(3): 365-376. Jalihal, D.R., S. Shenoy & K.N. Sankolli, 1984. Five new species of freshwater atyid shrimps of the genus Caridina H. Milne Edwards from Dharwar area (Karnataka state, India). Rec. Zoo. Surv. India. Misc. Pub. Occ. Pap. No. 69: 1-40. Jalihal, D.R., S. Shenoy & K.N. Sankolli, 1988. Fresh water prawns of the genus Macrobrachium from Karnataka, India. Occ. Pap. 112. Rec. Zoo. Sur:1-74. Jayachandran, K.V.,1992. On the genus Leptocarpus Holthuis 1950 with the description of a new species (Decapoda Palaemonidae). Mahasagar 25(2): 129-134. Jayachandran, K.V., 2001. Palaeomonid prawns. Biodiversity, Taxonomy, Biology and Management. Science Publishers, Inc. pp.624. Jayachandran, K.V. & N. I. Joseph, 1985. One new subspecies of Macrobrachium idella (Decapoda, 472 Palaemonidae) from the south west coast of India. A. Q. Bio V: 130-133. John, M.C., 1957. Bionomics and life history of Macrobrachium rosenbergii (De Man). Bull. Cent. Res. Inst. Univ. Travancore 5: 93-102. Johnson,D.S.,1960.Sub-specific and infra –specific variation in some freshwater prawns of the Indo –Pacific region.Abstr.Pap.Cent.Bicent congr.Univ.Malaya:259-267 Johnson, D. S., 1961. Notes on the freshwater crustaceans of the Malaya. The Atyidae. Bull. Raff. Mus. Singapore. 26:120-153. Johnson, D. S., 1962. A synopsis of the Decapoda Caridea and Stenopodidea of Singapore with Notes on their Distribution and key to the Genera of Caridea occurring in Malayan Water. Bull. Nat. Mus, Singapore, 3:44-79, 1 plate. Johnson, D. S., 1966b. Aspects of biogeography of Malaysian marine Decapoda. Symp. Crust. Part1 Mar. Bio. Ass. India. 434-442. Johnson, D. S., 1973. Notes on some species of the genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae). Jour. Sing. Nat. Acad.Sc.3: 237-291. Johnson, D.S. & M.Liang,1966. On the biology of the watchman prawn Anchistus custos (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae), an Indo west Pacific Commensal of the bivalve Pinna.Jour. Zoo. London150: 433-455. Jones, S. 1967. The crustacean fishery resources of India. Symp. Ser. Mar. Bio Assoc. India 2(4):1328-1340 473 Kagwade, P.V., 1982. The hermaphrodite prawn Hippolysmata ensirostris Kemp. Indian Jour. Fish 28: 189-194. Karim, S.I. & H. Rehman, 1974. One some carides of Karachi coast. Rec. Zool. Surv. Pakistan VI (1&2):25-28. Karplus,I.1987.The association between gobiid fishes and burrowing Alpheid shrimp.Ocean &Mar. Biol.25Barnse(ed):458-508 Kazmi, A.H., 1984. Geology of the Indus delta. In: Marine geology and Oceanography of Arabian Sea and coastal Pakistan (B. U. Haq & J.D. Milliman Eds): 71-84. Kazmi, M.A.,1971a. A note on Acanthephyra eximia Smith a rare deep sea prawn. Jour. Sci. Karachi University 1(1): 1-17: 169-174, figs 1-3. Kazmi, M.A.,1971b. A note on Latereutes anoplonyx Kemp (Decapoda, Caridea). Agri Pakistan xx 11: 417-422. Kazmi, M.A.,1972. Taxanomy and morphology of some marine carides of Pakistan, unpublished PhD Thesis. Zoo. Dep. Kazmi, M.A., 1974. Salmoneus brevirostris (Edmondson) (Decapoda, Caridae) from the Indian Ocean. Crustaceana 27 (3):310-312. Kazmi M. A., 1975. Potential commercial Caridean species of Pakistan. Chamber of Commerce and Industries, Pakistan Publication: 1-4, figs. 1-3. Kazmi, M.A.,1982. Alpheus zulfaquiri. A new species of genus Alpheus (Decapoda. Caridea) from Karachi water. Kar. Univ. Jour. Sc. 10 (1 & 2): 137-140. 474 Kazmi, M.A., 2007. Prospects of Palaemonids farming in Pakistan. In: Proc. Inter. Conf. on solving problems of fresh water fish farming in Pakistan: 127. Kazmi, M.A., S. R. Haider & A.A. Zuberi, 1973. Geographical distribution of Automate gardineri Coutiere (Alpheidae, Caridea). Agr. Pak. XXIV (3+4): 287-290. Kazmi, M. A., Q. (Bashir) Kazmi, & W.M.Qureshi, 1975. Periclimenes (Harpilius) seychellensis Borradaile (Palaemonidae, Caridea, Decapoda) from northern Arabian Sea. Jour. Agri. Pakistan. XXX (1):105-112. Kazmi, M.A. & Q.B. Kazmi, 1979. A checklist of marine caridean prawns of Pakistan. Biologia 25 (1+2): 151-157. Kazmi, M.A. & Q.B. Kazmi, 2006. A new species of genus Macrobrachium (Palaemonidae, Caridea). 26th Pakistan Congr. Zoo. Abstract: 128. Kazmi, M.A. & W. M. Quershi, 1974. Occurrence of Periclimenes (Harpilius) elegans (Paulson, 1875) from northern Arabian Sea. Agri. Pakistan XXV (3): 197-244. Kazmi, Q. B., 1996a. New additions in MRC. MRC Newsletter 1:1 Kazmi, Q. B., 1996b. Note on parasitized hippolytid caridean Saron marmoratus (Crustacea: Decapoda). MRC Newsletter 5(4): 4. Kazmi, Q.B., 2003. Taxonomic studies of Crustaceans in Pakistan: GTI in Asia. Res. Rep. Nat. Ins. Env. Stud. Japan (175): 230-246. Kazmi, Q. (Bashir) & M.A.Kazmi, 1973. Fresh record of Processa edulis crassipes Nouvel & Holthuis 475 (Caridea, Processidae) from the Indian Ocean. J.Sci. Uni. Karachi:: (1+2): 51-54. Kazmi, Q.B., & M. A. Kazmi, 1989. Crustacean Fauna (Stomatopoda and Decapoda) of Manora Island Karachi Coast. “Zoologica” 1 (1): 45-63. Kazmi, Q.B. & M.A.Kazmi, 2002. A review of information upon shallow water palaemonid shrimps. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palamonidae) from Pakistan with comments on their distribution. Jour. Wild. & Fish 1(1): 1114. Kazmi, Q.B. & M.A. Kazmi, 2004. Shrimp and Crabs of the lower Indus. Proc. Nat. Sem. Env. Soc. Cult. Imp. Water scarcity in Sindh: 87-105. Kazmi, Q.B., & M. A. Kazmi, 2005. Nonpenaeid shrimp resources of Pakistan and their importance in the fisheries sector. Third symposium of fisheries. Abstract: 25. Kazmi, Q.B., M. A. Kazmi, 2009. New record of Leptocarpus potamiscus (Kemp, 1917) (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae) from Sindh waters. Abstract FEWFM 23, 29th Pakistan Cong. Zool. Kazmi, Q.B., M. A. Kazmi & I. Nayeem, 1990. Preliminary report on the planktonic caridean shrimps Leptochela collected from the sample of Dr. FridtjofNansen cruise No. 1 in the northern Arabian Sea. In: Proc. Pak. Cong. Zool. 10:323-327. Kazmi, Q.B., M. Schotte & F. Yousuf, 2002, An illustrated key to the Malacostraca ( Crustacea) of northern Arabian sea. Part 5 Isopoda. Pakistan. Jour. Mar.Sc. 11 (1&2) :47-116. Kazmi, Q.B., F.A.Siddiqui & M.A.Kazmi, 1991. Report on Macrobrachium equidens (Palaemoninae, 476 Crustacea) and its early developmental stages. 11th Pak. Cong. Zool. Abstract: 68. Kazmi, Q.B, F.A.Siddiqui & M.A.Kazmi, 2002. Range extension of Caridina weberi sumatrensis De Man 1892 (Decapoda, Caridea, Atyidae) to Sindh waters (Karachi, Pakistan). Turkish Jour. Zoo. 26: 43-46. Kazmi, Q.B. & R. Sultana,2008. Economics of shrimps and prawns of Pakistan. Proc. Fifth world congress of fisheries, Yokohama: 1-2. Kazmi, Q.B., R. Sultana & H. Khatoon, 2009. First report of the caridean shrimp Leandrites celebensis (de Man, 1881) from Sindh waters. Pakistan Jour. Zoo. 41 (2):155-156. Kazmi, Q.B., R. Sultana & K. Nisa, 2007. Non penaeoid shrimps-prospective competitors for the penaeoid shrimps. Proc. Int. Conf. Solv. Problem fresh water fish farming in Pakistan : 17-28. Kazmi, Q.B., N.M.Tirmizi & M.A.Kazmi, 1991. Contribution to the knowledge of Synalpheus thai Banner & Banner (Decapoda: Caridea: Alpheidae) from the Arabian Sea. Crustaceana 60 (3): 322-324. Kellher, G., C. Bleakley & S. Wells, 1995. Global reprenstative system of marine protected areas III. Central Indian Ocean, Arabian Seas, East Africa, East Asian Seas. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, the World Bank and World Conservation Union (IUCN)pp.147. Kemp, S., 1906. The Marine Fauna of the coast of Ireland, Part VI, on the occurrence of the Genus Acanthephyra in deep water off the west coast of Ireland. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci., Invest. 1905, No.1:1-28, pls.1-2. 477 Kemp, S., 1912. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum XII. Rec. Indian Mus. VII: 113-121. Kemp, S., 1913. Crustacea Decapoda. Rec. Indian. Mus. 8: 305-318. Kemp, S., 1914. Hippolytidae. Notes on Crustacea, Decapoda in the Indian Museum V. Rec., Indian Mus., 10:81-129, pl. 1-7. Kemp, S., 1915. Crustacea Decapoda. Fauna of the Chilka Lake. Mem. Ind. Mus. 5: 199-325. Kemp, S., 1916a. Further Notes on Hippolytidae. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. VII. Rec. Indian Mus., 12:385-405, text figs. 1-5, pl.36. Kemp, S., 1916b. Indian Crangonidae. Notes on Crustacean Decapoda in the Indian Museum 6. Rec. Indian. Mus.12:355-384. Kemp, S., 1917. Leander styliferus Milne Edwards and related forms. Notes on Crustacea, Decapoda in the Indian Museum IX. Rec., Indian Mus. 13:203-231. Kemp, S., 1918. Crustacea Decapoda of the Inle lake basin. Rec. Indian Mus. 14: 81-102. Kemp, S., 1922. Pontoniinae. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. XV .Rec. Indian Mus., 24:113-288. figures 1-105,plates.3-9. Kemp, S., 1925. On various Caridea. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum XVII. Rec. Indian Mus. 27:249-343, figs.1-24. Kensley, B., 1969. Decapod Crustacea from South west Indian Ocean. Ann. S. Af. Mus. 52(7) :149-181. 478 Kensley, B., 1970. A small collection of decapod Crustacea from Mocambique. Ann. S. African Mus. 57(5): 103-122. Kensley,B.,1972.Shrimps and prawns of South Africa.pp65.CapeTown south African Museum Kensley, B., 1977. The South Africa Museum‟s Meiring Naude Cruises 5: Crustacea, Decapoda, Reptantia and Natantia. Ann. S. African Mus. 74:13-44. Kensley, B., 1981. On the zoogeography of southern African Decapod: Crustacea with distributional checklist of the species. Smithsonian Contri. Zoo. 338: 164. Kensley, B., 1983. Biogeographical relationship of some south African benthic crustacea. In: J. K. Lowry (Ed). Australian Mus. Mem. 18:173-181. Kensley, B. ,H.A. Tranter & D.J. G. Griffin, 1987. Deep water decapod Crustacea from Eastern Australia (Penaeidea and Caridea). Rec. Aus. Mus.39:263-331. Kewalramani, H. J., K.N. Sankolli & S. S. Shenoy, 1971. On the larval history of Macarobrachium malcolmsonii (H. Milne Edwards) in captivity. Jour. Indian Fish. Ass. 1(1): 1-25. Khanam, S. F., S. Khan & S. Ali, 1985. On the embryonic development of Macrobrachium dayanus (Henderson, 1893) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Bangladesh Jour. Zool. 13 (2):55-61 Khatoon, S.,1979. Certain freshwater crustaceans of Pakistan. Bull. Hydrobio. Res. (26, 27): 545-550. Khrushid,N. 2000. Pakistan‟s wetlands action plan. WWF/ NCCW, pp77. 479 Kikuchi, T., 1962. An ecological study on animal community of Zostera belt, in Tomioka Bay, Amakusa Kyushu, (11) community composition (2), Decapoda Crustaceans, Rec. Oceanogr., Works Japan, Spec. (6): 135-146. Kikuchi, T., 1968. A faunal list of Zostera marina belt in Tomioka Bay, Amakusa Kyushu. Publ. Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab. 1:163-192. Kim, W. & L. G. Abele, 1988. The snapping shrimp Genus Alpheus from the eastern Pacific (Decapoda: Caridea: Alpheidae). Smithsonian Contri. Zoo.No. 454:1119. King, M.G. & R. B. Moffit, 1984. The sexuality of tropical deepwater shrimps (Decapoda: Pandalidae). Jour. Crust. Biol. 4: 567-571. Koshy, M., 1973. Studies on the sexual dimorphism in the fresh water prawn Macrobrachium dayanus ( Henderson, 1893). ( Decapoda, Caridea) II. Crustaceana 24: 110-118. Komai, T. & B.G. Ivanov,2008. Identities of three taxa of the hippolytid shrimp genus Heptacarpus (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea), with description of a new species from east Asian waters. Zootaxa 1684:1-34 Komai, T. &M. Segonzac, 2003, A review of hydrothermal vent shrimp genus Mirocaris, redescription of M. fortunata ( Martin & Christiansen) and reassesment of the taxonomic status of the family Alvinocardidae (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) .Cah. Biol. Mar. 44:199215. 480 Kubo, I., 1940 . On some littoral Shrimps collected from Micronesia. Jour. Imp.Fish.Inst. 34 (1):77-99 Kubo,I.,1951.Some macrurous decapods Crustacea found in Japanese waters,with descriptions of four new species.Jour.Tokyo univ. Fish.,38(2):259-289. Kubo, I., 1955. On leptochelan shrimp in Japan. Bull. Biogeogr. Soci. Japan. 16-19:98-105. Kunju, M.M., 1955. Preliminary study on the biology of the palaeomonid prawn, Leander Styliferus Milne Edwards. Proc. Indo Pacific Fish Counc. 6(3):404-416. Kunju, M.M., 1979. Studies on the biology of Nematopalaemon tenuipes (Henderson) in the Bombay state. Indian J. Fish 26(1+2): 65-81. Kurian, C.V., 1954. Contribution to the study of the crustacean fauna of Travanacore, Bull. Cen. Res. Inst. University (C) 3(1):69-91. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sebastian, 1976. Prawns and Prawn fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Corporation pp280. Lenz, H.,1914. In: Lenz & Strunck- D. Sudpod Exp. XII:32. Lewinsohn, Ch. & B.S. Galil, 1982. Notes on species of Alpheus (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the Mediterranean coast of Israel. Quad. Lab. Tecnol. Pesca. 3 (2-5):207-210. Lewinsohn, Ch. & L.B. Holthuis, 1969. New records of Decapod Crustacea from the Mediterranean coast of Israel and the eastern Mediterranean. Zoo.Med. 40(8):4563 481 Li, X., 2000. Catalogue of the genera and species of Pontoninae Kingsley, 1878. Xueyuan Press: 319 pp. 408. Li, X., 2008.Report on some species of Palaemonidae(Crustacea,Decapoda) from French Polynesia.Zootaxa 30(1):203-214 . Li, X.,& A.J. Bruce,2006 Li, X., A.J. Bruce & R.B. Manning, 2004. Some palaemonid shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) from northern south China sea, with description of two new species. Raff. Bull. Zoo. 52 (2): 513-553. Ling, S.W., 1970. A review of the status and problem of coastal aquaculture. Indo-Pacific Fisheries council symposium on coastal Aquaculture, Bangkok Thailand 1-25 (T.V.R. Pillay ed) FAO. pp 497. Linnaeus,C..1758. Systema Naturae per RegnaTria Naturae,Scundum Classes,Ordines,Genera,Species,cum characteribus,differentiis synonymiis,locis,ed 10,vol 1,iii+824,Holmies Liu, J.Y., 1955. Economic shrimps and Prawns of Northern China I-iii,:1-73 pls.1-24, Mar. Bio. Inst. Acad. Sc. Peking. Liu, R., X. Liang & S. Yan, 1990. A study of Palamoninae (Crustacea, Decapoda) from China. Palaemon, Exopalaemon, Palaemonetes & Leptocarpus. Stud. Mar. Sinica 31: 229-265. Lone, K., 1983. Inland Fisheries and Aquaculture in Pakistan. A review -PARC. pp 62. Macnae, W. & H. Kalk, 1958. Natural history of Inhaca Island, Mocambique Johannesberg. 482 Mather, P.B. & M.de Bruyn, 2003. Genetic diversity in wild stock of the giant freshwater prawn (Macrobrachium rosenbergii): Implications for aquaculture and conservation. NAGA. World fish center quarterly 26 (4):4-7. Marin, I., 2006. Description of Crinotonia anastasiae new genus, new species, a new crinoid associated pontonine shrimp Crustacea: Caridea) from Nha Trang Bay, Vietnam with inclusion of Periclimenes attenuatus Bruce in the new genera. Raff. Bull. Zoo. 54(2):321-340. Martin J.W. & G.E. Davis, 2001. An updated classification of the recent Crustacea. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los. Ang. Contrib. Sci. no. 39 pp124. Mehr, S.Y., M.S. Mahoon & P.M. Saleem, 1988. Atyid shrimp from Wah (Punjab). Biologia 34(27): 1291302. Menon,M.K.,1937.Decapod larvae from the Madras Gov. Mus.(new ser.NHS),3(5):1-56. Menon, M. K. ,1938. On the larval stages of two species of Palaemon. Proc. Indian Acad. Sc. 88:288-294. Menon. M.K., 1954. On the paddy field from fishery of Travancore Cochin and an experiment in prawn culture. Proc. Indopacific Fish Coun.II. :1-5 Menon, P.G. & D.I. Williamson, 1971. Decapod Crustacea from the International Indian Ocean Expedition. The species of Thalassocaris (Caridea) and their larvae. J. Zoo. Lond. 165: 27-51. Miers. E.J., 1884. Crustacea. In: Report of the zoological collections made in the Indopacific Ocean 483 during the voyage pp.178:322,513,575. of HMS Alert, 1881-2 Milne-Edwards, H., 1837. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces Comprenant 1‟ anatomie la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux, Vol. 2, pp.1-532, atlas, pp. 1-32,pls.1-42. Milne, Edwards, H., 1836 -1844. Les Crustaces,pp 278 Milne, Edwards, H., 1844. Crustaces. Voyage danc Inde. par Victor Jacquemont pendant les Annees, 1828 @ 1832: description des collection 4 (2):1-9 Milne, Edwards, H., 1847. Jacquomont,Vol. 4.pt.2,:.8, altas, 2,pl.21. Voy Inde Mirza, M.R.,1989. Geographic distribution of fresh water fishes of Pakistan. A review. Punjab Univ. Jour. Zoo. 9: 93-108. Miya, Y., 1972. The Alpheidae (Crustacea : Decapoda) of Japan and its adjacent waters. Part1. Pub. Amakusa Mar. Bio L.P. 3(1): 23-101. Miya, Y., 1984. Alpheid shrimp from the Truks, Ponape and Majuro Atoll(Crustacea, Decapoda). Proc Jap, Soc. Syst. Zoo. 27:67-100. Miyadi, D., 1940. Marine benthic communities of the Tanabe-wan. Ann. Zoo. Japon. 19(2):136-148. Miyake,S. & T. Fujino, 1968. Pontoniid shrimps from the Palau Islands (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Jour. Fac. Agri. Kyushu University, 14:339-431, figs. 1-8, Table 1. 484 Miyake, S. & K.-I Hayashi, 1966. Some hippolytid shrimps living in coral reefs of the west Pacific. Jour. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ. 14(1):141-160, figs 1-10. Miyake, S. & K.-I. Hayashi, 1968. Studies on the hippolytid shrimps from Japan, III. Jour. Fac. Agri. Kyushi University 14(3): 374-378. Miyake,S. & Y. Miya, 1966. On a new species and a new record of Alpheid shrimp from Japan. Jour. Fac. Agri. Kyushu University 14(1): 133-141. Moffit,R.B.&F.A. Parrish,1992. Assessment of exploitable biomass of Heterocarpus in the main Hawaiian Island.Part 2.Observations from a submersible.Fish.Bull. US 90:476-482 Motoh, H. ,1975. A report on macruran decapoda from north western Arabian Gulf along the coast of Kuwait. KISR MABII VIII. 75:1-25. Naiyanetr, P., 1998. Checklist of Crustacean fauna in (Thailand Decapoda and Stomatopoda) Off. Env. Pol. Plan. Bangkock pp. 161. Naik, I.U., 1987. Fisheries development in WAPDA reservoirs. Pak. Seafood Digest. Nov: 7-10. Naik, I.U., 1994. Development of fisheries in man made lakes of Pakistan. Proc. Nat. Sem. Fish. Pol. Plan. MFD/UNDP/FAO:288-300. Nataraj, S., 1942. A note on the prawn fauna of Travancore. Cur. Sci. 11:468-469. Nath, 1937. Spermatogenesis of Palaemon lammerrei. Jour. Morph. 61:149. the prawn, 485 Nayeem I., M. A. Kazmi & Q. B. Kazmi, 1994. Rang extension of three species of Leptochela ( Decapoda: Caridea: Pasiphaeidae) into the Northern Arabian Sea. 14th Pak. Cong. Zool. Karachi. Ng,P.K.L.,1990.Freshwater crabs and prawns ofSingapore.Essays in Zoology-papers.Deptt.Zool.National Univ.Singapore:189-203. Ng, P.K.L., 1995. On a collection of freshwater decapod crustaceans from the Kinabatabgan River, Sabah, Malaysia, with description of three new species. Sabah Mus. Jour. 1(2): 73-92. Ng, P.K.L., 1997. The conservation status of fresh water prawns and crabs in Singapore with emphasis on the nature reserves. Proc. Nat. Res. Surv. Sem. Singapore 49: 267-272. Ngoc-Ho,1976.The larval development of the prawn Macrobrachium equidens and Macrobrachium sp(Decapoda Palaemonidae)reared in the laboratory.Jour.Zoo.London178:15-55 Nobili, G., 1899. Contribuzioni alla conoscenza della fauna Carciniologica del Papuasia, Della. Molucche del Australia. Annali del Museo civico distoria natural,Genova, 40:230-282. Nobili. G., 1900. Descrizione di un nuovo Palaemon di Giava –e- osservazioni sulla Callianassa turnerana Wh. Del Camerun Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed anatomoa comparata della R.Univ. Torina 15 (379):1-4. Nobili. G., 1903. Crostacei di Pondichery, Mahe Bombay etc. Boll. Mus. Zool. Ant. Comp. Torino, 18(455):1-39. 486 Nobili, G., 1906. Crustaces decapods et Stomatopodes. Mission J.Bonnier et-Ch. Peres (Golfe Persique 1901). Bull, Scienti. de la France, et de la Balqique, London, Paris, Berlin, 40:13-159, figures 1-3, plates 207. Noel, P., 1986. Crustaces Decapodes: Processidae de Indo-ouest-pacific. Mem. du Mus Nat. Hist. Ser. A.zool 133: 261-301. Okuno,J.2009.Cuapetes Clark,1919,a senior synonym of Kemponia Bruce, 2004 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Paleomonidae) Zootaxa, 2028:67-68 Olivier, A.C. 1811. Palaemon. Hist.nat., Vol.8,insects: 652-667. Encycle.meth. Omori, M., 1974. The biology of pelagic shrimps in the ocean. Adv. Mar. Biol. 12: 233-324. Omori, K, Y. Yanagisawa & N. Hori, 1994. Life history of caridean shrimp Periclimenes ornatus Bruce Associated with a sea anemone in South west Japan. Jour. Crust. Bio. 14 (1): 132-145. Ortmann,A.E.,1890.DieDecapoden-Krebsedes strassburger Museum, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. F.Syst. 5 (1): 437-542, pl.36. Ortmann,A.E.,1891.DieDecapoden-Krebse des ……formen,ii:Vers.rev. gatt.Palaemon sens.srict.und Bithynis.Zool.Jahr.Abth. Syst.Geog. and Biol.Thiere5:693750 Otrmann, A.E.,1894. Crustaceen: In: Semon, R.Zoologische Forshungreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel. Mit unter-sturtzung des Herrn.Dr.Paul Von Ritter Ausgefuhrt in den Jahren 189193,V.Denkschr. Med. Naturw. Ges. Jena 8: 3-80, pls. 1-3. 487 Otrmann, A.,1898.Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs(first ed )5(2):1122-1133 Pannikar, N.K., 1937. The prawn industry of the Malabar coast. Jour. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soc. 39: 343-353. Parisi, B.,1919. Decapodi giapponesi del Museo di Milano. VII Natantia Atti. , Soc.Ital. Sci. nat. 58:59-99, pls. 3-6. Patwardhan, S.S.,1937. The Indian Zoological memoirs on Indian animal types Palaemon (the Indian River prawn) (K.N.Bahl Ed). Lucknow publishing House pp VI +100. Paulson, O.,1875. Investigations on Crustacea of the Red Sea with Notes on Crustacea of Adjacent Seas, Part I. Podophthalmata and Edriophthalmata, (Cumacea) CIV + 144 pages, 21 plates. Pillai, N.N., 1955.Decapod larvae.Part1 ,in Pelagic CrustaceaofTravancore.Bull.Cent.Res.Inst.,Univ.Travancor e,4C(1):47-101. Pillai, N.N., 1973. Larval development and rearing of the brackish water shrimp Leptocarpus potamiscus (Kemp, 1917) (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 15 (2):669-684. Pillai, N.N., 1974. Larval development of Leandrites celebensis (de Man) ( Decapoda, Palaemonidae) reared in laboratory. Jour. Mar. Bio. Asso. Indian. Fish. 16 (3): 708720. Pillai, N.N., 1990. Observation on the breeding, larval development and taxonomic status of 488 Macrobrachium equidens (Dana, 1852). Indian Jour. Fish 37 (2): 151-153. Pillai, N.N. & K.H. Mohamed., 1973, Larval life history of Macrobrachium idella (Hilgendorf) reared in the Laboratory Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 15 (1): 359-385 ohla, G.W., 1992. Nothern extension of the deep sea shrimps Acanthephyra eximia, A. acutifrons and Ephyrina figurirai (Decapoda Oplophoridae). Crustaceana 62 (3) :234-239 Poupin, J., 1996. Atlas des Crustaces marins profonds de Polynesi Fracaise. Rec. nav. Marara (1986/1996). serv. Mix. Surv. Rad. et Bio. SMSRB. B. P. 2008. 19311 pp59. Prasad, R., 1969. Zooplankton biomass in the Arabian sea and the Bay of Bengal with a discussion on the fisheries of the regions. Proc. Nat. Sci. India. 35B (5):399-437. Qadri, M.A.H.,1960. Notes on fresh water and estuarine prawns and shrimps of Sindh. Proc. 4th Pan Ind. Ocean Sci. cong. Bio. Sc: 225-260. Qureshi ,M.R., 1956. Shrimps Fisheries of Pakistan, Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council Proc. 11,111: 359-362. Rafique, M., 2001. Fish Fauna of the Himalayas in Pakistan with comments on the origin and dispersal of its high Asian elements. Pakistan. Jour. Zoo. 33 (4): 279-288. Rafique, M., A. Mian & S. A. Amir., 2008. Comparative account of freshwater fish fauna of the lower Indus and the coastal rivers of Balochistan. Abstracts FWFM 37:120 28th Pakistan Congr. Zoo. Rai,H.S.,1933.The shell fisheries of the Bombay Presidency.ptll.Jour.BombayNat.Hist.soc.,36:884-897. 489 Rajyalakshmi,T.1961.Studies on the maturation breeding in some estuarine palaemonid prawns.Proc.Natl.Inst.Sc.India,27(B)4:179-18o Rajyalakshmi, T. & M. Randhir, 1969. The commercial prawn Macobrachium malcolmsonii (H.M.Edwards) of the river Godavary. A discussion on the trend and characteristics of the population during 19631966, F.A.O. Fisheries Reports. No.57, Vol.3; 589-1165. Rao, P.V.A.N.R, K.V. Rao, R.R. Krishna & P. Haribabu, 1992. Studies on the growth of two Macrobrachium spp. In monoculture. In: freshwater prawns (ed. E.G.Silas) Kerala Agriculture University India: 183186. Ramadan, M.M., 1936. Report on a collection of stomatopoda and decapoda from Ghardaga, Red sea. Bull. Fac. Sc. The Egyptian University 6: 1-43. Rathbun,M.J.,1902.Descriptions of new decapods crustaceans from the west coast of North America.Proc.USNM,24:884-905 Rathbun,M.J., 1906.The Brachyura and Macrura of Hawaiian island.Bull.USFC (1903),23:827-930. Richard,J.&M.R.Chandran,1994,A systematic report on the fresh water prawns of the Atyid genus Caridina H.Milne-Edwards,1837 from Madras. (TamilNadu).IndianJour.Bombay Nat.Hist.Soc.91:241- 261. Richard, J. & P. F. Clark, 2005. Caridina nilotica (R. Roux, 1833) (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea: Atyidae) from east Africa with description of 4 new species. Proc. Bio. Soci. Wasington, 118 (4):706-730. 490 Rios, R. & Carvachos, 1982. Caridean shrimps of the Gulf of California. 1. new record, with some remarks on Amphiamerican distribution. Proc. Sc.36 (4) :459-465. Roux J., 1919.SuBwasserdekekapoden von der Aruund kei Inseln.Senckenb.Naturf.Ges35:315-351 Roux,P.,1833.Lettre relative ,Crustaces,Insects,Reptiles et enEgypte.Ann.Sc. Natur.,28:72-78 a divers Coquilles Oiseaux,observes Rumphius., 1705. Amboin. Rariteitkam. ed.1:3. pl. 1, fig.B. Salman, S.D. & J. M. Bishop,1990. Exopalaemon styliferus (H. Milne Edwards, 1840) in the northern Arabian Gulf and the Inland waters of Iraq (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) .Crustaceana, 95: 281-288. Savigny,J.C.,1809. Crustaces. Decriptoin de I‟Egypt, ou recueil des observations et des recherches qui ont ete taites en Egypt pendant lexpedition de larmee francaise, atlas Crust., Pl. 1.13 Schmitt, W.L., 1939. Decapod and other Crusacea collected on the presidential cruise of 1938 (With introduction and station data) Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 98(6): 29pp. Schram, F. R., 1984. Relationships with in the Eumalacostracan Crustacea. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 20:301-312 Schram,F.R.,1986.Crustacea.Oxford Press,New York University 491 Seibt, U. & W.Wickler, 1979. The biological significance of the pair bond in shrimp Hymenocera picta. Z. Tierpsychol.50:166-179. Segonaz,M.,M.deSaint Laurent&B.Casanova,1993.Lenigme du compartement trophique des crevettes Alvinocarididae des sites hydrothermaux de la dorsal medioAtlantique.Cah.Biol.Mar.34:535-571 Shakoor, A.,1968. Freshwater prawn fishery of West Pakistan. Invest. Rep. No.II. Dept. of Fish. W. Pakistan: 1-9. Sharma, A. & B.R. Subba, 2005. General biology of freshwater prawn Macrobrachium lamarrei (H. Milne Edwards) of Biratnahnagar, Nepal our nature 3:31-41. Shenoy, S., D.R. Jalihal & K.N. Sankolli, 1993. Ecological diversity with refrence to aesthetascs in freshwater prawns. Proc.First. Crust. Conf. Crustaceana. 65(3):300Siddiqui, P.A.,1976. Freshwater fisheries of Sindh “Resources and conservation” Jour.Sc. 3 special number: 67-79. Siddiqui, P.A, I.U. Baqai, & M. Iqbal, 1973. Check list of fishes of Kinjhar (Kalri) lake with notes on environmental condition and fishery potentials. Ag.Pak. xx1v (2): 201-220. Siversten, E. & L. B. Holthuis., 1956. Report of the Michael Sars North Atlant. Deep. Sea. Exped, 1910 V (12): 1-53. Smaldon,G.,L.B.Holthius &C.H.J.M.Fransen,1993.Coastal shrimps and prawns.Key and notes for identification of the species.Linn.Soc.London 492 Smith, S.K.,1884. Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross Dredging off the East coast of United States in 1883. Ann. Rept. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for 1882-1884: 345-426, pls.1-10. Smith, S.K.,1886. Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross Dredings off the East coast of United States during the Summer and Autumn of 1884, Ann.Rept, Comm.Fish and Fisheries for 1885-1886,:605705,pls.1.20. Sollaud, E.,1923. Le developpment larvaire des Palaemoninae l. Partie descriptive. La condensation progressive de l/ ontogenese. Bull. Biol. Fr. Belg. 77:510603. Stearns, S.C., 1976. Life history tactics: A review of the ideas. Q. Rev. Biol. 51:3-47. Stebbing,T.R.,1914.South African Crustacea(part vii of S.A. Crustacea for the marine investigations in South Africa)Ann.S.Afri.Mus.15:1-53 Stebbing,T.R.R.,1923.Crustacea Natal.Un.S.Africa Fish &Mar.Bio.Surv.3:1-16 of Stimpson, W., 1860. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septen. Trionalem, a Republica Federata missa, C. Ringgold et J. Rodgers Ducibus, Observavit et descripsit. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1860:22-48. Strenth, N.E., 1976. A review of the systematic and zoogeography of the freshwater species of Palaemonetes Heller of north America (Crustacea: Decapoda). Smithsonian Cont.No 228: 1-26 493 Sunier,A.L.J.,1925.Twee Mededeelingeu over palaemoniden.TijdeNeder.Dierk.Veveen(2)19:115-117. Suvatti, C., 1937. A checklist of aquatic fauna in Siam (excludes fishes): 1-116. Takeda, M. & Y. Hanamura., 1994.Deep sea shrimps and lobsters from the Flores sea collected by the R-.V. Hakuho-Maru during KH-85-1Cruise. Bull.Nat.Sc.Mus.Ser.A(zoo),20(1):137 Tattersall, W.M., 1921. Report on the Stomatopoda and Macrurous Decapoda collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland in the Sudanese Red Sea by Walter M. Tattersal. D.Sc.Keeper of the Manchester Museum. Communicated by Prof. W.A.Herdman, F.R.S., and F.L.S.Linn. Soc., Zool, Journ.34 9229): 368-381, pls. 27, 28. Thallwitz, J., 1881. Uber einige neue IndoPacificsche Crustacean. (Voklaufige Mittheilung). Zool. Anz., 14,: 96-103. Thomas, M.M,1970. New records of four alpheid shrimps from the Indian waters:1-4. Thompson, J.R., 1967. Comments on phylogeny of section Caridea (Decapoda: Natantia) and the phylogenetic importance of the Oplophoroidea. Proc. Symp. Crust. Mar. Biol. Asso. India. 1: 314-326. Tirmizi, N.M., 1969. Eupasiphae gilesii (WoodMason), from the northern Arabian Sea (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana 16 (2):213-218. Tirmizi N.M., 1980a. Two caridean shrimps new to the northern Arabian sea (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana 39 (1): 107-110. 494 Tirmizi N.M., 1980b. Marine Crustacea (Decapoda and Stomatopoda) of Pakistan. Proc. 1st. Pak. Cong. Zoo.: 97-114. Tirmizi, N.M. & M.A.Kazmi, 1969. The occurrence of Alpheus inopinatus Holthuis & Gottlieb, 1958, in the Arabian Sea (Decapoda, Alpheidae). Crustaceana, Vol.16, Part I,:99-100.fig.1. Tirmizi, N.M.& M.A.Kazmi., 1971. Sexual Dimorphism in Saron marmoratus (Olivier) (Decapoda, Hippolytidae). Crustaceana, Vol.21, part 3,:283-293,figs.1-6. Tirmizi, N.M. & Q.B. Kazmi., 1982. Report of Anchistus custos (Decapoda, Caridea) (Forskal, 1775) in Pakistan waters (Arabian Sea). Pakistan Jour. Zool. 14(1): 115-117 Tirmizi, N.M & Q.B.Kazmi. 1984. A northern record for Hippolyte ventricosa H. Milne-Edwards, 1837 with a note on Palaemon pacificus (Stimpson, 1860) (Decapoda: Caridea). Crustaceana 46 (3):313-317. Tirmizi, N.M & Q.B. Kazmi. 1995. Note on Nematopalaemon tenuipes (Henderson, 1893) (Crustace: Palaemonidae) from the Pakistan coast of Arabian Sea. Pakistan Jour. of Mar. Sci. 4(1): 75-77 Titgen, R. H., 1982. The systematic and ecology of the decapods of Dubai and their zoogeographic relationship to the Arabian Gulf and the Western Indian Ocean. unpublished PhD. thesis. Titgen, R. H., 1991. Summary of Albert H. & Dora M. Banner contributions to the knowledge of the family Alpheidae (Decapoda: Caridea). Pac. Sc. 45(3): 232-245 495 Tiwari, K.K.,1949. On a new species of Palaemon from Banras with a note on Palaemon lanchesteri de Man. Rec. Ind. Mus. 45: 333-345 Tiwari K.K., 1951. Occurrence of the genus Atya Leach (Crustacea: Decapoda: Atyidae) in the Indian mainland. Curr. Sci. 20: 208. Tiwari K.K., 1952. II Diagnosis of new species and subspecies of the genus Palaemon Fabricius (Crustacea, Decapoda) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12 (V): 27-32. Tiwari, K.K.,1955. Distribution of Indo Burmese fresh water prawns of the genus Palaemon (Fabr) and its bearing on the Satpura hypothesis. Bull. Natn. Inst. Sci. India 7: 230-239. Tiwari, K.K, 1963. A note on freshwater prawn Macrabrachium altifrons (Handerson, 1893) Proc. Zool. Soc. Calcutta 16(2):225-236 Tufail, M. & S. Hashmi. 1965. A contribution to the biology and larval development of the pistol shrimp, Alpheus crassimanus. Pakistan Jour. Sci. Ind. Res. 7(4): 278-281. Van der Spoel, S., 1994, The basis for boundaries in pelagic biogeography. Prog. Ocean.34:121-133 Verashchaka, A.L., 1997. New family and superfamily for a deep sea Caridean Shrimp from the Galathea collection. Jour. Crust. Bio. 17 : 361-373. Von Vaupel Klein ,J.C.& F. R. Schram, 2000. The biodiversity crisis and Crustacea. Proc. Fourth. Int. Conf. Crustacea. 3(2)pp.848 496 Wabnitz, C., M. Taylor, E. Green & T. Razak. 2003. From ocean to aquarium. The global trade of ornamental species. UNEP. WCMC Cambridge, U.K Walker, T.M. & G.C.B. Poore, 2003. Rediagnosis of Palaemon and differentiation of southern Australian species (Crustacea: Decapoda Palaemonidae). Mem. Mus. Victoria 60(2): 243-256 Wicksten, M. K. & M.E. Hendricks, 1985. New record of Caridean shrimps in the gulf of California, Mexico. Proc. Bio. Soc. Washington. 98(3): 571-573. Wilder, M. J., 1979.A hand book of deepwater shrimp Trapping. 26pp. Agana Guam prepared through Pacific Basin environmental consulants for Guam economic Development Authority. Williams, A.B., 1984.Shrimps, lobsters and crabs of the Atlantic coast of eastern United states. Florida Smithsonian press. Williams, Austin B., Lawrence G. Abele, D. L. Felder, H. H. Hobbs, Jr., R. B. Manning, et al. Common and Scientific Names of Aquatic Invertebrates from the United States and Canada: Decapod Crustaceans ,American Fisheries Society Special Publication 17 Wood Mason, J., 1892. Illustrations of the Zoology of H.M. Indian Surveying Steamer “Investigator” under the command of commander A. Carpenter, R.N.D.S.O.,and of commander F.Hoskyn Crustacea, (1),pls.1-5. Wood-Mason, J. &.A. Alcock, 1892. Natural History notes from H.M.Indian Marine Survey steamer “Investigator Commander R.F.Hoskyn.R.N.commandingSeries II No.1.on the results of Deep sea Dredging during the season 1890-1891, Ann.Magn.Nat.Hist.Ser.6, Vol.II, No.62,: 161-172, pls.10-11,text figs.1-2. 497 Wowor, D. & S.C. Choy, 2001. The freshwater prawns of the genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from Brunei Darussalam. Raff. Bull. Zoo. 49(2): 269-289 Wowor, D. & P.K.L. Ng, 2007. The giant freshwater prawns of Macrobrachium rosenbergii species group, (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae). Raff. Bull. Zoo. 55 (2):321-336. Wyrkti, K., 1971. Oceanographic Atlas of International Ocean Expedition. Nat. Sc. Foun. Washington. Pp531 Xuan N. V. 1992. Review of Palaemonine (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) from Viet Nam Macrobachium excepted. Zoo. Med 66(1-15):19-43 Yang, H.J. & W.Kim, H.S.Ko, 2007. Redescription of Alpheus bisincisus de Hann, (Decapoda, Alpheidae) from Korea Jour. Fish. Sci. Tech. 10 (1):37-42 Yang, A.J. & H.S. Ko,2005. New record of Alpheus pacificus Dana (Decapoda: Alpheidae) from Korea. Jour. Fish Sci. Tech. 8(1):34-37 Yang, A.J. 2005. Larval development of Latreutes anoplonyx (Decapoda, Hippolytidae) reared in the laboratory. Jour. Crust. Bio. 25(3): 462-479 Yaqoob, M.1980. Rearing of an economic freshwater prawn, Macrobrachium lamarrei (H.M.Edwards) under laboratory conditions. Pakistan Jour. Agri. Res. Vol.1 No. 2: 139-142. Yaqoob, M.1984. Mithay Pani kay Jhingay. (In Urdu) PARC: 1-5. 498 Yaqoob, M.1986. Macrobrachium idae (Heller), a new record of fresh water prawn from Pakistan. Pakistan Jour. Sc. Indust. Res.29: 375. Yaqoob, M. 1987. Larval development of fresh water commercial prawn under laboratory conditions in Pakistan. Jour. Agr. Res. 8: 90-101 Yaqoob, M. 1991. Hachery and larval rearing technology of shrimps prawns. Prog. Farm 11(1): 122-126. Yaqoob, M. 1994. The aquaculture of fresh water prawn Macrobrachium malcolmsomii (Milne Edwards) at farmers level in Pakistan. Aqua & Fish Manag. 25: 355361. Yaqoob,M.,2001.Kotri barrage,a potential fresh water commercial prawn ,Macrobrachium malcolmsoni seed collection centre Abstract,Symposium untapped fisheries resources of Pakistan.MRC&RC and Pakistan Fisheries Society Yaqoob, M. 2006a. Fresh water prawn Fishery of Pakistan. STREAM Journal 5 (2): 7-8 Yaqoob, M. 2006b, Incidence of parasitism on freshwater commercial prawn Marcrobrachium malcolmsonii ( H. Milne Edwards) from Sindh, Pakistan. Abstracts of 26th Pakistan congress of Zoology Par. 1. Yaqoob, M.2007. Prawn culture in Islamabad. Proc. Int. Conf. Solv. Prob. Freshwater Fish Farming in Pakistan :79-82 Yeo, D. C.J. & P.K.L. Ng, 1996. A new species of fresh water snapping shrimp Alpheus cyanoteles ( Decapoda: Caridea: Alpheidae) from Peninsular Malaysia and redescription of Alpheus paludicola Kemp, 1915. Raff. Bull. Zool. 44(1)37-63 499 Yeo, D. C. J., Y. Cai & P.K.L. Ng, 1999. The freshwater and terrestrial decapod crustacean of Pulau Tioman, Peninsular Malaysia Raff. Bull. Zoo. Supp. 6: 190244. Yokoya, Y. 1927. Notes on two Alpheid shrimps from Japan. Jour. Coll. Agri. IMP. Unv. Tokoyo 9 (3):171175.Yu, S.C.,1936.Report on the macrurous Crustacea collected during the Hainan Biological Expedition in1934.Chinese Jour.Zool.,2:85-99. Zubanovic,S.& S.Q. Mohiuddin, 1973, A survey of fishery resources in the North Eastern part of the Arabian Sea. Jour. Mar.Bio. Ass. India. 15 (2) :496- 537. Zuberi, V.A. ,1973. The Bioecology & systematic of Atyid species (Decapoda: Crustacea) in Kalri Lake (Sindh: Pakistan), PhD. thesis University of Karachi. Zuberi, V.A. ,1990. Kinjhar Jheel our us key Jhingay (in Urdu). Muqtadra Qaumi Zaban pp 118. Zynudheen,A.A.,G.Ninan,A.Sen&R.Badoni,2004.Uti lization of by- catch in Gujrat, India.NAGA World Fish center Quaterly 27 3&4:20-23 500 Glossary abdomen: posterior-most portion of the body, consisting of 7 segments, inclusive of the telson. accessory: secondary or smaller. angle: aspect, corner, point or edge. antenna or second antenna (pl. antennae). appendage situated between the antennules and the orbits; antennal flagellum: A long multi-articulate tactile appendage arising from the peduncle or stalk of antenna. antennular or first antenna: mobile sensory appendage, normally biramous and flagellate, arising anteriorly just below the eye. In some members of Palaemonidae and Hippolytide the antennules are trimarous. antennular peduncle: first 3 segments of the antennule .anterior: nearer the head end. apex: tip. appendix interna: a small tubular structure on the inner border of the endopods of pleopods 2-5 in most Caridea. arcuate: curved or shaped like a bow. armed:possessing spines or teeth. arthrobranch: one of the three types found in natant decapods, arising from arthrodial membrane joining the limb and body. arthrodial membranes: membranes between the joints of the legs, in particular those at the bases of the legs. article: general term for segment of appendage. 501 basal: at or near the base; near the most proximal portion of an appendage. basis: second most proximal segmtent of a thoracic appendage. bearing: possessing or having attached to it. benthic: related to bottom life. bifurcate: forked, having 2 prongs attached at the proximal most part. bilobed: with 2 lobes. biramous: consisting of 2 parts. blunt: not sharp or pointed. brackish: pertaining to water of salinity intermediate between fresh water and sea water. branchia: a gill or respiratory projection. branchial region of the carapace. Ventral portion of the carapace that covers the gills. carapace: the covering of the dorsal and often lateral surfaces of the head and thorax, which is usually hardened. carcinology: study of Crustacea. cardiac region. Median region of the carapace behind the cervical suture. carina (pl. carinae). A keel-like ridge. carpus: third segment from the distal end of a thoracic appendage. caudal: of or pertaining to the tail. 502 cervical groove. A complex groove or series of grooves running transversely across the carapace separating the hepatic and gastric regions from the branchial and cardiac regions. cephalon: head region of body. cephalothorax: anterior portion of the body formed by the fusing of the head with one or more thoracic segment. chela: a claw or pincer used for grasping, formed by the last 2 segments of a cheliped such that the last segment (dactylus) opposes the next to last (propodus). chelate: possessing a true chela, where the fixed finger extends distally to oppose the movable finger. cheliped: any pereopod that bears a chela. claw: short, curved process on the appendages. cleft: divided or partially divided; split. commensal: an organism living with another where both species generally benefit by the association. compressed: flattened from side to side. concave: with lateral edges curving inwards toward the center of the body. conical: shaped like a cone; round at the base, tapering to a point at the tip. convergent: turning toward each other; coming together at one point. convex: with lateral edges bulging outward away from the center of the body. cornea: pigmented, compound eye. light-receptive portion of a 503 coxa: the most proximal segment of a thoracic leg. coxal: pertaining to or attached to the coxa. dactylus (pl. dactyli): the most distal or terminal segment of a thoracic leg. deflexed: bent or curved downwards. denuded: with all debris or hairs removed. depressed: flattened from top to bottom. depth: maximum measurement of body or appendage from the dorsal to the ventral surface or edge. detritus: particles of decaying animal and plant material, which with the associated micro-organisms, provides food for a variety of animals. developed: formed into; present, readily apparent. diaresis: transverse suture on exopod of uropod directed: turned or bent. distal: farthest from the center of the body or from the point of attachment; opposite of proximal. divergent (diverging): separated or bending away from each other. divided: not entire; with a small notch; formed into teeth or lobes. dorsal: upper surface. ecotone: oceanic defined boundaries. ecosystem divided by clearly elevated: surfaces. raised higher than surrounding structures or elongate: lengthened or extended. 504 emarginated: having a notch at the apex or having a notched margin. endopod: inner branch of a biramous appendage that articulates on the basis. entire: not toothed, notched, or divided; with a continuous margin. epigastric spine: spine on dorsal margin of carapace behind rostrum epipod: a branch of an appendage that articulates on the coxa or precoxa; a segment or filament attached to the coxa or precoxa of a pereopod. erect: upright or perpendicular; raised. estuary: that part of a river where there is a mixture of fresh-water with the sea. exopod: an outer branch of a biramous appendage that articulates on the basis; a small segment or filament attached to the basis of a pereopod. expanded: spread out increased in size, enlarged. eyestalk: the movable stalk bearing the pigmented, light receptive portion (cornea) of the compound eye; length of the eyestalk includes the cornea (entire eye). filiform: thread-like. finger: propodus or dactylus of a chela. fixed finger – of a chela – propodus of a chela. fixed spine: spine that is fused with the integument so that it is not movable. 505 flagellum (pl. flagella): long, narrow terminal portion of an appendage (eg., the antenna), consisting of many short segments. flank: placed or located to the side of. foliaceous: leaf-like. front of carapace: anterior margin of carapace between the orbits. furrow: deep, narrow groove or channel. gape: wide opening or space left between two cutting surfaces of a chela when the fingers are closed tightly; not closing tightly. genus: a category of the animal kingdom whose members have certain characters in common, a genus is subdivided into subgenera and species. globular or globose: spherical, ball-shaped. gnathopod: any appendage in the oral region modified to assist with food handling. gonopore: genital opening. granulate: granules. appearing as if composed of or covered with groove: any channel, furrow, or depression. hand or manus: the broad proximal part of the propodus (second most distal segment) of a chela. herbivorous: taking plant food. incisor process: process on the mandible adapted for cutting. inflated: swollen, larger than normal. 506 infra-orbital margin: margin below the orbit. in situ: in place. intertidal: between tide-marks. ischium: fifth segment from the distal end of a thoracic appendage; usually the first large segment of a maxilliped. joint: place of union or articulation; separation between 2 segments. labrum: the upper or anterior lip. littoral: living at or near the sea shore between the high and low water marks. lobe or lobule: any rounded projection. longitudinal: running lengthwise, along the long axis. mandibles: the anterior-most or inner-most of the mouth appendages. margin: edge or border. maxilla: the second and third feeding appendage after the mandible. maxilliped: the most anterior appendages, used for feeding, of the medial: towards the mid line. median: lying or running down the middle. thoracic membranous: resembling or consisting of amembrane; pliable and semitransparent. merus: fourth article from distal end of leg or maxilliped. molar process: process on the mandible modified for grinding food. 507 mottled: marked with irregular blotches or spots of different colours or shades. moult: change of outer skin. naked: without hairs or setae. notched: surface. with a v-shaped cut on the edge or across a oblique: slanting. ocular: near to or pertaining to the eye. omnivorous: taking plant and animal food indiscriminately. orbit: eye socket; cavity in the carapace to contain the eye and eyestalk. ovate: egg-shaped. ovigerous: carrying the eggs. 2 gill arisi palm: proximal portion of propodus of chela. parasite: an organism which lives on or in other organisms, called its hosts pereopod: a thoracic limb . pectinate: comb like. pediform: shaped like a foot; slender and pillar-like (opposite of operculiform). peduncle: stalk supporting the antenna or antennule. pelagic: inhabiting the open seas. pereopod: term applied to the last 5 appendages of the thorax; the cheliped and the walking legs. 508 petasma: special extension of the first pleopod in the males of certain crustacea, used to transfer sperm to the female. phyllobranchiate gill: gill consisting of a central axis on each side of which there is a row of plates set closely together like the pages of a book. phylum: a major grouping is the classification of the animal kingdom, divided into classes, orders etc. plankton: the drifling life of water. pleopod: paired swimming appendages found on some or all of the first 5 abdominal segments. pleura: (sing. pleuron): lateral plates on the body segments of Crustacea. podobranch: any gill attached to the coxa of a pereopod. post-orbital margin: margin of the carapace immediately behind the orbit. process: any marked prominence or projecting part. produced: brought forward; shaped or formed into. propodus: pereopod. the second segment from the distal end of a protuberance: swelling, bulge, projection. proximal: nearest to the center of the body or nearest to the point of attachment; opposite of distal. pterygostomian spine: spine at anterolateral angle of carapace. punctate: marked with very small depression. rami (sing. ramus): branch-like structure. 509 rostrum: that part of the carapace which projects forward from between the bases of the eyestalks. rudimentary: greatly developed. reduced in size; rugose: rough. serrate: notched on the edge like a saw. imperfectly setae (sing. seta): hair-like projections, usually stiff hairs or bristles. setose: covered with stiff hairs or bristles. simple leg: not chelate. spine: a sharply pointed process. species: a category lower than a genus. spinule: a very small spine or sharp granule. spinulose: covered with spinules. stalked eyes: eyes resting on a stalk or peduncle. statocyst: a globular vesicle which functions perceiving the position of the body in space. sternite: in ventral plates of the thorax. sternum (pl. sterna): ventral plates or ventral segmented wall of the thorax. stridulate: to produce a rasping noise by rubbing two roughened surface together. stout: strong, sturdy, robust. subchelate: possessing an imperfect chela in which the pincer is formed by the dactylus folding back against a broadened propodus, rather than opposing a distally produced fixed finger. 510 supra-orbital spine: a spine on the anterior border of the carapace above the orbit. suture: a non-flexible or slightly flexible joint or seam. tail fan: terminal portion of the abdomen composed of uropods and telson, forming a swimming structure. tapering: gradually getting smaller toward one end. taxonomic: pertaining to the classification of organisms. teeth: hardened, projecting processes, usually somewhat flattened and stouter than spines. telson: terminal segment of the abdomen. tergum (pl. terga): dorsal surface of body segments; dorsal plate of abdominal segments. terminal: situated at or pertaining to the end or tip. thelycum: specialized receptacle for sperm located between the coxae of pereopods IV and V in females of some Crustacea. third maxilliped: appendages preceding first leg. thorax: body region between the head and the abdomen. thumb: projection of the chela or hand of a decapod which is opposed to the finger or seventh segment. toothed: bearing teeth. transverse: lying across; from side to side. trilobed: with 3 lobes. truncate: cut off abruptly. trunk: body exclusive of head and extremeties. tubercle: a small conical prominence. 511 tubicolous: living in a tube. tuft: a cluster or bunch of hairs or setae located closely together or attached at the same point. unarmed: lacking spines or teeth. united: connected with or fused to. uropod: a pair of biramous abdominal appendages that form part of the tail fan. ventral: near the lower surface of the organism or appendage. vestigial: very small imperfectly developed; present only as a very small spine or lobe. well-developed: very prominent, readily apparent; fully formed. wrist: fifth segment of a cheliped of a shrimp which is subdivided into joint lets. 512 Taxonomic Index Acanthephyra armata, 41 Acanthephyra eximia, 16, 41, 42, 319, 329 Aegeon obsoletum, 259 Aegeon pennata, 259 Agostocaris, 3 Alberta banneri, 19, 158 Allobrachium, 79 Alpheus alberti, 19 Alpheus audouini, 170 Alpheus barbatus, 164 Alpheus bisincisus, 19, 167, 335 Alpheus brevirostris, 186 Alpheus cf barbatus, 19, 161 Alpheus chiragricus, 19, 161, 169 Alpheus crassimanus, 174, 333 Alpheus edwardsii, 19, 161, 170, 264 Alpheus gracilidigitus, 181 Alpheus inopinatus, 174, 301, 332 Alpheus isodactylus, 19, 161, 173 Alpheus lobidens, 19, 161, 174, 265, 276, 277 Alpheus malabaricus, 186 Alpheus manorensis, 19, 161, 180 Alpheus neptunus, 207, 208, 276 Alpheus pacificus, 19, 161, 181, 335 Alpheus pomatoceros, 188 Alpheus pseudoedwardsii, 19, 161, 185 Alpheus sivado, 39 Alpheus splendidus, 19, 161, 187, 265 Alpheus strenuus strenuus, 19, 161, 190 Alpheus strenuus var. angulatus, 190 Alpheus zulfaquiri, 19, 161, 192, 319 Anchistia elegans, 134 Anchistia grandis, 134 Anchistioides, 129 Anchistus custos, 18, 131, 265, 318, 333 Anchistus inermis, 131 Athanas, 157, 197 Athanas arabicus, 19, 195 Athanas dimorphus, 19, 197 513 Automate dolichognatha, 19, 201, 265 Automate Gardiner, 201 Automate haightae, 201 Automate johnsoni, 201 Cancer (Astacus )carcinus, 82 Caridella sp, 17 Caridina, 231, 298 Caridina typus, 46 Caridina babaulti babaulti, 16, 46 Caridina nilotica, 10, 16, 48, 265, 286, 287, 312, 317, 330 Caridina nilotica var brevidactyla, 48 Caridina sumatrensis, 50 Caridina weberi, 16, 49, 50, 51, 266, 320 Caridina weberi var. sumatrensis, 49 Crangon pacifica, 181 Cuapetes elegans, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138 Cuapetes longirostris, 139 Cuapetes seychellensis, 141, 142, 143 Dordotes, 275 Ephyrina, 274 Eupasiphae, 26, 27, 265, 308, 332 Eupasiphae gilesi, 16 Exhippolysmata ensirostris ensirostris, 19, 224, 225 Exopalaemon styliferus, 17, 71, 72, 264, 271, 286, 287, 288, 297, 330 Gnathophyllum americanum, 18 Harpilius Miersi, 131 Heptacarpus pandaloides, 19, 229, 264, 287 Heterocarpoides, 275 Heterocarpus ensifer, 253 Heterocarpus laevigatus, 20, 254 Hippolite Krausii, 246 Hippolysmata (Hippolysmata) vittata, 241 Hippolyte, 223, 228, 229, 231, 246, 278 Hippolyte ventricosa, 20, 230, 231, 265, 333 Hymenocera picta, 12, 18, 266, 277, 330 Hymenodora, 274 Kalriana anissi, 17, 52 Kalriana jhimpirensis, 17 Kalriana karachi, 17 Kalriana sunahrensis, 17, 69 Kemponia elegans, 18, 135, 141 Kemponia longirostris, 18, 139 Kemponia seychellensis, 18, 140, 141, 265 Latreutes, 265 514 Latreutes anoplonyx, 20, 234, 287, 335 Latreutes mucronatus, 20, 238, 312 Leander celebensis, 73, 74 Leander fluminicola, 76 Leander longirostris, 71, 264 Leander modestus, 125 Leander pacificus, 123 Leander potamiscus, 76 Leander semmelinkii, 125 Leander sewelli, 128 Leander styliferus, 72, 322 Leander tenuipes, 120 Leandrites celebensis, 17, 74, 266, 321, 328 Leptocarpus potamiscus, 17, 76, 266, 271, 320, 328 Leptochela cf sydniensis, 16, 36 Leptochela hainanensis, 37 Leptochela irrobusta, 16, 31 Leptochela nasimae, 16, 33 Leptochela oculeocaudata, 37 Leptochela pugnax, 16, 35 Leptochela robusta, 31, 35 Lysmata amboiensis, 266 Lysmata vittata, 20, 264, 287, 288, 290 M. rosenbergii, 270 Macrobrachium, 264, 268, 270, 289, 322, 328, 334 Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai, 17, 81, 270 Macrobrachium dacqueti, 17, 82, 83, 264, 270 Macrobrachium dayanum, 17, 85, 270 Macrobrachium equidens, 17, 86, 111, 266, 270, 286, 320, 327 Macrobrachium idella idella, 17, 88 Macrobrachium lamarrei, 10, 17, 89, 91, 264, 271, 331, 335 Macrobrachium lamarrei korangii, 90 Macrobrachium lehiai, 17, 291 Macrobrachium ltifrons ranjhai, 17 Macrobrachium malcolmsonii malcolmsonii, 17, 108 Macrobrachium malcomsonii kotreeanum, 17, 100 Macrobrachium naraensis, 17, 269 Macrobrachium naso, 17, 109, 265, 271 Macrobrachium rosenbergii, 12, 83, 309, 314, 316, 318, 324, 334 Macrobrachium rude, 18, 111 Macrobrachium scabriculum, 18, 113, 265, 270 515 Macrobrachium shahpuri, 18, 114, 116, 271 Macrobrachium sintangense, 85 Macrobrachium sp, 18, 116, 292, 327 Macrobrachium taunsii, 18, 116 Macrobrachium tirmiziae, 18, 119 Macrobrachium yui, 119 Nauticaris unirecedens, 241 Nematopalaemon, 271 Nematopalaemon tenuipes, 18, 120, 266, 271, 285, 286, 287, 323, 333 Ogyrides orientalis, 18, 152, 265, 287 Ogyrides saldanhae, 18, 155, 277 Ogyrides sibogae, 152 Ogyris orientalis, 151, 152 Palaemon, 287, 307, 325, 334 Palaemon ( Eupalaemon) sundaicus, 111 Palaemon (Eupalaemon) carcinus, 82 Palaemon (Exopalaemon) styliferus, 72 Palaemon (Nematopalaemon) tenuipes, 120 Palaemon (Palaeander) semmelinkii, 125 Palaemon carcinus, 82 Palaemon equidens, 86 Palaemon lamarrei, 91 Palaemon longirostris, 71 Palaemon luzonensis, 120 Palaemon mossambicus, 111 Palaemon multidens, 88 Palaemon pacificus, 18, 123, 264, 275, 287, 333 Palaemon semmelinkii, 18, 125, 288 Palaemon sewelli, 18, 128, 266, 271, 312 Palaemon styliferus, 71 Palaemonella longirostris, 139 Palaeomn marmoratus, 246 Pandalus, 9 Parabopyrella indica, 13 Parapasiphaea (Eupasiphaea) gilesii, 27 Parapasipheae alcocki, 39 Pasiphaea alcocki, 16, 39, 264, 314 Pasiphaea sivado, 16, 39, 264 Pelias nilotica, 48 Periclimenes. digitalis, 13 Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) elegans, 135 Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) proximus, 139 Periclimenes (Falciger) affinis, 139 516 Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius, 134 Periclimenes (Harpilius elegans, 135 Periclimenes (Harpilius) longirostris, 139 Periclimenes elegans, 134, 135 Periclimenes longirostris, 139 Periclimenes proximus, 139 Periclimenes seychellensis, 140 Philocheras parvirostris, 20, 257, 265, 317 Pleisonika, 275 Pontocaris pennata, 20, 258, 259, 287 Pontocaris propensalata, 258 Pontophilus parvirostris, 257 Probopyrus pica, 13 Procaris, 3 Processa, 145 Processa compacta, 18, 146, 265 Procletes, 275 Psathyrocaris, 274 R. (Cinetorhynchus hendersonii, 277 Rhizophora, 276 Rhynchocinetes uritai, 17 Salmoneus, 157, 203, 299, 305 Salmoneus brevirostris, 19, 203, 204, 265, 319 Salmoneus cristatus, 19, 205 Saron gibberosus, 246 Saron marmoratus, 20, 246, 264, 302, 312, 320, 332 Synalpheus, 157, 210 Synalpheus neptunus, 19, 207, 210, 264, 276 Synalpheus thai, 19, 208, 266, 276, 321 Synalpheus tumidomanus, 19, 207, 210, 214, 265, 312 Tenualosa illisha, 267 Virbius australiensis, 231